Conference Proceedings Commemorating 50 years of Landscape Architecture study programme at University of Ljubljana ECLAS 2022 --- University of Ljubljana conference.eclas.org 12---14-09-2022 Conference program committee All Track contributions published dr. Kamila Adamczyk-Mucha prof. dr. Mojca Golobič herein are peer reviewed by assoc. prof. dr. Juanjo Galan Vivas prof. dr. Ana Kučan prof. dr. Udo Weilacher dr. Joanna Storie prof. dr. Davorin Gazvoda dr. Tomaž Pipan dr. Daniel Jauslin assist. prof. dr. Nadja Penko Seidl assoc. prof. dr. Tijana Dabović assoc. prof. dr. Inge Bobbink dr. Tomaž Pipan dr. Tadej Bevk prof. dr. Stefanie Hennecke David Klepej prof. dr. Ana Kučan dr. Hannah Hopewell Nina Stubičar prof. dr. Susann Ahn prof. dr. Henrik Schultz Manca Krošelj dr. Samaneh Nickayin ir. Jeroen de Vries dr. Tadej Bevk dr. ir. MA Rudi Van Etteger dr. Ellen Fetzer mr. Robert Holden prof. dr. Doris Gstach Track chairs prof. em. Richard Stiles prof. dr. Davorin Gazvoda Track 1: prof. em. Richard Stiles, assist. prof. dr. Naja Marot prof. dr. Carola Wingren prof. dr. Mojca Golobič assist. prof. dr. Nadja Penko Seidl assoc. prof. Bianca Maria Rinaldi Track 2: prof. dr. Henrik Schultz, prof. dr. Mojca Golobič prof. Tal Alon-Mozes dr. Tadej Bevk prof. dr. Martin Prominski dr. Anders Larsson Track 3: prof. dr. Udo Weilacher, dr. ir. Marlies Brinkhuijsen dr. Amber Roberts assist. prof. dr. Nadja Penko Seidl assoc. prof. dr. Lei Gao assist. prof. dr. ing. Alena Salasova Track 4: Jeroen de Vries, assist. prof. dr. Kristine Vugule dr. Shlomit Flint Asher prof. dr. Davorin Gazvoda dr. Katrin Hagen dr. Elif Ayan Çeven Track 5: assoc. prof. dr. Tijana Dabović, dr. Karen Foley dr. Ludovica Marinaro dr. Tomaž Pipan Proceedings editors dr. Tadej Bevk, prof. dr. Mojca Golobič Graphic design Manca Krošelj Published by University of Ljubljana, Biotechnical Faculty, Jamnikarjeva 101, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia Conference proceedings are available at conference.eclas.org Electronic version Ljubljana, 2023 Kataložni zapis o publikaciji (CIP) pripravili v Narodni in univerzitetni knjižnici v Ljubljani COBISS.SI-ID 161324803 ISBN 978-961-6379-81-6 (PDF) Conference Proceedings Commemorating 50 years of Landscape Architecture study programme at University of Ljubljana Contents Preface 006 F. Arques, M. R. De la O Cabrera, N. Marine, 121 Prof. dr. Mojca Golobič: Change of Scale D. Escudero: Heritage Practices and 006 Contemporary Landscapes in Spain: Reflections Keynotes 009 after 20 years of the European Landscape Convention Prof. dr. Lučka Kajfež Bogataj: The role of 011 landscape architecture in climate change Relation between planning and design 129 mitigation H. Schultz: Transformative Resilience - a chance 131 Prof. dr. Carl Steinitz: Scale, Size, Time and 019 to reunite landscape planning and design? Complexity matter F. A. Firat, K. Ozgun: A Location Evaluation 141 Evolution and reflection 027 Approach for New Pedestrian Bridges in Brisbane, Australia: Hybrid Decision Making R. Stiles: Evolution and reflection – Back in 029 with Space Syntax and GIS Ljubljana, and still talking about definitions… S. I. de Wit: The power of composition 155 M. van den Toorn: Looking back at three 037 Ljubljana conferences; theory, practice and M. Treib: The Sparrow and the Elephant (The 163 education in landscape architecture Garden and the Territory) Ç. Demirel Koyun, E. Erbaş Gürler: The New 053 M. Ronci: Multiscale approach to biodiversity 171 Landscape Declaration: The Actor-Network conservation: Chicago as a case study Theory From Call to Action D. Stefàno: Representing the complexity of 181 R. Sachse: The revival of Pocket Parks: How an 063 nature from micro to macro scale innovation of the 1960s becomes an inspiration for today’s urban development S. Flint Ashery: Using negotiation to reduce the 187 gap between planning and implementation S. Sadat Nickayin: From (Mega) Regionalism 071 Towards Planetary Scale in Landscape N. Marine, D. Escudero, I. Rodríguez de la Rosa: 197 Architecture Mapping heritage: Georeferenced Heritage Assets Applied to the Cultural Characterization D. X. Dai, M. Y. Bo, J. J. Mao: A Comparative 081 of Madrid (Spain) Study Of Eco-DRR and Traditional Chinese Ecological Knowledge for Elevated Urban Teaching across scales 205 Temperature Disasters M. van den Toorn: Teaching across scales: 207 C. Oliveira Fernandes, C. Patoilo Teixeira, C. learning to design in the context of the 091 Fernandes: Planting Design: Current Practices dynamics of landscape form and design and Research Trends C. Chakrabarti, M. Shah: Scaling up, scaling 221 A. Hessel, A. Medeiros, C. Fernandes: deep: Negotiating scales for productive urban 101 A systematic review of expert methodologies landscapes for landscape visual quality assessment G. Lobosco: 4x1: 4 km2 over 1 century 231 C. Oliveira Fernandes, C. Patoilo Teixeira, M. De 109 R. C. Bach, S. D. Boris: Working across scales 239 Sousa: Assessing the Perceptions, Preferences and contexts in the Aarhus River Valley and Attitudes of Users of Urban Green Spaces: A Systematic Review S. Costa, D. Parke: The Vertical Ecology 249 Studio: Accelerating Learning towards Systems Thinking Competencies in Landscape Architecture Design Education A. Patuano: Research through Design for Health 261 and Wellbeing: An Exploration of BSc theses A. Oldani: Abjuring Scales 271 S. Sahasrabudhe: Merging landscapes’ scales: 281 A journey through pedagogical approaches in Landscape Architecture Studios in Indian Context Context matters 293 R. Stiles, E. Mertens, N. Karadeniz: ‘Invisible 295 infrastructure’ – or why some professions are more equal than others E. Hasanagić, A. Brajić, S. Klarić, M. 305 Avdibegović, E. Hukić: Transdisciplinary approach in higher education in landscape architecture: Case Study of master’s degree program from Bosnia and Herzegovina Beyond the field 319 T. Dabović: Introduction to “Beyond the Field”: 321 What this could be and what scale, time and Dr Robert Sapolsky might have to do with it? M. Manfredi: The Biopark: a sequence of 327 temporary landscapes active in progressive decontamination of polluted soil A. Chmelová: The influence of urbanisation 337 processes of the City of Prague on the arrangement of surrounding settlements in the peri-urban landscape I. Prehn, C. Jutz, J. Schoppengerd, H. Schultz, 351 K.-M. Griese: A new understanding of being physically and virtually en route M. Di Marino, M.G. Trovato, L. Gao: 363 The Centre for Landscape Democracy and Transdisciplinarity: Transdisciplinary challenges, research and education in landscape democracy Preface: Change of Scale Prof. dr. Mojca Golobič Conference committee chair The question of scale is not new to landscape the design process and explained how the research architects but is one that does not have a definite through design is used to provide solutions that answer; it needs to be asked again and again. The consider the site characteristics when addressing issue addresses the very identity of the profession and the global objectives. His keynote speech was directly the nature of the context in which landscape architects linked to the topic of the doctoral colloquium, entitled operate and teach. The theme of the 2022 conference Research through design and coordinated by Jose in Ljubljana was inspired by the 50th anniversary of Lameiras and Ana Kučan. the landscape architecture program at the University of Ljubljana as well as the fact that 50 years have The participants discussed different aspects of the passed from the pioneering conference on landscape main topic in five tracks of the conference. planning held in Ljubljana which was organized by 1. Evolution and reflection (track chairs: Richard professor emeritus Dušan Ogrin, one of the founders Stiles and Mojca Golobič) looked back at the 50 of landscape architecture and the first recipient of the years of the professions’ evolution as well as ECLAS Lifetime achievement award. the evolution of the research foci and trends, in particular marked by the shift of the challenges During the last half-century, landscape architecture has towards a more global scale. evolved into a mature discipline, and has developed 2. Relation between design and planning (track 006 theories and tools for different scales of operation to chairs: Henrik Schultz and Tadej Bevk) questioned address a number of challenges. During the same the justification of this distinction and discussed period, the nature of these challenges has shifted its implications for landscape architecture. They towards a more global scale; examples including also discussed the specifics of the methods best demographic, climate, and technological processes. fit for one or another approach. The participants of the conference were asked 3. Teaching across scales (track chairs: Udo Weilacher to reflect on how the (change of) scale affects the and Nadja Penko Seidl) discussed the teaching profession; its ontology, epistemology and (social) and learning practices and how these depend relevance. Three keynote speakers set the stage for on scale. The informatization and digitalization these discussions. The first speaker, climatologist influenced the teaching and learning process and Lučka Kajfež Bogataj gave the global perspective the awareness of scale. with an insight into the scale and relevance of global 4. Context matters (track chairs Jeroen de Vries (climate) changes for the future landscape, as well as and Davor Gazvoda) addressed the influence of the role of landscape architects in responding to this the context in which the landscape schools and challenge. The following keynote speaker Carl Steinitz professionals develop and operate. They focused linked to the topic and provided some answers on on the diversity and need for streamlining of the how geodesign approach can provide tools to address curricula and the profession’s profile. Schools such challenges. He introduced the coming global should be different and choose own position in geodesign project, in which landscape architecture the spectrum of scales. schools across the world will link to provide a globally 5. Beyond the field (Tijana Dabović and Tomaž relevant and spatially specific response. The topic of Pipan) discussed the competences needed for the third keynote speaker, Martin Prominski, linked to addressing complex mutli-scale challenges which require multi and trans-disciplinary approaches. is not a factory; it is about building personalities and They identified the role of landscape architects their confidence: the alumni will need it to be able in these work settings and the sills that could be to step out of the comfort zone. AI will be able to do learned from other disciplines. many things better that students learn today; we need to focus on where our students can do better than AI; The wrap up of the conference was organised as a such as creativity and empathy. roundtable entitled “next 50 years”, which aim was to identify lessons from the past that are relevant for the Altogether 145 contributions were presented; 70 future. Mojca Golobič lead the discussion with Tijana presentations were given on-site, 41 online and 34 Dabović, Martin Prominski, Carl Steinitz, Richard Stiles, as poster session. It was the first on-site conference Henrik Schultz, Udo Weilacher and Jeroen de Vries. after two years of on-line only events due to the Covid pandemic, which made the reunions quite emotional. The last decades proved that the scale has changed; However, the experience of on-line events resulted the context has become more global, so did the in technically and socially developed culture of such interventions, and even the incremental ones inevitably interaction. The decision to organize a hybrid event refer to global background. Both planning and design was made to benefit from both on-line and on-site are projective and both relate to site (whatever size). formats, with awareness that something gets lost in The choice of the third dimension distinguishes design translation/connection of both. We assume that the from planning: height defines design, time defines hybrid format is to stay with us (and improve) at least planning. Scale is important: different scope, priorities, for some time. methods, participants, results are relevant at different 007 scale. But no single scale optics is enough for complex In the name of the organizing committee, I would challenges. We need methods that enable shifting like to thank all the participants, who shared their between scales and concepts such as resilience that experience and knowledge, who paid their tribute can be interpreted across scales and link scales. to the contributions of great spirits of landscape architecture and enjoy coming repeatedly to Ljubljana. To say what is 2072 going to look like is too speculative. We also hope and believe that young professionals got It could be high tech dominated, it could be “back inspired at the event and will keep good memories on to basics” or “regenerative”, it could and probably Ljubljana conference(s). Many people contributed to will be some hybrid of both. Regardless the level of the success of the conference – not only those, whose technology, people will always depend on (natural) names are mentioned above. I am therefore thankful space. Planning will have to better develop the skills to all the colleagues who helped in the process of to deal with de-growth and help people live in a better conceiving the topics of the conference, in the review cohabitation with nature, and with other human beings. of contributions and chairing the sessions. I also thank How to teach our students to be able to design for Ellen Fetzer from ECLAS for all the support and advice. this uncertainty? By acknowledging that we might not I am proud and happy to have a great team of young have the right answers, but we need to ask the right and enthusiastic people at the department, who made questions; by teaching them to reflect on what we are everything run smooth and in a good spirit. doing as a (multidisciplinary) team. We need to teach students collaborations; they will need to know a little about a lot and a lot about a little. It is wrong to think that students must get ready for practice: school gives something that student can’t learn in practice. Faculty 0000 KEYNOTES The role of landscape architecture in climate change mitigation Prof. dr. Lučka Kajfež Bogataj University of Ljubljana Lucka.Kajfez.Bogataj@bf.uni-lj.si Abstract species. If the Earth is to remain habitable Our planet has capacity limits for air pol- for future generations, the critical Earth sys- lution, biodiversity, the extent of climate tems that support life must remain within change, and other factors. These are healthy limits. The Planetary Boundary boundaries that must be respected if we Framework (PBF) proposes science-based are to preserve the basis for human life. targets to define the limits of acceptable We have already overstepped some of alteration to nine key Earth systems - en-these boundaries. Urban environment has compassing physical, chemical, and bio-011 the potential to become a major driving logical processes (Steffen et al., 2018). Cli-force for a green and just recovery - pro- mate change and biosphere integrity are vided that landscape architects, design- recognised as ‘core’ boundaries through ers, planners and engineers are actively which all others operate. involved in the decision-making process. It is time to transform the way we design Urbanization has altered the way cities cities, so that future urban development and the people that inhabit them interact works with nature. with nature but urban environments still rely heavily on Earth’s systems to support Introduction urban life: fertile soils enable food pro- In recent decades, humans have changed duction; rivers, lakes and oceans enable the conditions on our planet dramatically. transport and provide core resources; Our greenhouse gas emissions are driving forests regulate and purify water sup-climate change and causing ocean acid- plies while protecting against flooding; ification. Our fields, roads, and houses and nature broadly provides a space for change the landscape, our vehicles and leisure and wonderment fundamental to factories pollute the air. Some of the new human wellbeing. Cities physically occu-chemicals we are releasing into the envi- py just few percent of the Earth’s surface, ronment have a health impact on humans but they are home to more than half the and ecosystems. We affect the hydrologi-global population. They play an outsized cal balance, change important cycles, and role in environmental degradation and are are responsible for the extinction of many responsible for 70% of carbon emissions. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings By understanding the thresholds set out actively involved in the decision-making in the PBF, and how the built environment process from the beginning. It is high time contributes to them, we can implement ac-to transform the way we design cities, so tions that drive meaningful change (Hoo- that future urban development works with rnweg et al., 2016). Cities are facing other nature. This means improving air quality crisis, as well - from pandemic health im-and soil health, creating carbon sinks and pacts of COVID-19 to social and economic circular resource flows, fostering biodiver-inequality. Despite these challenges, cit- sity and conserving water (ARUP, 2021). ies have the potential to become a major Incorporating environmental and sustaina-driving force for a green and just recov- bility assessments in projects, bringing di- ery - provided that landscape architects, verse stakeholders to the table for project designers, planners and engineers are planning and implementation, respecting Planetary boundary Major drivers in urban environment Biogeochemical – Sewage discharge is a major N and P pollution source flows degradation – Landscaping runoff contributes to eutrophication (parks, lawns, gardens and other landscaped elements fertilisation) – Fossil fuel combustion increases N pollution – Cities are sinks for agricultural products demand for food, biofuels, cotton and other agricultural products Loss of biodiversity – Urban sprawl fragments habitats – Urban development destroys biodiversity hotspots 012 – Urban areas are favourable for invasive species – Polluted waterways and soil cannot support life Land system change – Urban sprawl fragments and degrades forests and other land uses – Unsustainable timber products degrade forests – Cities are sinks for resources that degrade forests in extraction Water system – Concentrated urban water use causes local ecological strain degradation – Non-porous surfaces prevent ground water recharge and contribute to contamination – Illegal wells deplete the water table beyond regulated amounts Atmospheric aerosol – Cities are major energy consumers due to heating, cooling, transport, and industry loading – Construction and demolition produce particulate matter Novel entities – Building materials cause pollution throughout the supply chain (steel and precious metals extraction and refining process, toxic building materials) – Industrial sites are often contaminated (industrial land, shipyards, power plants, military testing areas, waste dumping sites) Ocean acidification – CO2 emissions from transportation, energy production, and buildings – Sewage and urban runoff contribute to coastal acidity Stratospheric Ozone – Heat transfer fluids were ozone depleting ODS’s are commonly used as a heat Table 1 Depletion transfer agent in air conditioning, refrigeration, and other applications. – ODS’s continue to be used illegally Planetary boundaries and major drivers of Climate change – GHG emissions degradation in urban – Land use change environment – Urban albedo change KEYNOTES indigenous knowledge, and taking a sys- with all essential Earth system processes tems-based planetary-centric approach through numerous feedback loops on are the most important actions landscape multiple scales. While Earth’s climate has architects must take. never been static, the current extent and rate of change is unprecedented in human Planetary boundaries and major drivers of history (IPCC, 2018). Climate change in degradation in urban environment the last 200 years is driven by elevated Earth has limited capacity to support the levels of CO2 and other GHGs. Sources consumption patterns of modern human-include the combustion of fossil fuels and ity. The concept of planetary boundaries biomass, the release of stored carbon in (PB) comprises nine categories that are biomass and soils through deforestation crucial to the health and viability of hu-and land degradation, the release of ni- man civilization (Table 1). Six of the nine trous oxides from fertiliser application, and PB have now been exceeded. For example, the release of methane and CO2 from the we have warmed the atmosphere by 1.2°C microbial activity of decay. The reflectivi-globally and are on our way to overstep- ty of the Earth’s surface and atmosphere ping a variety of irreversible tipping points alters how much of the Sun’s energy is ab-in the climate system. Global diversity loss sorbed or reflected. Changes in albedo has accelerated such that we have already include loss of reflective ice, land-system crossed this planetary boundary. Humans change and atmospheric aerosol loading. have also caused serious imbalances in Climate change is also driven by positive 013 nitrogen and phosphorus cycles. There is feedbacks in the climate system which may too much nitrogen and phosphorus in cir-v trigger irreversible changes to Earth sys- culation. This boundary has been exceed- tems driven by intrinsic bio geophysical ed by a wide margin. The ability of soils to feedbacks. Already observed examples of store water is also diminishing. Land use positive feedbacks in the climate system have a special role in the PB concept. As are loss of summer sea ice, permafrost built-up areas expand and agriculture be-thawing and weakening of terrestrial and comes both more extensive and intensive, aquatic carbon sinks. landscapes are transformed, important ecosystem functions are lost. Oceans are Climate change has significant impacts becoming more and more acidic because upon landscapes, including: intensifica-of more and more CO2 entering the at- tion of the urban heat island effect par- mosphere, which dissolves in oceanic wa- ticularly in summer, water shortages as a ter. However, the planetary boundary for result of reduced rainfall and increased acidification has not yet been exceeded. evapotranspiration, flooding, particularly Bold international policies ensured that in built environments and floodplains, ris-ozon layer planetary boundary was not ing sea levels leading to significant land-exceeded. scape impacts in coastal areas, including displacement of communities, social in- What is driving climate change? frastructure, biodiversity and alterations Climate change is the most important crisis to landform configurations. Changes in at the moment, since it is intrinsically linked biodiversity as a consequence of new ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings climatic conditions are also a problem. toward regenerative practices in cities can As some species increase in number and have cascading benefits locally, regionally, range whilst others decline changes food and globally. Through their training and provision, the spread of diseases and our expertise, landscape architects are well po-enjoyment of a healthy and aesthetically sitioned to provide holistic approaches to pleasing environment. Decreasing air qual-the planning and management of the built ity as a result of higher temperatures and environment and rural areas. Sustainable possible increases in ultraviolet radiation landscape planning, design and manage-could also have consequences for human ment are essential if we are to adapt our health and comfort. Climate change will environments to a changing climate and also significantly impact the character of to mitigate future change. Mitigation and landscapes via environmental, cultural, adaptation principles are often interlinked social and economic factors which shape and mutually-reinforcing, whilst also pro-this character. Climate change has the viding wider socio-economic and environ-potential to render some locations un- mental benefits. For example, provision of inhabitable, with conflict over access to urban green space will mitigate through water, energy and food and this may lead carbon storage as well as reducing surface to climate-related migration. run-off, an important aspect of adaptation. Cities are dynamic systems and the starting The form and function of urban point in managing risks and building long- development regarding mitigation term resilience is for a city to understand 014 and adaptation to climate change its exposure and sensitivity, and develop Built environment is heavily contributing responsive policies and investments that to climate change. Cities have an outsized address these vulnerabilities. Adaptation contribution to GHG emissions, they house is not a one-time effort but an ongoing over half of the world’s population, con-cycle of preparation, response, and revi- sume two thirds of the world’s energy and sion. Those cities that are able to integrate account for more than 70 % of CO2 emis-adaptation well with existing planning sions. Transportation, energy production, processes and goals—including priorities and buildings are the primary sources of in disaster risk reduction, sustainable de-these emissions. Furthermore ‘urban heat velopment, and poverty reduction—will island’ effect occurs in cities due to the be best positioned to thrive in the era of increased use of manmade materials, such climate change. as asphalt, cement and glass, that tend to absorb more solar radiation than vege- The maximisation of renewable energy tated land. Higher temperatures increase capacity as an essential aspect of climate summertime peak energy demand due to change mitigation Renewable energy air conditioning, further exacerbating cit-sources, such as wind and solar, emit lit- ies’ contribution to climate change. tle to no greenhouse gases, are readily available, but our technical responses to The form and function of urban develop- mitigate climate change will have addi- ment is fundamental to mitigation and ad- tional implications. We will therefore in- aptation to climate change. Transitioning creasingly be faced with the difficult task KEYNOTES of making decisions relating to the scale, On transport, private car ownership needs nature and location of renewable energy to end and the shared vehicles that replace solutions and balancing such requirements it have to use less material and be longer with the values we attribute to landscapes. lasting. Urban residents wil also need to The expertise that landscape architects adopt a largely plant-based diet, mostly have in design and the use of landscape replace flying with less energy-intensive and visual impact assessments ensures forms of long-distance transport, change that proposals for the development of how clothes and textiles are consumed renewable energy generation, including and keep electronics and household ap-bioenergy, can respond to and be properly pliances for longer. considered in their wider environmental context. Some site specific interventions Reducing GHG emissions also requires can also contribute to mitigation such as significant behavioural changes. Individ-the creation of urban carbon sinks via the ual consumers cannot change the way the provision of green space which removes global economy operates on their own, carbon from the atmosphere via storage in but many of the consumption interven-biomass or the installation of green roofs tions rely on individual action. It is ulti-and green walls, thereby improving the mately up to individuals to decide what thermal efficiency of buildings and reduc-type of food to eat and how to manage ing the use of conventional heating and their shopping to avoid household food cooling systems, whilst also alleviating waste. It is also largely up to individuals to 015 flood risk. decide how many new items of clothing to buy, whether they should own and drive a Climate crisis requires a wide range of private car, or how many personal flights climate actions to catch every year. Furthermore elected Reducing urban GHG emissions in line leaders respond to consumer demands with a 1.5°C trajectory requires a wide and voter priorities. Signs of broad be-range of climate action at city, national havioural change will therefore support and global levels, from both public and low-carbon corporate and political action. private actors. There are many ways, at a It is critical that behavioural changes occur range of different scales, in which land-as soon as possible, and that governments scape architects can play an important role and businesses support transition to more in helping to achieve these. Cities could sustainable consumption through policy have a significant impact on consump-incentives and new business models. tion based emissions. The consumption interventions for food, buildings and infra- Carbon pricing is also an effective mech- structure, private transportation, aviation, anism to reduce the carbon intensities clothing and textiles, and electronics and of products and services in a flexible household appliances have the highest and cost-effective manner (World Bank, potential to reduce emissions. On con-2019). Carbon pricing sends a price sig- struction, cities need to change what nal to consumers by making high-carbon types of buildings and infrastructure are goods more expensive, thereby trigger-built as well as what materials are used. ing a positive behaviour change towards ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings a lower-carbon alternative. Carbon pricing would be most effective at a global level, but it can be developed incrementally, re- gion by region and sector by sector. Several cities have already introduced forms of car- bon pricing on the built environment and private vehicle. Another important policy is to address macro driver of consumption emissions: increased expenditure due to economic growth. GDP growth rates have a significant impact on emission levels in cit- ies over time. Academics and thinkers ques- tion the viability of the dominant economic paradigm within which the global economy operate – to use the proxy of GDP as the primary indicator of development. But GDP is incomplete and lacks the ability to ad- dress environmental degradation or climate change. Alternative socio-economic frame- works do exist. These concepts attempt to encapsulate an economy that allows socie- 016 ties to operate within planetary boundaries while ensuring that human needs are met. Policy makers would be agnostic about eco- nomic growth; it would not be an indicator of success or failure but merely one thing to consider alongside a wider range of social, economic and environmental factors. Regenerative actions for the built environment Fortunately many feasible regenerative Conclusions Figure 1 solutions exist that may potentially deliver Civilization is being threatened in ways it Response of the PBs to more positive planetary outcomes to restore never has before, presenting new realities, a range of built envi-natural systems. Built environment inter- new norms and new shocks. Humanity’s ronment interventions (modified from ARUP, ventions can address multiple boundaries collision with planetary boundaries re-2021) and may have synergies across multiple quires a radical rethink of myths such as we boundaries. Some, such as preventing ur-can have infinite growth on a finite planet; ban sprawl, require regional approaches or markets are fair; prices tell the truth; self-in-policy changes while others, such as cool terest drives ideal human behaviour; and or green roofs, rain gardens, urban trees more income equals more happiness. To and native landscaping, occur at the local achieve a flourishing life within ecolog-or buildings scale (Fig.1) ical limits we have to transform produc- KEYNOTES tion and consumption which requires a rapid global, national and local alignment of climate policies, new business models and society-wide behavioural change that must deliver an unprecedented level of climate action by government, business and individuals. Landscape architects, designers, planners and engineers are in a unique position to address the risks associated with cross- ing Planetary Boundary thresholds. De- sign decisions and physical interventions influence how people travel, inhabit space, consume goods and use energy. If projects are re-thought, re-considered, retrofitted and created to minimise impact on the natural environment, the benefits will be felt for decades to come. 017 References ARUP (2021). Designing for planetary boundary cities. Arup, 135 p. C40 Cities, Arup and University of Leeds (2019) Tne future of urban consumption in a 1.5°C world. Headline report. 132 p. EEA (2020). Is Europe living within the limits of our planet? EEA Report No 1/2020, 68p. Hoornweg D, Hosseini M, Kennedy C, Behdadi A. (2016). An urban approach to planetary boundaries. Ambio, 45(5):567-80. IPCC (2018). Global warming of 1.5°C Summary for Policymakers. Available at: https://www.ipcc. ch/sr15/ Steffen, W., Rockström, J., Richardson, K., Lenton, T. M., Folke, C., Liverman, D., Donges, J. F. (2018). Trajectories of the Earth system in the Anthropocene. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 115(33): 8252-8259. World Bank (2019). Pricing Carbon. Available at: http://www.worldbank.org/en/programs/pric- ing-carbon Scale, Size, Time and Complexity matter Prof. dr. Carl Steinitz Graduate School of Design, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts/USA csteinitz@gsd.harvard.edu Abstract Introduction Planet Earth is the most important ge- My presentation fits perfectly into the cli- odesign problem. Global conditions are mate change lecture by Lučka Kajfež Bo-changing in fundamental ways, greatly im- gataj which was outstanding. The question pacting all global communities today and for us as designers is: What are we going in their futures. The International Geode-to do about climate change? sign Collaborative (IGC), together with the Liechtenstein Institute for Strategic Devel- Do we really believe that the way we teach opment GmbH. (LISD) and Geodesignhub design and then have our students focus Pvt. Ltd. in partnership and sponsored by on projects like gardens and parks is going Esri Inc., have launched the Global Climate to work in a rapidly changing climate when Geodesign Challenge. The project’s broad we also will need to work in a much clos-019 scope aims at creating local and global er relationship with regional and global plans that reverse detrimental climate scales as designers? The answer is NO, it change – aiming at net negative emissions, doesn’t work. The reason that it doesn’t is ultimately to lower the excessive atmos-because we assume that our students have pheric greenhouse gas (GHG) concentra- a one student - one project education. tions. This is a multi-year, science-based Every student does his or her own project. geodesign project aimed helping global But when you go to a larger size and to a and local decision-makers make difficult different scale, that’s impossible because strategic, climate-based decisions, which either we don’t know enough, or we can’t may not be in their short-term political directly experience the whole study area. interests, but which create enormous The larger the problem in geography, the long-term benefits for local communities less we can do the things we can do on and the world at large. Ultimately, we wil , site, live, quickly and as a single human together, provide models for undertaking being. Therefore, the style of teaching that climate-responsive spatial designs accom-focuses on one student - one project must modating many diverse participants, using change to many students - one project. negotiated geodesign collaborations for And not only many students - one project, improved local, regional and global plan-but also many disciplines - one project. The ning and decision-making. This paper is question is: What is the role of the land-an edited version of the transcript of the scape architects in that? It’s either going presentation by Carl Steinitz. It purposely to be a minor trivial role with a short time retains the informal style of the presenter. horizon or it could be a leadership role ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings because you start out with attitudes and attributes that most scientists don’t have. One of these is strategic synthesis, design, and col aboration across disciplines. If the problem is complicated, then you can fig- ure out where details are more important and how to accomplish them. But without cross-disciplinary strategic design as part of your education, you’re probably going to make a problem worse than create a long-term solution. Once you realize this, the advantage that the designers have over the scientists is that you can ask specialists the questions, take advice and figure out how to do a design. The advice is not only from your own faculty. It’s from the other faculties. That’s how our projects have to begin: at a scale which sets the problem in a multi- 020 disciplinary way for the problem that you can work on in a disciplinary way.... and we’re missing that in our education. Sizes, scales, times and complexities Design occurs at and for different sizes, scales, times and complexities, and these differences matter. Design cannot work The organization of making a design must Figure 1 (above) well in separated silos (and most of us in adapt to different sizes, scales, times, and Design occurs at and our universities are in separated silos and complexities. for different sizes, teach in separated projects). Different sizes, scales, times and complexities. Design scales, times and complexities necessarily This is a problem for a single designer, a cannot work well in interact. In the figure below (Figure 1), the single human being. You may have a cli-separated »silos« problem is up on top, the answer down ent of a family with four children. Each of below. They each have different time scales them has a different view of what the design Figure 2 (below) and they necessarily interact. should be. You meet with them but not too Over time, design often. You pick one basic idea, you move must interact globally Over time, design must iteratively interact your design forward, you make presenta-to locally to globally. Therefore, we need globally to locally to globally.…. Therefore, tions for each of the client group. They are linked design at more we need linked design at more than one happy and they build their design. That’s than one size/scale/ size, scale, and time in every project that the basic strategy, all the rest is embroidery. time we do. KEYNOTES As the problem gets more complicated you need a design team with consultants, but you still have the same model. You’re going to design a park along the river as part of a large urban design project. But this time the project is more expensive. So, you’re going to pay real attention to these people and what they want, but you’re still going to take one basic idea and move it forward and present to them. But this time, you have to make or relate to designs for each of the pieces: energy, transport, industry, ag- riculture, whatever the main parts are. In other words, the design is not making one set of working drawings. It’s also making a sub-design for each of the pieces. The problem gets even more complicated when you might have a place that has dif- ferent groups of people and they disagree with each other. Each of these groups has 021 a different set of priorities related to trans- port, food, water, air, jobs, parks, houses etc.. They each have a different perspective. Here, you need a large design team. And What you have to end up doing is co-Figure 3 (above) the problem is that you must meet with design. adopting a model of co-design Design process of a them many times and you probably have (geodesign) and the most important de-designer (with assis- to meet with them one at a time. sign method then becomes negotiation. tants) In other words, each of the plural clients You start out with one idea, go forward and needs a design with their own priorities Figure 4 (below) have many first meetings... and something and their own requirements. Then they Design process of goes wrong. And what you told those first have a process of informal negotiation, a design team (with people has changed, so you have to go and a process of formal negotiation to get consultants) back to the beginning. A project like de-to agreeing on a final design. The design signing the doubling of a city or designing emerges! In other words, you don’t prema-the remaking of a city could be a 10-year turely agree on the goals, you understand design problem in an office. This organi-at the beginning that the participants do zational model doesn’t work anymore be- not agree with each other. They each have cause you have to deal with the minister their design aims and you need to figure of this, and the representatives of this, and out a method of designing by negotiation. the minister of this, the mayor of this. And they each want their interests to be part of That’s how I taught my studios (15 stu-the design. dents - one design) in a shared design ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings language. Each student made a preliminary design and then they had to negotiate and redesign. When they negotiate, they are really learning that a design isn’t good just because you made it. The surprising thing is that, at the end of that process, they al- most always said that the end design which emerged is better than what any of them had at the beginning. Why? Because they learned from the integration of the addi- tional complexity of other people’s views. International Geodesign Collaboration In 2015, at the annual Geodesign Summit conference, I proposed that the universities of the world that had design schools al share the same design language. In 2018, Tom Fisher, who was the Dean of the de- sign school at the University of Minnesota, and Brian Orland, who has been Professor at Illinois, Penn State and Georgia, and I 022 started the International Geodesign Col- laboration (IGC) to focus on the design of very large landscape systems. The IGC now has 240 universities in 61 When we analyzed the first 50 designs Figure 5 (above) countries, and about 500-600 people in (looking at a continental level and at the A design process of it. We share the same design language. Our economic levels of development) , we a large design team projects include water, agriculture, green found that the priorities selected by our (with consultants) and with very many infrastructure, energy transport, industry, in- academic colleagues were very different. meetings stitutions, housing, and two flexible systems The conclusion that we made was that a that we don’t define because you have dif-single set of global policies and projects Figure 6 (below) ferent circumstance. We’ve all work with at will not be workable, and that regional and Co-design process least two or three scales on any project, the local variation will dominate decision-mak-with a design team, scale that’s bigger and smaller to set the ing for geographic, economic and political with negotiation as the design method. The context, and the scale that we’re really fo- reasons. design will emerge cused on. We work on three scenarios, ear- ly application of innovations dealing with So, the problem that you have as a de-climate change mitigation and adaptation, signer is: Where are you? What’s the set of non-application of mitigation and adoption, things that you can do in your geography and late mitigation and adoption and we to deal with a global problem like climate judge the impact on the UN Sustainability change? The answers will be different. The Development Goals in our projects. Europeans in general will not solve the KEYNOTES Figure 7 International geode- sign collaboration requirements same problems in the same ways as on the Over the most recent million year period, African continent. It is complicated and we atmospheric concentrations of carbon di-023 can’t copy each other. But what if the prob- oxide and methane peaked at around 280 lem is the design of whole world? What parts per million and 600 parts per billion if our aim is to design the whole world to respectively. Now they’re at 420 and 1900 respond to climate change by reversing and rising exponentially. By 2100, 80 years it harmful causes? from now, the temperatures might be back up to where they were 5 to 10 million years I think the whole planet is our most impor- ago, long before the age of humans. That’s tant design problem and objective. The very important because the question is, globe is going to be co-designed with the where are you and are you causing the design team being the leaders of many problems or potentially solving them? jurisdictions, and with negotiation is the design method. Figure 8 shows four maps that are im- portant. The upper left is where water is The global design scarce now and if it’s brown, it’s scarce 12 About four months ago, I was offered months of the year. On the upper right, is the support so that the IGC could make a map of the change in crop yield if the a global geodesign study. We needed to climate temperature increases 3 degrees figure out a way to make a global design Celsius. Dark red is 50% loss in the same that must be locally implementable and area. Dark green is that it could get much global at the same time. better. Bottom left map shows that popu- lation is stil growing in areas that export people because of problems of access to ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 8 Four paramount maps for the global geode- sign study food and water and other economic and get the carbon out before the concentra-social issues. tions kill the global ecosystems, including 024 us? If you wait to 2050, which is what the The map in lower right shows an index US government, and the Europeans are of Human Habitat Suitability. If it’s red, it’s saying, what happens between now and means you’re a candidate to migrate. If 2050 to make the situation worse than it’s green, you’re going to be a receiver we’re having even now. of migration. At an 11 billion projected global population by 2070 a billion and This cannot just be Net Zero. That can’t a half people at current practices will be possibly deliver a stable climate because candidates for migration today’s atmospheric CO2 concentrations already exceed the level of a long-term The global project, the problem that we’re stable values which we had pre-Industrial going to conduct, is a collaboration, and revolution and certainly pre-1970s. 2050 I invite you all to participate. The prob- is too far ahead. Are we going to accept lem is not how to maintain a one point a bad scenario? What does this mean for five degree celsius limit as per the Paris the landscapes of the world? agreement, but a 0 degree increase over pre-industrial levels. In other words, we We propose a much more radical position think that the IPCC is too timid. The real and maybe a Don Quixote experiment, but problem is, how do you get the carbon I think that’s the problem that you should greenhouse gases out of the atmosphere? give your students. You should give it to And how do you remake the surface of the your students because in their lifetimes, by Earth, the landscape and cities so that they the time they are leaders, that’s the prob- KEYNOTES lem that they’ll have. It’s not today’s client and today’s site. It’s tomorrow’s unknown client and tomorrow’s site that they want to be doing schoolwork on now. It’s what can you do now to lower carbon and meth- ane in the atmosphere by 2030 so that by 2050 and afterwards things are much better for all. We have built tools that link Esri’s Geoplan- ner, Geodesign Hub and climate science models. We have developed a large ma- trix of climate mitigation actions and tech- niques along with carbon emission and/or sink estimates. These will guide you to cli- mate actions that you should think about. We are going to be working on terrestrial ecosystems, including territorial waters , at local, regional and global scale as the basis of design. We offer everything free of cost as guidance to any local team in 025 in the world. What we’re going to do is generalize from the local variants to a potentially feasible 2030 global design and ask, “What’s the difference?” “How effectively can climate change be mitigated by concerted local action by 2030 so that the current things education to being more multidisciplinary Figure 9 (above) don’t continue to get worse until 2050 and and much more serious. We invite every Global geodesign really kill many more people?” And if we University in any discipline to join us, but study greenhouse gas are right, you have to change everything. especially landscape architects because emission target We will need global action to be agreed they tend to be the ones best prepared from the top down and implemented by to lead this kind of work. Figure 10 (below) coordinated local actions from the bot- The Global Climate tom up. More details about the Global Climate Ge- Challenge Strategy odesign Challenge project can be found at Conclusion the International Geodesign Collaboration We have two serious objectives. The first website: https://www-igcollab.hub.arcgis. is to add geodesign based on the ecolog- com/pages/gcgc ical units that make up the landscapes of the world to international climate negoti- ations. The second to change geodesign 0001 EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION Evolution and reflection – Back in Ljubljana, and still talking about definitions… Richard Stiles After 50 years of professional evolution the between languages and due to the 1 Stiles, 1994, Land- fact that we are stil hung up on definitions varied way in which professional roles scape theory: a of the landscape architecture suggests have historically become divided up in missing link between landscape planning that this is a discussion about more than different countries.” and landscape design, just empty words. 30 years ago, the first Landscape and Urban Ljubljana ECLAS Conference in Septem- Of course, there is a good pragmatic case Planning 30, 139 - 149 ber 1992 addressed this problem, and I for finding and agreeing on an acceptable was lucky enough to be able to make a professional title and sticking to it, on the contribution to the discussion which was principle of Shakespeare’s “What’s in a subsequently published (Stiles, 1994)1. name? That which we call a rose by any The paper argued that landscape theory other name would smell as sweet. ” This 029 could provide a unifying bridge between corresponds to Popper’s ‘nominalist’ ap-landscape planning and landscape design, proach which uses a name as a convenient but it raised more questions than it pro-way to refer to a recognised entity, rather vided answers. Viewed from today’s per- than the alternative ‘essentialist’ approach spective it seems that the issue is still far which start from the opposite direction by from resolved. Back in Ljubljana after 30 trying to focus on essence of the entity years it is perhaps time to reflect whether itself. My paper in 1992 favoured the nom-we have got any closer to clarifying the inalist approach. issue and what can be done to advance the discussion. The reasons behind the discussions in Ljubljana 30 years ago were, as I recall, At the time the paper suggested that related to establishing the legitimacy of worrying about definitions did not get us the landscape architecture profession very far: and the nature of its various specialisa- tions/sub-disciplines. Establishing precise “Defining job titles within the landscape and agreed definitions was felt to be one profession/discipline appears to be a way of achieving this both for landscape pastime of almost endless fascination planning and design. But, perhaps after to its members, but it is one which can 30 years of professional evolution, there only be of limited value, especial y at the is a case for a new reflection on classifying international level. This is both because and describing professional structures in of the problems caused by translation landscape architecture and their official ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings designations from a different, and perhaps perhaps the most important of which is more pragmatic perspective. size. In the case of a relatively small and still young profession, which needs to gain The scientific discipline concerned with recognition and promote itself - such as classifying things and naming them is landscape architecture - ‘more is more’: the taxonomy. Although the subject matter political weight and thus the influence of of taxonomy is usually the world of biol-a professional group corresponds closely ogy, it can be applied to many fields, also to its combined physical weight i.e. the professions. This is practised by, above all, size of the membership which it can claim. the International Labour Organisation, an Critical mass is certainly needed in order to agency of the United Nations – more on gain wide influence, but this does not only this below. apply to young professions’ as discussed below. The greater the resources behind Irrespective of what is being classified, the representation of any profession, hu-taxonomists are often characterised as man and financial, not to mention ideas, being one of two sorts, either ‘lumpers’ the more effective it can be. or ‘splitters’. One group tends to focus on the similarities of the entities which are In the taxonomy of professions, as with being classified, grouping them more that of biological species, the outcomes often together, while the second group of the classification and naming process concentrates rather on the differences and only represents the results of a snapshot 030 is consequently inclined to divide a group in time. “Nothing in Biology Makes Sense into smaller units. Except in the Light of Evolution”, as the great biologist Th. Dobzhansky remarked, So how would taxonomists deal with land- and similarly, nothing in the taxonomy of scape professionals? Lumpers might be professions makes sense without taking expected instinctively to perceive it as one account of specialisation over time. Thus unified profession called, for the sake of the longer a profession has existed, the argument, landscape architecture, whereas greater one would expect the diversity of splitters would tend rather to focus on the sub-disciplines to be. Reference to some differences between landscape planning, other long established professions gives design and management. At this stage I us the opportunity to test this hypothesis should perhaps declare my position as about professional evolution. a lumper, something which has not sig- nificantly evolved since writing the 1994 The architecture profession can be traced paper referred to above, which argues in back many centuries, but while the claim favour of a unified profession on the ba-that architects can design anything ‘from sis that the theoretical basis of landscape the teaspoon to the city’ has been attrib-planning and design have more similarities uted to various people, the profession re-than differences. mains stubbornly unified and has largely resisted splitting into a series of different But there are also important pragmatic and specialist professions, except perhaps for practical reasons for a unified profession, having given rise to urban and regional 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION planning as an independent profession viding categories for compiling interna-2 https://en.wikipedia. in some countries and interior design in tionally comparable statistics, as well as org/wiki/European_Un-others. The lesson here for landscape ar- by providing detailed occupational de- ion_of_Medical_Spe- cialists chitecture appears to be that here at least scriptions covering tasks and duties. Land-there is not a necessary connection be- scape architects are classified alongside 3 Bureau of Statistics, tween longevity and professional diversi-architects and town planners, each being work unit of the Policy fication, suggesting that ‘unity is strength’. recognised as separate groups within the Integration Department (ilo.org) But maybe looking at the situation with overall classification of Architects, Engi-regard to an even more well-respected neers and Related Professionals. and longer-standing profession would also be instructive, namely medicine. As At the time of the 1992 Ljubljana ECLAS with architecture, the medical profession conference the current version of the ISCO can trace it roots back to classical times at was dated 1988. Here, under Code 2141 least, but while much has changed since landscape architects were grouped with the days of Hippocrates, today medics still architects, town and traffic planners in a top worldwide surveys of the most respect-category which included: ed professions. The European Union of – Architect, building Medical Specialists recognises some 43 – Architect, interior specialist sections, from anaesthetists to – Architect, landscape vascular surgeons2. Here too the message – Planner, traffic is similar to the case of architecture: while – Planner, urban 031 the medical profession has evolved an ex- tensive structure of specialities over the The tasks each profession undertook were years, medicine is still medicine and school described in a common list of activities leavers enrol on degree programmes to with the separate professional titles only study medicine, not one of its sub-special-listed at the end, as above. This might go isms. Within the medical profession there some way to explaining why the 1992 is certainly a clear differentiation between, ECLAS conference was eager to agree for example, brain surgeons and paedia-some more specific and detailed defini- tricians, but in its outward dealings with tions of the various parts of the profession. politicians and the public, the medical But the ISCO is under constant revision, profession presents one unified body. presumably to reflect the continuing evo-Landscape architecture please take note! lution of the professions. Whether or not In the language of taxonomy, we are talk-the outcomes of the ECLAS 1992 had any ing here about ‘sub-species’ and varieties role to play, the next version – ISCO 08 rather than independent species. – contained the following more detailed explanation of the tasks of landscape ar- The United Nations’ International Labour chitects, together with a more detailed list Organisation’s taxonomy of occupations of activities: recognises landscape architecture as an independent occupation in its Internation- Landscape architects plan and design al Standard Classification of Occupations landscapes and open spaces for projects (ISCO)3. This functions both through pro- such as, parks, schools, institutions, ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings roads, external areas for commercial, ISCO 08 Code REVISON AGREED BY DELEGATES industrial and residential sites, and 2162 TO THE IFLA WORLD COUNCIL, plan and monitor their construction, Title EN SEPTEMBER 2020 Landscape architects maintenance and rehabilitation. Lead Statement Landscape Architects plan, design Landscape architects plan and and manage natural and built envi- However, here although it was stated that design landscapes and open spaces ronments, applying aesthetic and sci- landscape architects ‘plan’, the description for projects such as, parks, schools, entific principles to address ecolog- of their tasks is a very narrow one, focus- institutions, roads, external areas for ical sustainability, quality and health commercial, industrial and resi- of landscapes, collective memory, sing largely on the design of parks, and dential sites, and plan and monitor heritage and culture, and territorial external spaces. Little wonder that those their construction, maintenance and justice. By leading and coordinating involved in landscape planning as a stra- rehabilitation. other disciplines, landscape architects deal with the interactions between tegic activity at a territorial scale felt that natural and cultural ecosystems, they were not represented. While this was such as adaptation and mitigation an improvement on ISCO 88, looked at related to climate change and the stability of ecosystems, socio-eco- from today’s perspective – and perhaps nomic improvements, and community even that of 1992 – it was still far from sat- health and welfare to create places isfactory. that anticipate social and economic well-being. But the process of professional evolution Task statement did not stop with ISCO 08, and thus the Tasks include: professions, taxonomists have now agreed (a) developing new or improved (a) Developing and managing the 032 a new description of landscape architec- theories and methods in landscape landscape by carrying out actions and architecture; preparing and implementing projects ture with IFLA which is due for publication for heritage protection, preservation in the next ISCO edition. The following ta- of natural and cultural landscapes, re- ble compares the two definitions and illus- habilitation of degraded landscapes, and new development through a trates the evolution which the profession process of design, planning, manage- has undergone over recent years. ment and maintenance. (b) inspecting sites and consulting (b) Conducting research and analysis What immediately catches the eye is the clients, management and other to develop sustainable landscape fact that both the lead statement and the stakeholders to determine type, style design, planning and management tasks statements have been considerably and size of proposed buildings, parks, practices, theories, methods and roads and other open spaces; development strategies to promote expanded to cover planning, designing green infrastructure, the sustainable and managing natural and built environ- management of natural, agricultural, rural and urban landscapes and the ments. This certainly exhibits a very dif- sustainable use and management of ferent perspective to that from 2008 and global environmental resources. one which gives a far better reflection of (c) compiling and analyzing site and (c) Carrying out feasibility studies and landscape planning activities than previous- community data about geographical impact assessments to gauge the ly – although given the time-lag between and ecological features, landforms, effect of development on the ecolo- agreement of a new definition and the pub- soils, vegetation, site hydrology, visual gy, environmental character, cultural characteristics and human-made values and community health and lication cycle of a new ISCO, the ISCO 08 structures, to formulate land use and welfare of landscapes. description probably stems from several development recommendations, and years previously. Furthermore, given that for preparing environmental impact statements; the last two ISCOs were published at 20 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION year intervals (1988 and 2008) when the (d) preparing reports, site plans, (d) Collecting and documenting data new definition of landscape architecture working drawings, specifications and through site analysis, including an can be expected to appear in ISCO 2028, cost estimates for land development, appreciation of indigenous prac- showing location and details of pro- tices, land-form, soils, vegetation, it will also be at least 10 years old and per- posals, including ground modelling, hydrology, visual characteristics and haps already out of date. structures, vegetation and access; human-made and managed features. (e) writing specifications and contract (e) Preparing landscape documen- Certainly, one can reflect that this evolu- documents for use by builders and tation, including drawings, speci- tionary jump in the description of the tasks civil engineering contractors and fications, schedules and contract calling tenders on behalf of clients; documents, and calling tenders on and overall understanding of landscape behalf of clients. architecture is a result both of changing perspectives within the profession itself, as (f) making necessary contacts to en- (f) Managing digital technologies and sure feasibility of projects regarding representation of spatial systems, and well as a recognition of the expansion of style, cost, timing, and compliance client and/or community presenta- the whole concept of landscape on the part with regulations; tions related to the environment and of society as a whole. This is also reflected landscape. in the European Landscape Convention, (g) identifying and finding best solu- (g) Engaging local communities, au- which has re-focussed both the wider pub- tions for problems regarding function thorities and stakeholders by public and quality of exterior environments participation in decision-making relat- lic and professional attention on the role and making necessary designs, draw- ing to projects that impact landscape. and importance of landscape. One result ings and plans; of this has been an increased or revived (h) monitoring construction or re- (h) Providing expert advice and interest on landscape on the part of other habilitation work to ensure compli- advocacy on landscape matters in disciplines. Thus geographers, ecologists, ance with specifications and quality conflict resolution, judicial courts and standards; commissions, competitions, media 033 architects, planners and archaeologists, and public relations. amongst others, have since discovered or re-discovered their interest in the landscape (i) maintaining technical liaison and consultancy with other relevant as a subject for study and intervention. specialists. Today, some 30 years after ECLAS 1992, Included occupations Examples of the occupations classi- Examples of the occupations classi- fied here: at a time when at first it might have ap- fied here: - Landscape Architect peared that the Landscape Convention - Landscape architect The profession of Landscape Archi- and the new ISCO definition of landscape Excluded occupations tect may be adopted under differ- Some related occupations classified ent titles by non-English speaking architecture might have settled the question elsewhere: countries. as to the nature and role of landscape archi- - Building architect - 2161 Some related occupations classified tecture, it has instead come into renewed - Urban planner - 2164 elsewhere in ISCO 08: - Building Architect – Number 2161 focus. The discipline is once again faced Notes - Urban Planner – Number 2164 with the challenge of defining its ‘unique Comments selling proposition’, not just as an internal ISCO 88 Code(s) AGREED BY DELEGATES TO THE IFLA 2141, part WORLD COUNCIL, SEPTEMBER 2020 academic exercise, but to the ‘wider world’ – or at least to a Europe where the Landscape Convention has raised the stakes as far as will perhaps be ISCO 28, there is still work landscape is concerned. to do. Current discussions with the Euro- pean Commission regarding a Common And, despite the success of the new defi- Training Framework within the provisions nition of the professional tasks for what of the Professional Qualifications Directive ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings will also call for the adoption of an accepted definition of the profession. However, the continuing debate over definitions of the profession should perhaps rather be seen as evidence that the vision and fields of activity of the profession continue to evolve. This should be viewed not as an embar- rassment, but as something to be actively welcomed. 034 Looking back at three Ljubljana conferences; theory, practice and education in landscape architecture Martin van den Toorn Faculty of Architecture, Technical University Delft, the Netherlands The Budapest School of Landscape architecture Hungarian University of Life Sciences (MATE). Hungary mwmvandent@gmail.com Abstract The influence of research on design and The department of landscape architecture vice versa, will offer new perspectives for in Ljubljana has organised several interna-teaching and for the new challenges of tional conferences over the last fifty years. landscape architecture in the future. Es-In this paper I wil analyse three of them pecially the conference of 1992 has been from the viewpoint of relations between an excellent start for theory development 037 theory, theory & practice and education. and definition of terms that can be used The goal is to investigate how these rela-in education and research but should be tions have evolved and how that affects followed up more explicitly also in future contemporary teaching and research. The ECLAS conferences. research method comprises a comparative analysis of proceedings with the goal of Keywords critical analysis, reflection and accumula- Design knowledge, terminology, design & tion of insights. The outline of the paper research, teaching design, ECLAS is built up in three parts. First, the three conferences will be analysed based on an Introduction explicit analytical framework. In the second Over the last 50 years the School of part the results of the analysis will be put Landscape architecture in Ljubljana has in a context of other publications and reorganised international conferences. In this search, with a focus on theory & practice article I will analyse the content of three in education. In the last part the results of conferences and reflect upon them from the two parts will be related to teaching; the viewpoint of the relations between the different teaching modes, the role of theory, practice and education. I have research and the development of design chosen to analyse the conferences that thinking. In the conclusions the insight took place in 1972 (Ogrin, 1972), in 1992 that design can be seen as a specific way (Concepts, 1992) and in 2002 (Ogrin et of problem solving as compared to sci-al., 2002). Upon the announcement of the ence, art and engineering, is put forward. ECLAS conference in Ljubljana in 2022, the ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings content of the conference of 1972 (Og-all a looking back at one’s own work, like rin, 1972) in the proceedings triggered in the case of Olin (2008), Vroom (2014). my attention, first of all because the at- Secondly, reworking, rewriting one’s work tention for landscape planning as a new and use the backgrounds to put forward work domain, secondly because of the an evolution, like Lynch (1981), Jellicoe relative lack of attention for design and (1993; 1995; 1996). Thirdly, looking back, for research. One of my research topics is analysing and interpreting the work of the relation between theory and practice a designer by somebody else, such as in landscape architecture which lead me Treib and Imbert (1997) did on the work to a second conference, the one in 1992 of Garrett Eckbo, a Californian landscape (Concepts, 1992). Highly exceptional for architect. In this article I have used a fourth landscape architecture to have a confer-way, that is looking back by systematically ence with special attention to theory. In the analysing three conferences based on an 2002 conference on globalisation (Ogrin explicit analytical framework. et al., 2002), I took part myself which gave me an insight into some of the traditions Goal, scope and problem of the research and characteristics of the Department of Goal of the research is to reflect on devel-Landscape architecture in Ljubljana. opments in the relation between theory, practice and education as a way to gain Why reflection? insight into some of the backgrounds of In the evolution and development of any these developments. To limit the scope of 038 discipline, looking back at how it devel- the analysis and size of the paper, I will fo- oped over time can be useful to provide cus on how the results of the analysis could insight into some of the backgrounds be useful in contemporary education. The and evolution of ideas. Reflection, com-problem statement is further elaborated parative analysis of plans and critique, are into two specific research questions for this also in landscape architecture emerging paper; 1. What were the relations between more and more. In Europe the number theory; theory & practice; theory & prac-of projects, of landscape architects and tice in education at the three conferences? of schools have increased steadily in the 2. How did the issues of theory; theory & second half of the last century and contin-practice; theory & practice in education ues to do so in the 21st (Fieldwork, 2006; as such evolve over time? Holden, 2006; Diedrich et al., 2009; Hold- en, 2009; Diedrich et al., 2012; Diedrich et Terms and definitions al., 2015; Diedrich, 2018; Diedrich, 2022; Design knowledge: Design knowledge in Davasse et al., 2022). Such a growth, de-this article is used as a generic term that mands for reflection and critical analysis stands for knowledge that is used in plan of the past, to avoid ‘navel gazing’ or ‘run-making, realisation of plans and theory ning around in circles’. Even though land- development; comprising the body of scape architecture as a discipline is rather coherent knowledge in design disciplines young, there are a number of interesting such as theories, descriptions of projects, examples of reflection, based on different design principles, types, guidelines, and approaches. I mention here three. First of cognitive strategies. Design knowledge in 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION landscape architecture differs from other analysing, interpreting. The research mate-design disciplines because the landscape rials are based on the proceedings of the as such is object of planning and design. conferences. In the analytical framework, the general research question is elabo- Pedagogy: refers to the theoretical basis rated into two specific research questions of educational processes; the science of and on a focus on how the results of the education. In the context of this article, analysis could be useful for contemporary pedagogy concerns the general princi-education (figure 1). ples of teaching design, the traditions of a school, its physical and cultural environ- Figure 1 ment, and the educational goals defined The analytical frame- by the school. The overall goal of educa- work and two research tion is personal development. questions as basis for the comparative analysis Didactics: refers to the science of teaching; ways of imparting knowledge. It covers the full range of activities such as teaching modes, assessment practices, human de- velopment, and curriculum development. Training, learning, and education are 039 used in this article to refer to basic teach- ing modes; training for developing skills, learning for acquiring knowledge, insight into the body of knowledge for landscape architecture and education for learning Results of the comparative analysis skills, acquiring knowledge and insight, The international conference in 1972: in a context of values (ethics and aesthet-Landscape planning — Proceedings of ics) needed for personal development and the International Symposium Ljubljana finding one’s place in society. 29-31.08.1972 (Ogrin, 1972) Figure 2 gives a concise overview of pa- Methods pers and countries that participated. Research questions, methods, research materials Some short remarks: Ogrin’s paper is The general research question is how theo- mentioned in the table of contents but is ry and practice have influenced education missing in my copy of the proceedings. in landscape architecture over the last dec- Analysis of all papers is in some cases ades. The research methods are mixed and complicated for me because not all con-based on the principles of case study re- tributions are translated into English, my search (Zeisel, 2006). Core of the research knowledge of German and Slovenian is methods is a comparative analysis of three not sufficient. conferences. Such a comparative analysis always includes three steps; describing, – In all papers, planning is associated ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings with the large scale, mostly regional; is usual for many types of projects and rural planning, motorway planning, problem types in landscape architec- planning for tourism and recreation, ture. Grebe (D) presents projects on planning for nature conservation relations to town planning. Ananog- – There are three papers on practice topoulos (GR) focusses on the long- or from practitioners; Benthem (NL) term planning in Greece. presents landscape plans designed by – On theory there are two contributions; the Dept. of landscape architecture of Vroom (NL) on methodology and An- the Dutch Forest Service. During the dersson (DK) on terminology 1972 conference, the plan figure of – In many papers there is a strong fo- ‘landscape plan’ came to the front in cus on landscape analysis as basis for different presentations but in the later planning. Only Hackett presents some conferences 1992 and 2002, not. In backgrounds of analysis: why and how general, the plan figure of ‘landscape it can be used in planning. In most plan’ also stands for the typical land- cases the planning approach is based scape architectural approach in plan on the development of models from making. That means taking the existing which the final plan can be chosen. landscape before intervention as point Implicit background of the focus on of departure and the viewpoint of the analysis seems; if you quantify, your dynamics of the landscape and de- plan will become more ‘scientific’. sign as a basis for plan development – Only Andersson pays explicitly atten- 040 (Toorn, 2008 [2]; 2014). This approach tion to the role of design. Figure 2 A concise overview of the Conference in 1972 (Ogrin, 1972) 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION – There is no paper referring to educa- tion or teaching. The conference in 1992: Concepts in Landscape Architecture — Theory of the profession and its reflection in education — ECLAS 1992 (Concepts, 1992) The conference in 1992 was an ECLAS Conference and can be seen as the first European conference dedicated to theory. In figure 3, a short overview is presented. Some short remarks: – The first question has been; what is landscape architecture? Stiles (1992) took the lead by distinguished be- herent overview of theoretical back- Figure 3 tween planning, design and man- grounds. Marušič’s paper (Marušič, A concise overview agement, a distinction which is still 1992) places landscape planning in of the Conference in at the core of the ECLAS-definition the context of design and manage- 1992 (Concepts, 1992) nowadays. In later publications he ment and pays attention to the design elaborated further on the definition process; an epistemological viewpoint. 041 also from different viewpoints (Stiles, The two are complementary which is 1994; 1998; 2002). In a personal clearly intentional and well-thought of. conversation he mentioned the influ- – There were three papers mentioning ence of Catherine Ward Thompson ‘education’ in the title: Filor’s title is in- from Edinburgh on the final version teresting; ‘(…) theory of the profession of the ECLAS definition. The title of and its reflection in education’ but he Andersson’s paper (1992) is clear: ‘My doesn’t say anything specific about ed- definition of my profession this year’. ucation. Marušič (1992); even though – A second question has been on the the term ‘education’ is mentioned in terms and definitions used in land- the title, in the text there is no explicit scape architecture. Vroom (1992) gives attention for education. Steinitz spends in his paper a list of definitions that most attention to education but be- has been the start of his later book cause his concept of ‘design’ is very ‘Lexicon for garden and landscape ar- much geared to design of models and chitecture’ which was first published in linear thinking, his whole framework 2005 in Dutch, a year later in English becomes a bit isolated from what is and in 2010 the second edition of the usually considered as design or theory. Dutch version was published. – There were a few papers that referred Stoltz (1992), as representative from CELA directly to theory; Ogrin’s paper (Og- (the US organisation of landscape archi- rin, 1992) on ontological aspects of tecture schools), mentioned in a review landscape architecture gives a co-article that there was few theory, despite ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings the theme of the conference. He was sur- prised about the diversity of opinions, interpretations of the participants. The conference in 2002: Globalscape — Landscape planning in the era of globalisation — Conference proceedings (Ogrin et al., 2002) Around the millennium globalisation was seen as a universal force, the term ‘glob- al village’ (McLuhan, 1962) became well- known. There were much more participants at the conference from a large number of countries and schools, also outside Europe (figure 4). Some short remarks: – Landscape planning was still a core issue in most papers, albeit in the con- text of globalisation about the effects of globalisation on Figure 4 042 – In the papers, the term ‘landscape the landscape because of the fear of A concise overview planning’ is used interchangeably standardisation and the loss of iden- of the Conference by some authors with ‘environmental tity. Identity, meaning and character in 2002 (Ogrin et al., 2002) planning’ and ‘spatial planning’. of the landscape were used inter- – Public participation is sometimes jux- changeably. taposed to expert knowledge. The role – The European aspects got special of landscape perception and user ex- attention including the landscape perience, sometimes in the context of convention and nature conservation aesthetics or ethics, is becoming more as ‘global value’ (Natura 2000). The important. landscape as a cultural system also – New analytical tools and techniques got ample attention. for landscape analysis; GIS and other – Theory was largely absent in most of computer applications. the papers, sometimes it was even – The majority of the papers dealt with lacking where it was needed; for in- the rural landscapes, mostly on the stance in the ever growing use of com- regional scale. There were relatively puters. In general, reflective papers few papers on issues in the urban such as in the 1992 conference were landscapes, maybe the effect of glo- missing. balisation was considered to be more – On the relation to education, Stiles serious in the rural landscapes. presented student projects in Austria – Most of the papers and participants on local & global landscape changes of the conference were concerned as case studies. Prominski showed 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION student work from TU Berlin on new Figure 5 concepts for landscapes around Berlin What could be the use as case studies, but left out the design in contemporary ed- part of the work. Toorn presented a ucation based on the results of the analysis? paper explicitly on theory & practice in relation to education in which pro- jects on water as design material in Dutch landscape architecture are used as case studies for precedent analy- sis. The results in the form of design means at different levels could then be used in teaching but were not presented. Discussion How could this information be useful for contemporary education? In three steps definitions, for instance he considers ‘land-we build up the information from the three scape planning’ and ‘landscape design’ conferences towards application in con- as two disciplines while he viewed ‘land- temporary education (figure 5). scape architecture’ as a profession. In his article in Landscape and Urban Planning 043 Theory in 1994, he elaborated further on ontolo- From a theoretical point of view, planning gy; he considers planning and design as seemed to be developing from ‘rule-different domains, also in theoretical sense based’ to ‘model-based’. Implicitly, plan- (Ogrin, 1994). In the ECLAS conference in ning was viewed as the ‘scientific branch’ 2000, he works out the distinction between of landscape architecture because of the landscape architecture, architecture, land dominant attention for analysis, it looked art (Ogrin, 2000). more ‘scientific’. Theoretically, the design aspects of planning were completely lack- The issue of theory was successfully put ing, which was strange and inconsistent forward in the 1992 conference, but did with the definition of landscape architec-not develop further in the next conference. ture that emphasises the interrelations be- The 1992 conference introduced the first tween planning, design and management. steps in analysing the theoretical aspect of Stiles as participant of the 1992 confer-the relation between object and subject in ence presented his view on the definition the triplet ontology, epistemology, meth-of landscape architecture. As member of odology, bound together in a consistent the ECLAS committee, he worked on de-terminology (figure 6). Ogrin, Marušič, fining landscape architecture for ECLAS as Stiles, Vroom were all in their own way, a commonly agreed definition. However, keen to put forward the importance of there were also inconsistencies compared such a theoretical approach and set the to what Stiles had presented among some first steps. Ogrin’s focus on ontology is ECLAS members; even Ogrin mixed up exceptional; I have not found any publi- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings cation related to landscape architecture Figure 6 from that period, that deals with ontology. In philosophy of In the sequence of the three conferenc- science ontology, epis- es, the accumulation of design knowledge temology and meth- odology are the main has been missing. It is remarkable to see terms to describe, that also in other publications on theo- analyse and compare ry in landscape architecture this triplet is the body of knowledge lacking while it is quite commonly used with other disciplines (above the red dotted in philosophy of science in other disci- line). Ontology, episte- plines. For instance Vroom (2006) in his mology and method- ‘Lexicon’ does also not include ontology, ology are interrelated, epistemology, methodology. There are a that means the one influences the others. few exceptions of the use of these terms Terminology and defi- in that period, such as Schön (1992) where nitions are relevant for he puts forward ‘design ontology’ during all three. This scheme the design process in which a designer mal research had not been part of regu-is here transposed and elaborated as a theo- ‘constructs’ his/her concept that implies lar practice. In all three conferences, the retical framework for idea & material, space & time as a unified focus was predominantly on landscape design knowledge in idea. In the use of ‘methodology’ Her-planning which was viewed as a new work landscape architecture rington is one of the few who uses the domain. Curiously enough there were no term correctly for instance in her article references to the systems approach, that 044 on McHarg’s science (Herrington, 2010). was emerging in that period in planning Overall, we see a gradual development of in general but also in landscape architec-the insight that design can be seen an au- ture (Churchman, 1968; Chadwick, 1972; tonomous way of problem solving based McLoughlin, 1972; Meadows, 2008; Berg-on specific knowledge; design knowledge er, 2009; Murphy & Hedfors, 2011; Alpak (Cross, 1982; Rowe, 1987; Prominski, 2008) et al., 2018; Berquist & Hedfors, 2018). In the second conference (1992) the focus Theory & practice was on theory and terminology but prac- In the first conference (1972) practice tice was in the background. was prominently present in most of the papers and practitioners were also pre- For Steinitz, planning is scientifically based senting, while in the last conference (2002) with a focus on linear thinking, the con-researchers were dominating in presenta- ceptual aspects of design were and still tions. Traditionally site/landscape analy- are for him, not interesting. Where Filor sis can be seen as a form of research in (1991) presents a diversity of projects in landscape architecture, see for instance which also social aspects play a role, the how Le Nôtre applied new knowledge and projects of Steinitz mainly focus on analysis technology into a careful and precise site of the physical aspects of the landscape analysis that enabled him to make optimal as a basis for planning. Steinitz’ viewpoints and intelligent use of the conditions of did not change during the three confer-the site in his plan making (Farhat, 2003; ences, instead he made more use of the 2008; 2013). However other forms of for-abundant new potentials of computers. 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION The presentation of his keynote in Ljublja- one of the many ‘-isms’ that change con- na was for me like hearing his viewpoint on stantly. I haven’t analysed this but there research and design of 50 years ago, only must have been more than twenty types of with newer and more powerful computers. ‘urbanism’ over the last fifty years. Marušič I was very disappointed to learn that he (2002) gives a comprehensive overview had not kept track of developments out-of landscape planning and its origins; he side his own domain of landscape analysis explicitly mentions the role of design think-and GIS. In those fifty years not only the ing in landscape planning next to input whole view on the concept of ‘scientific’ from science and engineering. and the scientific method had changed fundamentally but at the same time the On globalisation, nowadays there are also viewpoints on the concept of ‘design’ other aspects of the loss of identity, for had changed from the time on that Cross instance in the guest lecture of Michael launched his publications on ‘designerly Jakob at Harvard in 2018 on standardi-ways of knowing’ in the 80s. At about the sation in design, he shows the influence same time Schön (1987) published his of the BIM software on standardisation in study on ‘Educating the reflective practi-the landscape (Jakob, 2018). Weilacher tioner’ in which he explicitly put forward (2008) gives an interesting example of an integrated approach to teaching design the relation between theory and practice in general, to — what he calls ‘artistry’. He in the work of Latz. also referred to Ryle and Polanyi referring 045 to the quantitative and qualitative aspects. Theory & practice in landscape Apparently, during that time Steinitz kept architectural education; BSc, MSc, PhD stuck to his viewpoint on design that he programs had presented in his 1995 article; the dual Since the millennium, the introduction of view of design either as individual artis-the Bachelor/Master system in Europe tic activity based on intuition or design as has fundamentally changed the educa-the so-cal ed ‘scientific’ approach in land- tional landscape for all disciplines. Even scape analysis with quantitative methods, in the 2002 conference, this issue was not modelling and implicitly linear thinking touched upon. We will take the introduc-of landscape development at large. His tion of the BSc/MSc as a first issue to show dualism sometimes gets a character of how the results of the analysis of the three antagonism, even though he mentions conferences could be of use in contempo-about (…) eventually integrating its two rary education (figure 7). The BSc/MSc im-meanings. In Ljubljana at the 2022 confer- plied two important issues. First, to enable ence, he repeated his famous viewpoint students to exchange between different on design: design is negotiating. By the European Universities, the teaching lan-way, Steinitz’ juxtaposition is very similar guage had to be in English. It caused for to the distinction — and separation — be-many teachers a major obstacle because tween urban planning and urban design, teaching in English, if you are not a native while the term ‘urbanism’ does not at al speaker, is not so easy — certainly not at a integrate the two. Urbanism is rather vague Master’s level. in what it stands for and is being used as ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings What role does theory play in landscape Figure 7 architectural education? In the Bachelor’s The BSc/MSc system as the focus of teaching is on learning ‘how’ a framework for appli- and in the second place on learning ‘why’. cation of results of the analysis in education Theory is largely implicit in the form of use of archetypes, use of perception theories in learning to see and in visualisation and visual thinking, but is not taught as such. Research takes only place in site analysis, an introduction to types and analysing plans. In the Master, the focus of teaching is on learning ‘why’ and in the second place on ‘how’. In most Master’s programs there is a course or seminar on ‘History, theory, methods’. It is taught the first three semes- iments. In the MSc, attention should be ters with a different focus in each semes- paid to how to apply different methods ter. Research is explicitly part of studio for a program/assignment onto a site and teaching and students learn to analyse a on application of research on design into problem in the start of a project by devel-the design process such as research on 046 oping a first concept based on program evidence (Brown & Corry, 2011) or prece-and site analysis in the available time. Re- dent analysis (Toorn & Guney, 2011). In the search plays also a role in the thesis that PhD, the triplet of ontology, epistemology students work on in their last semester; and methodology should be the core of developing their own research approach all research projects. and outline. In all three conferences research was con- A second issue was the introduction of sidered to be an almost separate work do-research as an integral part of the whole main. This was identical in most depart-Master’s program around the millennium ments of landscape architecture all over (Toorn, 2008 [1]). By now, we usually distin-Europe (Toorn, 2022). The issue of ‘being guish between three types of research in scientific’ was always in the background. landscape architecture; research in design, The implicit idea among designers was design as research/research as design, that input from other disciplines was ‘sci-research on design. A distinction that is entific’ and consequently was improving similar to the one Milburn & Brown (2003) the quality of the design process and the made; research before, during and after plan. In the second half of the last century the design process. The different types of this idea gradually faded away towards research could also be part of the BSc/ a more integrated approach of the de- MSc framework in education. In the BSc, sign process where design and research the focus should be on basics of method-mutually and constantly influence each ology and design approaches, learning other during the whole design process, to see and learning to do design exper-resulting in an iterative approach. Here we 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION put forward two new developments that is for instance the renewed attention for emerged and formed the basis for new hand drawing in practice for the concep-insights on the concept of ‘scientific’. First tual part and in education as a means of from the side of science and philosophy learning to see and to develop visual think-of science through the publication of Ryle ing during the design process (Gazvoda, (1946) on the distinction between know-2002; Toorn, 2009; Have & Toorn, 2012; ing ‘what’ and knowing ‘how’. Secondly Gazvoda, 2019). from the side of design and designers through the publication on ‘designerly Conclusions ways of knowing’ by Cross from the 80s In none of the three conferences, the re-on (Cross, 1982). lation with education was touched upon, albeit the issues were all relevant for edu- The new challenges for landscape architec- cation and a large part of the participants ture in the context of climate change will were educators. It does not mean that require new knowledge but at the same knowledge and insights from the confer-time there is also the existing knowledge ences has not been used but it was not that has to be applied in a new context visible in the papers of the proceedings. (Lenzhölzer & Brown 2013). All interven- tions in the context of climate change will In the 1992 conference, theory develop-not only require a thorough knowledge of ment was introduced in a consistent way the landscape as a natural system but will but there was no follow-up in the 2002 047 also demand for knowledge of the systems conference. Theory in landscape archi-approach and insight into systems think- tecture is practice-driven but the relation ing (Meadows, 2008). Energy transition, between theory & practice and the input of improving water management and the cre-practitioners was declining in later confer- ation of comfort and healthy environments ences. The theoretical and design aspects for people will put an even stronger focus of planning were lacking in all conferenc-on knowledge of the landscape as a natu- es. Around the millennium in the BSc/MSc ral system (Catalogue, 2021). Traditionally system, research became a core issue in this knowledge is not new for landscape education. For all design disciplines, the architecture but the focus on the systems relation between design and research re-approach will be explicitly needed. Es- quires special attention from the viewpoint pecially for the existing knowledge, the of pedagogy and didactics. A theoretical accumulation of earlier experiences into framework will also be needed to meet the a body of knowledge is required. Such a new challenges for landscape architecture body of knowledge that is coherent and in the context of climate change. abstract, comprises a theory and a theo- retical framework. Conferences do have an important role in the accumulation of design knowledge The use of the computer and digital tech- in landscape architecture that could also nologies in landscape architecture is slowly be an input in education. In ECLAS con-getting in balance; that is, using it as a tool ferences, theory and theory development in the process of plan making instead of a should get more attention, for instance goal. One of the interesting developments in the selection criteria for abstracts and ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings papers by requiring explicitly the use of Supérieure de Paysage (ENSP). Projets de Paysage (2022) - Hors-Série https://doi.org/10.4000/pay- a coherent set of definitions and terms. sage.25040 The three conferences show the pivotal Diedrich, L. (ed.) 2018. Landscape architecture Eu-role of individuals in initiating issues they rope #5. LAE / Blauwdruk: Wageningen, 333 consider to be important; in all three con- Diedrich, L. (ed.) 2022. Landscape architecture Europe #6 — Second glance. Wageningen, LAE / ferences the same people played a key Blauwdruk, 427 role. It seems to have been a network of Diedrich, L., Adam, H., Hendriks, M., Kučan, A. (eds.) participants with strong personal relations 2009. on site — Landschapsarchitectuur in Europa. and similar research interests. Wageningen, Blauwdruk/LAE Foundation, 261 Diedrich, L., Hendriks, M., Kandjee, Th., Moll, C. (eds.) 2012. In touch. Wageningen/Basel, Blauwdruk/ In Europe it is remarkable to see how much Birkhäuser, 263 small countries in terms of population or Diedrich, L., Bridger, J., Hendriks, M., Moll, C. (eds.) land surface contribute to the develop-2015. on the move #4. Wageningen, Blauwdruk/ LAE Foundation, 240 ment of landscape architecture as a pro- Farhat, G. 2003. Optique topographique: la grande fession and a discipline; Slovenia is one terrasse de Saint-Germain-en-Laye, in: Pieri & example. Delégue, Le Nôtre — un inconnu illustre?. MONUM: Paris, 2003, 122-135 Farhat, G. 2008. L’anamorphose du territoire — Les fonctions paysagères de la perspective topo- References graphique dans l’économie seigneuriale en France, Alpak, E.M., Özkan, D.G. & Düzenli, T. 2018. Systems autour de l’oeuvre de l’André Le Nôtre (1613-1700). approach in landscape design: a studio work. In- Projets de paysage 26.12.2008, 4 p Farhat, G. 2013. Le Nôtre et la querelle des anciens et 048 ternational Journal of Technology and Design Ed- ucation 28(-), 593-611 des modernes — Optique et perspective, arts visuels Berger, A. 2009. Systemic design can change the et instrumentation, in: Bouchenot-Déchin & Farhat, world. SUN/Wouter Mikmak Foundation: Amster-André Le Nôtre en perspectives. Hazan/Ét. Public dam/Delft, 98 du château, du musée et du domaine national de Berquist, D., Hedfors, P. 2018. Design criteria for re-Versailles: Versailles, 2013, 70-79 generative systems landscapes. Nordic Journal of Fieldwork 2006. Fieldwork — Landscape architecture Architectural Research 30(3), 107-133 Europe. Basel, Birkhäuser, 253 Brown, R.D., Corry, R.C. 2011. Evidence-based land- Filor, S.W. 1991. The process of landscape design. scape architecture: the maturing of a profession. London, B.T. Batsford Ltd., 160 Landscape and Urban Planning 100(4), p 327-329 Gazvoda, D. 2002. Characteristics of modern land- catalogue, 2021. A catalogue of Nature-Based Solu- scape architecture and its education. Landscape tions for urban resilience. World Bank: Washington, and Urban Planning 60(2), 117-133 DC., 121 Gazvoda, D. 2019. Teaching landscape design studio: Chadwick, G. 1972. A systems view of planning — To- a creative part of the design process. in: Gao & wards a theory of the urban and regional planning Egoz, Lessons from the past, visions for the future process. Pergamon Press: Oxford, 390 — Celebrating one hundred years of landscape ar- Churchman, C.W. 1968. The systems approach. Dell chitecture education in Europe — ECLAS Conference Publ.: New York, 13th pr, 243 2019 — Conference proceedings. Norwegian Uni- Concepts, 1992. Concepts in Landscape Architec- versity of Life Sciences: As, 2019, 84-85 ture — Theory of the profession and its reflection Have, R. & Toorn, M. van den 2012. The role of hand in education — ECLAS 1992. School of Landscape drawing in basic design education in the digital age. architecture, University of Ljubljana, Ljubljana, 71 in: Landatxe, J.B. (ed.), 2012. Proceedings of the Cross, N. 1982. Designerly ways of knowing. Design 2012 International conference on engineering and Studies 3(4), 221-227 mathematics — Engineering & mathematics (ENMA). Davasse, B., Geisler, É, Keravel, S., Luginbühl, Y. Bilbao, University of the Basque Country, 72-80 (eds.) 2022. Devenir Paysagiste / On becoming a Herrington, S. 2010. The nature of Ian McHarg’s sci- landscape architect — Versailles, École Nationale ence. Landscape Journal 29(1), 1-21 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION Holden, R. 2006. European Landscape Architecture: 31.08.1972. Ljubljana, Dept. of Landscape design, a tour d’horizon of international opportunities. Ath- University of Ljubljana: Ljubljana, 238 ens, Landscape Architecture in Greece and the Ogrin, D. 1992. Ontological aspects of landscape wider Mediterranean World, 49 architecture in its articulation into landscape plan- Holden, R. 2009. Landscape architecture education ning and landscape design, in: Concepts, 1992. — A European overview, in: Laffage & Nussaume, Concepts in Landscape Architecture — Theory of the De l’enseignement du paysage en architecture — profession and its reflection in education — ECLAS Teaching landscape with architecture, Éd. de la 1992. School of Landscape architecture, University Villette: Paris, 2009, 100-108 + p 434-439 of Ljubljana: Ljubljana, 1-6 Jakob, M. 2018. Landscape Architecture and the Ogrin, D. 1994. Landscape architecture and its artic- ‘New Generic’. Cambridge MA, Harvard GSD, ulation into landscape planning and landscape de- YouTube: www.youtube.com/watch?v=O9x0P- sign. Landscape and Urban planning 30(3), 131-137 Py2LsY&t=4943s Ogrin, D. 2000. Landscape architecture — identity, Jellicoe, G.A. 1993. The studies of a Landscape De- relationships, autonomy, in: Anicic, 2000. ECLAS signer over 80 years — Volume I — Soundings, An European Conference of Landscape architecture Italian Study 1923-1925, Baroque gardens of Aus- schools — Conference proceedings — Landscape tria. Woodbridge, Garden Art Press, 226 of the future: the future of landscape architecture Jellicoe, G.A. 1995. The studies of a Landscape education. Dept. of Landscape Architecture Univ. Designer over 80 years — Volume II — Gardens & of Zagreb: Dubrovnik, 107-119 Design, Gardens of Europe. Woodbridge, Garden Ogrin, D., Marusic I , Simonic, T. (eds.) 2002. Glo- Art Press, 269 balscape — Landscape planning in the era of glo- Jellicoe, G.A. 1996. The studies of a Landscape De- balisation — Conference proceedings. Ljubljana, 273 signer over 80 years — Volume III — Studies in Land- Olin, L. 2008. Placemaking. New York, The Monacelli scape Design. Woodbridge, Garden Art Press, 248 Press, 297 Lenzhölzer, S. & R.D. Brown 2013. Climate-responsive Prominski, M. 2008. Entwurfswissen — Design knowl-landscape architecture design education. Journal edge, in: Seggern et al., 2008. Creating knowledge of Cleaner Production 61(-), 89-99 — Innovation strategies for designing urban land- 049 Marušič, I. 1992. The conceptual complexity of land- scapes — Innovationsstrategien im entwerfen ur- scape planning in practice and education, in: Con- baner Landschaften. jovis Verlag: Berlin, 276-289 cepts, Concepts in Landscape Architecture — Theory Rowe, P.G. 1987. Design thinking. Cambridge MA, of the profession and its reflection in education MIT Press, 229 — ECLAS 1992. School of Landscape architecture, Ryle, G. 1946. Knowing how and knowing that: the University of Ljubljana: Ljubljana, 13 p presidential address. Proceedings of the Aristotelian Marušič, I. 2002. Some observations regarding the Society 46(1945-1946), 1-16 education of landscape architects for the 21st cen- Schön, D.A. 1992. Designing as reflective conversa- tury. Landscape and Urban Planning 60(2), 95-103 tion with the materials of design situation. Research McLoughlin, J.B. 1972. Urban and Regional plan-in Engineering Design 3(3), 131-147 ning — A systems approach. London, Faber and Schön, D.A. 1987. Educating the reflective practi- Faber, 331 tioner — Toward a new design for teaching and McLuhan, M. 1962. the Gutenberg galaxy — the mak- learning in the professions. San Francisco, Jossye- ing of typographical man. Toronto, University of Bass Publ., 355 Toronto Press, 1962, repr., 293 Steinitz, C. 1990. A framework for theory applicable Meadows, D.H. 2008. Thinking in systems — A primer. to the education of landscape architects. Landscape White River Junction VT, Chelsea Green Publish- Journal 9(2), 136-143 ing, 218 Steinitz, C. 1995. Design is a verb; design is a noun. Milburn, L.-A. & R.D. Brown 2003. The Relationship Be-Landscape Journal 14(2), 188-200 tween Research and Design in Landscape Architec- Stiles, R. 1992. Some thoughts on definitions and ture. Landscape and Urban Planning 64(1/2), 47-66 the landscape profession, in: Concepts, 1992. Con- Murphy, M.D. & P. Hedfors 2011. Systems theory in cepts in Landscape Architecture — Theory of the landscape architecture. Los Angeles, CELA Con- profession and its reflection in education — ECLAS ference, 7 1992. School of Landscape architecture, University Ogrin, D. (ed.) 1972. Landscape planning — Proceed- of Ljubljana: Ljubljana, 2 p ings of the International Symposium Ljubljana 29- Stiles, R. 1994. Landscape theory: a missing link be- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings tween landscape planning and landscape design?. Vroom, M.J. 2014. Leren kijken — Het Wageningse Landscape and Urban planning 30(3), 139-149 onderwijs en onderzoek in de tuin- en landschap- Stiles, R. 1998. Gedanken zum interdisziplinären sarchitectuur. Wageningen, Blauwdruk, 288 Studium — An approach to interdisciplinary edu- Weilacher, U. 2008. Syntax of landscape — The land- cation. Topos -(25), 103-107 scape architecture of Peter Latz and Partners. Basel, Stiles, R. 2002. Evolutionary processes in the disci-Birkhäuser, 199 pline of landscape architecture: Does increasing Zeisel, J. 2006. Inquiry by design — Environment / complexity imply growing maturity, or is less more?, Behavior / Neuroscience in architecture, interiors, in: Kollányi, 2002, 117-126 landscape and planning. New York, Norton & Co., Stoltz, R.R. 1993. 1992 European Conference of Land- rev. ed., 400 scape Architectural Schools (ECLAS). Landscape Journal 12(2), 202-206 Toorn, M. van den 2008 [1]. Teaching in landscape architecture; from practice-based to knowl- edge-based design. in: Gómez Chova, L. & D. Martí Belenguer & I. Candel Torres (eds.) 2008. International Technology and Education Development (INTED) 2008 Proceedings. International Associa- tion of Technology, Education and Development (IATED): Valencia, 10 Toorn, M. van den 2008 [2]. The landscape plan for ‘Groesbeek’ as a case study for design of land- scape plans. in: Panagopoulos, Th. & J.B. Burley (eds), 2008. New aspects of landscape architecture — Proceedings of the 1st. WSEAS International Con- ference on Landscape architecture. WSEAS Press: Faro, 189-198 050 Toorn, M. van den 2009. Hand drawing as a means of acquiring visual knowledge. in: Gómez Chova, L. & D. Martí Belenguer & I. Candel Torres (eds.) 2009. International Technology and Education Development (INTED) 2009 Proceedings. International Association of Technology, Education and Devel- opment (IATED): Valencia, 677-684 Toorn, M. van den 2022. L’architecture de paysage à Wageningue (Pays-Bas) — Les 50 dernières années d’enseignement et de recherche / Landscape ar- chitecture at Wageningen (Netherlands) — The last 50 years of teaching and research, in: Davasse et al., 2022, 22 / 19 Toorn, M. van den, Guney, A. 2011. Precedent analysis in landscape architecture; in search of an analytical framework, in: Roozenburg 2011. Diversity and unity — IASDR2011 — 4th World Conference on Design Research. Delft University of Technology: Delft, 11 Treib, M., Imbert, D. 1997. Garrett Eckbo — Modern landscapes for living. Berkeley/Los Angeles/Lon- don, UCP, 193 Vroom, M.J. 2005. Lexicon van de tuin- en landschap- sarchitectuur. Wageningen, Blauwdruk, 423 Vroom, M.J. 2006. Lexicon of garden and landscape architecture. Basel, Birkhäuser, 351 Vroom, M.J. 2010. Lexicon van de tuin- en landschap- sarchitectuur. Wageningen, Blauwdruk, 2nd ed., 448 The New Landscape Declaration: The Actor-Network Theory From Call to Action Ç. Demirel Koyun*, E. Erbaş Gürler Istanbul Technical University, Faculty of Architecture, Department of Landscape Architecture * demirelci@itu.edu.tr Abstract Keywords In 2016, LAF (Landscape Architecture New landscape declaration, theory and Foundation) released The New Landscape practice in landscape architecture, ac-Declaration, which brought together a di- tor-network theory, discourse analysis, verse group of world-leading landscape methodologies in landscape research architects to assess the past and hold a mirror to the future. This initiative, which Introduction went beyond the manifest rhetoric and The landscape hosts a set of events and quickly reflected on the action, was the phenomena in its environment. Thus, the 053 first starting point of this research. After concept of landscape is dynamic. It cre-The New Declaration, was unavoidable to ates a harmony intertwined with a living wonder how the dynamics in landscape environment and culture, sometimes dis-architecture theory and practice have rupting the harmonies and enabling new changed in terms of theory and practice. kinds of unity. In this context, it has both a Actor-Network Theory, suggested by Bru-fixed and a variable structure. Landscape, no Latour in 1980s will be a critical method like any concept, is primarily an idea, but for creating the actor-discourse- practice it is extremely complex. Due to the mul-scheme. By analysing these discourses ti-component nature of the landscape phe-within the discourse-analysis method, it nomenon, it is very difficult to define it em-is aimed to initiate a discussion on how pirically by sequencing certain keywords this relationship constitutes an input to (Kaplan, 2009; Kaplan, 2017; Swaffield, today’s landscape architecture theoreti-2002; Wel er, 2001). Most of the cal s for cal infrastructure. As a final goal, we hope specific theoretical orientations for the to re-visit the theory of landscape archi-discipline between 1950 and 1980 pro- tecture by looking at the landscape that posed the explicit advocacy of universal emerges from the coincidence of these theoretical models. According to Meyer two methods and to take a critical look at (1991), “Landscape theory is specific, not the relationship between theory and prac-general. Like feminist criticism, landscape tice we have constructed as contemporary architectural design and theory is what is landscape architects. known through observation or experience, or what is immediate and sensory - what ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings everyone knows”. Critical theory advocates have a responsibility to protect and pre-such as Meyer (1991) and Corner (1991) serve it (McHarg et. Al., 1966). “An Apoc-have emphasised the fundamental con- alyptic Manifesto”, published by a group nection between theory and the social and of researchers from lowa State University political context in which it is constructed in 2005, heralded that the 2000s would and applied. One of the main contribu-be productive in terms of discourse pro- tions of critical theory to landscape archi- duction in the profession. Arguments are tecture studies is its emphasis on the social made that there are divisions between ac-and cultural dimensions of landscape. This ademics and practitioners, and that most approach provides landscape architects of the projects produced in offices are with a more holistic understanding of land-repetitive (Erbaş Gürler, 2017; Hohman- scape and enables them to create spaces n&Langhorst, 2005). Hohmann and Lang-that reflect the needs and aspirations of horst (2005) say that these problems diverse communities. permeate and become chronic, stating that the symptoms show that landscape Manifestos in Landscape Architecture as architecture is not only problematic but Critical Actions also sick. The manifesto calls for a radical Although the definition of landscape rethinking of the profession. The use of changes according to different socio-phys-critical theory in this manifesto is essential ical components, it is possible to say that for exposing the power relations and hid-through years, the profession developed a den assumptions that underpin landscape 054 heroic reflex to save the world, especially architecture. This provocative statement, with the increase of socio-ecological crises. which is a successful example of critical Manifestos are important practices that call theory, has achieved its goal and coun-for action in times of crisis because they ter-responses have begun to be produced provide a clear and compelling vision for from the professional community. change. The use of critical theory in land- scape architecture manifestos enables a The most notable response to this pes-critical examination of the social, cultural, simistic statement comes from United and political context of landscape archi-Kingdom; Robert Holden and Tom Turner tecture and provides a framework for ad- have published An Optimistic Manifesto, dressing important issues. which directly targets the “Apocalyptic Manifesto” and takes an optimistic attitude The Declaration of Concern by McHarg towards it (Holden&Turner, 2015). Mani-et. al (1966) is a manifesto that marks the festo argued that landscape architecture beginning of the environmental movement should be placed on three basic pillars in in landscape architecture. In the “Declara-terms of ecology, society and aesthetics. tion of Concern”, landscape architecture is Although Hohmann and Langhorst agree shown as “the key professional discipline that landscape architecture is conserva-for solving environmental crisis” (Erbaş tive on an organizational scale (those who Gürler, 2017). The authors argue that the practice the work, offices), they argued that environment is under threat from human the profession is not conservative on an activities and that landscape architects individual scale and underlined that pro- 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION fessional researchers have made many into a global action plan in a short time intellectual contributions, especially in with the support of these organizations, the last 50 years. we see a lot of production that feeds the landscape architecture environment both The New Declaration: Not Just a Call but theoretically and practically. an Action The 50th anniversary of the first Landscape The New Landscape Declaration differs Architecture Foundation (LAF) conference from the three manifestos mentioned ear-has gathered with a conference in Philadel- lier in that it takes a more urgent and ac- phia, USA to discuss the role of landscape tion-oriented approach towards address-architecture in the Anthropocene. More ing the challenges faced by society and than 700 landscape architects for two days the environment. While the earlier manifesto discuss on their shared concerns for the tos emphasized the importance of critical landscape. Inspired by LAF’s 1966 Decla-discourse and the need for transformative ration of Concern, the authors launched a change, The New Landscape Declaration new movement for 21st-century landscape goes a step further by outlining a concrete architecture called The New Landscape action plan for achieving this change. It Declaration (LAF, 2022). Underlining that mobilizes landscape architects to take im-landscape architects are uniquely posi- mediate action towards creating a more tioned to bring related professions togeth- just and sustainable world. By publishing er in new alliances to address complex the New Declaration manifesto and the 055 social and ecological issues, the authors following action plan, LAF has established made a promise to create places that serve a very urgent theory-action network. the higher purpose of social and ecolog- ical justice for all people and all species Methods and to take steps towards the health and The New Landscape Declaration provides wel -being of societies (Gianetto, 2017). a concrete action plan for landscape ar-Many of the speakers pointed out how chitects to address social and ecological fifty years on from the first declaration we issues. Considering that, it is important to face environmental problems, with loss understand the theoretical underpinnings of biodiversity and wilderness, and glob-of this plan. Actor-network theory (ANT) al warming, and risk our own extinction provides a framework for understanding when we will have exhausted the resources the complex relationships between dif-upon which human life depends (Gianet- ferent actors and actants shaped around to, 2017). In this context, the supporters this latest manifesto. Actor-Network The-have prepared an action plan for common ory was used in the late 1980s in the field environmental and social concerns. The of science technology and society by New Landscape Declaration has mobi-Bruno Latour, Michael Callon, and John lized many individuals and organizations Law. Science, technology and society to provide financial and moral support to studies can be defined as a transdisci-fulfil its mission to support the protection, plinary research field that objectifies the improvement, and development of the en-historical, political, cultural, conceptual, vironment. After this summit, which turned and practical elements of the production ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings of science and technology (Mahmoud, of LAF, was enclosed in a black box. In this 2015). Actor-Network Theory (ANT) is a context, first of all, a code hierarchy was social theory and research method that determined in order to create the actor/ recognizes its objects (non-human) as part actant, discourse, and practice model. In-of the social structure. This theory attempts termediaries and mediators are sub-cod-to overcome the modern epistemologi- ed under the “actor” code which refers cal distinction between human beings to the human-based actors (such as or-and non-humans by referring to them as ganizations, landscape architecture firms, ‘actors’ or ‘actants’ (Latour, 2008). universities, etc.) and non-human actors (such as publications, meetings, projects, The relationship between two actors/act- etc.). Discourses are divided into three ants and the delegation and translation of sub-categories as keywords, concepts, authority between them consists of four and contexts. In the context, actors and processes cal ed “translations”. These pro-actants are divided into intermediaries cesses are: and mediators. Intermediaries are entities – Problematization: The process where that have no influence on the relationship the actors involved and the problem but help the relationship to spread, while are defined; mediators are entities that mediate the – Interessement: The process by which communication/interaction of different the Key Actor(s) engages other actors entities. Translations are the processes to take part in the network; through which discourse is translated 056 – Enrollment: The process by which into action. This involves the enrollment rules are defined and actors are or-of actors, the interessement of key actors ganized according to these rules; to engage other actors, the mobilization – Mobilization: The process in which key of key actors as mediators, and the prob-actors take on the role of mediators lematization of the actors involved and the and the network tries to mobilize pas-problem they are trying to solve. Overall, sive actors (Latour, 1995). understanding the relationships between actors and actants, as well as the processes Understanding the theoretical underpin- through which discourse is translated into nings of The New Landscape Declaration action, is crucial for implementing The New helps to evaluate its effectiveness. By ex-Landscape Declaration. The discourse sur- amining how different actors are respond- rounding landscape architecture is shaped ing to the Declaration, we can gain insights by keywords, concepts, and context, which into how it is shaping it’s networks. This can provide social and physical limits/triggers. help us identify areas where the Declara- These concepts guide the actions and tion is succeeding, as well as areas where products developed after the declaration. it may need to be revised or improved. Results and Discussion Creating Actor-Network Theory of The New Actors as Intermediaries and Mediators of Landscape Declaration/Action Theory to Practice The New Landscape Declaration move- In the context of the New Landscape Dec- ment, which started under the leadership laration, actors and actants are organiza- 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION tions, institutions, or individuals that facil- itate the communication or collaboration between different stakeholders involved in the process. These intermediaries play a central role in mediating the relation- ships and exchanges between different stakeholders and shaping the content and messaging of the Declaration. When The New Landscape Declaration movement was analyzed, a total of 100 lines of data were coded. There are 57 human/nonhu- man actors in the process, 46 mediators and 11 intermediaries. 20 of these actors are present in the whole process from the beginning, providing both theoreti- cal and practical contributions. Based on the information provided in Figure 1, the organizations listed as mediators and con- tributed to the practice are: Sasaki, MASS Design Group, Design Jones, Biohabitats, Office of Jim Burnett (OJB), Ink Landscape 057 Architects, Hoerr Schaudt Landscape Ar- chitects, OLIN, Landscape Forms, Design Workshop, Summit on Landscape Archi- tecture, James Corner Field Operations, Land8: landscape architects network, Landscape Forms, and LAF Innovation + Leadership Symposium. The New Landscape Declaration reflects Figure 1 a process of problematization, which re- The Actor-Network Landscape Architecture Foundatiton and fers to the identification and framing of a Theory Graphic of ASLA, two of the leading landscape archi-particular issue or problem. In the context The New Declaration process tecture organizations, follow the process of The New Landscape Declaration, en-in terms of problematization and reflect rollment was facilitated by the LAF, which the process in practice with their annual initiated and facilitated the participatory awards, reports, organizations and meet-process, as well as other organizations, in- ings within the scope of the movement. stitutions, or individuals that contributed Many leading names of the sector such to the development and dissemination of as Sasaki, OLIN, Martha Schwartz Partners, the Declaration. Actants played a critical Landscape Forms have also contributed role in defining the rules and organizing to the declaration and contributed to the the stakeholders involved in landscape process both theoretically and practically architecture and design. The New Land- (Figure 1). scape Declaration reflects this process of translation, as different actants contributed ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 2 Discourse analyses of The New Declaration to the development and dissemination of critically document and evaluate projects the Declaration. Leading landscape archi-and issues, LAF is contributing to the col- tecture organizations such as the American lective record of the advancement and de-Society of Landscape Architects (ASLA), velopment of new knowledge in landscape Sasaki, OLIN, Martha Schwartz Partners, architecture. This approach aligns with the 058 Landscape Forms, and others have contrib- principles of The New Declaration, which uted to the Declaration both theoretically emphasize the need for a holistic approach and practically. to landscape design. The actions taken by the Landscape Architecture Foundation The Network-Theory From Discourse to (LAF) through the Green New Deal Super-Practice studio initiative align with The New Decla- When we examine The New Landscape ration’s actor-network system from theory Declaration as an Actor-Network Theory to practice. The Superstudio was a national with its theoretical background, we see call and conversation aimed at translating that most of the concepts mentioned fol-the core goals of the Green New Deal into lowed their way to practice. The contexts design and planning projects that respond mentioned by both mediators and inter-to the specific needs of different regions. mediaries can be described as the main concerns and target spaces behind the The research initiatives and Superstudio declaration (Figure 2). Most of the context organized by LAF provide a platform for and keywords are described mostly in the landscape architects to engage with cur-problematization and enrollment process- rent issues and develop practical solutions es which are the problematics and rules that can be implemented physically. The defined. actions taken by LAF, such as col aborat- ing with the Weitzman School of Design By identifying the critical dimensions that McHarg Center, the Center for Resilient should be addressed in a case study to Cities and Landscapes, the American So- 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION ciety of Landscape Architects (ASLA), and the Council of Educators in Landscape Ar- chitecture (CELA) in organizing the Green New Deal Superstudio, shows a commit- ment to interdisciplinary collaboration and knowledge-sharing. By investing in research and organizing initiatives such as the Green New Deal Superstudio, LAF is helping to create a body of knowledge that can inform policy decisions and ad- vocate for design solutions that are sus- as environmental degradation or social in- Figure 3 tainable, equitable, and responsive to the equality, manifestos can serve as a rallying Poster of Grounding needs of communities and the environ-cry for a community to come together and The Green New ment (Figure 3). As a final result, it is possi-take action towards a common goal. Man- Deal Summit and Superstudio, 2022 ble to say the actions taken by LAF serve as ifestos have been used throughout history important networks that carry discourse to to inspire change in various fields, includ-practice in the New Landscape Declaration ing politics, art, and design. In landscape manifesto by bridging the gap between architecture, manifestos such as The New theory and practice, promoting interdisci-Landscape Declaration have provided a plinary collaboration, and advocating for framework for addressing urgent social sustainable policies and design solutions. and ecological issues. 059 Conclusion The New Landscape Declaration is one The New Landscape Declaration is a man- of the latest landscape architecture man- ifesto that outlines a vision for landscape ifestos which draws on critical theory to architecture in response to the challenges critique the dominant paradigms of mod-of the 21st century. In this context, critical ernist and postmodernist design and to theory plays an important role in shaping propose a new approach that is grounded the discourse and practice of landscape in ecological and social sustainability, cul-architecture. Especially today, when the tural diversity, and participatory democ-effects of global climate change are rap- racy. The actions taken by LAF serve as idly being seen, there is an organization- important networks that carry discourse to al effort towards this phenomenon in the practice in the New Landscape Declaration landscape architecture environment. In manifesto by bridging the gap between this environment where theory is inter-theory and practice, promoting interdisci- twined with practice, formations no longer plinary collaboration, and advocating for show themselves as linear relations but sustainable policies and design solutions. as networks. The New Landscape Declaration is an important practice that calls to action in Manifestos are important practices that call times of crisis. It reflects the critical the-for action in times of crisis because they ory and actor-network theory concepts provide a clear and compelling vision for in landscape architecture and serves as a change. In today’s global challenges, such framework for understanding the complex ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings relationships and influences that shape the context=landscapearchitecture_pubs. Access date: 12.08.2020 design and management of landscapes. Kaplan, A. (2009). “Landscape architecture’s com-By highlighting the challenges and oppor- mitment to landscape concept: A missing link?” tunities facing the profession, the Declara- JoLA (Journal of Landscape Architecture) 5:9, 56-65. tion provides a roadmap for creating more Kaplan, A. (2017). “Peyzaj Kavramı - Meslek Disiplini - Politika” İlişkisine Eleştirel Bakış. Türkiye Peyzajları sustainable, equitable, and resilient land-II. Ulusal Konferansı Peyzaj Politikaları Bildiri Kitabı, scapes that can respond to the needs of İstanbul Teknik Üniversitesi, 18-27. the 21st century. In conclusion, The New LAF. (2022). Landscape Architecture Foundatiton. Landscape Declaration is an important Landscape Architecture Foundatiton : https://www. lafoundation.org. Access date: 13.04.2022 example of how critical theory and ANT Latour, B. (1995). A Door Must Be Either Open or can inform the practice of landscape archi-Shut: A Little Philosophy of Techniques. In: Feen- tecture manifestos. Through the involve- berg, A and Hannaway, A et al. eds. Technology, and ment of mediators and intermediaries, the Politics of Knowledge. Indiana: University Press. Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling The Social: An In- the Declaration serves as a cal to action troduction To Actor-Network- Theory. Oxford: for the landscape architecture profession, University Press. while also challenging dominant power Latour, B. (2008). What İs The Style Of Matters Of Concern? Two Lectures İn Empirical Philosophy. structures and promoting more equitable Amsterdam: Van Gorcum and sustainable approaches to landscape Malla Mahmoud, M. (2015). Bir Mimari Tasarım Süre-architecture. cinin Aktör Ağ Teorisi İle Okunması. Yüksek Lisans Tezi. İstanbul Teknik Üniversitesi. Fen Bilimleri En- stitüsü. Mimarlık Anabilim Dalı. Mimari Tasarım Pro- gramı. Tez Danışmanı: Yrd. Doç. Dr. Sait Ali KÖKNAR 060 References McHarg, I.; Miller, C.; Clay, G.; Hammond, C.; Pat- Corner, J. (1991). “Theory in Crisis.” From James Corton, C; and Simonds, J. (1966). “A Declaration of ner, “A Discourse on Theory 11: Three Tyrannies of Concern.” https://lafoundation.org/about/declara- Contemporary Theory and the Alternative of Herme- tion-of-concern/. Acess date: 12.08.2020 neutics,” Landscape Journal lo, no. 2, 115-116,129. Potter, J., & Wetherell, M. (1987). Discourse and so-Erbaş Gürler, E. (2017). “Peyzaj mimarlığı’nda söylem(- cial psychology: Beyond attitudes and behaviour, sizlik) sorunsalı ve çözüm önerileri.” TMMOB Peyzaj London: Sage. Mimarları Odası 6. Peyzaj Mimarlığı Kongresi Bildir- Riley, R. (1990). “Editorial Commentary: Some iler Kitabı (II. Cilt), 297-311. Thoughts on Scholarship and Publication.” Land- Esengil, Z. (2017). Antalya’da 1980 Sonrası Yaşanan scape Journal 9, no. I. Dönüşümün Kavramsal İzdüşümleri. Doktora Tezi. Swaffield, S. (2006) “Theory and Critique in Landscape İstanbul Teknik Üniversitesi. Fen Bilimleri Enstitüsü. Architecture, Journal of Landscape Architecture”, Tez Danışmanı: Doç. Dr. Hüseyin Kahvecioğlu. 1:1, 22-29, DOI: 10.1080/18626033.2006.9723361 Evirgen, Ö. (2018). Süreli Yayınlarda Mimarlık Eleşti-Turner, T.; Holden, R. (2015). “Landscape Architecture risi: “Mimarlık” Dergisi Örneği. Yüksek Lisans Tezi. Manifestos: Constructivist, Apocalyptic and Opti- İstanbul Teknik Üniversitesi Fen Bilimleri Enstitüsü, mistic”, www.gardenvisit.com, e-book. Mimari Tasarım Programı, İstanbul. Weller, R.; Fleming, B. (2016). “Has landscape ar- Harman, G. (2009). Prince of Networks: Bruno Latour chitecture failed?”, The Dirt Contributor, https:// and Metaphysics. Melbourne: Re.press. dirt.asla.org/2016/03/23/has-landscape-architec- Heidegger, M. (2002). Building Dwelling Thinking. ture-failed/, Access date: 12.08.2020. In: Krel , D F et al. eds. Basic Writings: Martin Hei-Giannetto, R. F. (2017) A Response to the New degger. London: Routledge. Landscape Declaration: A Summit on Land- Hohmann, H. M.; Langorst, J. (2005). “Landscape Ar- scape Architecture and the Future, Journal chitecture: An Apocalyptic Manifesto.” https://lib. of Landscape Architecture, 12:1, 90-91, DOI: dr.iastate.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?referer=https:// 10.1080/18626033.2017.1301296 www.google.com/&httpsredir=1&article=1016&- The revival of Pocket Parks How an innovation of the 1960s becomes an inspiration for today’s urban development R. Sachse Nuertingen Geislingen University, Germany rainer.sachse@hfwu.de Abstract Keywords In 1963, New York landscape architects Pocket Park, Parley Park, outdoor room, Robert Zion and Harold Breen published neighbourhood park, green island the pamphlet ‘New Parks for New York’ in which they proposed the introduction of a Introduction new type of park, the ‘Pocket Park’. Pocket In the 60 years of the 20th century, Amer-Parks are small-scale urban parks. Because ican urban planners argued that a park of their little footprint, Pocket Parks can be should have an area of at least 3 acres 063 placed in the unoccupied spaces of the city (12.000m²). Since such areas were not structure, the urban fabric, and in this way, available or could not be financed in the they provide open space directly to the lo-inner cities of the metropolises, new parks cal population. A large-scale green space is were not feasible - according to New York replaced by a multitude of miniature parks. city planners (Zion and Breen, 1963, p. 5). The New York landscape architects Robert In this article the original Pocket Park idea Zion and Harold Breen strongly disagreed will be presented. Based on the modern-with this position. In 1963, as part of an ist concept the potential of a new type of exhibition at the Architectural League of Pocket Park for the sustainable renewal of New York, they published the pamphlet our cities wil be explored, as they open ‘New Parks for New York’ in which they up ways to address the pressing issues of proposed the introduction of a new type of urbanization: The social drifting apart of ur-park, the “midtown park” (Zion and Breen, ban society, the increasing anonymity and 1963), which was later known as Pocket individuality, the decreasing biodiversity Park. Zion and Breen aimed to address and the chal enges of climate change. As the open space deficit that comes with a decentralized strategy, Pocket Parks can New York’s unrestrained growth. As the be used to respond quickly, precisely, and city expands, the distance one must travel cost-effectively to problems in neighbour-to reach attractive open spaces increases. hoods. The new Pocket Parks offer a unique The Pocket Park concept aims to counter opportunity to bring together city and park, this development with a decentralized nature, and culture in an innovative way. strategy. Instead of a few large parks, a ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings network of small Pocket Parks is to be cre- ated to counteract the lack of attractive public spaces. (Wit, 2014) Pocket Parks of the past and for tomorrow The Pocket Park Concept Pocket Parks, or Vest Pocket Parks, are small-scale urban parks. Because of their little footprint, Pocket Parks can be placed in the unoccupied spaces of the city struc- ture, the urban fabric, and in this way, they provide open space directly to the local population. Robert Zion and Harold Breen, the inventors of the Pocket Park concept described it as „a part of space removed from the flow of traffic (including pedestrian traffic), enclosed, protected, and sheltered from noise. Preferably it is a space between buildings, benefiting from the shelter of neighboring structures; the Zion and Breen demanded a small park Figure 1 type of space which is now most commonly for every block of houses, in the inner Pocket Park Greenacre 064 Park, New York, Sasaki used as parking lot.“ (Zion and Breen, cities it should serve as a resting space Landscape Architects 1963, p. 6) for the working population and the shop- pers, in the residential neighborhoods it A large-scale green space is replaced by a should satisfy the need for residential open multitude of miniature parks. The various space. In Zion and Breen’s opinion, clas-facilities are dedicated to different uses; sical park architecture was unsuitable for they can function as a playground, as an this purpose, and they established their event space, or as an urban rest area. In-own design principles for this new kind stead of a monumental green space, a of open space. Robert Zion and Harold matrix of Pocket Parks is created, each Breen conceived of the Pocket Park not as addressing partial aspects of the park func-an open area, but as an enclosed outdoor tion, such as experiencing nature, being room: „The Midtown Park is a room, with a children’s play area, being a passive or walls, floors, and ceiling.“ (Zion and Breen, active recreation space. The multifunction-1963, p.8) al park is created through the interaction – All seating should be transportable so of the individual building blocks. (Lauria that each park user can freely choose et al, 2020) Pocket Parks can occupy the his or her seat. The flexible seating ar- “forgotten places of the city” such as gaps rangement makes it possible to come between buildings, parking spaces or set- together in groups as well as to relax back areas and thus sustainably enhance individually the image of a neighborhood. (Blake – Because of the high pressure of use on 2013, P.1) small parks, lawns should be avoided, 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION and the ground should be paved. The of its own is created: The sidewalk of pav-vegetation will be moved into the air ing slabs transforms into a lively natural space, the parks will be covered with stone surface interrupted by slender, pic-bright trees. Additionally, the walls will turesquely growing Gleditsia’s. The trees be intensively greened. form a light canopy over the park and put – Water features are an important de- it in a meditative mood. The side walls are sign element: They provide a pleasant completely covered with greenery, creat-microclimate in the park and counter ing a vertical garden all around the visitors. traffic noise Chairs and tables can be flexibly placed – Small cafés and kiosks will also revi- in the space by users, and a small kiosk talize the parks, additionally Zion and provides visitors with refreshments. The Breen propose to provide areas for highlight of the design is a tall water wall outdoor games that takes up the entire back of the park. The constantly changing water feature fills The design language that Robert Zion the park with life, provides a pleasant mi-and Harold Breen created for the Pocket croclimate on hot summer days, and the Park took up motifs from interior design sound of the water neutralizes the noise and transferred them to public space. This of the street. Even today, 50 years after its allowed the creation of lively structures opening, Parley Park has lost none of its that generated the essential qualities of a appeal. The park is highly frequented and park despite intensive use and small size: users on social media enthusiastically rave Figure 2 065 The free appropriation of space, nature about the green island in the city of stone. Parley Park 2022 experience in the city and the chance to experience sensual moments in the hustle and bustle of everyday life. Parley Park In 1967, Robert Zion and his partner Har- ald Breen were given the opportunity to create a prototypical Pocket Park in down- town New York. Inspired by an exhibition showing designs by landscape architects, businessman Willian Parley commissioned the two to design a Pocket Park in mem- ory of his father - Parley Park (Wit 2014). On 53rd Street, a compact open space was being created between two buildings that has all the design features required by Zion and Breen. A group of trees announc- es the green space in the street space, a few steps lead the visitor from the hectic street into the park, which is only 4.200 square-feet (390m²) in size. There, a world ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings With Parley Park, Zion and Breen created a Figure 3 compact green space primarily for sitting Traditional City Park and resting; their target clientele was the urban, working population. But Zion and Breen did not want to leave it at contem- plative parks in business districts. They planned to apply the Pocket Park strate- gy to urban residential areas, enriching the parks with additional functional areas. In the 1960s and 1970s, the Pocket Park concept received a great deal of attention, but later, only isolated Pocket Parks were realized. In recent years, however, Zion and Figure 4 Breen’s strategies have taken on a new sig- Pocket Parks nificance, as they open up ways to address the pressing issues of urbanization: The social drifting apart of urban society, the increasing anonymity and individuality, the decreasing biodiversity and the challenges of climate change. 066 Pocket Parks for the city of today As a decentralized strategy, Pocket Parks acceptance and identification of the citi-can be used to respond quickly, precisely, zens with the open space can be ensured and cost-effectively to problems in neigh-from the very beginning. bourhoods. While city parks form address- es for a quarter or the entire city, Pocket In contrast to classic open space architec-Parks refer to the direct neighbourhood. tures, pocket parks are suitable as tempo-This opens up the possibility of respond- rary open space. This makes it possible to ing directly to the needs and deficiencies generate open space qualities very quickly in the neighbourhood and involving the and cost-effectively. Ideally, the temporary population in the planning of the parks. installations are followed by permanent Often, Pocket Parks are created on the in-projects, but the pocket parks are also itiative of local residents; in any case, it is suitable as interim uses. essential to involve local stakeholders in the design process. In contrast to large- Robert Zion already emphasized the eco- scale urban redevelopment projects, a nomic value of pocket parks “The outright bottom-up strategy can be used; either cost of the land […] would be more than the project idea is based on existing civic repaid by the inevitable increase in the initiatives, or the open space is newly de-taxable value of surrounding properties veloped with the intensive involvement of overlooking the new park“ Zion explained its future users (Casanova and Hernández (Zion 1991, p. 139). In fact, the increase in 2011, p. 23-25). In this way, a high level of real estate value through the creation of 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION parks can be proven beyond doubt (Koni- jnendijk et al. 2013); due to the small area required by pocket parks, the economic value added is offset by low investment costs. Especially in the context of urban renewal projects, pocket parks can show their full economic and social potential: By transforming unused spaces into attractive public open spaces, they enhance the im- age and quality of life in the neighbour- hood and thus increase the real estate val- ue of the buildings surrounding the park. One might assume that the ecological function plays a subordinate role in the Pocket Park, since only a small area is avail- able, and the areas are used intensively. But this impression is wrong; on the con- space can only be solved by developing Figure 5 trary, the facilities can make an important dynamic strategies for the design of public A contemporary Pocket contribution to urban ecology and climate space and establishing innovative forms of Park: Garden of Re-adaptation. Robert Zion’s and Harold cooperation between all local stakeholders membrance, Marburg (Germany), scape 067 Breen’s Parley Park is already intensive- (Casanova and Hernández 2011). Landscape Architects ly greened, and the lack of lawn is more (photo: Bernd Nuetzel) than compensated for by the planted walls. Forecasts predict that 70% of the world’s As a green island in the stony city, parks population will live in cities by 2050, com-form cool spaces and thus contribute to pared to only 56% currently (UN DESA the adaptation to climate change. Recent 2018). To maintain the quality of life in studies show that even small parks have metropolitan areas, we need to explore a positive effect on the urban climate, es-new approaches, we need to think of the pecially when they are interconnected (Lin city and open space together in new ways. et al. 2017). Water features and fountains In recent decades, urban parks have been can further enhance this effect. In addition, built mainly on inner-city wastelands, like the parks can accommodate infiltration Duisburg Nord (Germany), Madrid Rio trenches and infiltration basins and thus (Spain), Highline Park New York (USA). contribute to stormwater management But these areas are now mostly built up (Blake 2013, P. 2). and will soon no longer be available It is foreseeable that inner-city brownfield sites Pocket Park perspectives wil become less and less available in the The challenges resulting from the disin- future. The competition for the remaining tegration of traditional urban structures brownfield sites is increasing. For exam-and social systems require new ways of ple, the German government has decided thinking as well as new tools for urban that land consumption should be reduced planning. The current problems of public by 50% by 2030 (German Federal Gov- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings ernment 2021). As far as possible, urban generate positive effects for the entire city wastelands should be used for new con- - as part of an overall strategy. The Pocket struction projects.Therefore urban open Park concept has the advantage over con-space development in the future will come ventional urban renewal programs based from within the existing structure, so Zion’s on large-scale measures, on the one hand, and Breen’s Pocket Park concept is more that the interventions can be implemented relevant than ever. at a manageable financial cost and with- out large-scale land acquisition. On the Conclusion other hand, they can be implemented at In developing new Pocket Parks, we should the local level and thus address the needs access the full potential of this open space of the population more directly. In order module: Pocket Parks should be created for the pocket park strategy to develop its both as temporary interventions and as full potential, the construction of pocket permanent green spaces. Temporary open parks should be integrated into an overall spaces should accompany urban transfor-urban development concept and should mation processes as a matter of course. As be accompanied by intensive citizen par-mock-ups, they initiate change processes ticipation. In contrast to classic planning and open up the discussion about new “from above”, this results in a high level open space qualities; with “nature for a of coordination and management effort time”, new fun and enthusiasm for open (Casanova and Hernández 2014). space can be generated (Blake 2013, p.7). 068 While Pocket Parks cannot completely re- At the same time, permanent Pocket Parks place classic, large-scale parks, they do should become a common feature of the show a way to carry quality of life into the city. No other instrument can address centres of our cities in an inspiring way. the needs of the local population more City and open space do not have to re-efficiently, strengthen identification with main opposites forever. The new Pocket the urban district, create ecological and Parks offer a unique opportunity to bring climatic added value, and furthermore together city and park, nature, and culture increase real estate values (Penn 2018). in an innovative way. Robert Zion’s and Harold Breen’s Parley Park has shown that a well-designed Pock- et Park guarantees open space qualities at References the highest level for decades. Parks should Blake A. 2013. Pocket Parks. Publisher: University of therefore be used not only for urban res-Washington toration, but also as high-quality designed Bruce A. 2017. Pocket Park design. Solutions for the regeneration of public space in high-density cities. outdoor spaces that form an antithesis to Publisher: Images Publishing, the stony city. Casanova H., Hernández J. 2011. The regeneration of public life. ‘scape 1, 18–25. The Pocket Park concept is based on small Casanova, H., Hernández, J. 2014. Public space acu-puncture. Strategies and interventions for activating interventions that generate immediate im-city life. Publisher: Actar Publ., 4-12 provements in the local environment, in German Federal Government 2021. German sustaina-the neighbourhood. At the same time, they ble development strategy. Publisher: German Federal 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION Government, 101Konijnendijk C., Annerstedt M., Nielsen A., Maruthaveeran S. 2013. Benefits of Urban Parks. A systematic review. Publisher: International Federation of Parks and Recreation Administra- tion IFPRA Lauria A., Romagnoli M., Vessella L., Bravi E. 2020. The Pocket Park System as a Regeneration Strategy for the Historic City. HERITAGE 2020 - Proceedings of the 7th International Conference on Heritage and Sustainable Development, 103–111 Lin P., Lau, Stephen S., Qin, H., Gou, Z. 2017. Effects of urban planning indicators on urban heat island: a case study of Pocket Parks in high-rise high-density environment. Landscape and Urban Planning 168, 48–60. DOI: 10.1016 Penn A. 2018. Pocket Parks as Urban Acupuncture. Land8. http://land8.com/pocket-parks-as-urban-ac- upuncture UN DESA 2018: Prognose zum Anteil der Bevölkerung in Städten weltweit bis 2050. World Urbanization Prospects, the 2018 Revision Wit S. de 2014. Green Galaxies. An Interstitial Strate-gy for Restorative Spaces. In: Roberto Cavallo: New urban configurations. Publisher: IOS Press (EBSCO ebook academic collection) 930–935 Zion R. 1991. Some Impractical Ideas for the Improve- ment of Cities. In: Process Architecture 94, 138–141 069 Zion R., Breen H. 1963. New parks for New York. Pub- lisher: Architectural League of New York From (Mega) Regionalism Towards Planetary Scale in Landscape Architecture Samaneh Sadat Nickayin Planning and Design Faculty, Agricultural University of Iceland, Hvanneyri, 311 Borgarbyggð, Iceland samaneh@lbhi.is Abstract potential role of Landscape Architecture In the era of globalisation, when all planet is in the upcoming holistic project globally. urbanised and planners debate “Planetary Urbanization”, economists discuss “Global Keywords City”, ecologists describe the planet’s bio- Planetary Garden, Urbanisation, World Park, diversity hotspots connections, and climate Landscape Urbanism, Ecology changes warn “global” crisis, it might be necessary to shift the paradigm of the land- Introduction 071 scape planning scale from local and region- The inception of landscape architecture is al scale to an adequate scale of challenges rooted in garden design; however, such – Planetary scale. The Planetary scale might an aesthetic approach has broadened into be neither planning nor designing. It is an bigger environmental problem-solving, so-interacting vision in which the integrity and called- Landscape Planning. Landscape interconnection of the issues are foreseen Planning seeks a series of executable pro-on a global scale. cedures to solve a largely understood prob- lem within a holistic framework. Planning Concerning some global landscape con- demands interdisciplinarity approaches nectivity projects, the paper focuses on the with interconnection scales, from urban to importance of “planetary-scale” to properly regional and global dimensions—thinking understand relationships between land-globally and acting locally. As Richard Tar- scape design, urbanisation, and ecology. nas (2006) remarked: “we must go not only The paper is based upon concepts from high and far but down and deep”. theories on Planetary Urbanization and the Planetary Garden, linking Landscape In the face of environmental awareness, Urbanism, Urban Ecology and Environ-the integrity of ecosystems has become a mental Advocacy to review the variety of central debate among all scientists. Inter-scales that Landscape Architecture could disciplinary approaches have emerged to address – from local to (mega)regional and resolve the complexity of environmental global scale. The paper aims to review such issues. Due to the urban age crisis, land-important theoretical litrature to debate the scape studies have played a crucial role ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings in hybridising aesthetics, ecology and scholars have debated “Where does the the well-being of the whole system. Every city end?” (Gandy, 2014); to which geogra-square of the landscape should be pro- phers Amin and Thrift (2002) answered by ductive to provide the resources; simul- pointing out that today, cities have a plan- taneously, it should be protected to avoid etary scale of influence; “The city is every-further environmental catastrophe. Based where and everything. The city’s footprints on this premise, this commentary focus-are all over these places, in the form of city es on the necessity of a paradigm shift commuters, tourists, teleworking, the me-towards a planetary scale according to a dia, and the urbanisation of lifestyles. The trio of urbanisation, ecology and landscape traditional divide between the city and the architecture. countryside has been perforated.” In section 2, the shift of scale and the role As experts from different disciplines re-of regionalism in urbanisation is discussed; mark, the scale of cities goes far beyond section 3 briefly overviews the “plane-the traditional regional scale. Economical y tary-scale” of the most prominent biodiver- speaking, the expansion of cities has gen- sity hotspots connection projects; section erated a new scale of urbanisation, megar-4 emphasises the Landscape theoretical egions. Megaregions are economic actors shift in design scale, and finally, section 5 derived from regionalism policy, as an ex-debates the necessity of paradigm shift of tensive network of metropolitan regions scale towards a planetary scale. that share environmental systems and 072 topography, infrastructure systems, eco- Urbanisation: From (Mega)regionalism to nomic linkages, settlement and land-use Planetary Scale: Where Does the City End? patterns, culture, and history (Deas, Lord, Throughout history, many sages have seen 2006). Megaregions are competitive units the necessity of large-scale shifting in ur-in the global economy, characterised by banisation planning. In the ninetieth centu- the increasing movement of goods, peo- ry, Patrick Geddes introduced the concept ple and capital among their metropolitan of “region” in architectural planning. Ged-regions. “The New Megas”, asserted Rich- des’ central argument was that the city and ard Florida (2009), “are the real economic its region must be understood in a single organising units of the world, producing synoptic view (Munshi, 2000), and due to the bulk of its wealth, attracting a large such a necessity, the interdisciplinary sub-share of its talent and generating the lion’s ject of sociology was developed into the share of innovation”. science of “man’s interaction with a natu- ral environment” (Munshi, 2000; Halliday, The European Union is a remarkable ex-1968). However, the cities’ expansion oc- ample of megaregionalism. Such allianc- curred so drastically that their boundaries es have become more common in other blurred into their regional contexts, creat-continents, for instance, African Union, ing so-called: “city-regions, urban regions, The Eurasian Economic Union and Arab metropolitan regions, and megacities” League. (Schmid, 2016). As it became complicated to describe a new scale for “cities”, many 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION Figure 1 Author’s re-elaboration of ©America 2050— eleven emerging megaregions of USA 073 In the USA, the megaregional planning ini- that the process of urbanisation creates the tiative comes forth with the idea of “America conditions for capitalism, and this is the 2050” (Figure 1) and focuses on the emer-reason for the implosion and explosion of gence of eleven megaregions in the United capitalist urbanisation, that open a debate States. The megaregion of the USA is based in the studies of the planetary scale of ur-on the transit-oriented development (TOD) banisation. model and landscape conservation devel- opmental framework to provide the neces- They seek to advance the urbanisation pro- sary infrastructure and manage the resource ject in “the hope that a new understand-pressure of the upcoming population in ing of urbanisation may prove useful to the 21st century. By constructing a high-ongoing struggles—against neo-Haussm- speed railway in the Northeast megaregion, annization, planetary enclosure, market fun-the planners seek to provide housing and damentalism and global ecological plun-services along the railways where the next der; and for a new model of urbanisation urbanisation will occur for an additional 15 oriented towards the collective reappropri-million residences (Regional Plan Associa- ation and democratic self-management of tion of America, 2050). planetary space as the work of the human species”. In the era of the Anthropocene, Planners Brenner and Schmid (2014), in planners encounter the Urban Age, with the book Implosions/Explosions, towards a the steady growth of the population and Study of Planetary Urbanisation, expressed its consequence on nature. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Interestingly, architects began addressing these critically threatened ecosystems (Elm-the world as a project long before glo- qvist, 2013). balism and its worries. For over a century, the most predominant and visionary ar- The effort to suggest and construct large- chitects had foreseen the planet’s future scale hotspots connectivity projects world-through planetary-scale projects to find an wide has increased noticeably. We can answer for the world’s growing fragility to mention some transcontinental projects planet-sized risks. The book The World as such as the European Green Belt Initiative, an Architectural Project (Sarkis et al., 2020) the Great Green Wall of Africa, the Great collects fifty speculative planetary-scale pro-Eastern Ranges Initiative in Australia, Two jects of visionary architects who have im- Countries One Forest in North America agined the entire planet through connected between Canada and the United States, systems. Among them, the latest research Paseo del Jaguar running from the United project and exhibition of Joyce Hsiang and States through Central America into South Bimal Mendis (2013), cal ed “City of Seven America and Ecoregional Conservation Billion”, col ects, constructs, and presents Plan for the Caucasus running from Asia models of the world as a totality of urban-into Europe. isation and its condition as one city. The unprecedented human population growth All various projects of biodiversity hotspot and the vast urban topography of intercon-connectivity, ecological corridors and green nected exchanges, flows, and systems have infrastructure seek to restore and recon-074 irrevocably affected the world through the nect fragmented ecosystems on a planetary cumulative impact of human activity. Joyce scale, and “the purpose of these connectiv-Hsiang and Bimal Mendis pointed out that ity projects is unprecedented and suggests as crises and opportunities transcend city that humanity is beginning to appreciate and national borders, the necessity for ar-and attempt to manage the planet as a gar- chitects to operate at the scale of the world den” (Weller et al. 2017). has never been more urgent. The different global hotspots connectivity Ecology: Planetary Biodiversity hotspots projects reflect the importance of global Connectivity scale in ecology and landscape design. The endless edge of cities has compelled However, the main difficulty concerns the experts to set a global policy to secure implications of a planetary policy and land and conserve hotspot biodiversity and governance through international borders. control soil consumption. The experts sought to find some arbitrary agreements. Landscape Architecture: Planetary Garden For instance, in the dissertation “A Global As has been highlighted in previous sec-Assessment of the Links between Urban- tions, sages from different fields have inves- ization, Biodiversity, and Ecosystem Ser- tigated the crucial role of holistic thinking vices”, the experts stated the importance and paradigm shift of scales. This section of conservation in urban areas since many convenes the efforts of a few landscape ar-of the world’s cities are in biodiversity-rich chitects who discussed the paradigm shift of areas, cities have a vital role in conserving scale from a local design to a planetary scale. 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION 075 Gilles Clément, a French gardener, opened ensuring the existence of the garden—and Figure 2 a debate on the scale of the garden that hence the gardener”. © 2017 Richard J. expands to the planet—called a planetary Weller, Claire Hoch, garden. Clément (2015) defined the gar- Likewise, Richard Weller (2015), the Meyer- and Chieh Huang, Atlas for the End of the den as an enclosed place where a “treas- son Chair of Urbanism and Professor and World, http://atlas-for-ure” is protected. Clément’s “planetary Chair of Landscape Architecture and Ex-the-end-of-the-world. garden” considers ecology as the inte- ecutive Director of the McHarg Center at com (accessed on gration of humanity, and nature is not a The University of Pennsylvania, addresses 8 February 2022), https://www.theworld-servitude for human beings but intimately global flashpoints between biodiversity park.com (accessed on associated with it. Therefore, the planet and urban growth in research titled “The 8 February 2022) is a garden, and the man is the gardener World Park Project”. The World Park Project who manages it on a planetary scale. “The is a conservation idea in line with IUCN’s ultimate goal of the planetary garden is list of protected areas. The World Park to exploit diversity without destroying it, Project attempts to link the world’s most perpetuating the ‘planetary machine’ and vulnerable and fragmented hotspots into ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 3 Author’s re-elaboration of Forman and Wu (2016) habitable zones. ©Nature 537, pp. 608–611 (29 Septem- ber 2016). “Habitable Zones: Places with warm and moist climates amenable to growing crops, such as grassy and forested lands in temperate and tropical regions, could sustainably accom- modate more people. These include large areas of the Americas, central Africa and Asia and pockets of Ocea- nia and Australia, but one contiguous world park through two Discussion—A paradigm shift in Landscape not populous or wa-continuous trails, one running from Alaska Architecture Scale ter-stressed regions or to Patagonia and the other from Indonesia With the shortage of land, urbanisation, biodiversity hotspots” to Morocco. (Figure 2). population growth, ecological hell, food 076 scarcity, climate change and the age of An- The expansion of cities generates an eco- thropocene—whether through cultivation, logical footprint, causing land consump- extraction, industrialisation or consump- tion and environmental deterioration, and tion, humans are no longer simply inhabit necessitates a halt to further urbanisa- itants of the planet; they have become its tion; however, the question of “Where to architect and creator. Amending the world put the next billion people “calls for an as one city offers a holistic picture to find answer. Many of the world’s cities expand opportunities to manage our resources in biodiversity-rich areas; cities have a vital more accurately. The symbiosis between role in conserving these critically threat-infrastructure, greening, food production, ened ecosystems. Therefore, Forman and water system and transport are all connect-Wu (2016) suggested an appealing pro- ed into the holistic framework and should posal to concentrate population growth on be driven by landscape architecture sena global scale in the so-called “Habitable sibility globally to reach the resiliency tar-zone”, where the climate conditions and gets. The shortage of land stresses more natural resources are suitable to accommo-consideration for each square of landscape date the upcoming population, ensuring that should be productive and protected low environmental impact on the environ-simultaneously. ment (Figure 3). 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION The question of scale is not new to land- Landscape architecture is not merely about scape architecture studies; however, it nature conservation; it includes human does not have an exact answer for a “plan-needs within environmental advocacy. etary” scale of implication. The planetary Global planners emphasise the global scale might be neither planning nor de-economic trajectory to build the world city. signing. It is an interacting visionary scale Ecologists design global connectivity corri-in which the integrity and interconnection dors for the species. Landscape architects of the issues are foreseen on a planetary should look for lands that do not designate scale. Clément’s Planetary Garden, Richard functions but still have the potential to be Weller’s World Parks and Forman and Wu’s designed and reframed to host humans efforts to find the “habitable zone” for the and other species. The mission of creat-upcoming population demonstrate the en- ing a “habitable zone” for the upcoming deavours of the most prominent experts population would be feasible with a holistic in landscape design and planning to open understanding of the world as a system, as the debate on the new scale of action. “one garden”. The ECLAS conference in Ljubljana, Scale Landscape Architecture has been con-of Changes, intended to evolve and reflect stantly considered as a balance to the on a different scale of operation to address environmental consequence of urbani-a wide spectrum of challenges. However, sation; however, it is high time to aim at the Planetary Scale in design seems to be emphasising its role as the driver of the 077 at the first stage of a long debate. Gener- urbanisation process. ally, most states have considered national borders when declaring protected areas Guinaudeau (1987), introduced the confor their nature policy protection, although cept of préverdissement—plant today, thanks to megaregionalism during the past build tomorrow. Such a concept aims to 30 years, the inclusion of transboundary plant before urbanisation development. cooperation as an active conservation goal It is considered a combination of design has increased immensely. and protection to reach the desired size of plants and guarantee the aesthetic quality Richard Weller (2015) pointed out that in of spaces. The concept of pr é verdissement the 19th and 20th centuries, the conserva-might be newly adopted global y to con- tion of national parks was the triumph of re- vert the unliveable land to liveable land for flection of pioneers who saw the integrity of the following billion people to tackle the a biotic and abiotic system; however, today, shortage of land. Landscape architects, “as the IUCN’s ever-increasing list of protected Urbanists of Our Age,” could take the lead areas shows that the predominant political and be “responsible for the integration of unit of the 21st century goes beyond the civil infrastructure and environmental im-sovereign rule of national borders. It is high provement” (Waldheim, 2006). time that the ECLAS conference and similar events became a political stance for further Conclusion debate on the importance of a “planetary In the era of holistic visions, the reduction-making-decision scale” in design. ist vision of pure aesthetic garden design ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings moved towards a holistic vision of cities Elmqvist, T.; Parnell, S.; Fragkias, M.; Goodness, J.; Guneralp, B.; Scewenius, M.; Sendstad, M.; Macot-and natural environments. The garden as ullo, P.J.; Seto, C.K.; McDonald, R.I.; et al. (Eds.) a laboratory of ways of being and living Urbanisation, Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services: behaviours incites a new organisational Chal enges and Opportunities—A Global Assess- scale for the whole planet. Global land- ment; Springer: Dordrecht, The Netherlands, 2013. Florida, R. 2009. Who’s Your City: How the Creative scape planning is a concept whose time Economy Is Making Where to Live the Most Impor- has come. tant Decision of Your Life (Canadian Version); Basic Books: New York, NY, USA. The primary deficiency for such global col- Forman, R.T.T.; Wu, J. 2016. Where to put the next billion people. Nature, 537, 608–611. laborations could be due to the multistake- Gandy, M. 2014. Where does the city end? In Im- holder, multipurpose and multijurisdiction- plosions/Explosions: Towards a Study of Planetary al aspects. However, the concept could Urbanization; Brenner, N., Ed.; Jovis Verlag: Berlin, be discussed in the academic studies of Germany; pp. 86–89. Guinaudeau, C. 1987. Planter Aujourd’hui, Batir De- landscape architecture. It could be the first main: Le Pr é verdissement; Collection Mission du step to conceptualising and designing a Paysage: Paris, France. garden for the planet. The starting point Halliday, R.J. 1968. The Sociological Movement, the Sociological Society and the Genesis of Academic could be re-designing the Great Green Sociology in Britain. Sociol. Rev., 16, 377–398. Walls of Africa and China, not merely as an Hsiang, J.; Mendis, B. 2013. City of Seven Billion: answer to environmental challenges but An Index. In Proceedings of the Annual Meeting as places that could host new cities and Proceedings, New Constellations, New Ecologies, 101st ACSA, San Francisco, CA, USA, inhabitants. Planetary landscape design is 21 March 2013; Mitchel , E., Berman, I., Eds.; pp. 078 a visionary design that tackles the short- 596–606. Available age of land, making a symbiosis between online: https://www.brikbase.org/sites/default/files/ infrastructure, landscape and ecology. AIALatrobe_2013.pdf (accessed 07.02.2022). Munshi, I. 2000. Patrick Geddes: Sociologist, Environmentalist and Town Planner. Econ. Political Wkly, 35, 485–491. Nickayin, S.S. 2022. “Paradigm Shift of Scale in Land-Acknowledgements scape Architecture—Towards a Planetary Observa- The present paper summarises the full paper written tion”. Sustainability 2022, 14, 2949. by the author: Nickayin, S.S. (2022). “Paradigm Shift of Regional Plan Association of America 2050. Northeast Scale in Landscape Architecture—Towards a Planetary Landscape Conservation. 2012. Available online: Observation”. Sustainability 2022, 14, 2949. www.america2050.org/ megaregions.html (accessed 15.02.2022). References Sarkis, H.; Salgueiro Barrio, R.; Kozlowski, G. 2020. Amin, A.; Thrift, N. 2002. Cities: Reimagining the The World as an Architectural Project; The MIT Press: Urban; Polity Press: Cambridge, UK. Cambridge, MA, USA. Brenner, N.; Schmid, C. Planetary Urbanization. 2014. Schmid, C. 2016. Planetary urbanisation. In Critique In Implosions/Explosions: Towards a Study of Plan- of Urbanization: Selected Essays; Brenner, N., Ed.; etary Urbanization; Brenner, N., Ed.; Jovis Verlag: Birkhauser: Basel, Switzerland. Berlin, Germany; pp. 160–163. Tarnas, R. 2006. Cosmos and Psyche: Intimations of a Clément, G. 2015. The Planetary Garden and Other New World View; Viking: New York, NY, USA, 2006. Writings; University of Pennsylvania Press: Phila- Waldheim, C. (Ed.). 2006. The Landscape Urbanism delphia, PA, USA. Reader; Princeton Architectural Press: New York, Deas, I.; Lord, A. 2006. From a New Regionalism NY, USA. to an Unusual Regionalism? The Emergence of Weller, R.J. 2015. World P-ARK. WILD LA+ Interdiscip. Non-standard Regional Spaces and J. Landsc. Archit. 1, 10–19. Lessons for the Territorial Reorganization of the State. Weller, R.J.; Atwood, O.; Bai, S.; Bell, A.; Bullen, E.; Urban Stud., 43, 1847–1877. 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION Bunker, E.; Chu, T.; Drozdz, Z.; Flatley, M.; Ghilla- ny-Lehar, M.; et al. The World Park. Available online: https://theworldpark. com/ (accessed 07.02. 2022). Weller, R.J.; Hoch, C.; Huang, C. Atlas for the End of the World. 2017. Available online: http://atlas-for-the-end-of-the-world.com (accessed 07.02.2022). 079 A Comparative Study Of Eco-DRR and Traditional Chinese Ecological Knowledge for Elevated Urban Temperature Disasters D. X. Dai1, 2*, M. Y. Bo1, 2, J. J. Mao3 1 College of Architecture and Urban Planning, Tongji University, Shanghai, China 2 State Key Laboratory of Civil Engineering Disaster Prevention, Tongji University, Shanghai, China 3 Shanghai Tongji Urban Planning & Design Institute CO., LTD, Shanghai, China * 05055@tongji.edu.cn Abstract that Eco-DRR and Chinese TEK both advo- Under the combined influence of global cate nature-based solutions (Nbs) to adapt warming and rapid urbanization, China to environmental changes, but also quite is facing more and more severe elevated different due to their original contexts and urban temperature disasters. To protect technological development. We can learn against elevated urban temperature, na-from Chinese TEK the lessons of fengshui( 081 ture-based solutions (Nbs) are internation- 风水) site selection experience and cre- ally used to cope with this problem. How- ation of microclimate environment. This ever, Eco-DRR, as part of NbS theory, is still study can help us build a bridge between insufficiently researched and applied in Eco-DRR and Chinese TEK, and suggest China. To make Eco-DRR to be grounded conserving traditional Chinese vernacular locally in China, it is necessary to integrate landscapes and landscape heritage con-Eco-DRR with Chinese TEK. We collected 7 taining the TEK against urban heat. international top cities’ urban climate ad- aptation planning and 7 Eco-DRR cases Keywords in mountainous and hilly areas. Besides, Eco-DRR, Nbs, Chines TEK, comparative we selected 3 representative traditional study, fengshui Chinese cases for comparison. At first, we drew a content analysis to form the Introduction framework of Eco-DRR for comparison Under the combined influence of global research. On this basis, we research the climate change and rapid urbanization, similarity and differences between Eco-heatwave disasters have become more DRR and Chinese TEK by comparing site frequent around the world, which results selection versus Chinese ‘xiangdi’（相地）, in serious risk of urban heat. Elevated ur-vegetation versus fengshui woodland（风 ban temperatures and heatwaves will make 水林）, ventilation corridors versus feng- the human body feel uncomfortable, in shui（风水）, and vertical greening versus severe cases, they may even threaten pub-courtyard garden. As a result, we found lic health, energy supply, and crop yield ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings (McGregor et al., 2017). To protect against cantly affected by the urban heat island heat waves, nature-based solutions (Nbs) and mountains (Holderness et al.,2013). are internationally used to cope with this On one hand, it is easy to form urban heat problem (Tong and Bao, 2022). In interna-island effect caused by the change of un- tional policy jargon, Eco-DRR is short for derlying surface under rapid urbanization. ecosystem-based disaster risk reduction On the other hand, it can also lead to el- (DRR), referring to nature-based solutions evated urban temperatures in mountain for mitigating natural hazards and risk cities due to ‘incineration effects’. China reduction. At present, a vast amount of is also generally affected by urban heat studies on Nbs for urban heat exist. Re-resulting from the two factors above after viewing the studies on current Nbs case rapid urbanization (Zheng, 2021). There-experience, research attaches importance fore, it is helpful to study the cases in top to the integration of traditional ecological cities and mountainous hilly areas against knowledge (TEK) and Nbs approaches so urban heat. that they can be appropriate and effective for local (Kiddle et al., 2021). Case selection In terms of case selection of Eco-DRR, we China is a country with very serious natural selected 7 cities (Table1) out of the top disasters, especially under the combined 25 cities in the GaWC global city ranking influence of global warming and rapid (GaWC, 2020), which use Eco-DRR to cope urbanization, it is facing more and more with elevated urban temperatures disas-082 severe elevated urban temperatures dis- ters in urban climate adaptation planning. asters (Li et al., 2018). However, Eco-DRR, Besides, we also collected cases on the as part of NbS theory, is still insufficiently PHUSICOS platform, which is dedicated to researched and applied in China’s elevated collecting and analyzing Nbs for disaster temperature risk reduction practice. Since risk reduction in mountainous and hilly Eco-DRR is gradually attracting widespread areas (Baills et al., 2021), to add Eco-DRR attention in China, it is vitally important to cases for elevated urban temperatures in integrate Eco-DRR with Chinese TEK if Nbs mountainous and hilly areas. We searched and Eco-DRR are to be grounded locally the dataset page of the PHUSICOS plat- (Kiddle et al., 2021). Therefore, this paper form for cases related to elevated temper-comparative analyses the international ature and got 7 search results (PHUSICOS, Eco-DRR cases and the Chinese TEK for 2021). Ultimately, we obtained 7 Eco-DRR elevated urban temperatures. This shall cases in top cities and 7 Eco-DRR cases in facilitate the international exchange of mountainous and hilly areas for elevated relevant case experience to provide some temperature disasters (Table1). helpful experience and reference. Besides, we collected traditional Chinese Materials and Methods cases and methods for elevated urban The basis for comparison and mutual temperatures in China. To make cases learning comparable, the Chinese traditional cases In addition to meteorological conditions, we collected also have similar contexts and elevated urban temperatures are signifi-characteristics to the studied international 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION Eco-DRR cases, that is, the ancient cities Case type Location Project Year of with remarkable artificial environments and release the ancient villages in mountainous areas. New York OneNYC 2050 2019 Finally, we selected 3 representative tradi- City A Strong, More Resilient New York 2013 tional Chinese cases (Table 1) and relevant London City London Environment Strategy 2018 materials of Chinese fengshui (风水) theory The London Plan 2016 for comparison. Paris City Paris Climate Action Plan 2018 Research methods Top city Chicago City Resilient Chicago: A Plan for Inclu- 2019 At present, the main mitigation and adap- sive Growth and Connected City tation strategies of urban planning against urban heat are land use, spatial structure, Washington Climate Ready DC 2016 D.C. traffic, landscape, and architecture (Han et al.,2018), each of which is divided into a Sydney City Adapting for Climate Change 2016 variety of specific strategies. However, Eco- DRR is the Nbs in urban disaster response Barcelona Climate Plan 2018-2030 2018 City strategies, which has better ecological benefits than urban planning strategies. Metropolitan The Bilbao Greenbelt project 2018 Besides, the current research on Eco-DRR Bilbao The Zorrotzaurre project 2018 strategies for elevated urban temperature Catalonia The Life+ SUBER project 2018 disasters is still lacking a systematic sum- Region The LIFE MIXforChange project 2017 Hilly and Ecological restoration of the Las 2021 083 mary. Therefore, the framework of Eco-DRR mountainous Motas pine forest in Alénya village for urban heat should be newly proposed. lands Huesca Lila Innova: Innovation in soft fruit 2018 Province processing We drew on content analysis based on the preliminary framework (Han et al.,2018) Azerbaijan Ecosystem-based erosion control 2020 of urban planning strategy against urban heat. The essence of content analysis is to Jiangnan The old town of Tongli 2008 region convert text material into quantitative data (Zou F.,2004), thus analyzing and inferring Traditional Jiangxi Quanfang Village in Jinxi County 2022 the text content based on these data. The cases in China province operation steps of the content analysis in Yunnan Honghe Hani Rice Terraces 2014 this paper are as follows: (1) Organize the province original text materials;(2)Identify the con- tent analysis unit and extract the included each implementation is agreed upon by Table 1 Eco-DRR implementations from each case each researcher to ensure the accurate List of the Eco-DRR one by one; (3) Complete all text encod- understanding of every case. As a result, cases and Chinese ing extraction; (4) Analyze the coded data we summarize the Eco-DRR approaches traditional cases and draw research conclusions. To adapt of site selection, vegetation, ventilation to Eco-DRR theory, we constantly adjust corridors, and vertical greening. On this the content analysis unit in this framework basis, we can also form the framework for throughout the analysis process as new comparative research. content emerged. The classification of ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings On this basis, we judge the similarity and Eco-DRR Chinese TEK differences between Eco-DRR and Chinese TEK by comparative research method. The Approach Implementations Approach Implementations comparative research methods have the Site selection Create cities on ‘Xiangdi’(相地) Take the flat land ‘ method of agreement’ and the ‘method the plains next to surrounded by of difference’(Wan and Song, 2022). The the mountains; mountains and ‘method of agreement’ starts from the build villages dense forest, halfway up the with water flow- common or similar points in the case, and mountains. ing through as finds the common factors from cause to an ideal location. effect; The ‘method of difference’ is trig- Vegetation Protecting Fengshui wood- Protect the gered from different results, analyzing woodland, plant- land(风水林) woodland for logic from effect to cause. Both two com- ing trees and water conserva- optimizing urban tion and wind parative methods were used to analyze green spaces prevention the similarities and differences between Eco-DRR and Chinese TEK(Skocpol and Ventilation Construct venti- Construction Make use of lan- corridors lation corridors with fengshui eway, river and Somers, 1980). through blue- courtyard spaces green networks to conduct natu- Results ral wind Through the content analysis of interna- Vertical greening Green build- Courtyard Create garden tional cases, we find that the Eco-DRR ing roofs and garden in courtyard to strategy framework emphasizes the role facades improve the microclimate in 084 of ecosystems and Nbs compared to ex- courtyards isting strategies in urban planning (Han et al.,2018). For example, the strategy of responding to the Eco-DRR approaches: Table 2 urban planning emphasizes the adjust- ‘Xiangdi’(相地1), fengshui woodland, con- Comparison of Eco-ment of land use to affect the scale and struction with fengshui, and courtyard gar-DRR and Chinese TEK underlying surface of the city, forming an den, which have many things in common urban road traffic and spatial structure that although in different cultural contexts. We is easy to ventilate, thereby alleviating the compare the Eco-DRR in international cas-heat island effect; while Eco-DRR focuses es with the TEK in traditional Chinese cases on making use of Nbs such as topography, from the 4 aspects summarized above. We vegetation, and water. In this study, we ad-list the approaches and implementations justed the urban planning framework for for comparison in Table 2, and discuss one urban heat from the perspective of Eco-versus one as followed. DRR, and formed an Eco-DRR strategy 1Originally a colloquial- framework to cope with urban heat. Site selection versus ‘Xiangdi’（相地） ism for Chinese explo- We found that Eco-DRR and Chinese TEK ration and selection of garden areas, the book We ultimately divided the Eco-DRR imple- are both embedded in the site selection. “Yuanye” written by mentations into 4 approaches: site selec-In the international cases of Eco-DRR, sites the late Ming Dynasty tion, vegetation, ventilation corridors, and are carefully selected to improve their re-gardener Ji Cheng has vertical greening by thematic analysis. On silience to the climate. For example, The a chapter on “Xiangdi” dedicated to exploring this basis, we found 4 categories of Chi- metropolitan Bilbao runs along the Bilbao selected garden sites(- nese TEK in traditional Chinese cases cor- estuary, surrounded by two mountain rang- Ji, 2011). 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION es that run parallel to the waterway, where Figure 1 they reach 700m. In many pastures of Azer- The spatial composi- baijan, the villages are spread over the tion of the fengshui valley plains, with rivers running through, (风水) pattern and basic model (Image and steep hills have been stabilized with from fengshui Theory terraces and fruit trees. Similarly, Chinese Research) TEK also pays attention to ‘Xiangdi’（相地） before site selection, which means care- fully evaluating the natural environment and conditions such as terrain and water (Ji, 2011). For example, Hani Terraces Name Planting location Ecological effects in China form a landscape pattern of a Shuikou woodland Site entrances where Conserve water sources “forest-village-terrace-water system” for （水口林） rivers flow into villages and protect against climate adaptation (Gao and Fu,2014), and towns wind as the accumulation of TEK to adapt to Longzuo woodland Mountainside, the foot Protect from wind, puri- the natural environment for a long time. （龙座林） of a mountain backward fy the air and maintain Furthermore, China has developed TEK to villages biodiversity fengshui（风水）theory, taking the flat land Dianjiao woodland Riverside or lakeside in Conserve water sources surrounded by mountains and dense for- （垫脚林） front of villages and protect against ests, with water flowing (Figure 1) through wind as an ideal location (Shang, 1992). Zhaiji woodland Inside a house or Provides shade and reg- （宅基林） courtyard ulates the microclimate 085 Vegetation versus fengshui woodland（风水林） towns with complete public green spac- Table 3 Vegetation is widely used as Eco-DRR to es and open spaces(Li, 2008), and is also Types of fengshui mitigate the urban heat island effect. The reflected in the concern of fengshui wood-woodland（风水林） and cities we studied, such as Sydney and Chi- land（风水林） (Gao and Fu,2014). Chinese ecological effects cago, are responding to elevated urban TEK summarizes several types of Fengshui temperatures by planting trees and op-woodland with different ecological effects timizing urban green spaces. Most cities as shown in Table 3. value the implementation of increasing and optimizing urban parks and open Ventilation corridors versus fengshui（风水） spaces. For example, The London Green Open spaces are also used to increase ur-Network proposes to integrate the cur- ban ventilation to alleviate urban heat. Al- rent green space system, and the Bilbao though it is limited by the current situation, Greenbelt project expands and connects causing huge differences in the ways differ-the city’s green areas for urban tempera- ent cities use urban ventilation. The use of ture regulation. Woodland conservation in urban ecological infrastructure (blue-green the mountains is also a concern, not only networks) to construct urban ventilation forests but also fruit trees. In contrast, Chi-corridors(Figure 2(A&C)) has been widely nese TEK also concerns with the use of admitted in China(Fang et al.,2021). Coin-plant greenery and woodland. This kind cidentally, The simple meaning of Chinese of TEK appears in many ancient Chinese fengshui（风水） is ‘wind and water’, indi- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings cating Chinese TEK also concerns natural ventilation and water flow. In hot summer, the wind speed of ancient Chinese village streets and alleys will increase due to the narrow pipe effect. Natural ventilation can be formed by organizing the courtyard space connected to the street and alley (Wang et al, 2022). In addition, most of the houses built along the water also face the river (Li, 2008) to make the cool natural wind on the water’s surface through the Discussion Figure 2 house (Figure 2(B)). The organization of In our research, the Eco-DRR strategy Comparison illustra-the courtyard space takes advantage of the framework emphasizes the role of ecosys-tion of Eco-DRR and difference in spatial scale to form a wind tems and Nbs in DRR compared to exist-Chinese TEK. (A) Urban ventilation corridors. pressure difference, resulting in changes ing strategies in urban planning (Han et (B)Construction with in air density and flow speed. The horizon-al.,2018), which demonstrates ecological fengshui（风水）. tal and vertical wind conduction effect is wisdom in the face of elevated urban tem- (C) Ventilation. (D) jointly generated through the patio, alleys, perature disasters. Ecological wisdom is Conduct wind with courtyards. (E) Vertical and courtyards in traditional houses (Fig- discovered, strengthened, accumulated, greening. (F) Courtyard ure 2(D)), so that the natural wind passes and inherited by people in the process garden and climbing through the indoor space of the house in of long-term interaction with nature. In plants on pitched roofs 086 an organized manner, thereby taking away China’s long history of coexistence with the moisture and heat. nature, the Chinese have accumulated pro- found traditional ecological knowledge Vertical greening versus courtyard garden (TEK). The TEK is carried in traditional Chi-In addition to urban green spaces, vertical nese vernacular landscapes and landscape greening such as green roofs also attracts heritage, forming the traditional Chinese widespread attention. Barcelona and New cultural landscape, which is worth land-York have strengthened the construction scape conservation. of green roofs through decrees or plans to improve the coverage of greenery (Tong Similarity and Bao, 2022). Green roofs and facades Eco-DRR and Chinese TEK both empha-can improve buildings’ climate resilience size the role of ecosystems, and advocate and rainwater stagnation (Figure 2(E)). nature-based solutions (Nbs) to response On the other hand, ancient Chinese often to environmental changes, such as the use plant greening to construct gardens approaches through the landform, veg-in courtyards, which is conducive to im- etation, and ventilation. There is no co- proving the microclimate and promoting incidence of what they are in common. natural ventilation (Li, 2008) due to the lim- Chinese TEK is carried in the Chinese itation of the technology. Similar to vertical vernacular landscapes, reflecting the real greening, ancient Chinese buildings also human-land relationship. It contains rich often cultivate climbing plants on pitched experience and wisdom in environmental roofs or walls (Figure 2(F)). adaptation, also known as “art of surviv- 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION al” in the face of natural disasters (Zhang derstand the “art of survival” of ancient L.,2018). In this perspective, what Eco-DRR Chinese, and focus on the research of advocates coincides with the traditional Chinese TEK (Zhang L.,2018). Especially, Chinese concept of nature of “the unity The “ TURENSCAPE “ led by Yu has con-of heaven and man”(天人合一) and “Tao- ducted lots of research on traditional Chi-ist nature”(道法自然). Although Eco-DRR nese water management wisdom, based and Chinese TEK were born in different on which many water adaptive landscape contexts, they both reflect the advanced planning and design works in response to wisdom of respecting and living in harmo-flood disasters have been born. Howev- ny with nature. These similarities can help er, the current research on Chinese TEK us build a bridge between Eco-DRR and for urban heat is still limited, thus more Chinese TEK, which is conducive to their attention should be paid to Chinese TEK integration and the localization of Eco-DRR to adapt to urban heat contained in verin China (Kiddle et al., 2021). nacular landscape(Wang et al, 2022; Li, 2008) and landscape heritage(Gao and Difference Fu,2014) in the future. This will help ex- The differences between Eco-DRR and pand our horizons of Chinse TEK on the Chinese TEK are related to cultural con-response to elevated urban temperature text and technological development. Eco- disasters, which can also enrich the theory DRR is an advanced international theory of of Eco-DRR to a certain extent. urban resilience and disaster prevention, 087 arising from the combination of Nbs and Conclusion DRR theory (Estrella et al.,2013), focusing This paper compares international Eco-on the use of spatial planning and eco- DRR cases with Chinese TEK for elevated logical engineering against urban heat; urban temperatures. We found that Eco-However, Chinese TEK comes from the DRR and Chinese TEK both emphasize ecological wisdom accumulated by ancient the role of ecosystems but are also quite Chinese who have interacted with nature different due to original contexts and for a long time, contained in Chinese tra-technological development. Chinese ditional landscape. We have learned from TEK has taught us that the fengshui(风水) Chinese TEK that the fengshui(风水) site site selection experience and creation of selection experience and creation of mi-microclimate environment are of great croclimate environment are of great ref- reference value for urban heat. We can erence value for the response to urban learn that Chinese vernacular landscape is heat. Although there are limitations of the an intangible heritage with profound TEK, times in Chinese TEK due to the change which not only has cultural and symbolic in social background and technological significance, but also has vitality for con-conditions, it still has the commonality versation and regeneration. Eco-DRR and beyond the times in this era. Chinese TEK complement each other, on the one hand, contemporary landscape At present, Yu Kongjian and many other planning and design can continue to learn Chinese scholars have proposed to pro-TEK to improve the locality of Eco-DRR; tect Chinese vernacular landscape, un- on the other hand, there is contemporary ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings value in the conversation of landscape her-ence.60,91-95, DOI:10.14088/j.cnki.issn0439- 8114.2021.S1.028. itage and regeneration of the vernacular GaWC. The World According to GaWC 2020. https:// landscape. This research can help build a www.lboro.ac.uk/microsites/geography/gawc/ bridge between Eco-DRR and Chinese TEK world2020t.html. (accessed 12. 11. 2022) for urban heat. In the future, it is suggested Baills A., Garcin M., Séverine B.2021. Platform dedicated to nature-based solutions for risk reduction that more attention should be paid to Chi- and environmental issues in hil y and mountain- nese TEK to adapt to urban heat contained ous lands. Sustainability. 13(3), 1094, doi: 10.3390/ in Chinese vernacular landscape and land- su13031094 scape heritage, which is also conducive PHUSICOS.2022. Solution Database. https://phusicos. brgm-rec.fr/search (accessed 12. 11. 2022) to the localization of Eco-DRR in China. Han G F.,Chen C M., Zeng W.,Cai Z.2018. A Review on the Response of Urban Planning to High Tem- perature Calamity. Journal of Human Settlements in West China. 33(02),77-84. Acknowledgements Zou F. 2004.Theoretical and practical research Study is founded by Top Discipline Plan of Shanghai on content analysis method. . Wuhan University Universities-Class I. Press: Wuhan. Wan C W., Song D J.2022. Sustainable Planning and References Construction Mode of Rural Revitalization: Based McGregor G., Bone A., Ebi K., Pappenberger F., 2017. on the Comparative Study of Cases between Meteorological risk: extreme temperatures. In: Pol- Zhejiang and Taiwan Provinces. City Planning Re- janšek K., Marín Ferrer M., De Groeve T., Clark I. view.46(06),90-102. (ed.), Science for disaster risk management 2017: Skocpol T., Somers M.1980. The use of compara- knowing better and losing less. Publications Office tive history in Macrosocial Inquiry. Comparative of the European Union: Luxembourg, Chapter 3.8, Studies in Society and History. 22(2), 174-197, 088 doi: 10.2788/688605. DOI: 10.1017/S0010417500009282 Tong T., Bao Q X. 2022. The Application of Ecosys- Estrella M., Saalismaa N.2013. Ecosystem-based tem-Based Adaptation and Disaster Risk Reduc- Disaster Risk Reduction (Eco-DRR): An Over- tion in Foreign Urban Climate Planning. Landscape view In: Renaud F G., Sudmeier-rieux K., Estrel- Architecture. 29(1), 102-107, doi: 10.14085/j. la M. (ed.), The Role of Ecosystems in Disaster fjyl.2022.01.0102.06 Risk Reduction. United Nations University Press. Kiddle G L., Bakineti T., Latai-Niusulu A., Missack W., https://collections.unu.edu/eserv/UNU:1995/ Pedersen Zari M., Kiddle R., Chanse V., Blaschke P., text_808710_9789280812213.pdf. Loubser D.2021. Nature-Based Solutions for Urban Fang X Y., Li L., Liu W., Ren C., Wang J W., Cheng C., Climate Change Adaptation and Wel being: Evi-Yu Y., Zhang S., Du W P., Liu Y H.2021. Progress of dence and Opportunities from Kiribati, Samoa, and researches and practices of urban ventilation cor- Vanuatu. Front. Environ. Sci. 9, 3166, doi: 10.3389/ ridors in China. Chinese Journal of Ecology.40(12), fenvs.2021.737659 4088-4098, doi:10.13292/j.1000-4890.202112.010. Li G D., Zhang X., Mirzaei P A., Zhang J H., Zhao Z Wang Z Y., Wang Y S., Wu G L., Lu T.2022. Analysis S.2018. Urban Heat Island Effect of a Typical Valley on Wind Environment Simulation of Traditional City in China: Responds to the Global Warming Villages under Natural Ventilation Conditions:A and Rapid Urbanization. Sustainable Cities and So- Case of Quanfang Village in Jinxi County. Urban- ciety. 38, 736-745, doi:https://doi.org /10.1016/j. ism and Architecture. 19(01),20-22,doi:10.19892/j. scs.2018.01.033. cnki.csjz.2022.01.05. Holderness T., Barr S., Dawson R. Hall J. 2013. An Li B.2008. Architecture History and Theory Study on evaluation of thermal Earth observation for char- the Acclimatized Strategies of Traditional Building acterizing urban heatwave event dynamics using in Jiangnan Region -A Case study of the old town the urban heat island intensity metric. International of Tongli. The Architect.2008(02),5-12. Journal of Remote Sensing.34(3), 864-884, doi:10 Gao K., Fu H.2014.Research on the World Heritage .1080/01431161.2012.714505. Value of the Cultural Landscape of Honghe Hani Zheng Z B. 2021. Analysis on the characteristics Rice Terraces from the Perspective of Ecological and influence of severe convective weather dis- Wisdom. Landscape Architecture.2014(6),64-68,doi: aster in Hubei province. Hubei Agricultural Sci- 10.14085/j.fjyl.2014.06.0064.05 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION Shang K. 1992. The composition, ecological environ- ment and landscape of Chinese feng shui pattern,in Wang Q H. (ed.), Feng Shui Theory Research. Tianjin University Press: Tianjin, 26-32. Ji C.2011.Xiang Di, in Li S K, Liu J P.(ed.), Yuan Ye. Zhonghua Book Company: Beijing, 51-60 Zhang L. 2018. LA PKY’s research on China’s tradition-al eco-wisdom and related application in contem- porary landscape planning and design. Landscape Architecture Frontiers. 6(03):12-27. 089 Planting Design: Current Practices and Research Trends C. Oliveira Fernandes1, 2, 3, C. Patoilo Teixeira1, 2, 3, C. Fernandes1 1 CIBIO, Centro de Investigação em Biodiversidade e Recursos Genéticos, InBIO Laboratório Associado, Campus de Vairão, Universidade do Porto, 4485-661, Vairão, Portugal 2 Departamento de Geociências, Ambiente e Ordenamento do Território, Faculdade de Ciências, Universidade do Porto, rua do Campo Alegre 687, 4169-007, Porto, Portugal 3 BIOPOLIS Program in Genomics, Biodiversity and Land Planning, CIBIO, Campus de Vairão, 4485-661, Vairão, Portugal Abstract graphical location of the studies, and the Planting design is one of landscape archi- thematic focus. Bibliographic maps of the tect’s most complex tasks. For a long time, co-occurrence and frequency of different plants were perceived and manipulated as terms inside each database record, were static tools valued solely by aesthetics or also produced using VOSviewer software. utility. However, recent climate and urban Results showed that planting design publi-091 environmental problems have proven the cations increased substantially after 2011. decisive role of vegetation in mitigating Additionally, planting design’s primary fo-these issues, pushing plant design towards cus shifted toward issues related to urban new approaches that go beyond the pri-space’s ecological, social, and economic mary concerns of form and function. A sys- spheres. Concerns with climate change, tematic literature review is an appropriate ecosystem services and disservices, and research method to understand how plant-biodiversity shape the current research ing design has evolved and adapted to trends in planting design. address these novel paradigms. The main goals were to (1) evaluate the state-of-art Keywords about planting design, (2) identify princi-Planting Design, Public green spaces, ples and theories shaping planting design Urban environment, Vegetation, Climate proposals, and (3) assess which problems change planting design is currently addressing. The literature search was performed in Introduction 2021 in Taylor & Francis Online, Scopus, Planting design is more than a successful and ISI Web of Science Core Collection combination of different plant species using a pre-tested search string and fol- (Dunnett and Hitchmough, 2004). It emerg- lowing the guidelines provided by the CEE es as the most relevant practice in the con- (2013). The review process of chosen lit- struction and definition of landscapes as it erature involved the analysis according to combines technical knowledge and artistic the year, the publication journal, the geo-vision to respond to user needs, makes ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings better use of space, and increases func-Therefore, a systematic review of plant- tional, aesthetic, and ecological qualities ing design seems relevant to understand of the landscape, at the same time as it how planting design has been evolving provides visual pleasure (Robinson, 2016). and adapting over the years to address For a long time, plants in gardens were rapid changes in the urban environment, mainly perceived and manipulated as stat-producing guidance for the professional ic tools governed by pre-established tech- practice of Landscape Architecture. The nical procedures, where aesthetics were objectives of this systematic review were valued more than their characteristics of to (1) evaluate the state-of-art about plant-living, growing, and changeable organ- ing design; (2) identify the main planting isms. However, recent urban, climatic, and design principles stated in the literature; environmental problems have reinforced and (3) assess the key planting design re-vegetation’s instrumental role in solving search trends. or mitigating these problems. The proper use of vegetation in planting design al ows Methods its potential as a living and transforming This systematic review was performed fol-material, both for the environment and for lowing the guidelines from the Collabora-people, to be evidenced with the same tion for Environmental Science (CEE, 2013) strength as its aesthetic and visual effects, and included two stages: literature search assuming a leading role in the spatial and and literature review (Figure 1). ecological dynamics of cities. Thus, plants 092 are no longer viewed just as elements of Literature search the landscape’s spatial and visual com-The literature search was performed in position but are now recognized as the Taylor & Francis Online, Scopus, and ISI essential regulating elements of urban Web of Science Core Collection using the metabolism (Kingsbury and Oudolf, 2016). following search string: (“planting design” Considering the emerging environmen- OR “planting scheme”) AND “landscape tal and ecological demands in the current architecture”. The search period corre-global scenario, planting design needs to sponded to “all years” until 2020. The assume new approaches that go beyond research string was intentionally wide to form and address the fundamental issues capture as much literature as possible. of function. There is an urgent need for Records retrieved from each search were new planting paradigms that contribute combined and stored in Mendeley’s refer-to the improvement of public landscapes encing software, where duplicate records while responding to new and diverse chal-were removed, resulting in a total of 126 lenges such as the promotion of fauna unique records. diversity, including pollinator concerns, the integration of spontaneous vegeta- The inclusion and exclusion criteria were tion overcoming old-fashioned species applied by screening each record indi-origin barriers, and more sustainable vidually at two stages. Firstly, the title and maintenance including more rational use abstract were examined to identify poten-of water resources. tially relevant publications and then, at the second stage, full text was reviewed. For 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION a record to be considered relevant, it had Figure 1 to discuss and explore planting design, Literature search especially presenting its elaboration pro- and literature review cess, principles, theories, and/or providing process case studies or examples from different geographical contexts. This additional elimination step resulted in a database of 27 relevant records. As fewer records were obtained, additional research using the same search term was also performed in Google Scholar to catch more references. The available full texts of the first 100 hits were evaluated, and the relevant records not included in the initial database were added. The snowballing method was also used, which analyses the list of references of the selected publications (CEE, 2013). (Figure 3). The geographical location of After this search, several additional records the research presented in each paper was were added, resulting in a final database displayed on a map, with each continent’s of 51 publications (Figure 1). expression represented by the intensity of the circle’s color (Figure 4). Only the stud- 093 Literature review and data analysis ies that provided details on the specific The content of each publication was re- location (n=40) were included on the map. viewed, and the information provided by Studies conducted on multiple geographic each record regarding the parameters un-areas without specified locations (n=11) der analysis was classified and organized were not included. in an Excel working sheet. In this process, the analysis was guided following the ob- The information collected and classified in jectives of this work. the excel working sheet was used o iden- tify principles guiding planting design re- To meet the first objective (to evaluate the search and practice (objective 2). Research state-of-art about planting design), we trends (objective 3) were obtained through started by analyzing the publications ac-VOSViewer bibliographic maps generat- cording to (1) year of publication, (2) type ed resorting to the frequency of terms of document (e.g., article, thesis, book), (VOSViewer 1.6.11 software; van Eck and (3) publication Journal, (4) geographical Waltman 2013). area of study, and finally, the (5) theme addressed. A growth curve graph was Results and Discussion built to analyze the quantitative dynamics State of the Art about planting design over the years (Figure 2). The information Results showed that since 2011 there has about the type of document and the pub-been an increase in planting design pub- lication Journal was compiled in pie charts lications (Figure 2). Planting design publi-depicting the percentage of each result cations increased substantially after 2011 ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 2 Number of published records per year (from 1991 to 2020) and highlighted planting design’s growing interest in landscape architecture research. Figure 3 The steadily increasing number of publica- Distribution of the re- tions on planting design in the last 10 years cords per type of pub- could be related to the interest in exploring lication and Journal new planting design approaches and strat- egies under the current environmental and urban challenges context. Concerning the type of publication, 64.7% of the records refer to Journal articles, and 094 15,7% to conference proceedings articles, thus showing a clear predominance of the more academic publishing circuits. Arti- cles were more predominant in the last few years, especially in 2019, when 8 of 9 publications were articles. Journal articles (73,6%) were mainly published in Landscape Architecture Journals such as JoLA – Journal of Landscape Architecture, Landscape Re- search, Landscape Journal, Urban Forestry & Urban Greening, and Landscape and Urban Planning (Figure 3). This can be related to the option for a restricted search term. Regarding the geographic areas of the Planting design principles studies (Figure 4), most records that provide The literature review allowed for identi-such information were carried out in Europe fying the five fundamental principles un- (57,8% records), followed by North America derpinning the planting design process: (20%). Germany and the United Kingdom (1) aesthetic and (2) ecological principles, lead in Europe with seven publications each, which are more recurrent and widely dis-but Turkey also deserves mention with four cussed but also (3) economic, (4) social, published articles. and (5) cultural. 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION Aesthetic principles are linked to basic de- sign rules such as harmony, unity, order, rhythm, balance, scale, diversity, emphasis, and other formal parameters (Robinson, 2016). They also refer to specific factors like composition (Turgut et al., 2012), sea- sonal changes (Eroğlu et al., 2012), chro- matic variance (Daglı et al., 2016), visual quality and perception (Turgut et al., 2012). In the analyzed publications, aesthetics re- mains one of the most relevant planting design concerns. Still, it appears increas- ingly linked to the perception and people’s visual response of the planting aesthetics and associated with the ecological aspects causing a change in the perceptual dimen- sion of individuals. the feeling of belonging, and historical Figure 4 appreciation. The post-industrial plant- Geographic distribu- Ecological principles relate to landscape ing design style is a fine example of the tion of the studies that ecology, including biodiversity promo-use of this principle. Frequently, cultural provided details on the location tion, climate adaptation (Alizadeh and principles also consider ecological aspects 095 Hitchmough, 2020; Hunter, 2011), species’ once there is a concern about the public phenological and sociological characteris-acceptance regarding naturalized styles, tics (Robertson, 1991), and ecosystem ser- the use of non-native species that play a vices. These principles are mostly related fundamental role in the sustainability of to a more naturalized planting design style landscapes, and the insertion of emer-and the structural composition of vege- gent adaptive strategies to face scenari- tation layers (Dunnett and Hitchmough, os of climate and environmental changes 2004; Hitchmough, 2011). (Hitchmough, 2011; Hoyle et al., 2017). Social principles closely related to aesthet- Economic principles derive from ecologi- ics, considering landscape visual quality cal and sustainable planting design styles and perception concerns. The main differ- (Köppler and Hitchmough, 2015) and ap- ence is that social principles refer, specifi- proaches that prioritize the cost reduction cally, to planting design’s social function in of vegetation maintenance, ensuring their urban contexts. These principles are mainly long-term sustainability (Ghazal, 2019). characterized by directing the planting de- These principles are related to planting sign to promote well-being, health, leisure, styles that are semi-natural or intention-and overall quality of life. ally spontaneous (Kühn, 2006) and create planting solutions to address resource lim- Cultural principles are also related to itations, either regarding the material or aesthetics but focus on people and local technical staff. identity, highlighting the sense of place, ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Planting design research trends In the blue cluster stand out the terms Based on the bibliographic maps results “research,” “process,” “city,” “adaptative generated with VOSViewer 1.6.11, four strategy,” “sustainability,” “ecosystem ser-clusters were obtained, represented in vices,” “database,” and “spontaneous veg-Figure 5 by different colors. etation.” The higher occurrence of these terms reveals a research trend concerned The green cluster represents a concern with adaptive strategies to solve emergent about the climate change impacts on the urban problems, like climate change, and Figure 5 plant species and on the landscape. It cor- the importance of ecosystem services in Co-occurrence responds to the terms “plant species,” “cli-this context, including the research and network of terms mate change,” “landscape,” “vegetation,” the support tools to develop sustainable frequency map generated using VOSviewer “impact,” “temperature,” “precipitation,” and eco-based urban landscapes. 1.6.11 (van Eck and “non-native species,” and “designer.” Waltman, 2013) 096 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION The yellow cluster brings together terms by the increased number of publications such as “perception,” “people,” “visual and the wide range of different types of quality,” “order,” “form,” “aesthetic,” and publications and Journals spread by the “identification,” reflecting concerns about globe. Most of the analyzed publications the landscape’s visual quality and percep-were articles published in Journals of great tion from a personal and ingrained vision relevance and coverage in the Landscape of social experiences and cultural symbols. Architecture field. Terms like “planting design,” “theory,” “rep- resentation,” “concept,” “time,” “landscape Planting design has been evolving and architecture,” “practice,” and “parametric adapting over the years to address rapid planting design” are displayed in the red changes in the urban environment. As-cluster representing the professional prac- pects such as climate change adaptation, tice and the theoretical concerns related eco-based planting styles, concerns about to it, including the conceptual process, landscape visual quality and perception, and the representation of time in plant-and the technicalities related to the plant- ing design schemes but also the use of ing design process represent the current technology and intelligent computing. research trends about this subject. Based on these results, we verified that Regarding the design principles, the lit-the planting design’s main research trends erature revealed that planting design has are: 1) Adaptive Planting design in the cli-been turning to issues related to the cities’ 097 mate change context, corresponding to ecological, social, and economic spheres, the green and blue clusters, which are very highlighting the potential use of vegeta-closely related; 2) the aesthetic and visual tion to reduce costs, improve ecosystem perception of planting design; and 3) the functioning and connect people to nature. learning, teaching, and technical planting In this sense, the selection and combina-design process. It also emerges that these tion of plant species will play a critical role trends are intimately related to the plantin climate change adaptation and mitiga- ing design principles earlier identified and tion, which wil also be extremely important that there is a strong correlation between to guarantee people’s well-being and qual-the planting design and social and envi- ity of life. It’s also important to highlight ronmental emerging issues. that the current planting design challenges are not only restricted to environmental Conclusions and Future Research and urban problems but also the teaching Based on the examined literature, a com- and learning process. Integrating the eco- prehensive scenario of research and pub- logical theory into planting design prac- lications about planting design was pro- tices often needs further experimentation. vided, as well as an evaluation of the main Concerning the systematic literature review planting design principles and concerns process, we concluded that the search driving planting design solutions. string was very targeting (“planting design” OR “planting scheme” AND “landscape There has been a growing interest in plant- architecture”), excluding other relevant ing design in the last ten years, exhibited terms such as “urban greenspaces,” “nat- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings uralistic design,” “plant species fitness,” urban landscape. Landscape and Urban Planning. 164, 49-63, doi: 10.1016/j.landurbplan.2017.03.009 “urban landscape” “landscape design,” or Hunter, M. 2011. Using ecological theory to guide “urban garden design.” For this reason, urban planting design: An adaptation strategy for the number of records obtained was very climate change. Landscape Journal, 30(2), 173–193. restricted and may explain gaps in the evo- https://doi.org/10.3368/lj.30.2.173 Kühn, N. 2006. Intentions for the Unintentional: Sponlution of planting design publications over taneous Vegetation as the Basis for Innovative Plant- the years. Future developments of this re- ing Design in Urban Areas. Journal of Landscape search should include a broader search Architecture, 1(2), 46–53. https://doi.org/10.1080 string and a deeper understanding of the /18626033.2006.9723372 Kingsbury, N., Oudolf, P. (2016). Planting: A New Perweight of planting design publications and spective. Timber Press; 38203rd edition. 280 pages research interest within the Landscape Ar- Köppler, M., Hitchmough, J. (2015). Ecology good, chitecture field. autoecology better; Improving the sustainability of designed plantings. Journal of Landscape Ar- chitecture, 10(2), 82–91. https://doi.org/10.1080/ 18626033.2015.1058578 References Robertson, I. M. (1991). Plants as a Medium for Design Alizadeh, B., Hitchmough, J. 2020. How will cli-Expression and the Imperatives of the Avant-Garde. mate change affect future urban naturalistic her- Landscape Journal, 10. https://doi.org/10.3368/ baceous planting? The role of plant origin and lj.10.1.68 fitness. Urban Forestry and Urban Greening, Robinson, N. 2016. The planting design handbook. 54(May 2019), 126786. https://doi.org/10.1016/j. Routledge. Third edition. 374 pages ufug.2020.126786 Turgut, H., Yilmaz, H., Irmak, A. 2012. Evaluating CEE (Collaboration for Environmental Evidence). Different Planting Design Compositions for Visual Landscape Quality in Street Planting. Artvin Coruh 098 2018. Guidelines and standards for evidence synthesis in environmental management. Version UEniversitesi Orman Fakueltesi Dergisi, 13(1), 49– 5.0. https://environmentalevidence.org/informa- 66. https://doi.org/10.17474/acuofd.72133 tion-for-authors/ (accessed 26. 02. 2020) van Eck, N., Waltman, L. 2013. VOSviewer manual. Daglı, P., Gokce, G. C.,Ergun, A. 2016. The Use of Leiden: Univeristeit Leiden, (January). Retrieved Color in Planting Design: The Preference of Land- from http://www.vosviewer.com/documentation/ scape Architecture Students. Internacional Confer- Manual_VOSviewer_1.6.1.pdf ence on Engineering and Natural Sciences – ICENS. Dunnett, N., Hitchmough, J (Eds). 2004. The Dynam- ic Landscape. Design, Ecology and Management of Naturalistic Urban Planting. Taylor & Francis. 332 pages. Eroğlu, E., Müderrisoğlu, H.,Kesim, G. 2012. The effect of seasonal change of plants compositions on visual perception. Journal of Environmental Engineer- ing and Landscape Management, 20(3), 196–205. https://doi.org/10.3846/16486897.2011.646007 Ghazal, A. 2019. Criteria for Sustainable Planting Design Applications in Landscape Architecture Projects Under Arid Conditions. Engineering and Technology Journal, 37(1), 24–28. Hitchmough, J. 2011. Exotic plants and plantings in the sustainable, designed urban landscape. Landscape and Urban Planning, 100 (4), 380–382. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landurbplan.2011.02.017 Hoyle H., Hitchmough J., Jorgensen A. 2017. At- tractive, climate-adapted and sustainable? Public perception of non-native planting in the designed A systematic review of expert methodologies for landscape visual quality assessment A. Hessel1, A. Medeiros1, 2, 3, C. Fernandes1, 2, 3 1 Departamento de Geociências, Ambiente e Ordenamento do Território, Faculdade de Ciências, Universidade do Porto, Porto, Portugal 2 CIBIO, Centro de Investigação em Biodiversidade e Recursos Genéticos, InBIO Laboratório Associado, Campus de Vairão, Universidade do Porto, Porto, Portugal 3 BIOPOLIS Program in Genomics, Biodiversity and Land Planning, CIBIO, Campus de Vairão, 4485-661 Vairão, Porto, Portugal Abstract mixed methods. Although some method- Visual quality assessment has gained ologies still use in situ assessments, the greater importance over the years and is main trend is utilising software, such as a relevant tool to improve people’s qual-GIS (Geographic Information System), dig- ity of life. These assessments can be ac- ital simulations or photo surveys of online complished through several methods or a distribution. The assessments made by ex-101 combination of them. However, it is unclear perts continue to be of great importance what the main methodologies available for authorities and public entities and are and the main trends occurring. A sys-show great potential for future scientific tematic review was developed to identify research. Although this review has iden-the main expert approaches and methods. tified very positive trends, it is important The search was performed in the Scopus that research still strives to achieve more and ISI Web of Science databases and fol-valid, objective and reliable assessments. lowed a 4-step screening process, which resulted in 79 records for analysis. Records Keywords were categorised according to the year Scenic quality, expert paradigm, landscape of publication, geographic location (con-assessment, systematic review, mapping tinent and country), landscape type, the methods framework adopted, and methods used. Records show an increase in recent years Introduction (1976 to 2021), especially around 2010. Landscape plays a role of great relevance, Europe and Asia have more records on the performing fundamental social, environ-issue (44 and 20 records, respectively), and mental, cultural and economic functions. natural areas are the most studied type of The higher its quality, the more benefits landscape (34%), fol owed by rural areas and quality of life it provides for the pop- (24%). Most authors developed their own ulation (La Rosa, 2011). Therefore, to im-frameworks (85%) using as main methods prove the well-being of people, competent the photo survey and a combination of government institutions are increasingly ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings investing in strategic means for planning and managing landscapes, aiming to maintain their character and visual quality. Visual quality assessment has also gained a renewed relevance after the European Landscape Convention, which emphasised the importance of characterising and mon- itoring landscapes at the country scale (COE, 2000). These visual assessments can be divided into three main approaches (Daniel, 2001; Zube et al., 1982): 1) the expert’s approach, based on the opinion of professionals, commonly applied in the of records through the title and abstract, 3) Figure 1 area of landscape architecture and envi- Eligibility, selection of records through the Methodological framework divided in two ronmental management; 2) the public full paper. From the 503 records stored in main phases: Literature approach, based on public perception, EndNote software, only 79 records were search and Literature usually applied in research projects and expert approaches and satisfied the criteria review academic work; 3) The mixed approach, for the Literature review. Records that didn’t based on the junction of public percep-satisfy the criteria were, for example, public tion and expert opinion, applied on both perception studies, visual impact assess-management and research. Here we fo- ments of built structures, image analysis 102 cus on the expert approach since there is and spatial simulations, watershed pollution a lack of contemporary reviews of these assessments or soil-related studies. methods available for practicioners (Kvan, 2013; Daniel, 2001). Literature review The 79 publications were analysed and Methods (200) classified in a detailed Excel table accord- Two methodological phases were adopted ing to 5 variables: the year of publication, in this systematic review, namely Literature geographic location where the study took search and Literature review (Figure 1). place, the framework adopted, methods used and type of landscape evaluated. Literature search Information was also collected regarding After defining the theme, with the aim of whether or not an evaluation protocol was systematisation, a search expression was applied and the types of respondents in-developed to search the literature on the volved (only Expert evaluations or Expert subject: landscape AND (visual OR “scenic evaluations and Public opinions). beauty” OR “visual quality” OR “aesthetic quality”) AND (assess* OR eval*) AND (ex- Results pert* OR objectiv* OR specialist*). The Liter- Studies across time, continents and ature search was carried out in three steps: countries 1) Identification, search in the databases A considerable evolution of research on Scopus and Web of Science and exclusion the subject in recent years can be observed of duplicate results, 2) Screening, selection (Figure 2). The number of studies remained 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION relatively constant, with minor variations, The three top countries with publications Figure 2 from 1976 to 2006, while some periods did on the subject are: Turkey ranked first, with Left graph: Evolution not register any publication. There was a a total of 10 published studies, followed of publications over notable rise from 2010 onwards concerning by the United States, with nine publica-time (1976-2021) by continent; the general number of publications. How- tions and, finally, The Netherlands in the right graph: The top ever, quite variable numbers can be seen last place on the podium with five publi-three countries with from 2007 to 2021. The year with the most cations. It should be mentioned that only most publications on the subject 103 publications was 2020, totalling 9. documents in English were considered, possibly biasing the number of articles Regarding the continents that presented retrieved, as some of the research in this the most studies related to the subject, area may be published in other languages. there is a consistency in the publications from Europe, which also presents the most Framework adopted considerable amount, with a total of 44 Frameworks were classified as Authors’ (56%), and publications that cover the entire or Standard frameworks in the first phase. period of analysis (1976 to 2021). Asia has Authors’ frameworks were created by the the second largest number of publications authors or adapted from standard frame-on the subject, with a total of 20 results works (i.e., Tzolova (1995), Palmer and Hoff- (25%), which begin to appear only after man (2001). While, Standard frameworks 2006. However, from 2012 onwards, there were already tested and formal y applied has been a notable rise and constancy in by institutions or entities (i.e., BLM). Authe number of studies published from this thors’ frameworks had a total of 67 results continent. The third continent with the high- (85%) since, in most of the analysed pub- est number of publications on the subject lications, the authors adapted the frame-was North America, with 11 publications work to their goals and study area (Figure (14%), which were more regular between 3). A smaller amount (15%) corresponds to 2001 and 2010. Africa and Oceania pre-Standard frameworks, which appeared in sented only two results each (2, 5%), with 12 documents. his last publications in 2010. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 3 Left graph: Types of mapping meth- ods used based on Nijhuis et al. (2011); right bars: Types of mapping methods used in Author’s frame- works and Standard frameworks. Standard Frameworks identified: SBE - Scenic Beauty Estimation Method (USA); CLM - The con- templative landscape model; DNAC - Man- agement plan (DNAC, 2002); FVC - Forests Commission of Victoria (Australia); GLAM 2 - Mapping attractiveness of the Dutch coun- Methods used methods are 3D landscapes and eye track- tryside; LANDMAP Mapping methods were classified into eight ing analysis. Other analysis methods were – Landscape Assessment Decision Making categories according to Nijhuis et al. (2011): also used, but with fewer occurrences. In Process; LAP - The 104 i) photo-survey, application of surveys or the category of Standard Methodologies, in Landscape Assessment questionnaires through landscape pho-situ analysis was the most applied, followed Protocol; NPSVRI – The tos; ii) landscape metrics, quantification by mixed methods. National Park Ser- vice Visual Resource of landscape pattern indicators; iii) in situ Inventory; PVUB - Parks analysis, on-site evaluation; iv) visibility anal- With regard to the Types of Respondents, Victoria and Univ. of ysis, three-dimensional visibility calculated the class with the highest occurrence was Ballarat (Australia); ODSH - Official Desig-through raster cells; v) 3D landscapes, i.e. the one that presented only the expert nations of Scenic High-photomontages, simulations or 3D visualis- perspective (57%). Nevertheless, there is ways (Caltrans, USA); ations; vi) grid cell analysis, which calculates a tendency towards the Mixed-use of re-MTQ – Visual analysis landscape properties based on grid-shaped spondents (43%), using both experts and method by Ministry of Transport of Quebec; polygons or raster cells; vii) eye tracking, public opinion, which several authors sug-right graphs: Percent- which uses equipment to study the move- gest is a more holistic view (Wartmann et age of studies relying ments and fixations of the eyes, while the al. 2021). on Expert evaluations observer visualizes and interprets the land- or Expert evaluations and Public opinions scape; and viii) mixed analysis, uses two or Type of landscape analysed and percentage of more of mentioned methods. Landscapes were classified into six types: studies applying a natural, rural, urban, heterogeneous, cul-protocol. The most prevalent mapping types are tural and coastal. Natural landscapes Photo-surveys (39%) and Mixed methods consist of forest landscapes, swamps, (28%), followed by other methods, such as deserts and riparian areas. While rural in situ analysis, landscape metrics, visibility landscapes are devoted to agricultural analysis and gridcell analysis. The least used production, pasture, or with low human 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION presence. Urban landscapes are framed Figure 4 by settlements or urbanisations. Hetero- Types of landscape geneous landscapes have more than one analysed according to type or indiscernible character. Cultural six main landscapes: natural, rural, urban, landscapes are characterised by events heterogeneous, cultur- or important elements of some period of al and coastal history or complex historic landscapes that evolved from a strong human-nature interaction. Finally, Coastal landscapes are maritime landscapes or near the coast. Natural Landscapes are the most studied among the analysed publications, repre- senting 34% of the total (Figure 4). Rural Landscapes and Urban Landscapes fol- low, with 24% and 17% of the studies, re- dicators that works for one landscape spectively. The least studied are Multiple might not be adequate to characterise Landscapes (11%), Cultural Landscapes a different type of landscape; (8%) and Coastal Landscapes (6%). 3. some of the research had the goal of including public opinion, which most Discussion of the standard frameworks do not 105 Trends in research consider; As highlighted by Palmer and Hoffman 4. several studies combine a diverse ar- (2001), there is a strong tendency for ray of methods, including new ones studies that are based on already es- still being tested and developed, such tablished methodologies but undergo as eye tracking analysis. several adaptations or improvements ac- cording to the situations or specificities Generally, an LVQ methodology involves of the places where they will be applied, several steps. Some include in situ anal-for example (Wu et al., 2019; Tveit, 2009; ysis, where the expert(s) fill in evaluation Clay & Smidt, 2004). The growing trend forms or protocols checking each indicator for author’s frameworks might be due to or landscape attribute on that particular some important factors: landscape. However, the trend is towards 1. researchers often find limitations in op- the use of photographs, now largely used erationalising standard frameworks, as a way of representing landscapes, in as they are dependent on information the application of (online) photo surveys or data that might not be available for and software and digital resources, such their study area, nor fit their goals, as GIS (Geographic Information System). or hard to adapt to a different type With the enormous technological devel-of landscape or type of participant/ opment of recent decades, studies of the evaluator; landscape using technology have become 2. landscapes around the world are also increasingly computerised and, little by very heterogeneous, thus one set of in-little, the need to travel to the field has ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings diminished. Even though it is questiona-and evaluation results are more easily ex- ble whether this is a good trend. Some plained and communicated. Nowadays, authors point to the use of computer sim-research relies on a robust and thorough ulation and optimisation to aid landscape theoretical basis and is finding new ways planning and management. For example, to include public opinion, attaining more Weitkamp et al. (2011) analyse the devel-holistic studies. Hence, expert assessments opment of a new generation of realistic continue to be of great importance for au-and technologically advanced tools for thorities and public entities and show great LVQ assessment. This software developed potential for future scientific research. can generate quantitative information and Although this review has identified very assist in landscape management plans, positive trends, it is vital that research still guaranteeing the best cost-benefit of strives to achieve more valid, objective and different scenarios. reliable assessments. Resarch gaps The research gaps identified are the study Acknowledgements of coastal, cultural and heterogeneous A. Medeiros was funded by the European Social landscapes. These landscapes face se-Fund (ESF), through the Norte Portugal Regional vere threats in the face of land-use change, Operational Programme (NORTE2020), under the PORTUGAL 2020 Partnership Agreement, through the and their social and economic importance European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) and justifies the monitorisation of their visual Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology 106 assessment. Regarding the least applied (FCT), operation code NORTE-08-5369-FSE-000057. methods, some are quite recent and are References still finding support, such as eye-tracking Clay, G. R., & Smidt, R. K. (2004). Assessing the validity analysis. However, not all of the least used and reliability of descriptor variables used in scenic methods are recent. For example, the grid highway analysis. Landscape and Urban Planning, cell analysis dates back to the 60’s and 66(4), 239-255. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/S0169-2046(03)00114-2 70’s, so some of these might have proven European Landscape Convention: European Treaty to be comparatively ineffective for assess-Series - No. 176, (2000). ing visual quality. Daniel, T. C. (2001). Whither scenic beauty? Visual landscape quality assessment in the 21st cen- tury. Landscape and Urban Planning, 54(1-4), Conclusion 267-281. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/S0169- Landscape visual quality assessment is 2046(01)00141-4 getting increasingly complex, particular- La Rosa, D. (2011). The observed landscape: Map of visible landscape values in the province of Enna ly assessments done by technical experts. (Italy). Journal of Maps, 7(1), 291303. doi:https:// While old expert approaches (60’s to 90’s) doi.org/10.4113/jom.2011.1183 were deemed unreliable and had low va- Kvan, M. (2013). Visual Quality Assessment Methods lidity, modern research is more thoughtful in Landscape Architecture Studies. In Ö. Murat (Ed.), Advances in Landscape Architecture (pp. Ch. 11). on these reliability and validity concerns. Rijeka: IntechOpen. The recent studies tend to depend more Nijhuis, S., van lammeren, R., & van der Hoeven, F. on software, such as ArcGIS or Fragstats, in (2011). Exploring the Visual Landscape. Advances which the landscape evaluation is a more in Physiognomic Landscape Research in the Netherlands. transparent process, easier to recreate, Palmer, J. F., & Hoffman, R. E. (2001). Rating reliabil- 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION ity and representation validity in scenic landscape assessments. Landscape and Urban Planning, 54(1-4), 149-161. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/S0169- 2046(01)00133-5 Tveit, M. S. (2009). Indicators of visual scale as predictors of landscape preference; a compar- ison between groups. Journal of Environmental Management, 90(9), 2882-2888. doi:https://doi. org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2007.12.021~ Wartmann FM, Stride CB, Kienast F, Hunziker M (2021) Relating landscape ecological metrics with public survey data on perceived landscape quality and place attachment Landscape Ecology 36:2367-2393 doi:10.1007/s10980-021-01290-y Weitkamp, G., Bregt, A., & van Ron, L. (2011). Measuring visible space to assess landscape openness. Landscape Research, 36(2), 127-150. doi:https:// doi.org/10.1080/01426397.2010.549219 Wu, J. Z., Zhong, Y. D., & Deng, J. Y. (2019). Assessing and Mapping Forest Landscape Quality in China. Forests, 10(8). doi:https://doi.org/10.3390/ f10080684 Zube, E. H., Sell, J. L., & Taylor, J. G. (1982). Landscape perception: Research, application and theo- ry. Landscape Planning, 9(1), 1-33. doi:https://doi. org/10.1016/0304-3924(82)90009-0 107 Assessing the Perceptions, Preferences and Attitudes of Users of Urban Green Spaces: A Systematic Review C. Oliveira Fernandes1,2,3*, C. Patoilo Teixeira1,2,3, M. De Sousa2 1 CIBIO, Centro de Investigação em Biodiversidade e Recursos Genéticos, InBIO Laboratório Associado, Campus de Vairão, Universidade do Porto, 4485-661, Vairão, Portugal 2 Departamento de Geociências, Ambiente e Ordenamento do Território, Faculdade de Ciências, Universidade do Porto, rua do Campo Alegre 687, 4169-007, Porto, Portugal 3 BIOPOLIS Program in Genomics, Biodiversity and Land Planning, CIBIO, Campus de Vairão, 4485-661, Vairão, Portugal * cofernandes@fc.up.pt Abstract relevant references. The review found that In recent years, the importance of incor- most studies focus on perception and use porating public opinion in the design of questionnaires or combined methods, con-urban green spaces has become increas- ducted in-person, addressing simultane- 109 ingly crucial, namely in the Landscape Ar- ously various types of green spaces, and chitecture field. As a result, designers and focusing mainly on aesthetic and sensorial planners are more and more interested in qualities and vegetation. understanding the perceptions, preferenc- es, and attitudes of urban green spaces Keywords users in order to create proposals that Urban green spaces, Public opinion, As-meet their needs, concerns and desires. sessment methods, Systematic literature There are several methodologies availa-review, Questionnaires ble for assessing perceptions, preferenc- es, and attitudes, such as questionnaires, Introduction interviews, and participatory meetings. Understanding the perceptions, preferenc-However, it can be difficult to determine es, and attitudes of users towards urban the most appropriate method for a given green spaces is crucial for creating effec-study or goal. This paper aims to fill this tive and sustainable urban green spaces. gap by analysing published literature on Green areas in cities are vital for urban this topic through a systematic literature dwellers’ well-being, providing benefits review. A total of 677 references published such as physical and mental health and between 1992 and 2020 were collected social cohesion. By gaining insight into from Taylor & Francis Online, Scopus, and how users perceive, prefer, and feel about ISI Web of Science Core Collection. After urban green spaces, designers and plan-applying inclusion and exclusion criteria, ners can develop proposals that are bet-the final database resulted in a total of 218 ter aligned with their needs, values, and ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings preferences, resulting in more successful different types of urban green spaces. By and beneficial urban green spaces for all. understanding users’ attitudes, landscape architects can create urban green spaces The study of perception, preferences, and that are more likely to be accepted and attitudes of users of urban green spaces is supported by the community. a growing area of research in the field of landscape architecture, urban design and Together, all these dimensions (perception, planning, and environmental psychology. preferences, and attitudes) can shape how Nevertheless, there are some misunder-users behave, care, cherish, and preserve standings regarding these terminologies the urban green spaces in their proximi-that need clarification, to which some au- ty. A wide range of factors can affect how thors have contributed, such as Liebe et users of urban green spaces interact with al. (2021), Chaiklin (2011), and Zube et and experience the environment, so it is al. (1982). Perception have been under-pertinent to understand these factors by stood as the process of interpreting the directly inquire the users of the space, messages of our senses to provide order being mindful of their points of view and and meaning to the environment. Users’ expectations. Therefore, it is very important perceptions of urban green spaces can in the context of Landscape Architecture to include visual, auditory, and tactile cues, as investigate these processes and work with well as more abstract concepts like emo-this perspective, so that the developed tions and ideas. By understanding users’ proposals can actively respond to the 110 perceptions, landscape architects can needs of their future users. Being aware create urban green spaces that are bet-of users demands ensures the success of ter suited to users’ demands. Preference the urban green space and constitutes a refers to the act of choosing one thing over powerful tool for negotiation with deci-another. This can be based on personal sion-makers. tastes or values and can change over time as our experiences and understanding of With that in mind, the aim of this paper is the world evolve. For example, users may to review and synthesize the current state prefer one type of green space over an-of research regarding the perceptions, other, such as naturalistic or formal styles. preferences, and attitudes of users towards By understanding users’ preferences, land-urban green spaces, with a focus on the scape architects can create urban green adopted methodologies. By providing a spaces that are more likely to be used and comprehensive overview of the existing enjoyed. Attitudes have been described literature, this work intends to contribute as the set of emotions and beliefs we hold to increasing knowledge about this sub-towards a particular object, person, thing, ject and to determine gaps that can inform or event. Users’ attitudes towards urban future research and practice in the design green spaces can be influenced by a vari-and management of urban green spaces. ety of factors, including past experiences, cultural norms, and socialization. Attitudes can be positive or negative and can affect how users interact with and respond to 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION Methods gardens, squares, tree-lined streets, etc. Literature search Hence, we excluded any record that was This systematic review was conducted not focused on urban areas and public following the guidelines provided by the spaces, as well as records that did not CEE (2018) and performed in Taylor & have the full text available or records Francis Online, Scopus, and ISI Web of written in a language other than English Science Core Collection, between July or Portuguese, resulting in a database and October 2020, using the following with 202 relevant publications. To ensure search string: (“landscape preference*” a comprehensive review of the literature OR “landscape perception” OR “public on the subject, additional searches were perception” OR preference* OR attitude* conducted in Google Scholar using the OR perception) AND (“landscape archi-same keywords. The full text of the first tecture” OR “landscape design” OR “land- 50 hits were reviewed and any relevant scape planning” OR “urban planning” OR records that were missing from the data- “urban design”) AND (park* OR garden* base were added. OR “park* and garden*” OR “square*” OR “public space*” OR “public urban space” Literature review OR “public urban green space*” OR “pub-The full text of each record from the fi- lic urban greenspace*” OR “green space*” nal database (n = 218) was reviewed to OR “urban green space*” OR greenspace* address the objectives of this study. To OR “urban greenspace*”) AND (survey* OR evaluate what has been the focus of the 111 “public survey*” OR method* OR ques- research about the perception, preferenc- tionnaire* OR interview* OR visualization* es, or attitudes of users of public urban OR simulation*) AND (urban OR “urban green spaces, records were classified ac-area” OR “urban landscape*” OR city OR cording to the following categories and cities OR “city landscape*”). The time span corresponding questions (Figure 1): of the search corresponded to “all years” – Year: what is the year of publication? until June 2020. Records retrieved from – Journal: where was the record each search database were combined published? and stored in the referencing software – Type of evaluation: what is the evalu- Mendeley where duplicate records were ation focus (perception, preferences, removed, resulting in a total of 539 unique or attitudes)? records. – Geographic area: In which country the study took place? Inclusion/exclusion criteria were applied – Type of Green Space: In which type by individually screening each record at of green space (e.g., parks, gardens, two distinct stages. First, the title and ab- squares, tree-lined streets, etc.) the stract were examined to identify potential- study took place? ly relevant records, and then the full text – Theme: Which themes the study ad- was reviewed. To be considered relevant, dress (e.g., safety, biodiversity, recre- the record had to evaluate the percep- ation, etc.)? tion, preferences, or attitudes of users of – Type of contact: How users were con- public urban green spaces such as parks, ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings tacted (e.g., face-to-face, postal, on- Figure 1 line, etc.)? Literature search – Method: What instrument and meth- and literature review ods were used to collect users’ data process (e.g., interviews, questionnaires, com- bined methods, etc.)? To facilitate analysis, the information pro- vided by each record regarding the pa- rameters under analysis was organized in an Excel working sheet. We highlight that many of the mentioned questions can easily have multiple answers. There are also situations where the information is simply absent. For instance, in terms of geographic area some studies were not carried out in a specific location. Statistical analysis The collected data were analysed using the open-source software R 4.2.3 (R Core The records in the database were pub-112 Team, 2023). To determine if there is a lished in a total of 83 different journals, relationship between the adopted meth-such as “Sustainability”, “Landscape Re- odologies of the collected records and search”, “Environment and Behavior”, the type of studies (particularly in terms “Cities”, and “Science of The Total Envi-of the type of evaluation, type of green ronment”. These journals cover a wide spaces, theme, and type of contact), a range of areas of knowledge, including correlation analysis between the variables natural sciences, human sciences, and arts. was performed. Statistical significance was “Landscape and Urban Planning” (18%) calculated using the chi-square test and a and “Urban Forestry & Urban Greening” confidence interval of 95%. (17%) were the journals with the highest number of records. Results The final database consisted of 218 re- In terms of the type of evaluation (Figure cords spanning 29 years of publications, 3), most of the records focused on “Per-from 1992 to 2020. It was noted that there ception” (42%), as seen in a research article has been an increase in publications on that studied public perception of sponta-the topic in the last five years, indicating a neous vegetation on brownfields in urban growing interest in studying the percep-areas in Dresden and Leipzig (Mathey et tion, preferences, and attitudes of users of al., 2018). “Preference” studies (23%) also urban green spaces as shown in Figure 2. had a significant representation in our database, such as a study that examined stressed individuals’ preferences for ac- 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION Figure 2 Number of published records per year (from 1992 to 2020) tivities and environmental characteristics Figure 3 in green spaces (Stigsdotter and Grahn, Distribution of the 2011). Research focused on more than one records in the final type of evaluation was also present in our database in terms of type of evaluation database, albeit research focusing on the three types of evaluation was absent. Most studies were carried out in Europe (42%), particularly in the United Kingdom (6.8%) and the Netherlands (5.5%). For example, Hoyle et al. (2017) conducted research in the United Kingdom to evalu- 113 ate the public’s perception of non-native Figure 4 planting in the designed urban land- Geographic distribu- scape. Additional y, there was a consid- tion of the studies that erable number of studies conducted in provided details on the location Asia (29%), specifically in China, which represented 14.2% of the studies in the database. For instance, a recent study carried in China aimed at understanding older adults’ outdoor thermal perceptions (Yung et al., 2019). The results of the classification of the re- cords according to the remaining analysed categories are represented in Figure 5. It was possible to verify that most publica- tions studied “Various” types of green spaces simultaneously (41%, Figure 5a). Additionally, a great number of publica- tions focused solely on “Parks” (29%). Re- garding publication themes (Figure 5b), 22% of the publications focused on eval- uating the “Aesthetic and sensorial qual- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings ity” of urban green spaces. For instance, Since we also wanted to explore, based on Figure 5 a study developed by Ma et al. (2020) as- the literature review, if there is a method Distribution of the sessed the effects of design proportion that is more appropriate for the goals or records in the final and distribution of colour in urban and focus of the study, we additionally per-database in terms of a) 114 type of green space; b) suburban green space planning to visual formed chi-squared tests (χ2) to determine themes; c) type of con-aesthetics quality. We also highlight re- a correlation between some of the ana- tact; and d) method cords focused on urban green spaces’ lysed variables and the methods used in “Vegetation” (14%) and users’ “Comfort” the studies (Table 1). (12%), but a wide range of themes were found on the final database. From Figure From Table 1, it is possible to verify that 5c, it is observed that in the majority of there are significant correlations between the studies, urban green space users were the adopted methods of the studies and all surveyed “Face-to-face” (73%). Other forms the analysed variables, except regarding of contact included “Online” interactions the type of contact. Although most of the (8%), “Postal” surveys (8%), or a “Combi-studies applied a “Questionnaire” (40%, nation of methods” (8%). Finally, regard- Figure 5d), studies focused on evaluating ing the method used to collect data from preferences used more often the “Pho-urban green space users, most studies to-elicitation” method (34%). Few studies applied “Questionnaires” (40%). “Com-analysed both perception and attitudes bined methods” (18%) and “Interviews” (5%, Figure 3), but in most of these studies, (15%) were also used in some studies. the “Interview” method (54.5%) was adopt- “Photo-elicitation”, a method of interpre- ed. Regarding the type of green space, it tation through visual images (photographs, was possible to verify that when analysing photomontages, drawings, videos, etc.), “Squares”, most studies used combined was used in 16% of the analysed records. methods (42.9%). “Photo-elicitation” was mostly used to evaluate “Gardens” (35.7%) 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION VARIABLES METHOD χ2 Table 1 Relationship between Question- Interview Combined Photo-eli- Others the adopted methods naire methods citation and the type of studies TYPE OF EVALUATION *** (type of evaluation, type of green space, Perception 40.2% 16.3% 18.5% 8.7% 16.3% theme, and type of contact) Preference 22.0% 12.0% 20.0% 34.0% 12.0% Significance levels: ns Attitude 73.3% 13.3% 6.7% 6.7% 0.0% p>0.05; * p<0.05; ** p<0.01; *** p<0.001 Perception + Preference 50.0% 0.0% 20.0% 20.0% 10.0% Preference + Attitude 65.0% 15.0% 10.0% 10.0% 0.0% Attitude + Perception 0.0% 54.5% 36.4% 0.0% 9.1% TYPE OF GREEN SPACE ** Parks 44.4% 9.5% 20.6% 17.5% 7.9% Squares 28.6% 9.5% 42.9% 19.0% 0.0% Gardens 21.4% 28.6% 0.0% 35.7% 14.3% Streets 27.3% 18.2% 9.1% 45.5% 0.0% Various 40.0% 17.8% 18.9% 7.8% 15.6% 115 Others 57.9% 10.5% 0.0% 10.5% 21.1% THEME *** Aesthetic and sensorial quality 45.8% 12.5% 6.3% 20.8% 14.6% Vegetation 33.3% 13.3% 6.7% 40.0% 6.7% Comfort 30.8% 7.7% 53.8% 0.0% 7.7% Sociodemographic factors 50.0% 28.6% 14.3% 0.0% 7.1% Various 41.7% 15.0% 13.3% 16.7% 13.3% Others 39.5% 18.4% 28.9% 0.0% 13.2% TYPE OF CONTACT ns Face-to-face 34.0% 18.2% 21.4% 14.5% 11.9% Online 44.4% 0.0% 11.1% 33.3% 11.1% Postal 58.8% 11.8% 17.6% 5.9% 5.9% Combined methods 64.7% 0.0% 0.0% 17.6% 17.6% Telephone 33.3% 33.3% 0.0% 33.3% 0.0% N/A 75.0% 0.0% 25.0% 0.0% 0.0% ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings and “Streets” (45.5%). Final y, in terms of We noticed a trend on publications fo-the theme of the record, studies focused cused solely on perception, with less atten-on “Vegetation” aspects were mostly an- tion given to studying users’ preferences alysed through “Photo-elicitation” (40%), and attitudes. There are some misunder-while studies focused on “Comfort” mainly standings regarding this terminology that adopted “Combined methods” (53.8%). needs further clarification, meaning that the terms used in the different publica- Discussion tions may not be the most accurate. As Our study proved that there is a growing mentioned in the introduction section, per-interest in understanding users’ percep- ception, preferences, and attitudes have tion, preferences, and attitudes towards different meanings, and are all relevant for urban green spaces in recent years. This studying. Future research could expand on research growth can be attributed to the these research gaps and conduct studies increasing importance and pertinence more focused on users’ preferences and of incorporating users’ perspectives into attitudes, such as to determine which as-the design, planning, and management pects urban green space users prefer or of urban green spaces. However, a clear if they are willing to accept and support relationship between the type of studies changes in the design, planning, and man-and the adopted methodology was not agement of urban green spaces in the able to be fully established since most of upcoming years (e.g., more ecologically the studies applied questionnaires. This friendly design). 116 highlights the need for further research and performance of more complex statis- Europe is at the forefront of publications tical analysis of the database, performing on this subject, with the majority of stud-multivariate analysis and expanding detail ies being conducted in various types of in the classification of the records (e.g., in green spaces. However, research in South terms of themes, research goals, or target America and Africa is underrepresented in audience). this systematic literature review, account- ing for only 3% of the analysed records. Despite this, the information collected in This could be due to bias as the records this systematic literature review is valua-were collected exclusively in English or ble in understanding patterns and trends Portuguese. on this topic, ultimately allowing us to present insightful findings. For instance, The aesthetic and sensorial quality of ur-many publications on this subject can be ban green spaces is the trendiest theme in found in various journals, with a significant the final database, which includes consid-number being published in journals rele- erations of soundscape, quality attributes, vant to the Landscape Architecture field attractiveness, contemplativeness, sensory (i.e., Landscape and Urban Planning and dimensions, visual preferences, and psy-Urban Forestry & Urban Greening). This chological restoration. Additionally, the emphasizes the significance of this topic vegetation of urban green spaces is also for landscape architects in both practice a recurrent theme, examining aspects such and scientific research. as plant species selection and combina- 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION tion, planting typologies, and the emer- apply questionnaires. Studies focused on gence of spontaneous vegetation. Fur- “Vegetation” resorted significantly more thermore, there is a significant number of often to image analysis as well, probably records focused on users’ comfort. These because it is an easier way to communi-findings suggest that these are some of cate with laypeople about specific plant the most important factors that influence species or composition dynamics. We also people’s enjoyment and appreciation of noticed a pattern on studies focused on urban green spaces. users’ “Comfort”, as these studies used sig- nificantly more often “Combined methods”. In most studies, respondents were inquired In this case, studies used a questionnaire face-to-face and through questionnaires, or interview (or both) combined with noise highlighting the prevalence of these meth-or microclimate measurements, suggest- ods in the field. The advantages of pre- ing that beyond the users’ analysis, some sential inquiries are widely known, since experiments also demand an analysis of face-to-face interactions are more likely the urban green spaces characteristics. to result in a high response rate as there is an opportunity to explain the study and The outbreak of Covid-19 has likely altered ensure that the respondent understands people’s relationship with urban green the questions. On the other hand, ques-spaces and the methods used in related tionnaires offer cost-effectiveness and ease studies may have shifted as a result. Future of analysis through standardized questions research should consider extending this 117 and the ability to survey a large number study to encompass the years following of participants at once. The advantages the start of the pandemic to investigate of these approaches could explain why potential changes in methodology and they were the most used, but it is impor-study focus. For instance, has the pandem- tant that researchers are aware that the ic led to an increased focus on people’s methods selection largely influences the health and well-being in these studies? study design and findings, and there are This could provide valuable insights into methods that are more appropriate in how the pandemic has impacted people’s specific circumstances. We were able to relationship with urban green spaces, and determine some correlations which can how to design such spaces to better meet help researchers to better understand the the needs and preferences of users in the best way to inquiry users and to collect post-pandemic world. more meaningful data. For instance, pref- erence studies selected the “Photo-elicita- Conclusion tion” method significantly more, which may In conclusion, this systematic literature be explained by the fact that interpretation review has shown that the inclusion of through visual images can facilitate users’ public opinion in the design process of preference decisions. “Photo-elicitation” urban green spaces is an important con-was also significantly more used in small- sideration for designers and planners. The sized or more confined spaces such as review of 218 references revealed that gardens and streets. In wider areas such most studies focus on perception and use as parks, researchers were more keen to questionnaires conducted in-person and ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings addressing various types of green spac-open space. Landscape and Urban Planning. 185, 44-60, doi: 10.1016/j.landurbplan.2019.01.003 es simultaneously. However, there is still Zube E., Sel J., Taylor J. 1982. Landscape percep-a need for more research to determine tion: Research, application and theory. Landscape the most appropriate method for a given Planning. 9(1), 1-33. study or goal. It is important for designers and planners to continue to strive for un- derstanding the perception, preferences, and attitudes of urban green space users in order to create proposals that align with people’s needs, beliefs, values, and pre- dilections. References CEE (Collaboration for Environmental Evidence). 2018. Guidelines and standards for evidence synthesis in environmental management. Version 5.0. https://environmentalevidence.org/informa- tion-for-authors/ (accessed 20. 04. 2020) Chaiklin H. 2011. Attitudes, Behavior, and Social Practice. The Journal of Sociology & Social Welfare. 38(1), Article 3. https://scholarworks.wmich.edu/ 118 jssw/vol38/iss1/3 Hoyle H., Hitchmough J., Jorgensen A. 2017. At- tractive, climate-adapted and sustainable? Public perception of non-native planting in the designed urban landscape. Landscape and Urban Planning. 164, 49-63, doi: 10.1016/j.landurbplan.2017.03.009 Liebe U, Mariel P, Beyer H, Meyerhoff J. 2021. Uncov- ering the Nexus Between Attitudes, Preferences, and Behavior in Sociological Applications of Stat- ed Choice Experiments. Sociological Methods & Research. 50(1), 310-347. Ma B., Hauer R., Xu C. 2020. Effects of Design Pro- portion and Distribution of Color in Urban and Sub- urban Green Space Planning to Visual Aesthetics Quality. Forests. 11(3), 278, doi: 10.3390/f11030278 Mathey J., Arndt T., Banse J., Rink D. 2018. Public perception of spontaneous vegetation on brownfields in urban areas—Results from surveys in Dresden and Leipzig (Germany). Urban Forestry & Urban Green- ing. 29, 384-392, doi: 10.1016/j.ufug.2016.10.007 Stigsdotter U., Grahn P. 2011. Stressed individu- als’ preferences for activities and environmental characteristics in green spaces. Urban Forestry & Urban Greening. 10(4), 295-304, doi: 10.1016/j. ufug.2011.07.001 Yung E., Wang S., Chau C. 2019. Thermal perceptions of the elderly, use patterns and satisfaction with Heritage Practices and Contemporary Landscapes in Spain: Reflections after 20 years of the European Landscape Convention F. Arques, M. R. De la O Cabrera, N. Marine*, D. Escudero Cultural Landscape Research Group, ETSAM School of Architecture, Universidad Politecnica de Madrid * nicolas.marine@upm.es Abstract here the topics that were debated, whose The adoption of the European Landscape character was broad and open to a wide Convention (ELC) in 2000 stimulated land-range of disciplines. They were the follow- scape research. It also encouraged a reori- ing: Teaching, Landscape Models, Com- entation of its approaches towards a more munities, Representation, Geoinformation, heritage-based approach. Landscape is Project and Anthropocene. In total, there identified by the ELC as a key component were more than forty participants. in forming the “identity” of a community. 121 On this basis, the Convention advocates Such meetings have opened new avenues that this community should see its “aspi-for scientific, technological and humanistic rations” reflected in its landscape. After 20 research, as well as for creative practic-years, six research groups have promoted es. New approaches are opening up that the Spanish Cultural Landscapes Research link landscape as heritage to the major Network, an initiative within the frame-challenges of our time, such as global cli- work of the ‘Plan Estatal de Investigación matic and socio-economic change, terri-Científica y Técnica y de Innovación’, to torial imbalances, digital interconnectivity, analyze this issue in depth in Spain. democratic quality, the loss of meaning of urban environments or, more recently, During the academic year 2020-2021, public health. this network promoted a public dialogue program entitled ‘Ensambles: Contem- Keywords porary Landscape and Heritage Practice’. Cultural Landscape, European Landscape This forum of 7 dialogues reflects on the Convention, Heritage, UNESCO challenges for research after the journey traveled. Academics, scientists, technicians, Introduction engineers, architects, artists and managers On October 20, 2000, the European Land-confront critical arguments on contempo- scape Convention (ELC) was opened for rary landscape and heritage practice in signature and ratification by the member a context of redefining the relationship states of the Council of Europe. The jus-between humans and nature. We present tification for the ELC was based on herit- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings age theses: it identified landscape as the the delimitation of unique spaces of great foundation of the “identity” of communi-cultural value, the Convention adopts a ties and defended on this basis that they non-discriminatory position (Déjean-Pons, should see their “aspirations” reflected in 2006). In other words, in contrast to the it (Council of Europe, 2000). For the first delimitation of sites of outstanding value, time, when talking about landscape, the it considers the protection of European biodiversity of a natural park was not pri-culture as a physical reality that manifests oritized over the socio-cultural value of an itself in different forms and with different industrial site, or the preservation of the intensities along its entire geographical historic city over the qualification of the continuum (Bruun, 2016). yet to be built periphery. The Convention opted for a totalizing approach that left In this sense, the adoption of the ELC has behind any hierarchy between territories had a strong impact on landscape policies in favor of a “comprehensive policy” ca-at local, national and international levels. In pable of encompassing all types of envi- a recent interview, the Executive Secretary ronments (Council of Europe, 2018). This of the Convention, Maguelonne Déjeant-meant recognizing landscape as one of the Pons, assessed its impact very positively: key concepts of contemporary European on the one hand, government agendas urbanity. Twenty years later, forty states have gradually incorporated landscape as have joined the European commitment. a fundamental axis of development and This major international agreement on have drafted laws, established awards, cre-122 landscape issues did not come about ated university degrees and established spontaneously. In the last quarter of the observatories and cooperation networks; twentieth century, there was a desire to but above all, governments and popula-define principles for understanding and tions have accepted that landscape is a managing landscapes. Discussions on the common, democratic and democratizing Convention date back to 1994, shortly after good (DéjeantPons, 2019). For this reason, UNESCO included “Cultural Landscape” in many voices point out that the ELC has its Operational Guidelines for the Imple-gone beyond its results and has laid the mentation of the World Heritage Conven- foundations for a new conceptualization tion (UNESCO, 1992). Even earlier, IUCN, (Scazzosi, 2004). the International Union for Conservation of Nature, had defined the category of “Pro- Similarly, landscape policies in European tected Landscape” and combined it with countries are increasingly linked to cultural other protected areas in a complex system heritage policies: a recent study conclud-of territorial protection (Foster, 1988; Phil- ed that the protection and promotion of lips, 2005). Against this background, the cultural heritage prevails among the main novelty and fundamental contribution of objectives of a high percentage of existing the ELC lies in the way in which the land-landscape organizations, laws and regu- scape to be protected is understood. So lations (García-Martina et al., 2016). This much so that its drafting is accompanied is because landscapes are now valued as by a new philosophy for its protection: a diverse and complex form of heritage, whereas UNESCO and IUCN proposed with a ful range of cultural and natural val- 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION ues. The European Landscape Convention program granted aid to specific consortia justifies this phenomenon, at least in part, to promote the complementarity of exist-by explicitly formulating, together with the ing research capabilities and resources European Territorial Strategy, a strategic between research groups and managers alliance between landscape, cultural her-from different institutions. In this way, it itage and spatial planning. In Spain, the sought to contribute to the generation of situation is reinforced by the existence synergies and the creation of networks in of the National Cultural Landscape Plan strategic and novel areas for the Spanish (Consejo de Patrimonio histórico, 2012). science, technology and innovation system as a whole. Two types of networks were Thematic Network on Cultural Landscapes proposed: thematic networks, made up Research of researchers in the same or similar the- These ideas have complex implications at matic areas of knowledge, and strategic both conceptual and operational levels, networks, made up of Spanish managers and have led to a prolific body of land-or researchers participating in European scape research. Moreover, it has had a research initiatives. decisive influence on heritage policies, pushing for a change in attitudes: atten- The “Network for Research on Cultural tion is no longer paid exclusively to ob- Landscapes” is of the first type and is made jects and places that are considered more up of researchers with extensive profes- “authentic” or “valuable”, and we begin to sional experience in collaboration. In fact, 123 speak of an “everyday heritage” (Harrison, the network consolidates a previous and 2015). After two decades of experience, 6 smaller one: the Network for Research on Spanish research groups have promoted Cultural Landscapes in Spain (2014-2016), the “Red Temática en Investigación sobre also supported by the State Program. Paisajes Culturales”, an initiative to analyze Three of the driving research groups of in depth the state of the art in the country. the current consortium were part of this The network seeks to consolidate a space network. Three universities have joined of critical knowledge to question the hy-the current consortium and the discipli- potheses under which the landscape is nary profile has been broadened. Today conceptualized today, to detect trends it includes social and natural scientists, hu-in the topics of study and to discuss the manists, engineers, architects and artists, methods used to achieve a transdiscipli-members of six research groups from five nary integration between teams. universities: – Coordinator: Cultural Landscape Re- The research network is part of the so- search Group, GIPC (Polytechnic Uni- called Dynamization Actions of the State versity of Madrid; IR: Francisco Arques Program for Knowledge Generation and Soler). Scientific and Technological Strength- – Grupo Arquitectura, Historia, Ciudad ening of the R&D&I System, within the y Paisaje, ARQHCIPAI (Universidad de framework of the Spanish State Plan for Alcalá de Henares; IR: María Ángeles Scientific and Technological Research and Layuno Rosas). Innovation 2017-2020. In its 2018 call, the – Grupo Desarrollo Territorial de Castilla ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings La Mancha, DETER (University of Cas-block of work was to clarify the conceptual tilla La Mancha; IR: María del Carmen tradition of each discipline, based on the Cañizares Ruiz). definition of the natural-cultural value of – Geovisualization, Singular Spaces and heritage, and to reformulate landscape Heritage Group, GESyP (Polytechnic policy as a set of heritage practices atten-University of Madrid; IR: Tomas Her- tive to the value of the past in the present, rero Tejedor). especially for its potential for constructing – Grupo Laboratorio de Paisaje Arqui- alternative futures. tectónico, Patrimonial y Cultural, Lab. PAP (University of Valladolid; IR: Darío Technology assessment. The identification, Álvarez Álvarez). evaluation, intervention and management – Socioecological Systems, Landscape of cultural landscapes is a professional and Local Development Group, ADAP-challenge that digital data environments TA (Universidad Complutense Madrid; can help to solve. The objective of the IR: Francisco Díaz Pineda) network is to present methodological applications based on geoinformation to In any case, the network has sought to be achieve more accurate, rapid and easily open to the entire research community extrapolated documentation using inex-and to landscape and heritage policies, pensive means. It also aims to share in-and the activities carried out have con- formation between groups and integrate firmed this. Its ultimate goal is to consol- data related to biophysical components 124 idate a space of shared knowledge be- as well as cultural, socio-economic and tween experienced teams. intangible phenomena and the spatial in- teraction between them. Geoinformation The funding of the network covers a peri- is confirmed as a critical opportunity for od of two years starting in January 2020. conservation because it allows long-term Unfortunately, the start of the network co-simulations and the consideration of crite- incided with the start of the global pan- ria not currently included in decision-mak- demic situation, but this did not affect the ing frameworks. achievement of its objectives, as most of them have been adapted to telematic Internationalization. The objective is to working methods. The activities of the net-place the Spanish experience in a position work are divided into four blocks of work: of international relevance by participat-Creation of synergies. The study and pro- ing in the main existing landscape net- tection of the landscape is approached works, showing the national specificities by each discipline from different points of in the field of study and contributing to view. This difference is particularly marked the strengthening of the scientific, tech-between, but not limited to, nature and nical and training capacities of the teams. heritage teams. However, there are oppor- Among the most important networks with tunities for common discussion and even which we have collaborated are the Euro-cross-pollination of methodologies if the pean Council of Landscape Architecture nature-culture and past-future dichoto-Schools (ECLAS) and the International mies are overcome. The objective of this Association for Landscape Ecology (IALE). 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION Research challenges. During the 2020- we want to work and train professionals at 2021 academic year, the network organ- the university level, and how do we pro- ized “ENSAMBLES: Contemporary land- pose to do it? scape and heritage practice”, a transfer forum open to the general public (https:// Models of action. The models of action ensambles.eu/). It included presentations in landscape are changing with the rec-by academics, scientists, technicians, en- ognition of increasingly complex heritage gineers, architects, artists and managers phenomena. They now concern ordinary from 13 Spanish universities, 2 European landscapes in which the daily life of human universities, 1 public research organization, societies develops, such as the urban pe-4 public administrations, 2 cultural institu- riphery, the peri-urban space or the rural tions and 5 companies from the culture, environment. This forces us to overcome environment and heritage sectors. Organ-the dichotomy between the protected and ized in seven sessions divided into two the unprotected and to operate in the in-blocks, the aim was to discuss the research teraction between management policies, challenges 20 years after the adoption of ecosystems and certain human activities the European Landscape Convention and understood as heritage values. What are to align them with the Sustainable Devel-the concepts and tools used by the new opment Goal of the United Nations 2030 models of action to organize, preserve, Agenda, which calls for “redoubling efforts manage and create landscapes? to protect and safeguard cultural and nat- 125 ural heritage”. Creation of identities. In the last decades, participation has been very important in Futures questions landscape policies. Today, however, we As a result of the work on the different know that actions based solely on the objectives, and agreed in the forum of the consultation of the population are not suf-Ensambles, the network has been able to ficient to stimulate a sense of ownership conclude a series of questions understood in the present, which plays a truly decisive as challenges for landscape research in role of responsibility in the future. More-the coming years. These questions can be over, given that the links between place classified in a constellation of 7 groups, and identity change over time, how can interrelated and open to extension. the community’s perception be combined with expert knowledge of the past? Who Training of professionals. There is a con- should decide which landscape is worth sensus on the objective of training uni- protecting, and how? versity landscape specialists through transdisciplinary curricula. The European Representation and non-representation. Landscape Convention itself explicitly re- Images, or ways of imagining, actively fers to this task. However, most university contribute to the construction of land-courses are still highly disciplinary, making scapes. They drive an associative process it difficult to understand landscape as a that gives landscapes multiple dimensions complex reality. What is the contemporary beyond the material. Today, however, the conceptualization of landscape on which mediating role of representation is being ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings questioned and post-representational or so perhaps it is time to reflect on its cul-non-representational lines of research are tural character and alternative visions for being consolidated. How can we approach the future. How can the landscape of the today the intrinsic and always bidirectional Anthropocene be patrimonialized? What relationship between representation and are the arguments and counterarguments landscape? behind this idea? Geoinformation and new landscape data. Conclusion: Towards a new ethics The methods of studying the measure-In asking these critical questions, the net- ment of landscape are changing. Today, work does not seek answers, but rather geoinformation and digital environments speculates on new avenues for scientific, redirect the heritage problem towards the technological, and humanistic research spatiotemporal knowledge of the cultural and creative practices. Not without contro-fact, whether material or immaterial. And it versy, these new approaches move away is clear that the current digital technology from the classic policies of cultural heritage influences the territorial perception of the conservation and link landscape as herit-heritage context. How does it define the age to the major challenges of our time, image of the territory on the traces of its such as global climatic and socio-econom-historical construction? What are the ad- ic change, territorial imbalances, digital vances available for the documentation interconnectivity, democratic quality, the of the landscape and what challenges do loss of meaning of urban environments or, 126 they pose? more recently, public health. In this sense, it seems appropriate to recall once again Landscape and heritage creation. Land- the chal enge posed by Bruno Latour when scape policy involves actions to order or he invites us to ask “what it means to be preserve the landscape, but also to inter-morally responsible in the Anthropocene” vene and transform it. Landscape archi- in order to look from there to the future, tecture faces this creative task by meeting problematizing the critical link between functional and experiential demands. How landscape and heritage (Latour, 2012). to create landscapes that are both sustain- able in their indicators and significant in their collective experience? How to project Acknowledgements the future landscape in an ever-changing This research was funded by the project LABPACM: environment? CONTEMPORARY CRITERIA, METHODS AND TECH- NIQUES FOR LANDSCAPE KNOWLEDGE AND CONSERVATION (H2019/HUM5692), funded by Responsibility in the Anthropocene. The the European Social Fund and the Madrid regional processes that characterize the Anthropo-government. cene have shaped landscapes in conflict, as well as those we value today, including References Bruun, M. (2016). “How and why was the Europe-the so-called natural ones. The contem- an Landscape Convention conceived?” Enn K. porary landscape is therefore represent- Jørgensen, M. Clemetsen, T. Richardson & K. H. ative of the set of processes that define Thorén (Eds.), Mainstreaming landscape through our geological or geohistorical epoch. And the European Landscape Convention ( pp. 5-11). London: Routledge. 1. EVOLUTION AND REFLECTION Council of Europe (2000). European Landscape UNESCO (1994). Operational guidelines for the Convention. Strasbourg: Council of Europe Pub-implementation of the world heritage convention. lishing Division Paris: UNESCO. Council of Europe (2018). Glossary of the Information System of the Council of Europe Landscape Convention (Spatial planning and landscape, no. 106). Strasbourg: Council of Europe Publishing Division, pp. 48-50. Historic Heritage Council (2012). National Cultural Landscape Plan. Madrid: Government of Spain. Déjeant-Pons, M. (2006). “The European Landscape Convention.” Landscape Research, 31(4), 363-384. Déjeant-Pons, M. (2019). “The far-reaching changes that our societies and landscapes are undergoing lead us to new economic models”. PH Magazine, no. 96, pp. 262-271. Foster, J. (1988) Protected Landscapes: summary proceedings of an international symposium, Lake District, United Kingdom, 5-10 October 1987. Cambridge: IUCN Publications & Cheltenham: Coun- tryside Commission. García-Martína, M., et al. (2016) “Integrated landscape initiatives in Europe: multi-sector collaboration in multi-functional landscapes”. Land Use Policy, vol. 58, pp. 43-53. Harrison, R. (2015). “Beyond ‘Natural’ and ‘Cultural’ Heritage: Toward an Ontological Politics of Heritage 127 in the Age of Anthropocene,” Heritage & Society, vol. 8, no. 1, pp. 24-42. Latour, B. (2012). “Waiting for Gaia. Composing the common world through the arts and politics,” Cuadernos de Otra Parte: Journal of Letters and Arts, no. 26, pp. 67-76. [Lecture delivered at the French Institute, London, November 2011]. Phillips, A. (2005), “Landscape as a meeting ground: Category V Protected Landscapes/Seascapes and World Heritage Cultural Landscapes”, in Jessica Brown, Nora Mitchell and Michael Beres (Eds.) The Protected Landscape Approach. Linking Nature, Culture and Community. Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK: IUCN, pp. 19-36. Scazzosi, L. (2004). “Reading and assessing the land- scape as cultural and historical heritage”. Landscape Research vol. 29, no. 4, pp. 335. Stephenson, J. (2008) “The Cultural Values Model: An integrated approach to values in landscapes”, Landscape and Urban Planning, vol. 84, no. 2, pp. 127-139. UNESCO (1992). Convention concerning the protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage. Report of the World Heritage Committee Sixteenth Session (Santa Fe, United States of America, 7-14 December 1992). Santa Fe: UNESCO. 0002 RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING Transformative Resilience - a chance to reunite landscape planning and design? H. Schultz Osnabrück University of Applied Sciences h.schultz@hs-osnabrueck.de Abstract merging: Landscape planning and urban The concept of transformative resilience design are presented in one coherent vi-can be a driver in transdisciplinary pro- sion for the city of the future. However, cesses bringing together landscape plan- recent examples from many German cities ning and landscape design. Combining show that the formal landscape plan and processes of generating, structuring and informal master plans that are based on spatializing knowledge on landscape func-designing are not developed together. So, tions and designing visions for sustainable today, the relationship is rather character-landscapes on different scales benefits ized by misunderstanding and insecurity. 131 from the creative use of mappings. The Planners and designers know that both text aims at contributing to the discussion parties are needed for successfully coping on the relation between landscape plan-with the great transformation (Schneide- ning and design and draws its conclusions wind and Singer-Brodowski 2014; Schnei-from the reflexion on the transdisciplinary dewind 2018). But they have grown apart. research project “Green fingers for a cli- There is landscape planning, the orderly, mate resilient city”. rational, controlled one, that always has its figures right, but that lacks creative visions Keywords from time to time. And there is landscape Resilience, landscape planning, landscape design, the inventive, intuitive one, that design, mapping, green fingers, transdis-often seem to have its head in the clouds. ciplinary The hypothesis of this contribution is that transformative resilience can help to re- Introduction vive the relationship of landscape plan- A look into history shows that landscape ning and design. According to Schmidt, planning and landscape design have a Hahne, Kegler and several other authors, complicated relationship, characterized resilience describes the capacity and ve-by phases of closeness and cooperation locity of a system to cope with disturbance and those of distance and demarcation. (Hahne and Kegler 2016; Schmidt 2020). The collective plan for Berlin (Kollektivplan Many authors emphasize that only ana-für Berlin) by Sharoun et al (1946) shows lysing bouncing back effects and aiming for example a phase of closeness and at restoring a landscape that had been ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings disturbed, falls short. Global drivers such and convincing forms of argument” (Kates as climate change and land use change et al. 2001, 2). Therefore, competences of make it impossible to bounce back in landscape planning and landscape design many places anyway. The notion of trans- (as well as process design) are needed. As formative resilience describes a process transdisciplinary processes involve rele-of socio-cultural change that is character- vant actors, for example in administration ized through mutual learning and aims at and politics as well as landowners, with „bouncing forward“ and designing new the aim of implementing and stabilizing landscapes (Kegler 2014; Meerow and results, it is necessary to make the con-Stults 2016). cepts for the bouncing forward accessible for everybody involved. Complex topics The discipline of landscape architecture, must be made clear. Here, again, is the with its position at the intersection of nat-question how. ural science, social science, and creative practice, has the great potential to invent Methods this bouncing forward. It can make sugges- The question of how landscape planning tions as to what a bouncing forward can and landscape design come together in look like. To be able to do this, it is neces-transdisciplinary processes and invent the sary to bring together the competences of bouncing forward will be demonstrated landscape planning and landscape design. through the research study “Green fingers It needs both the orderly, strategic of landfor a climate resilient city, Osnabrück”. It 132 scape planning and the concrete, tangible, is linked to a larger research community sometimes daring of design. So, the task working on projects all funded by the Ger-to invent the bouncing forward can be an man Ministry of education and research occasion to stimulate the cooperation of (BMBF). As analysing the interconnection the two. The question is how. between the processes of planning and designing depends on deep insight and The fact that Kegler focuses on the trans- participation in the transdisciplinary pro- formation process makes resilience a task cess, only the one project in which the au-of planning culture and process-design. thor of this paper was intensively involved That’s why transdisciplinary processes was selected. The findings are based on are helpful settings for working on trans-reflections with members of the research formative resilience. Transdisciplinarity is team and the involved actors. understood as a critical and self-reflexive research approach, which integrates dif- The university city of Osnabrück with its ferent interdisciplinary scientific and ex- roughly 170.000 inhabitants is a prosper- tra-scientific insights to co-produce new ous, growing hub in a semi-rural region. knowledge to tackle complex problems Osnabrück’s eleven green fingers run (Jahn, Bergmann, and Keil 2012, 8–9). This as a star-shaped system along hills and “research must be created through pro- valleys and consist of agricultural land, cesses of co-production in which schol- forest, community gardens and recre- ars and stakeholders interact to define ational areas. They incorporate different important questions, relevant evidence, functions for climate-resilience and are 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING therefore discussed as a special type of city of Osnabrück. The second aim is to green infrastructure (Rößler 2015; Hansen successfully establish a process of transfor-et al. 2018; Maes et al. 2019; Pauleit et al mation that helps to make this knowledge 2020). Often reaching from city centre to fruitful for the city’s transformation and to urban fringes, they can provide space for experiment with a new planning culture. stormwater retention, urban agriculture, Both aims had been combined as com-biodiversity, and recreation. In addition, ponents of the transdisciplinary research the Green Fingers are important cooling process. A working group of politicians retreats during periods of summer heat met twice a year and worked on principles and, with appropriate topographic con-of climate resilience, discussed scenarios ditions, corridors that provide fresh air to and a spatial vision. A working group “key neighbourhoods. According to Pierer and actors” assembled farmers, members of Creutzig (2019), a star shaped city struc-the working group of politicians, a formed ture with Green Fingers can be seen as citizens-council and of different organiza-a prototype for climate resilient ways to tions such as nature conservancy groups, settle. hunters’ representatives, citizens associa- tions, cultural initiatives and Osnabrück’s The idea of the Green Fingers in Osna- youth league. This group contributed with brück dates to 1928 when the head of the its local knowledge and discussed scenar-municipal planning office Lehmann drew ios and the spatial vision. the first map of a system of interconnected 133 green spaces. Since then, the Green Fin- To gain knowledge about the green fin- gers played different roles in spatial plan- ger system, the research team investigated ning. Nowadays, in the context of climate qualities and sensitivities of spatial struc-change, they are on top of the agenda of tures that enable adaptation to climate some political parties and several associ-change. In addition to identifying and as- ations, again. This is also due to the fact, sessing the various landscape functions that Osnabrück is growing and that there (von Haaren et al. 2019), the degree of are plans to build 3000-5000 new housing conservation of landscape character units, some of them in the Green Fingers. (Schmidt 2022) was used to assess the The research questions of the project biophysical (or spatial) aspects of land- “Green fingers for a climate resilient city” scape resilience. So, well-known practic-were: Which existing spatial functions es of landscape planning were applied. and landscape qualities need to be pre- Landscape design practices were used to served or developed to coop with climate find a spatial vision working as a guideline change? Which practices need to be for the transformation of the star-shaped changed to establish a planning culture city with its Green Fingers. The research of working efficiently together on climate team designed four scenarios based on resilient city planning and design? Accord-the knowledge that had been generated ingly, the first goal of the project is to gen- and spatialized both by the research team erate, structure and spatialize knowledge and the involved actors. Scenarios are seen on the Green Fingers to maintain and de-as ‘plausible descriptions of how the future velop a climate-resilient structure for the might develop, based on a coherent and ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings internally consistent set of assumptions (“scenario logic”) about the key relation- ships and driving forces’ (Nakićenović and Swart 2000; Griewald et al. 2017). After that, the spatial vision was designed, the so called green-blue network of high re- silience green spaces. Results How did landscape planning and land- scape design interact in the Green Fin- ger project? What inspired this interaction during the transdisciplinary process? The analysis of the process shows that a crucial tool in the transdisciplinary process was visionary mappings (fig. 1). To be able to create these mappings, on the one hand, all the data and facts from the perspective of the stakeholders Figure 1 about landscape functions provided by involved. Landscape design comes into Transformative landscape planning are needed. This in-play when deciding which elements Resilience reuniting 134 cludes areas with special suitability for should be emphasised in the mappings. Landscape Planning and Design biodiversity, urban agriculture, cold air The figure of the future urban structure generation, cold air transport, flood re-could be found through sketching and tention, local recreation, etc. The overlay drawing. New relations in this fabric can of all these functions was an important as-be revealed (Langner 2009, 2019). The pect of the mappings. In many places, the process of designing helped to invent the green spaces identified through layering bouncing forward and answer the question are congruent with the existing Green Fin- “How could the future look like?” gers. Landscape planning could thus help answer the question “What preconditions In the Green Finger project visionary map-do we have to respond to change?” and pings have been used in inventing and thus help analyse the bouncing back. illustrating scenarios for the future of green fingers as well as a spatial vision (see fig. On the other hand, landscape design 2,3). The spatial vision complements the could contribute ideas on how green previous spatial delineations and depicts fingers could develop in the future. the connections between the identified New green spaces could be identified multifunctional green spaces. This robust and new connections between green system is the safety net for climate adap-spaces could be found. Unlike classic tation in Osnabrück. By highlighting dis-GIS maps, the mappings highlight cussed topics, identified structures and structures and elements that are relevant interconnections, the mappings inspired for sustainable landscape development the discussions of the working groups. 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING Figure 2 Mappings of scenarios, HS Osnabrück (Project Green Fingers HS OS) 135 ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings The spatial vision met the challenge to translate the complex interconnections of different functions and topics into map- pings that were intuitively accessible for all the stakeholders. The spatial vision was deliberately presented vague instead of exactly by plot, because this made it pos- sible to concentrate on the vision in all its roughness and discuss the system of resilient green spaces instead of detailed plans for smaller parts of the Green Fin- gers. The fact that the open spaces are highlighted and foregrounded helped to change perspectives from a view on the built city that is a growing into the open spaces to a view on a city that is shaped by its Green Fingers. The mappings helped to generate new mental images of “the city proached the professional ideas with great Figure 3 of green fingers”, understood as a multi- interest. Spatial vision Network functional, strategically managed network of Green fingers, HS of different green spaces and elements So, the mappings met the demands of the Osnabrück (Project 136 Green Fingers HS OS) contributing to sustainable city structures transdisciplinary process to be inclusive with high-quality, biodiversity-rich urban and accessible. The mappings are a com-ecosystems. munication tool that translate ideas into images and thus help actors involved in The mappings were combined with writ- transdisciplinary processes to understand ten stories which increased accessibility the complex tasks and imagine what a for workshop participants without a pro-bouncing forward could look like. They fessional background in planning because incorporated the spatialised knowledge they could imagine playing a role in the on landscape functions of landscape stories and scenarios. Discussing the sto-planning and the sketches of landscape ries and mappings and the outlined futures designs, presented as blurry vision that provoked immediate and strong reactions. helps to imagine Osnabrück as “City of the Questions such as “What would your role green fingers”. Unlike photo collages or in such a future be?” or “What would be oblique aerial perspectives the mappings the most important things to do in this are compatible with both the formal plans scenario?” brought up by the moderator of landscape planning and the products helped to prevent a discussion centring of informal design such as masterplans. only around the question, what the best or worst scenario would be, or which one Conclusion is more likely to happen. Instead, inspired The reflection of the Green Finger project by these questions, people started to play suggests that mappings used in transdis-with the mappings co-creatively and ap- ciplinary processes searching for transfor- 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING mative resilience can be one approach to Springer. doi - https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94- 024-1681-7. reunite landscape planning and design. Hahne, U., Kegler, H., Eds. 2016. Resilienz: Stadt und The mutual goal to invent the “bouncing Region – Reallabore der resilienzorientierten Trans- forward” requires both landscape planning formation. Frankfurt am Main, Berlin, Bern, Bruxelles, and landscape design skills. New York, Oxford, Wien: Peter Lang international academic publishers. doi - 10.3726/978-3-653- 06657-9. Certainly, one cannot draw universally Hansen, R., Born, D., Lindschulte, K., Rolf, W., Bartz, valid conclusions from the one example. R., Schröder, A., Becker, C.W., Kowarik, I., Pauleit, S. Perhaps it can be generalised though that 2018. Grüne Infrastruktur im urbanen Raum: Grund- lagen, Planung und Umsetzung in der integrierten occasions are needed that make it clear Stadtentwicklung. Bonn - Bad Godesberg: Bundes- that both competences are in demand, amt für Naturschutz. doi - 10.19217/skr503. that success is not possible without the Jahn, T., Bergmann, M., Keil, F. 2012. “Transdisciplinar-knowledge of landscape planning and ity: between mainstreaming and marginalization.” Ecol Econ 79:1–10. doi - https://doi. org/ 10. 1016/j. without the creativity of landscape design. ecole con. 2012. 04. 017. Transformative resilience is just one topic Kates, R. W., Clark, W. C., Corell, R., Hall, J. M., Jaeger, that exemplifies this. And mapping is just C. C., Lowe, I., McCarthy, J. J. 2001. “Sustainability science”. Science 292, 5517: 641-642. doi - http:// one tool that requires both competences. doi.org/10.1126/science. 1059386. There will certainly not be one recipe to Kegler, H. 2014. Resilienz: Strategien & Perspektiven bring landscape planning and landscape für die widerstandsfähige und lernende Stadt. Ba- design together, because it often depends sel, Gütersloh, Berlin: Birkhäuser; Bauverlag. doi - 10.1515/9783038212690. on working cultures and the question if Langner, S. 2009. Navigating in Urban Landscapes: 137 people are open to different ways to reach Design-oriented Cartography as a Navigation In- a common goal. It is certainly worth look- strument for Large-scale Landscape Design. In Ur- ing for further occasions, topics, settings, banism & Urbanization: Transcending the Discipline. Urbanism & Urbanization as receptors of multiple and tools, because one thing is clear: if the practices, discourses and realities, edited by De trench warfare cannot be overcome in the Meulder, B., Ryckewaert, M., Shannon, K., 243–254. discipline of landscape architecture, then Langner, S. 2019. Navigating in urban landscapes the inter- and transdisciplinary work that is – mapping as a navigational strategy in designing landscapes. In Design Research for Urban Land- rightly demanded in dealing with the great scapes: Theories and Methods, edited by Promins- transformation will hardly be possible. ki, M., Seggern, H. von, 50-69. London, New York: Routledge. doi - 10.4324/9781351104241-4. Maes, J., Zulian, G., Günther, S., Thijssen, M., Raynal, J. 2019. Enhancing Resilience Of Urban Ecosystems Acknowledgements through Green Infrastructure (EnRoute): Final Re- Hubertus von Dressler (heading the research team port. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the Eu- Green Fingers) and Lea Nikolaus (expert creative ropean Union. doi - 10.2760/689989. visioning) Marg, O., Kreß-Ludwig, M., Lux, A. 2019. Wirkungen transdisziplinärer Stadtforschung in den Projekten References der Förderlinien „Leitinitiative Zukunftsstadt“ und Griewald, Y., Clemens, G., Kamp, J., Gladun, E., Hölzel, „Nachhaltige Transformation urbaner Räume“: Wir- N., Dressler, H. von. 2017. “Developing land use kungskategorien, Projektprofile und Handreichung scenarios for stakeholder participation in Russia.” zur Selbstreflexion; Werkstattbericht des Verbund- Land Use Policy 68: 264–276. doi - 10.1016/j. vorhabens „Synthese- und Vernetzungsprojekt Zu- landusepol.2017.07.049. kunftsstadt (SynVer*Z)”. Frankfurt am Main, Berlin. Haaren, C. von, Lovett, A. A., Albert, C. (2019). Land-Meerow, S., Stults, M. 2016. “Comparing Concep- scape planning with ecosystem services. Dordrecht: tualizations of Urban Climate Resilience in Theory ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings and Practice.” Sustainability 8, 701. doi - 10.3390/ su8070701. Nakićenović, N., Swart, R., Eds. 2000. Special Report on Emissions Scenarios: A Special Report of Working Group III of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Cambridge. Pauleit, S., Hansen, R., Rall, E.L., Rolf, W., Lierop, M. van. 2020.Green Infrastructure for the city of the future. Perspectives from Europe. In Working pa- pers. Rivista online di Urban@it: le città protagoniste dello sviluppo sostenibile. Urban@it. Pierer, C., Creutzig, F. 2019. “Star-shaped cities alleviate trade-off between climate change mitigation and adaptation.” Environ. Res. Lett. 14, 085011. doi - 10.1088/1748-9326/ab2081. Rößler, S. 2015. “Klimawandelgerechte Stadtentwick- lung durch grüne Infrastruktur: Urban Development under Climate Change by Green Infrastructure.” Raumforschung und Raumordnung | Spatial Re- search and Planning, 73: 123–132. doi - 10.1007/ s13147-014-0310-y. Schmidt, C. 2020. Landschaftliche Resilienz: Grund- lagen, Fallbeispiele, Praxisempfehlungen. Berlin: Springer Spektrum. doi - 10.1007/978-3-662- 61029-9. Schmidt, C. 2022. Landscape Resilience. Basics, Case Studies, Practical Recommendations. Springer Na- 138 ture. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag GmbH Germany. doi - https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3- 662-63998-6. Schneidewind, U. 2018. Die große Transformation: Eine Einführung in die Kunst gesellschaftlichen Wandels. Frankfurt am Main: Fischer Taschenbuch. Schneidewind, U., Singer-Brodowski, M. 2014. Trans- formative Wissenschaft: Klimawandel im deutschen Wissenschafts- und Hochschulsystem. 2nd ed. Mar- burg: Metropolis Verlag. Schneidewind, U., Singer-Brodowski, M., Augenstein, K., Stelzer, F. 2016. Pledge for a transformative science: a conceptual framework (Wuppertal Paper No. 191). Wuppertal. A Location Evaluation Approach for New Pedestrian Bridges in Brisbane, Australia: Hybrid Decision Making with Space Syntax and GIS F. A. Firat*, K. Ozgun Ozyegin University * firat.firat @ozu.edu.tr Abstract broader and practical longer-term per- Brisbane is a river city with 15 bridges, six spective. Some GIS data used in the study in and around the city centre. Most recent-include, but are not limited to, population ly, Brisbane City Council (BCC) announced density, main pedestrian, vehicular, and building four new green bridges since the bicycle axes, residential and commercial bridges in this area need to be increased areas, topography, schools, and hospital to spread the pedestrian network through-areas. out the city. Our study aims to demonstrate 141 if the locations of green bridges contribute When the current situation and BCC green to developing the current pedestrian and bridge objectives were tested syntactically bicycle network and improving access to with the same parameters, it was seen that, the Brisbane River and amenities. primarily, bicycle transportation was sup- ported in the broader area. However, pe- The study applies Space Syntax tools sup- destrian transportation is found to be not plemented with Geographical Information sufficient. To address this, we demonstrate Systems (GIS) to generate spatial analyses possible new pedestrian routes aligning with qualitative and quantitative outputs. with the growth direction of the city. The urban syntactic parameters include integration, depth, connectivity, and choice Keywords values. Integration and depth values will Bridge location evaluation approach, be handled segmentally, with 1200 and space syntax, GIS 5000 meters referring to the average pe- destrian and bicycle reach radius, respec- Introduction tively (Yamu, 2021). Since the results ob- As the number of vehicles in cities increas- tained from the space syntax procedures es, transportation and city planning experts are purely analytical, GIS spatial analyses are shifting their focus towards promoting and their outcome supplement the initial walking and cycling routes to reduce en-findings. Where the GIS and Space Syn- ergy consumption. This shift is essential to tax outputs generally overlap, the latter urban planning, aiming to reduce vehicu-is helpful to look at the situation from a lar transportation and create sustainable ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings cities. Active travel, including walking and To achieve our research objectives, we ap-cycling, has numerous benefits, such as ply Space Syntax tools supplemented with reducing greenhouse gases, improving Geographical Information Systems (GIS) air quality, moderating noise levels, and to generate spatial analyses with quali-promoting better health outcomes (Potesil, tative and quantitative outputs. By doing Oelrichs & Veitch, 2013; Luo et al., 2020). so, we can verify and assess the outcomes Municipalities are creating and promoting through comparison. Our study proposes new routes for cyclists and pedestrians, a practical location evaluation approach resulting in more vibrant and economically using Space syntax and GIS simultaneous-sustainable neighborhoods (Rose, 2020). ly, considering the demanding time frame However, the location of pedestrian and for a proper suitability analysis process. bicycle bridges remains a crucial factor Space Syntax is a useful tool for underin ensuring their sustainability and vitality, standing the travel patterns of pedestri-particularly in “river cities.” ans and cyclists, which are often ignored in transportation modeling (Rose, 2020). In city planning, separating motorized While previous studies on city network and non-motorized traffic is essential for research have focused on other topics, pedestrian safety and promoting friendly Akkelies Van Nes (2021) demonstrates how transport (Hartmann, Ferrara, & Watzenig, multiple-scale space syntax methods can 2018). New pedestrian and bicycle bridges describe a compact city’s spatial charac-are needed to stimulate pedestrian trans- teristics, including the role of bridges in 142 port in cities segregated by rivers (Potesil, the road network. In contrast, according to 2013). That situation raises our research Zagorskas et al. (2020), pedestrian bridge questions. To ensure pedestrian and bicy-studies have focused on technical specifi- cle traffic sustainability and vitality in “river cations such as serviceability, stress, and cities”, to what extent is the bridge location vibration. Similarly, Brisbane City Coun-factor crucial, and what tools and methods cil’s (BCC) (2020) feasibility study on green can be used to upgrade bridge location bridges prioritizes cost and normative ap-decision-making processes? proaches when selecting bridge locations. Moreover, our proposed bridges can po- While some countries have strict policies tentially increase the reachability of the city for creating sustainable cities and com-center, which has high integration values, munities (Koning et al., 2020), most have while also improving pedestrian and bi-a normative approach based on factual cycle transportation in the region. This, in and descriptive knowledge (Nes, 2021). turn, could lead to reduced use of motor Previous studies suggest that pedestrian vehicles and decreased carbon emissions, bridge locations are crucial for pedestri-making these bridges good candidates for an traffic sustainability and offer several being labeled as “green bridges.” benefits, including improving pedestrian networks, adding value to the city’s image, The study will consider the new bridges’ and reducing carbon footprint (Zagorskas journey length and travel time savings, et al., 2020; Rose, 2020; Akkelies, 2021; economic, environmental, and social Santilli, 2021; Wang, 2016). benefits resulting from travel times, ener- 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING Figure 1 Study Areas, Existing Bridge and Proposed Green Bridge Loca- tions 143 gy saving, carbon footprint reduction, and Brisbane CBD is already the most densely vehicle density. Our study’s findings will populated area, leading to a high concen-be significant for decision-makers, includ- tration of bridge connections. This results ing politicians, town planners, architects, in the limited ability of the CBD to expand engineers, and construction companies, into the neighbouring districts. in their efforts to create sustainable and livable cities. Figure 1 shows only one crossing bridge, Sir Leo Heischler, east of the Story Bridge, Methods and material with the shortest distance of 11 km by car The study site to reach the CBD. For this reason, all ve- Brisbane City has 15 bridges crossing hicular traffic crossing the river between the Brisbane River. 6 of them are around these locations goes over the Captain Central Brisbane District (CBD). Brisbane’s Cook Bridge or Story Bridge in the CBD. furthest bridges are almost 30 km apart, Therefore, reaching other bridges is only leaving a wide river length for the remain-safe and comfortable for pedestrian and ing road lanes to serve. This situation also bicycle transportation if citizens reside means that 52% of river crossings place close to the centre and an existing bridge drivers and pedestrians on roads in or because most bridges concentrate in the near the CBD, causing economic and encity centre. vironmental adverse effects (Potesil, 2013). ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings A proposed hybrid bridge that would tional future bridge locations and evaluate Figure 2 accommodate vehicles and pedestrians our suggestions. Method Schema, Data across the 15 km river lane aims to en- Analysis hance pedestrian and bicycle transpor- We applied a predictive approach to re- tation. However, it may increase vehicle lieve and ensure the long-term sustaina-traffic, putting pedestrians and cyclists at bility of traffic flow as the city grows. The risk when crossing intersections with a high research methodology includes qualita-volume of vehicles. To ensure their safety tive and quantitative analysis using GIS and comfort, the bridge should be located and Space Syntax tools. Open-source in the city centre and close to an existing spatial raw data is primarily available in bridge so as not to cause additional strain the BCC Data repository, and processed 144 on other bridges. analyses are done in QGIS open-source GIS software. The BCC planned five new green bridges to get around the city on foot, by bike, and Spatial Data sources potentially by public transport. During the Figure 2 demonstrates the research pro-four-week consultation period, the Coun- cess and data used. While such data are cil gathered 3385 feedback from various analysed in QGIS, the space syntax is used sources, including residents, businesses, to examine pedestrian and bicycle main and important stakeholder groups. Only routes for the existing situation and with four of them went through; also, a portion green bridge proposals by the municipal-of the individuals involved in the consulta- ity. We then compare the results to under- tion process would rather see the invest- stand and evaluate the differences. ment go towards alternative projects, such as new ferry terminals or enhanced pub- Using Space syntax and GIS as a tool for lic transportation, or have the new green spatial analysis bridges located elsewhere [emphasised To gain an in-depth understanding of the by the authors] (BCC, 2020). Therefore, city’s pedestrian and vehicle traffic, we we evaluated the four green bridge loca-used GIS and Space Syntax spatial anal- tions close to the city centre planned by yses as the primary method of the study, the BCC to distribute the current traffic generating qualitative and quantitative density and ease vehicle and pedestrian variables, respectively. traffic flow. In addition, we suggest addi- 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING Although architecture and urban design Our study aimed to investigate the rela-researchers have attempted to address the tionship between the impact of bridges on link between urban morphological factors pedestrian movement and data obtained and pedestrian volume in urban streets, from space syntax analysis and geograph-urban spatial configuration measures de- ic information systems (GIS). To identify rived from the space syntax of the street potential bridges locations and explore axis lines can become too mechanical to scenarios for enhancing pedestrian circu-address the effects of humanistic factors. lation, we used key space syntax measures, To ensure effective planning of public poli-namely angular segmental integration, cies that promote urban vitality through in- segmental choice, and segmental depth. creased foot traffic, it is crucial to consider While previous studies have focused on both space syntax metrics and relevant en-these measurements for design solutions vironmental factors while considering each in city planning, we used them to compare zone’s unique characteristics (Lee S. et al., different situations in our study. To calcu-2020). The next section explains how space late these values, we used “DepthmapX.” syntax parameters are analysed compared Angular analysis, which measures the to Brisbane’s existing and planned bridges. angles between objects such as streets, buildings, and other features in a given Analyses: Space Syntax area to analyze their spatial relationships, In this study, we used the space syntax to is more effective than metric or topolog-quantitatively examine the built environ- ical analysis in understanding pedestrian 145 ment factors affecting pedestrian potential. activity (Lee S. et al., 2020). Previous studies showed that urban spa- tial configuration variables used in space Figure 3 segment map was created by syntax analyses are essential pedestrian segmenting the axis map extracted from movement determinants (Baran et al., OpenStreetMap at each street junction. 2008; Özer, 2014). For example, Baran Figure 3 shows the global integration et al. (2008) employed the space syntax mapping of the selected area within the method to investigate walking behaviour scope of the study. We can see that the in New Urbanist and suburban neighbour-main roads and the Brisbane City area hoods. They discovered a strong corre- are the most integrated roads on this lation between the amount of utilitarian map. Geo-referenced road-centre lines walking and two space syntax variables have become more prevalent in con- - control and global integration. Global structing a street network model (Hiller, integration among syntactic variables was 2001). Integration and depth values will found to have a statistically significant be handled segmentally, with 1200 and association with average pedestrian vol-5000 meters referring to the average pe- ume in residential and commercial zones. destrian and bicycle reach radius, respec-In contrast, local integration was a more tively (Yamu,2021). As in this study, local important factor in the commercial zone radius values can be calculated using the (Lee S. et al., 2020). distance values that the pedestrian and bicycle can reach in an average of 10-15 minutes, with a segmental map obtained ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings in the correct dimensions. 10-15 minutes refer to 1200m for walking and 5000m for bicycling average distances. Angular integration measures the poten- tial for movement by assessing the angles between streets, buildings, and other ob- jects in a given area (Lee S. et al., 2020). Segment connectivity is the basis for cal- culating angular integration and provides a more detailed representation of reality than axial integration (Rashid, 2017). By comparing a system to “the urban mean,” angular integration can evaluate angular point depth locally, and local metrical radii within a 500m radius can indicate a neighbourhood’s walkability (Nes, 2021). Our study selected radii of 1200m and Connectivity is a measure of a street’s Figure 3 5000m to assess daily routine reachable degree of connections with neighbour-Angular Segmental In- river crossing routes rather than focusing ing streets, which is determined by the tegration Graph (r=n), on inner neighbourhood integration. number of edges in a graph (Rashid, Existing Condition 146 2017). Streets with many connections are The Angular Mean Depth is a measure of considered highly connected, while those the number of spaces passed through from with few connections are considered low in a designated point in a system, and it is connectivity. Concerning bicycle and pe-calculated by summing all possible steps destrian traffic, highly connected areas are that can be taken from that point (Turner, often found on motorised roads leading 2001). Combined with the system’s actual to the city center or sub-centers, as they shape, this measure is useful for interpret-offer multiple connections (Kerr, 2016). ing and analyzing urban spaces. The terms “shallow” and “deep” are commonly used to Angular choice measures the level of in-describe the overall depth of a system, with tegration of each street segment by con-shallow systems having low overall depth sidering the total number of directional values and deep systems having high over-changes relative to the other segments, all depth values. High depth values along while considering the segment length the riverbank indicate that roads have more (Hiller, 2012). On the other hand, Angular turns and distance, providing better access segment integration evaluates the move-to all points in the area. However, road ment potential in an urban system by connection is just one factor to consider analyzing the number of turns required when making decisions. While connected to travel from point A to point B. This study segments on the other side of the river de-used radii of 1200m and 5000m to identi- crease the value, this information alone is fy the best pedestrian and cyclist routes, insufficient for informed decision-making. respectively. The analysis determines the 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING degree of integration of each street seg- are less regular. Final y, isochronic maps ment based on the fewest number of turns were generated using a radius of 1200m needed to reach the destination (Berhie, from bridges to show walking or a 5000m 2017). The aim is to provide a straightfor-radius and cycling time of 10-15 minutes ward way for people to navigate the urban based on average speed. system. To better understand the route preferenc- We aim to identify the most suitable es of pedestrians and bicyclists for both paths for pedestrians on both sides of existing and proposed bridges, we used the river. We use specific parameters to a 5m resolution Digital Elevation Model to analyse the efficiency of existing bridges create an elevation map and used QGIS’s for pedestrians and suggest new bridges road slope calculator to determine the that could enhance their experience. By slope percentages of bike paths. comparing the results before and after implementing changes, we can measure By using this approach, we can assess the improvement. the ability of both existing and proposed bridges to serve the city’s needs. We may Analyses: GIS miss important details about a complex The 2021 Australian Census data and urban area if we only consider qualitative SA2 boundaries were used to determine variables. A sole reliance on qualitative the population on both sides of the river. measures is not enough for a sustainable 147 The population data helped identify the solution in a dynamic city environment. densest and most disconnected regions. Therefore, the final evaluation of the bridg-The population density is directly related es will be based on a combination of all to the main pedestrian and vehicle axes variables, leading to a more comprehen- (Yamu, 2021). sive understanding of their state. When connecting to the nearest bridge, Results the flow density at river crossings chang- S pace Syntax Outcomes: es based on the time of day and day of The Space Syntax maps show that inte-the week. The direction of pedestrian and gration results have the highest values vehicle flow must be identified at certain from the city centre. West End and its times, such as when people travel between surroundings centre show high connec-their homes, schools, and workplaces. If tivity values close to the centre. In other the buildings associated with these loca-words, the West End district (seen in Fig- tions are close to the riverbank and do not ure 1) is becoming the second city centre, have pedestrian access across the river, it so the frequency of use in this area is ris-can result in increased vehicle traffic. The ing. Consequently, proposing additional GIS map was used to assess the housing, bridge locations can distribute pedestrian workplace, and school concentrations. movement, offering alternative routes for The effects of schools, universities, and walkers and cyclists and potentially reduc-hospitals on traffic flow were evaluated ing future traffic density in the city. separately as their transportation patterns ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 4 Angular Segmental Integration Graph (r=5000), change graph Figure 5 Population Density, 148 Age Median, Overlay Building types Figure 6 Isochronic mapping, Existing/BCC/BCC & Our Proposals 1200 Radii for Walking: Depth values de- with possible strong angularity. This axis creased in and around the West end in our can be a route with continuous movement proposal, but the other side of the river between the University of Queensland and shows similar values to the deepest areas. Brisbane. The choice results contradict the acces- sibility of a pedestrian movement route 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING 5000 Radii for Cycling: The similarity be- tween the GIS isochronic maps (figure 6) and the depth graph (figure 7) with a 5000-meter radius for cycling is high. The St Lucia bridge’s accessibility for cycling has increased, as shown by its shallower depth of bicycle transportation. West End could be a centralised and uninterrupted cycling route between the University of Queensland and Brisbane City, both north and south of the river. Although the GIS analysis provides valua- ble information, the high integration values observed along the riverside are not fully captured in this analysis and demonstrate an untapped potential. To fully understand their significance, it is necessary to consid- single route, but the new St. Lucia Bridge Figure 7 er other factors. proposal adds the possibility of a second Slope Percentages route. However, this route intersects with Calculated Bicycle GIS Outcomes: high vehicle traffic and cannot be con- Network 149 The area between Captain Cook and Elea- sidered as the recommended route. The nor Schonrell Bridges, located in the West evaluation of the area between the city End district, has a high concentration of centre and the University of Queensland businesses and residences. Despite this, was possible using GIS data, but the data there is a lack of pedestrian and bicycle decreases as you move away from the city transportation options to cross the river, as centre to the west and east of the river, shown in the isochronous map (Figure 6). making it difficult to assess. The new bridge proposals by the Brisbane City Council (BCC) aim to reduce bicycle Pedestrian route choices are significantly travel time by half, making it more acces-influenced by topography and slope fac- sible for the young population, many of tors, as illustrated by studies conducted in whom are likely students near universities. Hong Kong and Boston. The hilly topog-The St. Lucia Bridge proposal in particu- raphy and less-connected street network lar encourages new bike routes, but more in Hong Kong restrict the availability of efforts are needed to improve pedestrian alternative routes, while in Boston, pe-crossings. destrian route choices are influenced by a range of factors such as sidewalk width, The figure 6 is a proposed route map cre- street crossings, and the presence of retail ated using the GIS-based ORS plugin for and open space in addition to topography QGIS software. The plugin provides the (Guo et al.,2013). Personal experience also most convenient, efficient, and shortest supports this, as one of the authors who route options. Currently, it only offers a commuted to the University of Queens- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings land by bicycle from West End preferred a longer but less steep route. Space Syntax and GIS Comparison: The space syntax and GIS analysis results indicate the need for a new bridge in the same district. Using only GIS and space syntax to analyse the BCC’s planned bridg- es would benefit the entire city; however, both studies highlight a priority issue. The West End district is busy and has a high population density, making it a cru- cial location for a bridge. Combining the two methods provides a comprehensive understanding of the city’s density and usage patterns. This combined approach enables a scientific examination of the ex- isting and proposed bridges and helps by car is typical for transportation between Figure 8 prioritise bridge locations and proposals. many businesses in South Brisbane and Isochronic route Ultimately, both analyses show the need the accommodations in the northern sub-mapping for a bridge connection between the West urbs, such as Toowong Auchenflower or 150 End district and the north side of the river. Paddington -Milton. A new bridge is nec- essary to support various transportation Discussion and Conclusion scenarios in the region. The BCC’s green Our study shows that new bridge locations bridge can create new options since the encourage pedestrian and bicycle traffic. area’s connectivity value is high relative to Both GIS and Space Syntax show close re-its current state. This leads to dispersed hu- sults. The syntax side can bring a new per- man density in the centre due to increased spective to situations where data is missing connectivity. or cannot be generated in GIS. Since cities have a complex flow of networks due to By combining space syntax and GIS analy-their dynamic nature and culture, syntax sis, researchers can gain valuable insights studies can be used more effectively with into how different variables interact and qualitative GIS analysis. Where the GIS and how pedestrian volumes are distributed Space Syntax outputs generally overlap, across various land use areas. Urban plan-the latter is helpful to look at the situation ners and policymakers can use these in-from a broader and practical longer-term sights to design public policies aimed at perspective. increasing foot traffic in areas of the city that are lacking in vitality. Integrating space syn- According to isochronic and syntactic stud- tax and GIS can help planners understand ies, a large gap exists between the Uni- the underlying spatial patterns that influ- versity of Queensland and the city centre. ence pedestrian movement and use this Travelling at least 15 km on foot or 21 km information to create more effective policies 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING Figure 9 Angular Segmental Mean Depth Graph (r=5000), Compare Graph that address the unique characteristics of By applying spatial analysis techniques each area. Ultimately, this approach can such as GIS and space syntax, we identi-help to create more vibrant, livable cities fied a need for a new bridge to connect 151 that promote increased pedestrian activity the West End district and the north side and community engagement. of the river. Our analysis revealed that this location was a priority due to its high Brisbane bridge location decisions are pedestrian potential and density and based on supply-demand and standard the concentration of businesses in the formal studies. BCC’s 2020 feasibility study area. Additionally, we found that propos-on green bridges and initial surveys on the ing bridge locations not included in the bridge locations presented shortcomings BCC’s green bridge strategy could help for potential pedestrianisation across the distribute central pedestrian movement city, neglecting the possible centres. BCC’s and offer alternative paths for walkers and decision-making process is a much more cyclists, which can lessen the future city’s normative approach, as Akkiless Van Ness traffic density. Planners and policy mak-emphasised in her article. The more ad- ers could use these findings to guide the vanced bridge location studies, such as design of public policies related to urban suitability analysis, require generating vitality and increased foot traffic based on qualitative and quantitive criteria. Later the respective characteristics of different such multi-criteria are ranked by experts land use areas. from many disciplines to finalise the suita- bility analysis. The proposed hybrid meth- od in this study provides a shortcut and a preliminary perspective before applying a thorough suitability analysis. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings References: (1993). Natural Movement: Or, Configuration and Baran, P. K., Rodríguez, D. A., & Khattak, A. J. Attraction in Urban Pedestrian Movement. Environ- (2008). Space Syntax and Walking in a New Ur- ment and Planning B: Planning and Design, 20(1), banist and Suburban Neighbourhoods. Jour- 29–66. https://doi.org/10.1068/b200029 nal of Urban Design, 13(1), 5-28. https://doi. Jiang, B., Claramunt, c., and Klarqvist, B. (2000). An org/10.1080/13574800701803498 integration of space syntax into GIS for modelling Baran, P. K. R., D.A.; Khattak, A.J. (2008). Space syntax urban spaces. JAG, 2. and walking in a New Urbanist and suburban Koning, R. D., Tan, W. G., & van Nes, A. (2020). As-neighbourhoods. J. Urban Des., 13, 5-28. sessing Spatial Configurations and Transport Ener- Berhie, G., Haq, S. (2017). Land Use and Transport gy Usage for Planning Sustainable Communities. Mode choices: Space Syntax Analysis of American Sustainability, 12(19). https://doi.org/10.3390/ Cities. Enquiry The ARCC Journal for Architectural su12198146 Research, 14(1). Kubat, A. S., Güler, G. (2007). Evaluating The Effects Berhie, G., & Haq, S. (2017). Land Use and Transport Of The Bridges Onto The Istanbul Open Space Mode choices: Space Syntax Analysis of American System With Using Space Syntax ITÜ Fen Bilimleri Cities. Enquiry: A Journal for Architectural Research, Enstitüsü. 14, 1-22. https://doi.org/10.17831/enq:arcc. Lee, S., Yoo, C., & Seo, K. (2020). Determinant Factors v14i1.429 of Pedestrian Volume in Different Land-Use Zones: Bertolaccini, K., Pyrohova, S., English, P., Hickman, M., Combining Space Syntax Metrics with GIS-Based Sipe, N. (2017). Evaluating the LUPTAI Accessibility Built-Environment Measures. Sustainability, pp. 12, Model: A Case Study of a Proposed Green Bridge 8647. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12208647 in Brisbane. Australasian Transport Research Forum Lynch, K. (1960). The image of the city. MIT Press. 2017 Proceedings, Auckland, New Zealand. Morales, J., Flacke, J., Zevenbergen, J. (2019). Mod- Council, B. C. (2020). Five new Green Bridges for Bris-elling residential land values using geographic and bane – Initial Consultation Outcomes, March 2020, geometric accessibility in Guatemala City. ENVI- Brisbane. https://www.brisbane.qld.gov.au/sites/ RONMENT AND PLANNING B-URBAN ANALYTICS default/files/documents/2020-04/20200416%20 AND CITY SCIENCE, 46(4), 751-776. 152 -%20Green%20Bridges%20Initial%20Consulta- Nes, A. (2021). Spatial Configurations and Walkabil- tion%20Outcomes%20-%20March%202020.pdf ity Potentials. Measuring Urban Compactness with Guo, Z., & Loo, B.P. (2013). Pedestrian Environment Space Syntax. Sustainability, pp. 13, 5785. https:// and Route Choice: Evidence from New York City doi.org/10.3390/su13115785 and Hong Kong. Özer, Ö. K., A.S. (2014). Walkability: Perceived and Hartmann, M., Ferrara, A., & Watzenig, D. (2018). Da-measured qualities in action. ITU J. Fac. Arch., pp. ta-based reachability analysis for movement pre- 11, 101–117. diction of pedestrians and motion planning IEEE Penn, A., Hillier, B., Banister, D., & Xu, J. (1998). Config-International Conference on Vehicular Electronics urational Modelling of Urban Movement Networks. and Safety (ICVES). Environment and Planning B: Planning and Design, Hillier, B. (1999). Proceedings First International Sym-25(1), 59–84. https://doi.org/10.1068/b250059 posium on Space Syntax, London. Pitot, M., Yigitcanlar, T., Sipe, N., Evans, R. (2006). Land Hillier, B. (2001). The theory of the city as object or Use & Public Transport Accessibility Index (LUPTAI) how spatial laws mediate the social construction Tool - The development and pilot application of of urban space. 3rd International Space Syntax LUPTAI for the Gold Coast. ATRF06 Forum Papers Symposium, Atlanta,USA. Potesil, T., Oelrichs, C., Veitch, T. (2013). Rivers as Hillier, B., & Hanson, J. (1984). The social logic of barriers to mobility in Australian cities. Australa-space. Cambridgeshire: Cambridge University sian Transport Research Forum 2013 Proceedings, Press. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1017/ Brisbane, Australia. CBO9780511597237 Rashid, M. (2017). The Geometry of Urban Layouts. Hillier, B. Y., T.; Turner, A. (2012). Normalising least https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-30750-3 angle choice in Depthmap and how it opens new Rose, A. (2020). Cycle Network Modelling An evi- perspectives on the global and local analysis of dence-based approach to the creation of cycling city space. Journal of Spaces Syntax, 3, 155-193. strategy. https://spacesyntax.com/project/cycle-net- Hillier, B. (1996). Space is the Machine: a configura-work-planning/ tional theory of architecture. Cambridge University Santilli, D., D’Apuzzo, M., Evangelisti, A., & Nicolosi, Press. V. (2021). Towards Sustainability: New Tools for Hillier, B., Penn, A., Hanson, J., Grajewski, T., & Xu, J. Planning Urban Pedestrian Mobility. Sustainability. 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING Yamu, C., van Nes, A., & Garau, C. (2021). Bill Hillier’s Legacy: Space Syntax—A Synopsis of Basic Concepts, Measures, and Empirical Application. Sustainability, 13. Yesiltepe, D., & Kubat, A. S. (2017). The effect of bridges on the spatial configuration of cities: The Golden Horn, Istanbul case. Zagorskas, J., & Turskis, Z. (2020). Location preferences of new pedestrian bridges based on multi-criteria decision-making and GIS-based estimation [Arti- cle]. Baltic Journal of Road and Bridge Engineering, 15(2), 158-181. 153 The power of composition S. I. de Wit Faculty of Architecture and the Built Environment, University of Technology, Delft s.i.dewit@tudelft.nl Abstract problem solving but about creating form Designed form is not about creating a as condition for different uses, intended good appearance. Nor is it restricted to and unintended, expected, and unexpect-the smal scale. The smal scale, however, ed, for human and non-human practices can be used as a valuable playground and and experiences. laboratory for large scale landscape de- signs. Three case studies are compared in Keywords which similar compositional principles are Landscape architecture, compositional used at different scales and complexities: design principles, scale the technical, agricultural, pedagogic social reform landscape of the Gartenreich Introduction 155 Dessau-Wörlitz (Duke Leopold III of An- In the fuzzy transition between design and halt-Dessau, 1760-1830), the theatrical planning, scale is often used as the key dis-urban design for London connecting the tinguishing factor. And whereas planning government centre with the landscape answers the questions “what, where and panorama (John Nash, 1810-1826) and how much” in its attempt to optimally al-the residential urban landscape of Bor- locate uses to territories, design answers neo-Sporenburg in Amsterdam (West8, the questions “how” in its attempt to give 1993-2000). In each we can recognize form to land uses. I would argue, however, the formal principles of the picturesque the value of design is not to give form to garden. Not the style, image, or shape, land use, but rather to create conditions but the formal (visual-spatial) principles: for land use. Designed form is not about landscape fragments that are connected creating a good appearance, an optional by a route as a scenographic succession add-on; not the dress, but the skeleton, of composed scenes or tableaux, using so to say. In the landscape architectural the existing topography as a base. Such transformation of landscape form the timeless compositional principles, as the place forms the prerequisite, the inspira-relation between form and space as the tion even, for the programme. Through initiator and carrier of structure, are versa-asking “how”, we might condition the an- tile enough to accommodate and generate swers to “what, where and how much”. Nor varying uses and processes. These examis design restricted to the small scale. The ples illustrate a landscape architectural small scale of the garden or park is rele-position that is in its essence not about vant as a laboratory for landscape design ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings of multiple scales and complexities, where the relationship between form and how it might condition, evoke, invite different defined and undefined land uses, can be studied, and experimented with. Therefore, in order to stimulate invention, experimentation and landscape experi- ence, the curriculum of the Landscape Ar- chitecture Master in Delft track starts with the garden. From material, horticultural and technological inventions to composi- tional tools to expressions of societal fears and anxieties, the inventiveness of gardens has always been unlimited. “The garden is Results Figure 1 the place where the great inventions of our Gartenreich Dessau-Wörlitz The architectural landscape of the Garten- time are made.” (Lassus, 1996) How can In 1758 Leopold III Friedrich Franz von An-reich Anhalt-Dessau spatial-experiential compositional princi- halt-Dessau followed his father as mon- (drawing: Petroushka ples, such as those that were invented in arch of the principality of Anhalt-Dessau. Thumann, 1995) garden design, be of value for different Pursuing an economical, scientific, cul-design contexts and the environmental tural, technical, and social prospering for 156 and societal challenges that contempo- him and for his subjects, the reforms that rary planners and designers are facing? he made were revolutionary: education and reform programmes for all children, Methods reclamation of the Elbe river landscape, To allow a discussion of design beyond agricultural reforms, all held together by its appearance, style, or aesthetics, I will an architectural landscape of gardens, av-compare three spatial designs, dating from enues, and view lines. With the river Elbe the 18th, 19th, and 20th century. Each have as the natural spine of the Gartenreich, the different scales and different functions design of Prince Friedrich Franz connected and uses, but comparable compositional all components to this natural framework principles. The first is the technical, agricul-and to each other. Transforming the basic tural, pedagogic social reform landscape form of the natural river landscape by ar-of the Gartenreich Dessau-Wörlitz (Prince chitectural means created the framework Leopold III of Anhalt-Dessau, 1760-1830), for reforming the agricultural and the followed by the theatrical urban design for urban physical structure and as a result London connecting the government centre its use and economic, cultural, and social with the landscape panorama (John Nash, structure. The landscape design consist-1810-1826) and finally the residential ur- ed of several layers: the Auenlandschaft ban landscape of Borneo-Sporenburg in [flood plains] was made accessible for ag-Amsterdam (West8, 1993-2000). riculture, the villages were brought into a landscape architectural framework, a network of Gartenlandstrassen [avenues] 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING was constructed, parks were built, and all of these were connected by a composition of view lines marked by buildings (Figure 1). (Reh, 1995) The paved Gartenlandstrassen connected the royal court in Dessau and the garden residences of the several members of the royal family, with every five kilometres an inn or tavern. The straight parts were fo- cused on monumental buildings or the spires of redesigned neo-gothic churches in the vil ages. Next to the avenues were walkways for pedestrians, where they were protected from the dust produced by the carriages. Trees were planted to provide shadow and, at regular distances, seats with panoramas to the surrounding land- scape. Sightlines connected the existing The river dike was built already during Figure 2 residencies to the tower of the palace in the reign of Friedrich Franz’s father Leo-The Vulkan in the Dessau. Views are limited by the visual pold. Walking paths were laid out on top Wörlitzer Park, one of the follies visually con-157 reach of the human eye, but by connecting of the dike, and along the river dike tow-necting garden and points and lines and adding new ones, a ers- Wachhauser-were built as set piec-agricultural landscape visual network was created that covered es. They functioned as lookouts for dike the full 400 square kilometres of the king-guarding, resting places for traveling and dom: a kingdom as a garden. The spatial as ornament, and, because Franz was very design, that embraced and interconnect-pragmatic, if another function was needed, ed cities, villages and countryside trans- they were used for that. Such as Wachhaus formed the landscape into the technical, Limesturm: an eclectic building that looks agricultural, pedagogic social reform land-like a vernacular farmhouse on top of a scape of the Gartenreich Dessau-Wörlitz. classical temple, expressing its different meanings and uses. It was a storehouse, The Wörlitzer park was the residency of part of a historical narrative, reflection on Prinz Friedrich Franz himself, but also from local architecture, reflection on the shape the beginning a public park, and in that of the dike, and a beacon marking the sense very avant-garde, intended as an course of the dike and because of that example and inspiration for the visitor, to the shape of the river (Figure 3). become a more educated and better per- son. The garden is a hybrid ensemble of Thus, the formal principles of garden de-garden components and agricultural fields, sign were deconstructed and brought connected by sightlines and buildings, in a new relationship, scaled up to a full with the river and its dike as a structuring country, without losing their compositional element (Figure 2). power. The composition-as a translation of ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings the natural river landscape-was leading, Figure 3 evoking and new cultural and agricultural Wachhaus Limesturm uses and relations. Grand Design This translation of garden design princi- ples to the scale of a full country may be quite unique, but we see a similar trans- lation in, for example, the Grand Design for Regent Street and Regent Park by John Nash in London, a century later (between 1810-1826). From the 17th century onward London had been developing fast and er- ratic. Expansion was in the hands of land- owners and developers. The fast urbani- sation destroyed the connection between the government centre in Westminster and Figure 4 the surrounding landscape, traditionally Scenography of the the basis for the aristocracy, and the ran- Grand Design in Lon- dom new housing projects disrupted the don, that positions the government centre in continuity of the originally agricultural road 158 its landscape context, pattern. A new approach to the composi- connecting the river tion of the urban structure was needed to Thames to Primrose create space for the development of public Hill (drawing: Ellen Bestebreurtje, 1995) urban life. Nash’s plan tackled these issues, providing a new housing area for the aris- tocracy with a view to the rural landscape, designed as an urban landscape garden with a continuous, ceremonial routing, connecting the government centre with the park, with Mayfair and the landscape panorama. (Steenbergen and Reh, 2011) Designed in stages, starting with Regent’s Park, followed by redesigning New Street (which is now Regent Street), then Buck- ingham Palace and the surrounding cere- monial government buildings and finally reorganising the area around St. Paul’s Cathedral, allowed Nash to develop the countryside (Figure 4). This scenography idea of a complete scenography between that allowed the urbanite to walk from the the River Thames and Primrose Hill, in a centre at the river Thames uphill out of continuous relationship between city and town towards an arcadian landscape in the 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING hills, gave the illusion of spatial continuity. Figure 5 From the endpoint at Primrose Hill, one The famous bend in could look back to the city in the Thames Regent Street, using valley. Nash did not use trees to frame the architectural elab- oration of the street the space, but used the buildings as his walls as landscape ar- material, architecturally elaborating the chitectural design tool street walls, using theatrical set pieces to (photo: Wouter Reh) articulate bayonet-like, staggered transi- tions, and creating frames, view lines and focal points (Figure 5). In this sequence Regent’s Park was designed as the central connecting element, in what Nash called similar sensitivity for landscape architec-the ‘Theatrical Panorama.’ He surrounded tural design means to create the condi-the park with terraces and villas with an tions for urban use. The residential urban open view to the park and at the same landscape of Borneo-Sporenburg in Am-time creating the visual horizon when seen sterdam (West8, 1993-2000) is a former from the park, both stage and décor. The harbour area developed into a residen-park was conceived as the landscape tial area with the density of the inner city framework for an urban residential pro- (100 dwellings per hectare). To achieve gramme, uniting the qualities of city and this urban concentration, but in a sub-landscape. urban programme, West 8 introduced a 159 fresh typology: a sea of low-rise buildings, The recovery of the visual contact with the given rhythm by a variation of blocks and surrounding landscape and the theatrical open spaces. This rhythm recurs on a larg-staging of public space was based on the er scale in the tapestry of land and water concept of the landscape garden. Despite characterizing the whole area. The sea of all the architectonic simplifications, wear low-rise buildings is interrupted by three and tear and increased traffic, Regent immense, sculptural blocks that seemed Street and Regent’s Park still are among to have landed as ‘meteorites’, functioning the most important public spaces of metas focal points in the urban scenography, ropolitan London. The design enhanced determining sightlines over and between the visual contrast between city and coun-the sea of houses (Figure 6 and 7). tryside but at the same time erased the programmatic opposition, creating the Figure 6 urban space as landscape-urban contin- Sculptural blocks de- uum. The design tools of the landscape fine visual connections garden were used to give space for a new through and over a sea of houses, connecting and better functioning of the urban pro- to each other and to gramme, embracing all urban functions the surrounding urban in one gesture. landscape (drawing Anastasiia Ignatova, Lene Westeng, Pietro Borneo-Sporenburg Grignani, edited by A more contemporary example shows a author) ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Like in Nash’s Grand Design, the build- Figure 7 ings are used as the material to create the The Whale as one of landscape architectural form of the urban the ‘meteorites’ in the space, defining a contrast between narrow sea of houses (photo ArchitektenCie) streets and the large open spaces of the water landscape, and using theatrical set pieces to articulate long sightlines. The sculptural building blocks are focal points from afar, creating visual connections. Their internal spaces act as connecting links between inside and outside, making the internal, residential space part of the urban landscape. This is the case for ex- ample in the courtyard of the Whale, one of the meteorites (ArchitektenCie, 2001). By elevating two sides of the building, the inner area transforms the traditionally private domain into an almost public city garden (Figure 8). The garden is not to be entered; therefore, the design is based on the view from the street and the view 160 from above. The latter has resulted in a strong graphic two-dimensional pattern. A transparent fence filters the view from the street. Through the fence a space is seen with an open centre, flanked by two rows of columnar objects, like two galleries flanking the courtyard. Thus, the landscape architectural design principles that define the urban landscape, also inform the de- sign on the smallest scale of the garden. Discussion In each of these examples we can recog- nize the formal principles of the pictur- scenes was inspired by the landscape Figure 8 esque garden. “Invented” in the late 18th paintings that the landlords brought back The internal garden century, the composition of the pictur-from their Grand Tour through Europe. Un- becomes part of the esque garden was based on the principle derlying these paintings was a perspective urban scenography (drawing Lisanne of the circuit walk, staged as a sequence of construction that placed the components Braak) pictorial scenes: landscape fragments are of the scene in a monumental architectur-connected by a route as a scenographic al context. In the gardens, the route was succession of composed scenes or tab-the carrier of the composition, linking leaux. The construction of these garden the various scenes together, allowing the 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING viewer to participate in the “performance”. a specific land use, but can be extracted, Conceived to accommodate a garden pro-decomposed and translated to sites with gramme, this compositional principle, a a different scale, use and complexity, not relation between form and space as the giving shape to predefined land uses, but initiator and carrier of structure, turned out using the existing topography as a cata-to be versatile enough to accommodate lyst for new land uses. While in the case and generate varying uses and processes, of planning the site is looked at in light and could be transformed to function at of the programme, and may even devel-the scale of a residential neighbourhood, op from it, we see the opposite happen a city, a country even. in landscape design: here it is rather the programme which is envisioned through These examples are no exceptions. A the site and may even be inspired or en-similar sequence of designs could be dis- gendered by it. These examples illustrate cussed that are based on the design prin- a landscape architectural position that is ciples of for example the formal garden, in its essence not about problem solving such as Georges-Eugène Haussmann’s but about creating form as condition for 19th-century renovation of Paris. Clearly different uses, practices and experiences, the lessons learned within the safe playing intended and unintended, expected and ground of the garden were taken well into unexpected. account when the need arose to control the grim reality of traffic, hygienic prob- 161 lems and violent civic uprisings, following References the advice of Abbé Laugier, who wrote in Lassus, B. 1996. quoted in Weilacher, U. Between 1775: ‘Let the design of our parks serve Landscape Architecture und Land Art. Birkhäuser: as the plan for our towns.’ Basel, 247 pages. Reh, W. 1995. Arcadia en metropolis. Het landschap- sexperiment van de verlichting. Publicatiebureau Conclusion Bouwkunde: Delft, 514 pages. Landscape form is the organisation of Steenbergen, C.M., Reh, W. 2011. Metropolitan Land-perceivable qualities of our living en- scape Architecture. Urban Parks and Landscapes. Uitgeverij THOTH: Bussum, 448 pages. vironment: the shape, dimensions and proportions of space, the plasticity of surfaces and volumes, colours, textures, light, and structural relationships. However, as these examples il ustrate, this does not mean that it is restricted to the small scale of experiencing the environment through the near senses (touch, scent, sound, bal- ance, etc.). The same principles of organ- izing perceivable qualities are relevant at the large scale of vision and movement that can be measured by the time it takes to move through a landscape. Parallelly, specific design principles are not tied to The Sparrow and the Elephant (The Garden and the Territory) Marc Treib In 1977, Charles and Ray Eames produced concern to the planner are the aesthetic a film called The Powers of Ten, a cine-aspirations that characterize, and in some matic interpretation of the book of the instances propel, design in landscape ar-same name by Phyllis and Philip Morrison chitecture. Environmental planning gov-published some years before. 1 The film erns and directs operations in large areas attempted to explain in a simple way the of territory, with changes that usually span relative scales of objects in the universe by extended periods of time. While landscape linking images that traversed ten times the architecture may also shape the form of distance, traveling at ten times the speed, the land for many decades—or even cen-every ten seconds in time. Rather than the turies—to come, the changes brought by 163 universe, however, my reference to the film landscape design are usually more imme-concerns ideas of the relationship of scales diate and implemented over a more com-on our own planet. That is to ask: Is there— pressed period of time. In addition, land- should there be, or even can there be—a scape design usually operates on smaller continuity of approach through all types sites, with its modification to form and veg-and scales of environmental design? Or do etation recognizable after a shorter interval more appropriate forms and approaches of time has elapsed. Thus, the differences to landscape design exist at each scale? I between landscape design and landscape will suggest the second as a more plausi-planning include not only differences of ble and desirable attitude. scale—the measure of the surface area be- ing modified—but also in the degrees of Time, Planning, Landscape Design identifiable form that results, the demands The design and transformation of land- for maintenance placed upon it, and the scape—whether at the larger scale of envi- shorter time interval required to realize ronmental planning, or the more focused each project. Change always involves time scale of landscape architecture—involves as well as form. varying degrees of initial transformation as well as continued maintenance thereaf- Each scale of design intervention is—or ter. As a practice, planning governs man- should be—governed by methods, mate- agement and regulation more than any rials, and design vocabularies that appro-active reshaping and planting the land. As priately guide the transformation of the a generalization, we could say that of less site, however minor that transformation ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings may be. The dimensions of the site usually a skeleton that is heavy, dense, and to a play a major role in the shape and man-large degree solid. ner of its design of course, together with budget and the time assigned for design The bone structures of the bird and the eland construction. In nature, unlike land- ephant, as wel as their shapes and internal scape architecture and other human ef- organs, have evolved to address the spe- forts, the time needed for adaptation and cific structural and performance demands change extends over numerous eras. Al-placed upon them. As you cannot simply though the conference theme—“scales of enlarge the lightness of an avian skeleton change”—included no reference to time, to support the mass of an elephant, you the temporal dimension always conditions cannot simply scale up garden practices what and how modifications are made to and use them to manage a territory. The landscapes at all scales. issues governing the two landscape types differ considerably in their needs and fit- Scales of Structure ting design response, guided as they are Bionic analogies demonstrate that ap- by their respective constraints of econom- propriate organs and skeletal structures ics, societal issues, climate, topography, adapted over time exist for each species and a host of other factors. As a result, and suggest that an appropriate degree a territory can be regarded as a garden of intervention is required for each scale of only metaphorically. In turn, the analytical landscape. For an analogy, let’s look at the processes common to environmental plan-164 world of birds. The skeletal frame of the ning may constrain and direct the design sparrow, or any bird that flies, has resulted of a garden, but they will neither shape its from eons of evolution as bird structure specific spaces and forms, nor select and has continually moved towards one of re- compose its plants.2 Once it has been deduced weight. Not only are the diameters termined, for example, that a certain num-of avian bones minimal in terms of size, ber of trees are needed, or that the land but many of the bones are hollow—thus must be graded to drain against flooding, benefiting from the structural efficiency it is the landscape architect who must pro-of the tube and truss, in contrast to the duce the specific earth form, select the rod or beam. species, and compose those trees to best perform the needed operations and sat- The elephant, a beast of a far greater mag- isfy any aesthetic intention. I would hope nitude than even the largest bird, has a that the landscape architect contributes body that must bear the weight of these more than only an engineering solution, huge terrestrial mammals as they stand and perhaps even adds a touch of poetry and move. As far as I know, Dumbo© has to the pragmatic address of function. been the only elephant able to leave the ground and fly; most elephants, in con- Three Strategies trast, remain earthbound. Being land In the past, a number of strategies have based, the elephant’s body is primarily been used to link the small and large set in compression, and therefore requires scales, to relate the sphere of landscape architecture to that of the planned and 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING unplanned region or the wilderness. One zone of the garden with the greater scale strategy—which we could term Degrees of of the agricultural, hunting, or untamed Intervention—establishes related zones of land beyond it. design intervention whose identity dimin- ishes with distance from the house as it progresses toward the greater landscape (Figure 1). Although this technique was widely adopted in eighteenth-century England, certain landscape designers like Capability Brown sought to erase the distinctions between the garden and the greater park by sweeping the lawn right up to the very windows and doors of the manor (Figure 2). Brown’s landscape at Chatsworth demonstrates both the advan- tages and disadvantages of this approach, among them a reduction in the apparent monumentality of the building caused by depriving it of a visually suitable base. On the level of quotidian experience, the 165 use of variegated zones of care is quite sensible. The immediate zone of the gar- den is used more often by the residents and guests of the manor than the ex- tended terrain of the park. The method was also practical in terms of labor, with smaller, highly managed gardens adja- cent or proximate to the house leading to less maintained land such as the pasture, whose growth was controlled primarily Figure 1 (above) by grazing animals. This conjoining of Concentric zones of grounds of pleasure with those of pro- design and mainte- duction, in turn created the need to pre- nance intervention, from Manor to Forest vent the animals’ entering the occupied zone of the manor. In response, the ha-ha Figure 2 (middle) was born. Even less care was given to the Lancelot “Capability” forest, as well as the zone that in litera- Brown, Chatsworth, ture was termed the “wilderness”—which England, 1765 in actuality it was not (Figure 3).3 In sum-Figure 3 (below) mation: a gradient of linked juxtaposed Zones of design and zones represented one method by which maintenance interven- to relate the highly designed and tended tion, from Manor to “Wilderness” or Park ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings The American landscape architect Peter the Miller garden in Columbus, Indiana, Walker once noted that there real y was designed at almost the same time by no term in landscape architecture—at Daniel Urban Kiley (Figure 7). In this pri-least in English—that described the scale vate garden Kiley used lines and masses of what for architecture and cities is known of white oaks, apple trees, and red buds as urban design or urbanism (Figure 4).4 to interweave bounded yet fluid spaces Here Walker was referring to a landscape with limited and longer views. In Nage-design larger than, say, the small estate, le, bands of dense forest plantings serve whether private or corporate. It is true that similar purposes. historically, even a landscape of the mag- nitude of Versailles could still be referred to as a park or a garden. However, its de- sign differed considerably from what we today may encounter on the perimeters of major cities. At these expanded scales the question becomes to what degree the landscape can be truly designed. Or more realistically, can it only be regulated and managed? A second model offers another approach: 166 Urban design using landscape elements. The Dutch village of Nagele provides a model of a truly designed landscape of a transitional scale. The village was con- Figure 4 (above) structed in the 1950s on reclaimed polder Peter Walker, IBM land, designed by a stellar group of archi- Offices, Solana, Texas, 1989 tects and landscape architects called De Acht [The Eight] (Figure 5).5 Larger than Figure 5 (below) a garden, yet by no means a city, with a De Acht, Plan for collective form in terms of housing, munic- Nagele, Netherlands, 1954+. Town model ipal, and religious structures, the design [detail] at the Museum of Nagele fused landscape architecture Nagele with urban design. As such, it represents one of the few realized projects to date that can truly claim to be an example of landscape urbanism. In its design large stands of trees were used to define the zones of the village, while more intimate landscapes and gardens guided design More recently, French landscape architect on the individual lots (Figure 6). One can Alexandre Chemetoff has been engaged read the strategy employed at Nagele as in an exceptional project on le Plateau an enlarged application of ideas found at de Haye, in the city of Nancy in eastern 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING France.6 To reduce the bulk of the existing 1960s social housing blocks, create an personable scale for the neighborhood, and strengthen the connections with the center of Nancy below, Chemetoff pro- posed the complete demolition of three of the 1960s buildings, and the partial demolition of two 800-meter long social housing slabs dating from the same era (Figure 8).7 Replanning and upgrading the quarter was a challenge, as the site contained a functioning prison and a for- mer quarry, among other heterogenous and potentially troublesome features. The prison, still in use, was encircled by a moat to enhance security and col ect rainwater, with rows of trees used to screen the build- ings of the facility and buffer the prison from the surrounding community (Figure 9). Scale was a major issue, given the need to reconcile the enormous masses of the 167 apartment buildings with the landscapes at their feet. Chemetoff used the rubble from the building demolition to create a massive hill within the quarter’s large central park. Tree plantings in the park followed an ex- tensive regrading of the prior topography. examples of this approach, with designs Figure 6 (above) By necessity, the gestures behind Cheme-that have grown continually larger over the De Acht, Nagele, toff’s design were large-scale, with the de-years (Figure 11). These are works that in Netherlands, 1950s. Forest strip, gardens, tails purposely strong and robust (Figure some ways scale up the design strategy and housing 10).8 Chemetoff’s design for the Plateau used to plan Nagele, and then apply it to first addressed large-scale planning issues, the design of the city, the suburb, and the Figure 7 (below) and subsequently realized them primarily greater territory. 9 Desvigne’s larger pro-Dan Kiley, Miller garden, Indianapolis, by using significant landscape features of jects will require decades to implement Indiana, 1957. Align-sufficient size. and reach maturity, but a strategy he used ments and groves of in the northern French city of Lens sug-trees define the spaces A third model— Territorial design using gests how these ideas would operate in of the garden landscape elements—inserts “islands” of the greater territory. highly designed landscapes to define sectors within the large territory. Projects As urban enrichment and to support orien-by Michel Desvigne provide excellent tation and circulation in the city center, lin- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings ear masses of trees and shrubs were plant- ed to support circulation from the railroad station to a new branch of the Louvre (Fig- ure 12). 10 Some might call these plantings “green infrastructure” because they operate at an urban scale and define spaces within the city. Desvigne’s is a hybrid approach that considers the scale of the territory by sustainably planning it for development, while nonetheless considering the human presence within the landscape and the type of interventions required to create a sense of comfort for those who live and work in the city, and for visitors with the art muse- um as their primary destination. This is an innovative model for territorial design that mixes elements designed and planted with those constructed—interventions that serve as space-defining units within the broad ex- panses of the periuban landscape. 11 Land- scape design and environmental planning 168 benefit from a strong partnership—but only if the relationship is truly symbiotic. In Closing Although by no means a complete list of possibilities, the three approaches dis- cussed above have each attempted to reconcile the inherent differences that dis- planning and design of a village. In turn, Figure 8 (above) tinguish landscape design from landscape projects by Alexandre Chemetoff exemplify Alexandre Chemetoff planning. Over an extended period of time, an enlightened tactic for improving existing / Bureau de Paysage, Plateau de Haye, planning establishes the matrix that deter- environments that mixes demolition with Nancy, France, 2004+. mines subsequent management, potential terrestrial and vegetal intervention. Designs Remaining apartment development, and even the landscape ar-by Michel Desvigne have expanded the blocks with new park chitecture that follows. It guides what we values and perceived results of landscape promenade will eventually encounter and experience— architecture to the scale beyond the city: to Figure 9 (below) but only rarely does it produce specific per-that of the the territory. Each, when properly Moat and new tree ceivable form. That role is left to landscape applied, offers a method for addressing the planting to collect water, provide a visual architecture. In the historical English model, differences in scale characteristic of land-buffer, and augment the two modes are juxtaposed, although scape design. security carefully associated. Nagele provides a tran- sitional representative of the expansion of a modernist idea of garden space to the 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING Notes 1 Phyllis and Philip Morrison, Powers of Ten, New York: Freeman, 1982. 2 I feel that this was the limit to the usefulness of the work of Ian McHarg. Scientifically and ethically, his analytic methods may rightfully constrain a design, but they will not produce it. 3 In his book the Formal Garden in England, published in 1892, Reginald Blomfield provided a rational for juxtaposing the ordered and less ordered zones of the landscape as more appropriate for estates of any distinction: “The formal treatment of gardens ought, perhaps, to be called the architectural treat- ment of gardens, for it consists in the extension of the principles which govern the house to the grounds which surround it.” P. 2. 4 Peter Walker, in conversation with Marc Treib, c. 2009. 5 Under the name of de Acht, the architects included such luminaries as Aldo van Eyck, Gerritt Rietveld, and Mart Stam; and landscape architects Wim Boer and Mien Ruys. 6 169 See Alexandre Chemetoff, Visits, Town and Territory: Architecture in Dialogue, Basel: Birkhäuser, 2009. 7 Having studied landscape architecture and horticul- ture, Chemetoff joked that he knew how to prune. 8 There was little attempt to propose sophisticated and delicate details that would not endure. 9 See Michel Desvigne, Intermediate Landscapes: The Figure 10 (above) Landscapes of Michel Desvigne, Basel: Birkhäuser, New bioswales and 2009; and Michel Desvigne Paysagistes, Transform- tree planting ing Landscapes, Basel: Birkhäuser, 2020 Figure 11 (below) 10 The building for Lens Louvre was designed by Michel Desvigne, SANAA; its landscape designed by Mosbach Pay- Garden for the Walker sagistes. Art Center, Minneap- olis, Minnesota, 2005. 11 With this approach designed terrain is used to ar- Blocks of trees used to ticulate larger territories, a manner having parallels define garden spaces with the historical Japanese practice of shin-gyo-so, (Michel Desvigne embedding within one another “degrees of for- Paysagiste) mality” to produce formal and spatial richness. See Marc Treib, “Modes of Formality: The Distilled Com- Figure 12 (middle) plexity of Japanese Design,” Landscape Journal, Michel Desvigne, Spring 1993. Urban landscape corridor, Lens, France, 2012 Multiscale approach to biodiversity conservation: Chicago as a case study M. Ronci Politecnico di Torino and Università degli Studi di Torino (Italy) manuela.ronci@polito.it Abstract In order to translate the BRP regional Biodiversity loss is a major global concern, goals at the urban level, in 2006 the City strictly connected to heterogeneous phe-of Chicago developed its first Nature and nomena occurring at various spatial and Wildlife plan (updated in 2011) to preserve temporal levels. A multiscale approach and restore habitats within the city. to biodiversity conservation is therefore crucial to better understand and manage Proposing the experience of Chicago ecological dynamics and processes. as a best practice, the paper addresses the complex system of tools adopted 171 Among the many cities that are worldwide to tackle the loss of biological diver-adopting biodiversity-aimed policies, sity from regional to municipal level. Chicago stands for its forward-looking Through the analysis of three contem-approach to environmental conserva- porary landscape architecture projects tion, whose antecedents can be found implemented in Chicago, the paper in-at the turn of the 20th century, when the tends to highlight the productive and Forest Preserves of Cook County were mutual influence of landscape planning established. and design in biodiversity conservation. The institution of this system of protected Keywords sites became the framework for the foun-Urban biodiversity, ecosystem restora- dation of the regional alliance Chicago tion, environmental planning, ecological Wilderness in 1996, aimed at implement-design, Chicago Wilderness ing the quality of delicate ecosystems and conservation areas. In 1999 the alliance Introduction produced an innovative document for that Since the Rio Convention on Biological time: the Biodiversity Recovery Plan (BRP) Diversity (CBD) in 1992, biodiversity – for the greater Chicago region. It was fol- understood as genetic, species and eco- lowed in 2004 by its spatial representa- system variety – has increasingly entered tion, the Green Infrastructure Vision, that the global consciousness as a value to be identified priority areas to be protected, preserved, since its alteration can produce restored, and connected. closely interconnected impacts that inter- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings act with the ecological balance of the plan-of the land should have been preserved et (Rockström et al., 2009). In this sense, from urban development (Gobster, 2012; scholars agree that urban environments Tate, 2015). are the decisive arena to address this global challenge (Prominski, 2019; Tan, Following a visionary proposal (1905) for 2019; Kowarik, 2011; Müller and Werner, the creation of an extensive park system 2010). Indeed, cities host the majority of for the Chicago metropolitan area by ar-the world’s population and are the setting chitect Dwight H. Perkins and landscape for manifold anthropogenic activities that architect Jens Jensen, in 1910, the city are major causes of habitat and species adopted the Plan of Chicago. The plan, depletion. developed by architects and urban plan- ners Daniel H. Burnham and Edward H. Considering that biodiversity loss is strictly Bennett, aimed at configuring a continu-connected to heterogeneous phenomena ous system of tree-lined boulevards, parks, occurring at various spatial and temporal and protected forests: ‘a park area entirely levels, a multiscale approach to biodiver-surrounding the city’ (Burnham and Ben- sity conservation is crucial to better under- nett, 1909, 55). This intention was initially stand and manage ecological dynamics prompted by public health reasons, in and processes. Therefore, a joint effort of line with a widespread attitude observed decision-makers, planners, and designin many European and US cities, such as ers is pivotal to successfully integrate the Paris, London, and New York. 172 conservation of biological diversity into sustainable development strategies from Forest Preserve District of Cook County the national to the local scale. Gradually, this attitude turned into the recognition of the value of nature per se Environmental awareness and planning and thus the desire to preserve a public tradition in Chicago asset. In 1913 the approval of the Illi- Over the last three decades, several in- nois Forest Preserve District Act led, two ternational strategies have followed to years later, to the establishment of the promote the integration of biodiversity Forest Preserve District of Cook County. conservation into local policies. Among the The early activity of the Forest Preserve many cities that are worldwide producing District was marked by the purchase of biodiversity-aimed policies and planning thousand hectares of forest in the Chicago documents, Chicago deserves to be high-Metropolitan Region and its environs and lighted as a virtuous example due to its the application of a pioneering active-con-forward-looking approach. Although USA servation regime, able to reconcile envi-did not ratify the CBD, the city had already ronmental conservation with the provision long developed a strong environmental of recreational spaces for people. awareness. Sensitivity towards the natural environment rose between the 19th and The system of preserves was soon provid-early 20th century, when population growth ed with plans for the spread of vegetation in Chicago made it evident to scientists, and fauna as well as strict regulations for architects, and planners that vast portions the use of space and the protection of 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING trees and wildlife, as the importance of Chicago Nature and Wildlife Plan educating and inspiring the local commu-As a local response to the regional BRP, in nity was soon understood as crucial. 2006, the City of Chicago produced the Chicago Nature and Wildlife Plan (CNWP). Chicago Wilderness Due to the emergence of new topics relat- The Forest Preserve District was progres- ed to climate change, ecological connec- sively developed for decades, becoming tions, and evolving scientific knowledge, the framework for the foundation, in 1996, a second version was released in 2011 of the regional alliance Chicago Wilder- defining four updated goals: ness. The alliance manages over three – ‘Protect and Expand Natural Areas’ million hectares of public and private broadens the essential aim related woodlands, wetlands, marshes, and prai- to conservation, promoting the en- ries, between Illinois, Indiana, Wisconsin, hancement of the green infrastructure and Michigan. and the mitigation of climate change effects; Coordinating different stakeholders, Chi- – ‘Manage Existing Natural Areas’ refers cago Wilderness is constantly concerned to management actions aimed at re- with the dissemination of scientific knowl- inforcing natural systems, including edge, as shown by the rich production environmental restoration, shelter of documents, maps, and educational supply for wildlife, and development events. Among the publications, An Atlas of specific plans for natural areas; 173 of Biodiversity was defined in 1997 to – ‘Foster Stewardship’ aims at involving promote public awareness of the region- local communities in the management al habitats that are main drivers of bio- of natural areas, to foster people’s diversity, with an emphasis on rare and sense of belonging and interest in threatened communities. maintaining the environmental quality of the open spaces; In 1999 Chicago Wilderness published a – ‘Monitor Sites and Conduct Research’ ground-breaking, practical guide for envi- is crucial to evaluate the efforts put ronmental management and restoration. in natural resource management and The Biodiversity Recovery Plan (BRP) is an environmental restoration, also sup- evolving tool providing an assessment of porting citizen science activities. the environmental heritage and a set of measures to restore species and habitats. Neither edition of the CNWP introduces In 2004, the BRP has been translated into a detailed indications for the design of new spatial representation on a regional scale, urban spaces, although promoting the the Green Infrastructure Vision. The vision expansion of protected areas and nature contains various maps that identify priority parks. Nevertheless, the plan has contrib-sites to be preserved, restored, and con- uted to the enhancement of the ecological nected, and a list of specific recommen- quality of riparian sites, the establishment dations for each location. of new natural areas along the lakeside, and the extension of nature reserves and wildlife sites. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings 174 Biodiversity-aimed landscape design in Ping Tom Memorial Park Figure 1 Chicago Ping Tom Memorial Park runs along the From left to right: spa-Ranging from the vast scale to the mu- east bank of the Chicago River, in the tialisation of the scales nicipal scale (Figure 1), the experiences southern Chinatown district. In the late of action covered by the management and examined demonstrate a recurring ap- 1960s, the construction of the Dan Ryan planning documents proach, permeated with the constant effort Expressway deprived the neighbourhood analysed; location of to balance environmental protection and of its only green spaces. This event trig-the three landscape recreational use of the space. gered a long campaign of protests, guided architecture projects within the City of by civic leader Ping Tom, which supported Chicago (author’s Following, design scale will be addressed the idea of developing a new park on a elaboration) through the analysis of three contempo-former railroad site. In the ‘90s the brown- rary landscape architecture projects imple- field was final y acquired by the Chicago mented in Chicago (Figure 1) and selected Park District and the project was entrusted for their focus on the reconstruction of bioto Site design group (Site design group, topes and preservation of biodiversity. The 2015; Chicago Park District, 2002). design of the parks will be related to the strategic and planning tools described so The realisation of the park took place in far, with the intention of highlighting the two phases: the first phase (2.8 hectares) productive and mutual influence of land-consists of a linear park, mainly designed scape planning and design in biodiversity with the intention of paying homage to conservation. Chinese aesthetics, represented in several ornamental gardens, a pagoda pavilion, 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING and a playground. After the completion of the project in 1999, the community enthu- siastically requested further expansion to the north and northeast. The second phase (4.9 hectares), im- plemented between 2009 and 2013, focussed instead on the re-naturalisa- tion of the riverfront through several shoreline treatments and reconstruc- tion of aquatic habitats, while including also recreational spaces and facilities. A mixture of domestic aquatic grasses was selected to restore the river habi- tats, with the dual objective of housing wildlife and purifying the river water. A ority action ‘Promote riparian areas along Figure 2 zigzagging walkway allows the public the Chicago River through shoreline en-Ping Tom Park (photo: to observe and cross the renewed river hancements’. Ping Tom Park embodies Site design group) landscape (Figure 2), while limiting dis-many objectives expressed in the plan, turbance to the reconstructed biotopes. especially with regards to strengthening ecological connections and environmental 175 Next to the wetland habitat, a system of restoration. gentle hills, densely covered with native grassland species, increases the spatial Henry Palmisano (Stearns Quarry) Park and ecological complexity of the park. Henry Palmisano Park covers an area of Further east, an oak savannah environment 10.8 hectares in the southwestern Bridge-has been configured at the edge of the port neighbourhood. The site, an ancient railway, serving as both a noise buffer and coral reef, was converted into a limestone a refuge for wildlife. quarry in the late 1830s and then used as a landfill for construction debris since 1970. Ping Tom Park reconciles active and pas- In the late 1990s, the area was acquired sive recreation with ecological conserva- by the Chicago Park District to transform it tion, following an attitude systematically into a public open space. Also this project found in Chicago’s history, from the foun- (inaugurated in 2009) was entrusted to Site dation of the Forest Preserve District to design group, in collaboration with DIRT the establishment of Chicago Wilderness. Studio, and the overall design intention While the project was conceived prior to focused on eco-sustainability. the publication of the 2006 CNWP, the re- alisation of the second phase is in line with The capping of the landfill created the op-the interest in urban habitats promoted portunity to define a 10-metre-high land-in both editions of the plan. The park is form, covered with native prairie species mentioned in the 2011 update among the and serving as a central viewpoint. accomplishments achieved within the pri- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings In the northern portion of the park, the Figure 3 cavities and walls of the quarry proved Henry Palmisano Park inspiring for the design of a catch-and-re- (photo: Site design lease fishing pond, equipped with a fishing group) pier, which also serves as a birdwatching post. The reservoir is overlooked by a ter- raced sequence of wetland plots (Figure 3), which form part of a recirculating wa- ter system and provide the park with the opportunity to host habitats with variable moisture conditions, contributing to the overall ecosystem diversity. As far as the choice of vegetation is con- cerned, wetlands and prairies were de- mate change expressed in the 2011 CNWP. signed using eight plant associations With respect to the goals of education and typical of the Mid-Western Region, which public involvement, the park proves to be provide food and resources for a rich local a successful setting for multiple activities fauna, mainly resident and migratory birds, to bring urbanites closer to nature. but also insects and mammals. Northerly Island Park 176 Also in this project, the search for a cali- The third project involves the transforma- brated coexistence of recreational activ- tion of Northerly Island, the only artificial ities and nature conservation is evident, peninsula built off Chicago’s coast as part although ‘a lot of the park is fenced off, of the archipelago proposed in the 1910 putting humans in their place’ (Marshall, Plan of Chicago. The peninsula was used 2020, 64). Recreational possibilities are as a public open space until 1947, when countless although the space has not been the small Meigs Field airport opened. The over-designed with features for outdoor airport was dismantled in 2003 by order activities, suggesting activities based on of then-Mayor Daley, laying the founda-nature experience, which also helps facing tion for its transformation into park land human-wildlife conflicts (an issues consid- (Kamin, 2015). ered in CNWP update). The framework plan for Northerly Island – a Thanks to the heterogeneous habitats col aboration between Studio Gang and hosted, Henry Palmisano Park fits in with SmithGroup – divided the area into two the goals shared by the founders of the portions. The naturalistic atmosphere of Forest Preserve of Cook County, the Chi-the southern section (completed in 2015) cago Wilderness alliance, and the City of is a counterpoint to the urban character of Chicago in relation to increasing space the north, given by the underway inclusion for wildlife conservation. Furthermore, its of facilities and services. An eastern reef water management system is also in line is also envisaged as part of a long-term with the concern towards the effects of cli-vision. 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING The realised portion (16 hectares) hosts an articulate landscape composed of softly sculpted topography and a collection of habitats, with the dual intent of providing resources for wildlife and an immersive nature experience for users (Figure 4). The hills act as a windbreak and embrace a two-hectare wetland environment fed by Lake Michigan, providing a valuable habitat for insects, fish, amphibians, and migratory birds. The reserve is dotted with more than 20,000 trees and shrubs belonging to over 150 native species, grouped to form a collection of woodland, savannah, wet- Furthermore, Northerly Island participates Figure 4 land, and prairie habitats winding through in the series of transformations that pro-Northerly Island Park the southern portion of the island, which vide disused infrastructures with a new, (photo: Steve Hall, provides an immersive experience of the sustainable vocation. The inclusion of Hedrich Blessing) biological communities that would poten-decommissioned sites and vacant lots in tially develop spontaneously on the site. the broadened scopes of the 2011 CNWP 177 A system of thin trails branch off from the update demonstrates how the plan has main, looped cycle and pedestrian path been influenced by the progressive ap-surrounding the wetland, allowing the dif- plication of ecologically oriented design ferent biotopes to be observed. Through- in neglected, ordinary urban landscapes out the year, Northerly Island hosts events, capable of becoming nature parks. guided tours, and programmes to boost public knowledge and appreciation of the Conclusion local environment. Despite the massive urban development occurred over time, the planning and de- The project evokes the intentions ex- sign history of Chicago reveals a peculiar pressed in Chicago’s planning tradition, concern about environmental conserva-not only realising a part of Burnham’s vi- tion since the 19th century. Progressively sion towards a lush lakefront park, but also striving for ecosystem conservation, the embodying the intentions of the CNWP. city has produced its own holistic, system-Indeed, the park contributes to increas- ic approach, also applied at the scale of ing the urban green infrastructure for both landscape design (Table 1). wildlife development and the well-being of citizens, who are brought closer to local This attitude led designers to focus on re-ecosystems. curring themes, such as ecological restora- tion and enhancement of plant diversity, as drivers for the development of rich living communities. While initially planning had ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings to focus on the imposition of protection The case of Chicago shows how a system-regimes on areas of recognised natural ic, multi-scale effort can foster the devel-value, it is now clear that even disturbed opment of biological diversity in a vibrant urban ecosystems offer possibilities for urban context. Public open spaces are of-habitat development. The re-functionali- ten the main opportunity for urbanites to sation of spaces stemming from the city’s experience ecological dynamics and het-industrial and infrastructural heritage erogeneity. This role is not played only by provides robust occasions to preserve areas protected for their natural value, but biodiversity and strengthen ecological also by newly designed spaces in which connections. the calibrated distribution of different Planning/Management Ping Tom Memorial Henry Palmisano Northerly Island Park Documents Park Park Plans for vegetation Environmental Increased space for Strengthened urban ook and fauna restoration wildlife conservation green infrastructure C reserve ounty Regulations for using Activities based on Events, guided tours, est P C and protecting the nature experience and programmes For District of space An Atlas of Improved public Improved public Biodiversity knowledge knowledge 178 (knowledge) Biodiversity Recovery Environmental Increased space for Increased space for Plan (restoration restoration wildlife conservation wildlife conservation measures) Green Infrastructure Reinforcement Strenghtened urban Chicago Wilderness Vision (preservation, of ecological green infrastructure restoration, and con- connections nection measures) ‘Protect and Expand Promotion of riparian Increased space for Strenghtened urban Natural Areas’ areas along the wildlife conservation green infrastructure Chicago River ‘Manage Existing Reinforcement Water management Sustainable Natural Areas’ of ecological system as a tool refunctionalisation of connections; to address climate a decommissioned environmental change infrastructure Wildlife Plan 2011 restoration ‘Foster Stewardship’ Enhancement of the Activities based on Events, guided tours, Table 1 e and sense of belonging nature experience and programmes to Overview of the main tur felt by the Chinatown boost public aware- relationships between community ness the contents of the planning/management ‘Monitor Sites and Improved public Improved public documents and the Chicago Na Conduct Research’ knowledge; Reduced knowledge; Reduced human-wildlife human-wildlife design outcomes (au- conflicts conflicts thor’s elaboration) 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING space typologies and intensities of use lic-green-space-on-chicagos-south-side-the-trans- allows for new possibilities of coexistence formative-ping-tom-memorial-park (accessed 27 between humans and other-than-humans. August 2022). Tan P. Y. 2019. Meeting Old Friends and Making New Ones: Promoting Biodiversity in Urban Landscapes, in: Rinaldi B. M., Tan P. Y. (eds.), Urban Landscapes in High-Density Cities. Parks, Streetscapes, Ecosys-References tems. Birkhäuser: Basel, 204-215. Burnham D. H., Bennett E. H. 1909. Plan of Chicago Tate A. 2015. Grant Park, Chicago, in: Tate A., Eaton prepared under the direction of the Commercial M. (eds.), Great City Parks (2nd edition). Routledge: Club during the years MCMVI, MCMVII, and MC-London and New York, 163-174. MVIII. The Commercial Club: Chicago, 165 pages. Chicago Park District (Department of Planning and Development). 2002. Ping Tom Memorial Park. Framework Plan. http://assets.chicagoparkdistrict. com/s3fs-public/documents/page/Ping_Tom_Me- morial_Park_2002.pdf (accessed 27 August 2022). Gobster P. H. 2012. Appreciating urban wildscapes. Towards a natural history of unnatural places, in: Jorgensen A., Kennan R. (eds.), Urban Wildscapes. Routledge: London and New York, 33-48. Kamin B. 2015. Northerly Island Park: Beguiling lakefront landscape justifies Daley raid. Chicago Tribune, 2 September 2015. http://www.chicag- otribune.com/columns/ct-northerly-island-park- kamin-column-20150901-column.html (accessed 31 August 2022). 179 Kowarik I. 2011. Novel urban ecosystems, biodiversi- ty, and conservation. Environmental Pollution . 159, 1974-1983, doi.org/10.1016/j.envpol.2011.02.022. Marshall A. 2020. Design for Nature. Landscape Architecture Australia. 165, 61-68. https://land- scapeaustralia.com/articles/design-for-nature-1/ (accessed 31 August 2022). Müller N., Werner P. 2010. Urban Biodiversity and the Case for Implementing the Convention on Bi- ological Diversity in Towns and Cities, in: Müller N., Werner P., Kelcey J. G. (eds.), Urban Biodiversity and Design. Blackwell Publishing Ltd: Hoboken, 3-33. Prominski M. 2019. Come Together. Enhancing Bio- diversity in High-Density Cities by Giving Space to Humans and Non-Humans, in: Rinaldi B. M., Tan P. Y. (eds.), Urban Landscapes in High-Density Cities. Parks, Streetscapes, Ecosystems. Birkhäuser: Basel, 190-203. Rockström J. et al. 2009. Planetary boundaries: exploring the safe operating space for hu- manity. Ecology and Society. 14(2), 32-65, doi. org/10.1038/461472a. Site design group. 2015. Reviving Chinatown’s Lost Public Green Space on Chicago’s South Side. The Transformative Ping Tom Memorial Park. Landscape Architecture. http://www.landscapearchitect.com/ landscape-articles/reviving-chinatowns-lost-pub- Representing the complexity of nature from micro to macro scale Daniele Stefàno Agricultural University of Iceland daniele.stefano@uniroma1.it Abstract Since Leonardo da Vinci’s time, representa- Today, the relationships woven between tion has been a way to investigate and man and Nature have taken on new forms: understand the phenomena of nature in they have become decidedly complex and a scientific and systematic way (Geddes, seem destined for continuous evolution. 2020). Today, however, the relationships Thus, taking into account new needs felt woven between man and nature have on a planetary and interdisciplinary level, taken on new forms: They have become we feel cal ed to reflect on the role of rep-decidedly complex and seem destined resentation in conceiving new relationships for continuous evolution. Thus, consider-181 with natural phenomena. In general, it is ing the unique needs felt on a planetary possible to say that in the era of the An-and interdisciplinary level, we are cal ed thropocene, in order to cope with social, to reflect on the role of representation in geopolitical, climatic and environmental conceiving new relationships with natural changes, landscape design must tend to-phenomena. wards a vision that considers phenomena as a whole, rather than focusing on specific In various disciplines, new ways of investi-aspects. This approach, which we can call gating and understanding our way of re-holistic, has quite a few implications for lating to space and the environment have the project. One, for example, is the need emerged. Physics, for example, is looking to understand and manage very complex for a theory to unify general relativity and phenomena, from small to large scales, quantum mechanics, coming to conceive such as ecological ones. In this contribu-the existence of strings and other dimen- tion, therefore, we will attempt to investi- sions curved or rolled upon themselves gate how representation can meet these (Randall, 2006). new demands on landscape design to make us able to understand and manage Philosophy and science have discussed the phenomena of the planet. their interest in scale in many forms. From past centuries, we remember the visionary Keywords intuitions of Giordano Bruno that led some Landscape Architecture, Representation, researchers to a multiscalar approach to Scales, Project the study of the Earth (La Porta, 1994). ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings More recently, fascinating studies like emerge, ranging in scale from the distribu-Albert Einstein’s research on Brownian tion of small plants to the sculptured sides motion show the macroscopic effect pro-of a huge canyon. Our perception of these duced on pollen grains by the microscopic patterns goes beyond just their visual ap-movement of water molecules (Odifred- preciation into a richer understanding of di, 2013). A few years ago, Aazami and how we experience our environment” Petters discovered a universal principle (Bell, 1999). that unites the curious interplay of light and shadow on the surface of our morn- Should a multiscalar approach also em- ing coffee with how gravity magnifies and phasise many teaching methodologies distorts light from distant galaxies (Aazami applied to landscape architecture? Since & Petters, 2009). the discipline is still frequently taught as a unidirectional process in which the design- The concept of multiscalarity has grown er goes from the biggest to the smal est excitingly over the years, and as landscape scale, depending on the scale of the area, architects, we feel engaged in such a field it is now probably essential to undertake of creation and experimentation. In archi-a trans-scale view to understand the envi- tecture, the concept of the scale was inves- ronmental issues and their results on the tigated recently by Michelangelo Russo, tiny scale of the project. who argues that a dynamic interpretation of multiscalarity as an interpretative lens We know that in the era of the Anthropo-182 is fundamental to rethinking the urban cene, landscape design must tend towards planning project of contemporaneity. For a vision that considers phenomena as a him, multiscalarity is the hallmark of the whole rather than focusing on specific ecological dimension of environmental aspects to cope with climatic and envi-phenomena. Moreover, it is the interpre- ronmental changes. This approach has a tive category for dealing with the com- few implications for the design process, plexity of urban and territorial phenomena like the need to understand and manage increasingly intersecting with ecological very complex small and large phenomena. and environmental issues as an inescapa- Consequently, our attitude should go be- ble value system for contemporary spatial yond just visual appreciation into a richer design (Russo, 2015). understanding of our environment regard- ing methodology, including representation As Simon Bell demonstrates in Landscape: techniques. Pattern, Perception and Process, patterns are a clear example of how different scales But if we look at the images of many de-can be used simoultaneusly: “Landscape sign competitions, it is evident that today, develop and evolve through an interacting hyperrealism is still the predominant mode series of processes – climatic, geological, of representation (Kullmann, 2014). So in-ecological and cultural – over varying peri- stead of indulging in what Richard Weller ods. These processes shape the structure effectively calls the “digital sublime”, we and character of the Landscape which we probably need to focus precisely on the experience. Over time, distinctive patterns processes of the Earth system to under- 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING stand and manage the planet’s changes (Weller, 2020). It is becoming increasingly necessary, on the one hand, to rethink how to overcome the anaesthetising superficiality of “hy- per-representations”. Christophe Girot, for example, uses special scanners integrat- ed with drones to create complex point clouds, making it possible for him to map and analyse topography and landscape. The information gathered in his renders includes geography, topography, infra- structure, and the quality of the land, to name just a few. Based on this information, the user acquires multiple levels of reading (Girot, 2013). However, the equipment is not affordable to all worldwide. On the other hand, we as researchers should probably be more dynamic and 183 flexible, not limiting the creative practice to one approach but alternating fluidly between the micro and the macro scale. For example, the beautiful drawings by Christine Enrègle of a Ficus macrophylla in the Lisbon Botanical Garden – and re- produced here in the picture – show that fluxes and floods can reflect both the little and the big scales, confirming that rep- resentation is the necessary dynamic to understanding this complexity through the design process (Fig. 1, Enrègle, 2020). Representing should, then, mean under- standing relationships and connections and revealing the hidden dimensions of is possible to map these structures in Figure 1 our complex world. the brain of a Drosophila melanogaster, Charcoal drawing on the fruit fly, with a precision of 20 μm cotton canvas, 150 x 80 Advances in technology are numerous, (Janelia Research Campus); at the same cm, from the series Jar-dim da Estrela, Lisboa, and may can help also landscape time, three-dimensional reconstructions Junho-Julho 2019 designers. Detailed three-dimensional of our galaxy are being made, so that it © Christine Enrègle reconstructions of neuronal maps are is possible to ‘jump’ from a nearby star, even beginning to be made, so that it such as Fomalhaut, to a much more distant ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings one, such as Wezen, 1612 y.l. away, and Acknowledgments to know the most relevant information This piece comes as a result of my Ph.D. research (Simulation Curriculum). At the heart of about the role of representation in Landscape architecture. I want to thank Elena Blundo from the Fisics this need to represent the complexity department at Sapienza University of Rome, Christine of natural phenomena seems to be the Enrègle for the permission to use an image of her need to portray life in its various forms, work and Devina Shaha for her interesting opinions. with wonder and curiosity. References L. Geddes, Watermarks: Leonardo Da Vinci and the The current historical moment presents Mastery of Nature, Princenton University Press, 2020. the designer with new problems and solu- L. Randall, Warped passages: Unravelling the tions, prompting him to search for forms of universe’s hidden dimensions, Penguin, Lon- don, 2006. expression and question the role of rep- G. La Porta, Giordano Bruno, Bompiani, 1994, p. 195. resentation. The environmental challenges, P. Odifreddi, Abbasso Euclide! , Mondadori, Mi-the countless new theories emerging from lan 2013. the various scientific and humanistic fields, A.B. Aazami and A.O. Petters, A universal magnifica-tion theorem for higher-order caustic singularities, and the social demands allow us to shed in Journal of Mathematical Physics, 2009, p. 50. surprising new light on representation M. Russo, Multiscalarità: dimensioni e spazi della while permitting us to pause to understand contemporaneità, Archivio di Studi Urbani e Re-its role, which is irreplaceable, particularly gionali, XLVI, 113, 2015, 5-22. S. Bell, Landscape. Pattern, Perception, Process. Rou-when applied to our understanding of nat- tledge, New York, 1999, p. I. ural phenomena and the transformation K. Kullmann, Hyper-realism and loose-reality: The 184 of nature. limitation of digital realism and alternative princi- ples in landscape design visualization, Journal of Landscape Architecture, 2014, vol.9.3, pp. 20-31. Multiscalarity is one approach we can R. Weller, The Hype of Representation: Some start to think of in teaching methodology Thoughts on the Roles of the Hyperreal and the Hy- in recognition of how students can begin perobject in Contemporary Landscape Architecture, in Ri-Vista. Research for Landscape Architecture, 19, to think at different scales in a multi-direc-2, 2020, pp. 30-39. tional manner. This enhances the creative C. Girot, The Elegance of Topology, in Landscript, 3, process in surprising ways, making the 2013, pp. 79-116. design activity more complex and aware, C. Enrègle, Du jardin tropical au fusain: Le dessin au fil de ses métamorphoses, Sociedade Nacional de for example, as well as questioning the Belas Artes, Lisbon 2020. designer about the interconnections be- tween ecological issues and human needs. That brings to mind the words of Giordano Bruno from De imaginum compositione: “Colui che vede in se stesso tutte le cose è al tempo stesso tutte le cose. - Who sees in himself all things is at the same time all things.” Using negotiation to reduce the gap between planning and implementation S. Flint Ashery Bar Ilan University shlomit.flint-ashery@biu.ac.il Abstract Introduction This study demonstrates the complexity The negotiation of space and resources of the “negotiation issue” in planning and was traditional y considered an administra-how it can be addressed in digital plan- tive by-product of planning (Innes, 2018). ning negotiations toward comprehensive, Planning has been considered a procedur-efficient, and responsible planning pro- al field and the best way to implement it cess. The study presents and compares is based on political considerations (Flint two Geodesign workshops that explored Ashery, 2015). However, during the last the challenges and opportunities of deep decade, planning has evolved from being 187 public involvement in the digital planning a technical and rational process to a ne-process in Neve Sha’anan, Tel Aviv. This gotiation and compromise activity, which neighbourhood test case illustrates an takes into account the “rules of the game”, urban fabric where institutional, planning the resources each party brings, as well as and socio-economic factors have caused the dynamics of negotiations and the re-a gap between the initial vision for the sults (Geertman, 2017). Issue-related com-neighbourhood and its development over plexity occurs when an issue consists of time. In analyzing the current planning many sub-issues. There are generally three process, the study shows how the digital general types of negotiation complexity process promotes transparency and deep identified by Winham (1977) in studies on involvement of stakeholders in a regulated this topic: (1) negotiators use simplified planning process. Using such a collabora-structures to facilitate decision-making, tive interface al ows representatives from (2) complexity reduces the significance of the community to engage in a deep and concessions, and (3) complexity increases comprehensive dialogue, to reach a con-the likelihood of reaching an agreement. sensus that can then be advanced towards Laubert and Geiger (2018) then stated that implementation. complexity could be beneficial or detri- mental to an outcome. Following previous Keywords studies asserting that “the negotiation is- Planning, digital negotiation, “the negotia- sue” is an important variable in negotia- tion issue”, participatory process, planning tion but complexity in negotiations has not implementation, consensus been conceptualized, this study illuminates ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings the complexity of the “negotiation issue” Human negotiation supported by geode-in planning and how it can be dealt with sign software can connect theorists and in a digital planning negotiation process. practitioners (Ervin, 2016). The research for optimal negotiation shows both the The planning policy has been a key in- promise of the critical approach and the strument for governments in addressing need for scenario analysis tools (SA) to spatial, economic, social, and environ-bridge the gap between urban planning mental issues (Rydin, 2011). Thus, the theory and practice. The concept of ne-implementation stage of urban planning gotiation is expanded by Verhage and is seen as a process that follows the pri-Needham (1997) to include multiple par- oritized processes of agenda-setting and ties seeking multiple goals at the same policy formulation (Hupe and Hil , 2016). time. According to Fisher (2016), we A common attitude when resources are discuss how geodesign can be used to limited and political and social conflict is disentangle issue-based complexity and intense is that “the best solutions are those use it to implement planning policies by for which there is the greatest agreement” using digital processes of bartering and (Smith,2018). In this view, bartering and negotiation. Issue-related complexity refers negotiation are the most effective and op-to issues that are composed of a number timal methods of implementation (Good- of sub-issues (Ogrin, 1999; Pogačar., et child, 2010). By resolving conflicts and al., 2018). Therefore, negotiations revolve reaching a consensus, negotiations facil-around ten systems, with a wide range of 188 itate a satisfactory outcome (Eckley, 2002; policies and projects proposed for each Flint Ashery, 2017). A resilient solution is (Prominski, 2016; Ennis, 2017). By defin-one in which all parties agree and com- ing the issues in this manner, it is possible promise (Flint Ashery, forthcoming). When to conceptualize the complex nature of information is complex, decision-makers the urban field and characterize it using are at odds, and there are multiple turns diverse spatial categories according to in the system, generating consensus guar-their relationships and contexts (Grêt-Re- antees at least some degree of delivery gamey, et al., 2021). Additionally, scale, (Davies, 2001). Despite certain aspects scope, macro- and micro-level strategies, of rational thinking that divert attention morphology, and cost/benefits are exam-from the underlying processes that under- ined to test the sensitivity and validity of lie the creation of space, few perspectives the negotiation models. are offered on how planners are handling the increased prominence of negotiations Methods: Re-thinking Growth in the (Geiger, 2017). Generally, planners and Tel-Aviv Region developers are viewed as intermediaries The Research Area of the Neve-Sha’anan between public, private, and political ac-neighbourhood tors. Considering that implementation is The dense, marginalized, and neglected the result of complex interactions (Raiffa, Neve-Sha’anan neighbourhood, polluted 2007), of which planning policy is only by two problematic central bus stations, one, reveals the importance of negotia-serves as a “limit case”. Around 15,000 tion methods. people of various ethnicities and economic 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING means live in Neve-Sha’anan, which has maximum building height. There are seva surface area of 760,000 square meters. eral areas where high-rise construction There are many foreign workers, refugees, is permitted, including the Ayalon Road and asylum seekers among them: Accord-highway and the nearby MEA. The neigh- ing to the Central Bureau of Statistics (CBS) bourhood’s heart will be dominated by an and Tel Aviv Socio-Economic Research eight-story residential area. Additionally, Centre (SERC), Neve-Sha’anan has approxi-the municipality’s planning department mately 4,900 documented residents, along is developing two new neighbourhood with 9,000-10,000 undocumented foreign planning policies. There is a policy relat-residents (including family members). ed to the new central station zone in the There is a high level of crime, prostitution, southeast part of the neighbourhood. and drug abuse in the neighbourhood. Second, there are highrise buildings on With gentrification, however, the foreign the periphery. These plans can add up to population has gradually been replaced by 1,500,000 sqm of built-up area and around Israeli students and young professionals in 7,000 residential units when combined recent years. As gentrification intensifies, with private initiatives. undocumented residents are displaced and the neighbourhood’s profile is chang- Pre Workshops Stage ing. In addition, local homeowners and Neve-Sha’anan workshops at Bar Ilan Uni-large landlords from afar become real versity were organized and run by Dr Shlo-estate investors, purchasing small apart- mit Flint Ashery and Rinat Steinlauf Millo in 189 ments and renting them out to these new collaboration with Tel Aviv-Yafo municipal-residents. ity. In June 2020, two-day workshops were organized to understand how geodesign The original plan for Neve-Sha’anan was to can improve spatiality in widely dispersed divide it into parcels of around 400 square and diverse settings. Four main tasks were meters. Each parcel allows for a building involved in pre-workshops organization: to be built in the front and a courtyard to designing the workshop’s content, work-be built in the back. With only 4-5 me- flow, and timing, which took about six ters between buildings, the parcels were weeks. We drew the initial polygons of built up according to the plan to create policies and projects for each of the ten a dense neighbourhood. There is almost systems based on the ten systems and the no open space or public buildings in the growth assumptions of the Tel Aviv-Yafo neighbourhood. Today, most of the area municipality. The diagrams were edited is covered by two plans, ‘town planning and added to during the workshop. 24 scheme 44’ (1941) and ‘detailed scheme participants from different fields relevant F’ (1946), which designates the area as a to the planning area attended the work-mixed-use area. According to the city’s shops and chose to increase the inven-TA/5000 (2016) master plan, the munic- tory of public open and built areas for ipality promotes high-rise development existing and future communities. As well throughout the neighbourhood by indi-as pocket gardens and linear parks, they cating the maximum floor area divided added extensive open spaces. Also, bicy-by the plot size (e.g., building rights) and cle lanes and public transportation routes ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 1 The 1st stage designs from the two work- shops 190 were added to enhance mobility and ac- an agreed solution in a few design cycles cessibility for all residents in the neigh- of negotiating. bourhood (Steinlauf-Millo, Flint Ashery, & Tchetchik, 2021). On the first day of each workshop, partici- pants have introduced to the theory of Ge- Results: Negotiations during the NS odesign and Geodesignhub software, and Workshop were organized into four interest groups: Through the use of digital processes of AGOV (Authorities and Government), bartering and negotiation, we further im-BEOD (Business and Developments), COM plement planning policies using geode- (Community), and ENV (Environment). For sign to disentangle issue-based complex- the Version 1 2050 proposal, the teams se- ity in negotiation. A complex issue has a lected, edited, or added diagrams. Impacts positive impact on negotiations: Using and costs were assessed and re-evaluated digital evaluation models, we were able at least once (Figure 1). to conceptualize the scope of the negotia- tion-related complexity and then arrive at 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING During the second day of the workshops, the interest groups began informal nego- tiations, since one of the aims was to come up with a negotiated solution for the re- gion, and the alternatives were reassessed. Using a sociogram (Flint Ashery & Steinitz, 2022), the workshops determined which groups were capable of working together and their mutual propensities for formal negotiation. Based on the similarity/po- tential symbioses between the proposed scenarios for 2050, a negotiation has been organized between the most compatible interest groups (Figure 2). With the help of GIS data layers related to topography, tenure, social makeup, and the ten sys- tems, the participants classified the sub- problems in the planning of the place into projects and policies related to each of the ten systems and proposed interventions. Based on the preferences of the interest 191 groups, the interventions were altered to black lines represented roads in the trans-Figure 2 reflect the area as a “topic of negotiation” port system, and green lines represented The 2nd stage designs based on the TA5000 master plan. In order bicycle paths in the green system). The from the two work-to approach the overall complexity of the title and description of each polygon de-shops negotiations, ten basic systems were used scribe the rationale behind the interven-to classify the area and diagrams were tion. As a system of coloured polygons, created to represent specific projects or the interventions abstract and translate policies. the complexity associated with negotia- tions into shapes that are easily editable. Participants then adapted their profession- As part of the workshop, participants were al experience with similar problems else- encouraged to learn about the opponent’s where to the test case of Neve-Sha’anan strategy. Participants had access to all the and added additional interventions. In material and were encouraged to adopt each of the ten relevant systems, these the polygons proposed by other groups. are expressed as polygons. Different The teams adopted various good ideas colored polygons represented different while omitting a few less good ones. Trans-projects in these systems (e.g., blue pol- parency in the digital system and sharing ygons represented drainage basin pro- polygons (representing such values and jects at specific locations), while dashed principles) among groups provided a use-blue polygons represented policies (e.g., ful framework for future negotiations. In surface runoff policies) across a broader general, the polygons that were most pre-area. Lines represented connectivity (e.g., ferred by most groups were the best ones, ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings so discussions initially revolved around them. The negotiations described here shed light on how negotiation over spatial planning can deliver complex issues due to its place-based approach. In line with previous studies exploring how complex issues affect negotiation, this study uses graphic and geographic elements to con- ceptualize processes of negotiation, where topology plays a crucial role. As a result of the final negotiation process (Figure 3), it became clear that workshop participants preferred policies and projects that would increase density rather than re- duce density for Neve-Sha’anan. In order to further protect the neighbourhood’s an urban fabric where institutional, plan-Figure 3 historical assets, the buildings already ning and socio-economic factors have The final and similar declared were approved for conservation. caused a gap between the initial vision design from the two for the neighbourhood and its develop-workshops Despite the various and most defined ment over time. In analyzing the current 192 starting points, and in line with previous planning process, the study shows how research that argues that negotiations with the digital process promotes transparency complex issues affect the ability to deter-and deep involvement of stakeholders in mine the counterpart’s bargaining range, a regulated planning process and aims to this study shed light on the characteristics reach a consensus that can then be ad-of “the negotiation issue” in planning, and vanced o implementation. how technology can be used to facilitate meaningful negotiation. The geodesign The similarities between the workshops negotiations toward agreements with include the participant characteristics, complex planning issues are conducted including the number of participants digitally in an open and participatory man-from the world of professional planning, ner, enabling both parties to learn from academia and the general public, as well the “opponent’s strategy” and sometimes as their ages and genders. Similarly, the adopt it. Workshops lasted two days and followed a constant flow process moving from one Discussion and Conclusion alternative scenario for each group to an This study presents and compares two agreed alternative. Also, despite different Geodesign workshops that explored the approaches and scenarios in planning, challenges and opportunities of deep the final alternative agreed on in both public involvement in the digital plan-workshops was similar. The workshops, ning process in Neve Sha’anan, Tel Aviv. however, differ in several ways. In the This neighbourhood test case illustrates first workshop, the four original interest 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING groups were later divided themselves into fied location); (2) Complexity reduces the two mixed groups: (1) BEOD+ENV (Busi-significance of concessions when sharing ness entrepreneurs + Environmentalists) polygons, meaning agreeing on the nature and (2) AGOV+COM (Authorities, Govern-and location of the proposed intervention. ment, Municipality + Community). In the Digital records of activity are used to en-second workshop, the four original inter- able analytics of the complexity of deci- est groups were later divided themselves sions made in a collaborative way; and (3) into two mixed groups: (1) BEOD+COM A lack of sharing leads to concessions on (Business entrepreneurs + Community) less good interventions, thus opening the and (2) AGOV+ENV (Authorities, Govern-door to the implementation of “shared” ment, Municipality + Environmentalists). interventions on which there is consen-At the first workshop, the main and pol- sus. Using such a collaborative interface luting central bus station was the subject allows representatives from the community of discussion. Alternatives to demolition to engage in a deep and comprehensive were explored, as well as a change of use dialogue towards implementation. for the building. During the workshop, it was proposed to roof the Ayalon highways in such a way as to create a public space References linking the eastern and western sides of Davies, A.R., 2001. Hidden or hiding?. Town planning Tel Aviv. The second workshop, however, review, 72(2), pp.193-217. focused on the residential layout of the en- Eckley, N., 2002. Dependable dynamism: lessons for designing scientific assessment processes in 193 tire neighbourhood, with issues of preserv- consensus negotiations. Global Environmental ing the original outline with densification Change, 12(1), pp.15-23. requirements due to anticipated demo- Ennis, F. ed., 2017. Infrastructure provision and the graphic pressures. During this workshop, negotiating process. Routledge. Ervin, S.M., 2016. Technology in geode- the neighbourhood’s main business centre sign. Landscape and Urban Planning, 156, pp.12-16. was proposed (Flint Ashery & Steinlauf-Mil- Fisher, T., 2016. An education in geode- lo, 2021, 2022). sign. Landscape and Urban Planning, 156, pp.20-22. Geertman, S., 2017. PSS: Beyond the implementa- tion gap. Transportation Research Part A: Policy and Geodesignhub enables us to facilitate Practice, 104, pp.70-76. planning in conflict zones while facilitating Flint Ashery S., Steinlauf-Millo R. (2021) “Geodesign negotiation between parties. Thus, and in Between IGC and Geodesignhub: Theory 82 and contrast to Winham’s assertions, we can Practice” In Geertman, S. C. M., Pettit, C., Good- speed, R & Staffans, A. (eds.). Urban Informatics claim that negotiation complexity has three and Future Cities, Springer, The Urban Book Series, influences on digital planning negotia- 10.1007/978-3-030-76059-5 tions: (1) Participants themselves use and Flint Ashery, S. & Steinlauf-Millo, R. (2022) Planning vertical differentiation? Geodesign workshop in the offer diagrams to facilitate agreement on case study area of Neve-Sha’anan neighbourhood decisions. The structured representation in Tel Aviv. In T. Maloutas & N. Karadimitrio (Eds.), of the intervention (a polygon) facilitates Micro-segregated Cities. An international compari- communication between participants who son of segregation in dense cities. Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg. come from diverse backgrounds, but it Flint Ashery, S., & Steinitz, C. (2022). Issue-Based also presents the intervention itself (e.g., Complexity: Digitally Supported Negotiation in a cluster of apartment houses in a speci- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Geodesign Linking Planning and Implementa-Smith, M.C., 2018. Revisiting implementation the- tion. Sustainability, 14(15), 9073. ory: An interdisciplinary comparison between Flint Ashery S. (forthcoming). What is the planning urban planning and healthcare implementation role in stretching the city? A tale of two neighbourh-research. Environment and Planning C: Politics and hods, Springer. Space, 36(5), pp.877-896. Flint Ashery S. (2017) A decision not to decide: A new Steinlauf-Millo, R., Flint Ashery, S. and Tchetchik, challenge for planning. European Planning Studies. A.(2021).Reducing gaps between planning and 25(6): 1076-1098 10.1080/09654313.2017.1302411 implementation: Planning the Neve Sha’anan neigh- Flint Ashery S. (2015) Public welfare or sec- borhood with Geodesign, Tichnun, 18/2, 118-155 tarianism: a new challenge for planning. Verhage, R. and Needham, B., 1997. Negotiat- Planning Theory and Practice 16(3): 299- 318 ing about the residential environment: it is not 10.1080/14649357.2015.1047401 only money that matters. Urban Studies, 34(12), Geiger, I., 2017. A model of negotiation issue– pp.2053-2068. based tactics in business-to-business sales ne- Winham, G.R., 1977. Complexity in international gotiations. Industrial Marketing Management, 64, negotiations. In Negotiation—Social Psychological pp.91-106. Per-Spectives; Druckman, D., Ed.; Sage: Beverly Goodchild, M.F., 2010. Towards geodesign: Repur-Hills, CA, USA; pp. 347–366. posing cartography and GIS?. Cartographic Perspectives, (66), pp.7-22. Grêt-Regamey, A., Switalski, M., Fagerholm, N., Korpi-lo, S., Juhola, S., Kyttä, M., Käyhkö, N., McPhearson, T., Nollert, M., Rinne, T. and Soininen, N., 2021. Har-nessing sensing systems towards urban sustaina- bility transformation. npj Urban Sustainability, 1(1), pp.1-9. Hupe, P.L. and Hill, M.J., 2016. ‘And the rest is im- plementation.’Comparing approaches to what 194 happens in policy processes beyond Great Ex- pectations. Public Policy and Administration, 31(2), pp.103-121. Innes, J., 2018. Planning through consensus build- ing: A new view of the comprehensive planning ideal. In Classic Readings in Urban Planning (pp. 147-161). Routledge. Laubert, C. and Geiger, I., 2018. Disentangling complexity: how negotiators identify and handle issue-based complexity in business-to-business negotiation. Journal of Business Economics, 88(9), pp.1061-1103. Ogrin, D., 1999. Landscape as a research prob- lem. Agriculturae Conspectus Scientificus, 64(4). Pogačar, T., Casanueva, A., Kozjek, K., Ciuha, U., Mekjavić, I.B., Kajfež Bogataj, L. and Črepinšek, Z., 2018. The effect of hot days on occupational heat stress in the manufacturing industry: implications for workers’ well-being and productivity. International journal of biometeorology, 62(7), pp.1251-1264. Prominski, M., 2016. Design guidelines. In Research in Landscape Architecture (pp. 194-208). Routledge. Raiffa, H., 2007. Negotiation analysis: The science and art of collaborative decision making. Harvard University Press. Rydin, Y., 2011. The purpose of planning: Creating sustainable towns and cities. Policy Press. Mapping heritage: Georeferenced Heritage Assets Applied to the Cultural Characterization of Madrid (Spain) N. Marine*, D. Escudero, I. Rodríguez de la Rosa Cultural Landscape Research Group, ETSAM School of Architecture, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid * nicolas.marine@upm.es Abstract the territory of the Community of Madrid This paper describes the cultural character- and the spatial systems formed by the BIC ization of the landscapes of the Commu- cultural assets is advanced. nity of Madrid using a database of geolo- calized heritage assets. In this sense, the Keywords concept of cultural characterization refers Cultural Landscape, GIS, Madrid, Herit-to the spatial study of different attributes age Assets resulting from the interaction between the 197 population and its environment. Introduction The work described here consists in the The methodology used is based on a vir- elaboration of a database of cultural assets tual model of the Community of Madrid, in that will allow a future characterization of which more than 9,000 heritage sites reg-the cultural landscapes of Madrid. Cul- istered by the Historical Heritage Informa- tural landscapes are a type of heritage of tion System of the Community of Madrid enormous dynamism and complexity. On since 1990 are indexed. Our work consists the one hand, they imply a quantitative of analyzing these elements in their spa-expansion of the spatial scale of cultural tial concentration, both as a whole and assets, since they are generally deployed by type and period, and then comparing over important territorial extensions. On them with other territorial structures. The the other hand, they imply a qualitative process allows us to deduce the links that change in the traditional criteria for eval-maintain certain cultural expressions with uating cultural heritage, which for the first a place and their permanence over time. time are shifting towards phenomenolog- As conclusions, some of the results ical aspects related to perception and cul-obtained are presented, such as the tural meaning. These issues represent an identification of landscapes associated enormous challenge for public administra-with historical factory complexes in the tions, which have to identify, value, study river basins, or the vestiges of Islam in the and manage this new category of heritage water meetings. Likewise, a relationship from a very different perspective than the between the historical configuration of traditional one. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings This paper focuses on the adaptation work bibliographic research and GIS territorial carried out on the official georeferenced characterization. The latter process allowed inventory of the historical heritage of the a reading of the geographical continuum Community of Madrid. The work is part of of the region based on the presence of a larger collaboration with the Commu-remnants of heritage value. The work nity of Madrid: the CULTURESCAPES-CM was based on an existing database project, which addresses the knowledge and most of the effort was invested of cultural landscapes from an integrative in the reclassification of the elements approach. The program lasted three years, contained in it. As a preliminary step to and the work has been continued with a the description of the process developed, second program, also funded by the Com-the following section deals with the origin munity of Madrid: “LABPA-CM: Contempo- and characteristics of this inventory. rary Criteria, Methods and Techniques for Landscape Knowledge and Conservation”. The evolution of the Archaeological Charter of Madrid The region amended its Historical Heritage In 1985, as a measure against the great Law in 2013 to introduce the typology of urban expansion and infrastructure devel-cultural landscapes, in line with the Eu- opment, a new law for the protection of ropean Landscape Convention. The CUL- the historical heritage was passed in Spain. TURESCAPES-CM program was therefore In the same year, the Community of Madrid developed to innovate in techniques and implemented an Archaeological Charter 198 methods to approach cultural landscapes, Plan, which systematized the prospection while proposing intervention criteria and of its entire territory in order to locate the strategies for their creative management. archaeological sites to be protected (Ve-The six objectives of the program are: lasco, 1991). The procedure developed 1. Landscape documentation in was based on preventive archaeology. The high-definition digital models. assumption that a territory might contain 2. Integrative methods for the appreci- sites of interest was enough to declare it ation of sensitive factors. a cultural property. This is a method with 3. Identification and characterization of a certain peculiarity, as evidenced by the Madrid’s cultural landscapes. fact that some authors have called it the 4. Relationship between cultural land- Madrid Model (Vázquez, 1996). For the scape, society and tourism. purposes of this article, it is of particular 5. Instruments of creative intervention interest because it led to the declaration oriented to territorial and economic of almost 5% of Madrid’s territory as a development. protected area. 6. Internationalization, training and dis- semination of knowledge. The Archaeological Map of Madrid is the germ of what is today the database of all The research presented here falls under the immovable properties that make up Objective 3. The identification of the the community’s historical heritage (Ber-cultural landscapes of Madrid was carried múdez, 2016). At the beginning of the out through interviews with experts, 1990s, this map was transferred into a 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING GIS-based model that has not stopped methods to be able to integrate all types expanding since then. Beginning in 2010, of immovable assets of historical heritage” a series of administrative changes were (Bermúdez, 2016: 421). initiated that culminated in Law 3/2013 of Historical Heritage of the Community. The Methods Archaeological Protection Area became Information processing the Historical Heritage Protection Area First, a study of the density of culturally sig-and, therefore, the Catalogue “became the nificant elements will be carried out, based responsibility of the entire General Direc-on the digital inventory of the heritage of torate and was no longer to contain only the Community of Madrid. The format of information of an archaeological nature, this inventory is that of a geographic in-but of all types of immobile historical her- formation model. On the one hand, a set itage (industrial, ethnographic, paleonto- of geometries (areas) is represented ge- logical, architectural, artistic or landscape ographically, and on the other hand, each heritage)” (Bermúdez, 2016: 419). of these shapes has associated attributes. The determination of the density of these The resulting geographic information elements is based not only on the study of model is a collection of areas of very dif-concentrations, but also on the first differ- ferent sizes, with those of archaeological entiation between the type of geometry interest, as explained above, being larger and the type of attribute. Depending on than the rest. The latter, those added later, the solution adopted, the reading can vary 199 result from the delineation of a specific considerably. object or its environment, which, similar to the setting, would be “the area that sur- Geometries rounds [the property] and allows its proper Figure 1 shows a map of the 9,018 areas of perception and cultural understanding” cultural interest demarcated at the time of (Region of Madrid, 2013, p. 11). Although the study. At first glance, large protected each geometry has its own raison d’être, areas can be seen in the basins of the Manits attributes are subjected to a homoge- zanares, Henares, Jarama and Tajo rivers. nization process in order to be included This is due to the aforementioned Madrid in the database. The disparate nature of model, which was extensively covered in the catalogued elements is mitigated to anticipation of what might be available. some extent by the classification of their Due to its size, there is also a large patch characteristics into a set of common fields. in the west of the community, which contains the Real Sitio del Escorial. It can also The following section analyzes the ways in be seen that we are faced with different which the information in the database has types of surface development. Although been treated with the aim of culturally ana-they are all areas, some are marked with lyzing the territory of Madrid. Although this dots, because they indicate an object of is a critical study, it is recognized that the reduced size; others with lines, because work developed by the current inventory they include roads or canals, and others of the Community of Madrid has includ-with extensive areas that extend in all di- ed the “generation of criteria and working rections. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Given the formal diversity, the first step is Figure 1 to geometrically equalize all entities. To Map of the immovable do this, we reduce each entity to a point historical heritage of located in the geometric center of its area. the Community of Madrid (areas) In this way, we avoid a misunderstanding that the map produces. For example, look- ing at the large protected areas in river basins might lead us to think that these are the areas where the greatest concentration of elements are found. The larger areas do not delimit cultural landscapes, they define potential archaeological areas to ensure the protection of what may appear in the future, but the actual existence of the assets is not guaranteed. In addition, the same areas contain within them oth- Figure 2 er smaller areas that are not visible when Map of the immovable viewed as a whole. Figure 2 shows the historical heritage of conversion to points and a very different the Community of Madrid (points) distribution from the previous one. The development of the work is based on this 200 second map, although the negative conse- quences of working with point geometries are also explained in the conclusions. At first glance, this new map shows us how the rest of the basins have as much or more importance than those that are completely delimited. We can see that the Tajo, to the east, and the Tajuña, a little further north, now stand out as having a Figure 3 notable concentration of elements, some- Density map of the thing that could not be seen in the previ- immovable histori- ous map. Likewise, with the disappearance cal heritage of the Community of Madrid of the spot of El Escorial, this end of the based on points community no longer has so much weight in the whole. From this map we can obtain a map of point densities (Fig. 3). In this third map, we can see that there is a greater density of inventoried elements in the south, southeast and northwest. Like the river basins, the city of Madrid is 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING a great concentration of heritage elements, Interest Period Culture Activity Typology which contrasts with the great void left by Monte de El Pardo to the north. Finally, Bronze, Residential Archaeological Altomedieval Visigoth, complex, the Sierra de Madrid is also characterized Renaissance Funeral Home Cemetery by large concentrations of elements. In general, the operation carried out here is useful to see where the historical heritage Interest Period Culture Activity Typology is concentrated in the Community, but it Plenomedieval, does not offer a cultural reading of the Archaeological, Industrial 16th, 17th, 18th Renaissance Industrial, Services territory. Having obtained a valid way of centuries developing density maps, the next phase of the work consists in filtering the associ- amples coincide in their archaeological Table 1 (above) ated attributes. interest and in their link to Renaissance Attributes of Necropo-culture, in the first case the culture is mixed lis of Los Remedios Attributes with Visigothic, and in the second case the In the language of geographic information interest is mixed with industrial. Therefore, Table 2 (below) systems, an attribute is a parameter associ-it is not easy to select all the geometries Attributes of ated with a given geometry. As mentioned on the basis of a single attribute, unless it Navallar Mill above, the classification of attributes de-is done one by one. This is very laborious veloped by the Community of Madrid for 9,018 elements. is the instrument for homogenizing the 201 inventoried heritage. Thus, although an Therefore, the second phase of informa-archaeological site differs from, for exam- tion processing is to rearrange the classes. ple, a mill both in its conception and in In order to make the attributes easier to its demarcation, the attributes of both are handle, each original class is broken down ordered according to the same classes. into the descriptions provided by the Com-There are a total of 11 classes defined by munity of Madrid. For example, it can be the Community of Madrid. seen that the original class “Culture” has 6 attributes among the 9,018 elements: Thus, according to the above compar- “Rock Art”, “Megalithic”, “Islamic” (including ison, an archaeological site such as the Mudejar), “Christian” (including repopu-Necropolis of Los Remedios (catalogued lation), “Industrial Revolution” and “Civil with code CM/0000/020) has the following War”. Six new columns are then added attributes, based on the original classes to the table, one for each of these. This (Table 1). changes the attribute from descriptive to binary: for example, if an element fulfil s On the other hand, the attributes of a mil the conditions for “Christian” and “Indus-of industrial interest such as the Navallar trial Revolution”, a YES is entered in that Mill (code CM/0045/011) are (Table 2). column, and a NO in the others that do not. The original classes are rearranged The problem that arises from such a clas- (Table 3). sification is that it does not allow for easy cross-readings. Although the previous ex- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings This reorganization of the attributes opti-ing the original inventory into a relational mizes the filtering by cultural characteris- model, studies can be initiated that lead to tics. Thus, by selecting and studying the distinguishing spaces based on how they density of points based on a given proper-reflect historical activities or cultures, that ty, the actual characterization work begins. is, “searching around the world to identify As this is still in progress at the time of landscapes that have emerged from, are writing, only a few cases already studied associated with, or represent the great can be shown. Figure 4 shows the spatial cultures. “ (Fowler, 2003, p. 56). distribution of different heritage elements. From left to right, in the first case we can see how the Civil War heritage follows the Table 3 ORIGINAL NEW CLASSES spatial development of the battle front. In CLASS Reorganization of the second, we can see the relationship original classes between the Islamic heritage and the riv- Farming ers of the municipality, and in the third, Assistance the relationship of the industrial heritage Commercial with the rivers and the urban settlements. Shows Industrial Activity Funeral Home Discussion Military The designation of historical heritage Religious Residential as cultural property is more than a mere Services and infrastructure 202 designation. The different nature of the el- Transportation Others ements included in the original catalogue of the Community of Madrid leads to very Rock art marked formal differences. In addition, the Megalithism Islamic (including Mudejar) way in which their characteristics are clas- Culture Christian (including repopulation) sified is typical of a traditional inventory, Industrial Revolution more descriptive than operational. It is the Civil War treatment of geometry and attributes that Prehistoric leads us to optimize filtering and read the Romano Medieval information homogeneously. The mapping s. XVI of cultural assets is essentially different, Period s. XVII since its purpose is not to describe an s. XVIII s. XIX element, but to organize it in relation to s. XX others. That is, it is not so much the ele- s. XXI ment itself that is of interest, but the spatial Archaeological distribution of the whole. It is in the rela- Architectural tional aspect that cultural property finds Artistic its raison d’être. Interest Ethnographic Industrial Historical These relationships between elements Paleontological are the basis for establishing cultural Landscape readings of a given space. By transform- Typology 92 new classes. 2. RELATION BETWEEN DESIGN AND PLANNING Figure 4 Historical heritage density surveys, from left to right: Civil War-related elements, Islamic-related elements, and industry- related elements The proposed model, although it works References correctly in terms of selection by attributes, ALONSO, Juan and MARTÍN, Juan (2013): “Cultur-offers certain problems in the geometric al assets and sustainable development: the eco- nomic importance of Cultural Heritage”, Política y treatment. The point, in its state of zero Sociedad, no 3, pp. 1133-1147. spatial dimension, paradoxically helps BERMÚDEZ, Jesús (2016): “Sistemas de información and hurts the study. On the one hand, it geográfica y Administración pública: el sistema de represents a quick and effective way to información de Patrimonio Histórico inmueble de la Comunidad de Madrid”, in MÍNGUEZ, María del Car- geometrically standardize a series of ar- men and CAPDEVILA, Enrique (Coord.) Manual de eas, which makes it possible to ignore the Tecnologías de la Información Geográfica aplicadas a la Arqueología, Comunidad de Madrid, Museo 203 problems derived from the peculiarities and motifs of each one. On the other hand, Arqueológico Regional, Madrid, pp. 399-424. FOWLER, Peter (2003): World Heritage Cultural it eliminates the essential characteristics Landscapes 1992-2002. A Review. UNESCO World of these forms by reducing them spatial- Heritage Centre, Paris. ly. An example of this dysfunction can be VÁZQUEZ, Luís (1996): “El Modelo Madrid de Ar-seen in the historical roads: the forms of queología de Gestión Patrimonial”, Estudios del hombre, no 3, pp. 205-225. linear development have a cultural influ- VELASCO, Fernando (1991): “El programa de Car- ence that, although not very extensive, is ta Arqueológica en la Comunidad”, Arqueología, fundamental to the structure of the terri- paleontología y etnografía, no 1, pp. 257-280. tory. The correction of these deficiencies Manuals, regulations and others is more complex, since it involves recog-Community of Madrid (2013): Law 3/2013 of nizing the real spatial condition of each of Historical Heritage of the Community. On- the inventoried elements. line:https://www.boe.es/buscar/pdf/2013/ BOE-A-2013-10725-consolidado.pdf, (accessed 20/09/2017). Consejería de Cultura de la Junta de Andalucía Acknowledgements (2007): Strategic Plan for the Culture of Andalusia This research was funded by the project LABPA-CM: (PECA). Junta de Andalucía, Seville. CONTEMPORARY CRITERIA, METHODS AND TECH- NIQUES FOR LANDSCAPE KNOWLEDGE AND CONSERVATION (H2019/HUM-5692), funded by the European Social Fund and the Madrid regional government. 0003 TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Teaching across scales: learning to design in the context of the dynamics of landscape form and design Martin van den Toorn Faculty of Architecture, Technical University Delft, the Netherlands The Budapest School of Landscape architecture, Hungarian University of Life Sciences (MATE). Hungary mwmvandent@gmail.com Abstract Keywords Teaching in landscape architecture takes Landscape architecture, master’s educa-place in real time and real place, with the tion, levels, design means, design teaching studio as core of the program. In this paper I will focus on teaching at the Master’s Introduction level in European universities and design The concept of scale in landscape schools. The main research question is: architecture 207 how does the concept of scale play a role Core of learning and teaching about scale in teaching landscape architecture in the in landscape architecture is that at different Master’s? The research methods are mixed scales there are different elements, struc-and are based on the principles of case tures and processes. Let’s take the exam-study research. The research material is ple of forestry as a type of land use. On first of all textbooks in landscape architec-the regional scale the forest is a big green ture, complemented with my own expe- mass of trees, the choice of the location is rience in different schools and programs, mostly defined by the growing conditions publications from others and experiences of soil, water, climate, in most cases the from colleagues. The paper is organised context of the project. At the local scale in two main parts. The first part elaborates parcelling and forest management play on the concept of scale in landscape ar-a role while at the intermediate scale the chitecture, the second part on the use of boundaries, the internal structure and the scale in teaching in design studios. In the water system are at stake. The three scales conclusions I will emphasise the concep-are related because of the site, the species tual approach of design teaching based of trees and land use but at each scale on fieldwork, visual thinking, drawing and the human use and perception is different; presenting; in all teaching modes, scale at the regional scale it is the property of plays a key role but is mostly implicit. In the owner, at the local scale the people teaching design, size, scale and level are who work in the forest and those who use related with specific design means at each the forest for leisure are determining hu-level. man use of the forest. At the intermediate ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings scale, opening up, internal road structure common didactic approach in most pro-and water system define the forest. As an grams is to start in the BSc with a small object of planning and design, the forest garden and house, park or plaza, then requires different interventions at different move to a larger park or landscape and scales that are not always related. Use for finally move to the regional scale; work-leisure and day-to-day work in the forest ing from small scale to the regional scale should in some cases even be separated (Birli, 2016; Toorn, 2022). In the MSc, the because they cannot be combined. program comprises three semesters and in most cases the main studio’s focus on So, sometimes the land use at a certain rural, urban or regional landscapes. The scale can be related to a different scale but teaching approach from small to regional often not. In the design process the organ-scale seems to be a tradition. As far as I isation of different types of land use is part know there is no systematic evaluation on of the program/assignment, the integration the basis of student work, evaluations and of levels is a key issue. The teaching across teacher’s experiences, what works best or scales in landscape architecture is one of is most effective. the characteristics of landscape architec- tural design. From the very beginning on Methods in any program in landscape architecture, Goal, research materials, research methods the perception, thinking and working on There are few — if any — publications on different scales is part of regular teaching teaching ‘scale’ in landscape architecture. 208 practice not only for fieldwork and the stu- In this paper, I will use my own teaching dio but also for lecture courses and sem- experience in different schools and pro- inars on history, theory, construction and grams to describe and explain how I use visualisation. ‘scale’ in teaching. Goal of the research is to gain some insight into the backgrounds of In my own education, we have always been teaching scale in different modes of teach-taught with the idea of scale in the back- ing landscape architecture. The research ground, not only in the sequence of studio’s materials are, next to the textbooks used in (from garden to landscape) but also in any landscape architecture, my own materials of the studio’s the different scales were al-from studio’s, fieldwork, seminars supple- ways important but mostly implicit. When mented with publications on these subjects. in 2000, I started to teach at an architecture The research methods are mixed and are school, I noticed that architecture students based on the case study approach using and architects often lack the competence theory, practice and publications from oth-and insight of working at different scales ers (Zeisel, 2006). and thinking in processes, in one project. Scope and outline Scale as part of the curriculum ‘Scale’ in landscape architecture has many At an academic level teaching in the BSc is aspects and applications in the design pro-focussing on learning ‘how & why’, while in cess (Blumenfeld, 1953; Burt, 2003). In this the MSc on ‘why & how’ focussing on the paper I focus on the dynamics of the form relation between research and design. A of the landscape and the design process; 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES the landscape as time/space continuum. Level: All projects in landscape architec-The paper is organised in two main parts. ture are always based on the landscape as First part elaborates on the concept of scale space/time continuum. It means that scale in landscape architecture, the second part is not only related to space but also to time; on the use of scale in teaching in design I use the term ‘level’ for space/time, both in studios. my teaching and my research, I distinguish three different levels; element, structure, Terms and definitions process. While ‘scale’ is referring to the Even though teaching across scales is basic landscape/site, ‘level’ in landscape archi-and fundamental to teaching in landscape tecture is related to spatial & temporal scale architecture in general, it is taught in various and the boundary of a project. ways, the terms and definitions are diverse and the didactics can vary considerably. Design means: Comprise design principles, Below, a short overview of terms used in types used and materialisation. At each lev-this paper. el design means can be distinguished but they have a different content at each level. Landscape architecture: The ECLAS definition Results The space/time continuum: In landscape What is ‘scale’ in landscape architecture? architecture there is no space without time ‘Scale’ is one of the terms that is used in and no time without space. We view that landscape architectural education from 209 as a continuum. In this article the space/ the very first day on, both in Bachelor’s time continuum is defined by levels; the and in the Master’s. The Oxford diction-level of element, structure, process. To- ary gives three descriptions for ‘scale’ as gether they characterise the dynamics of noun; for landscape architecture only one landscape form and design. Rhythm is an is relevant: (…) The relative size or extent example of the space/time continuum and of something. The relative size can be is a frequently used design principle. compared to people; the human scale, or to other objects (Haak, 2005). Not all Teaching modes: Teaching modes in phenomena and entities in the landscape landscape architecture are studio, lecture are related to scale; there are also scale-course, seminar, excursions & fieldtrips, less features such as colour, unity, water. periods of practice. These are always qualitative phenomena and form a significant factor in design. Scale: Scale is relative size or time period There are also specific terms that refer to and is based on hierarchical principles. In scalelessness such as ‘transition’ but also landscape architecture this relative size can ‘entrance’. On the beach overlooking the refer to maps, to human size and dimen-sea without seeing any ship or other hu- sions, to objects and to time range such man intervention, is typically an example as short, middle and long term. Scale is a of a scaleless space because there is no mental construct, it cannot be seen and reference to elements or human features. can also be considered as an abstraction (Swyngedouw, 2004). ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings The term ‘scale’ in different textbooks on term ‘scale’ in the index, although some landscape architecture; what is the use of refer only to an illustration; Most of the the term ‘scale’ in some American/Eng-textbooks do not have a glossary; of the lish language textbooks, regularly used in three that do have, two do not include schools. The choice in chronological or- ‘scale’. Only Motloch (2001) defines ‘scale’ der; Simonds, 1961; Lynch, 1974; Laurie, in the glossary. 1976; Simonds, 1997; Bell, 1999; Motloch, 2001; Bell, 2012; Holden & Liversedge, If an outsider would read these conclu-2014 (fig. 1). sions, the most likely remark would be that apparently ‘scale’ is not so important Some conclusions on the term ‘scale’ in in landscape architecture. However in my Figure 1 the analysed textbooks: None of the text- view there is another reason for so few A comparative analysis books lists ‘scale’ as subject in its table of attention to ‘scale’; there is no doubt that between eight text-contents; Most textbooks do include the all of the authors would rate the concept books on the issue of ‘scale’ 210 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES of scale in landscape architecture as a key 2008). Rhythm is a wel -known example concept but it is implicit in most texts, pro-of space/time continuum and frequently jects and illustrations in the textbooks. used as design principle in landscape ar- chitecture (Spirn, 1988). Rhythm is a typical Size, scale and level example of space/time experience in the The distinction between size, scale and lev- daily living environment. Knowles (1981) in el is fundamental in landscape architecture his study on the sun shows the influences of (Lynch, 1974; Selman, 2006; Batty, 2008). the solar rhythm on the daily environment. Size can be measured, either in the field Rhythm is the repetition of visual elements or from the map, or GoogleEarth. Scale in to establish a pattern. Similar to music, landscape architecture is used in different rhythm invites in developing a tempo in ways: the cartographic scale (Lenzhölzer, design, enticing users with a variety of in-2010), changing scale means also changing triguing variations (Craig, 2001). Christory legends; the human scale (Haak, 2005), size (1994) gives an interesting example of how in relation the people (Hall, 1966); scale technical road management is influenced of elements or structures in the landscape by diurnal and seasonal rhythms. By incor-in relation to other elements, for instance porating rhythm into design, you can max-parking places related to size of cars; scale imise the impact of the visual experience in time/space, speed of movement defines and create a sense of unity and harmony. also the use and experience of the land- The most common rhythm in landscape scape (Jellicoe, 1960; Parkes & Thrift, 1980). architecture is linear plantations of trees 211 at a regular distance along roads or other Levels; the time/space continuum. In the places. However there are also other exam-landscape as object of planning and de- ples; Knowles (1992) analysed the rhythm sign, we consider the landscape as a space/ over time of the landscape development in time continuum. It means that we cannot a case study in Ohio (US) by a comparative see and experience space and time sepa-analysis of a series of maps. Figure 2 rately (Craig, 2001; Lynch, 1974). The term The landscape as a ‘level’ is used to refer to this space/time space/time continuum continuum and refers not only to the spatial represented as levels. In the core activities in scale but also to the temporal scale (fig. 2). the design process — Generic spatial scales are: local, regional, perception, analysis, national scales. Generic temporal scales are synthesis — levels play short term, middle-long term, long term. a key role because at every level the The three levels refer also to a generic dis- content is different. At tinction in the project; the level of context the level of element, of the plan, the plan and its internal struc- material form and ture and the elements within the plan that design materials play a role, at the structural are either part of the structure or not. The level the water system relation between time & space is one of the and the road system, characteristics of landscape architecture at the level of process and determines the dynamics of landscape the landscape as a system is the heart of form, use and design (Zevenbergen et al., the matter ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 3 Content and some examples of the different levels used in landscape architecture Scale in teaching design in landscape The context is the domain of processes architecture; the studio that influence the project area and the Teaching design in landscape architecture internal structure, such as the geological is always related to scale but that is mostly material, the water system and climate. implicit and rarely taught explicitly. In any new project or assignment, a first step is to Scale plays a role in all teaching modes in distinguish between project area and con-landscape architecture. In fieldwork the text, defined by the boundary. Inside the focus is on learning to see and systemati-212 boundary we find elements, structures and cally analyse the form & use the landscape processes, of which some extend into the (Fekete & Toorn, 2021). In seminars the context, the study area. Levels comprise main issue is learning to research in the both space & time and have a different context of design. For this paper I will focus content for each type of project; for an on teaching in the studio. urban park or a landscape plan for a re- gion (fig. 3). It means that scale is always Scale in the studio; learning to design related to the landscape, while levels are The studio — in French ‘atelier’ — is the core related to the project and the design pro-of any program in landscape architecture; cess. Scale is not necessarily related to the in most cases lectures and seminars are project but levels are. taught in the morning, the studio in the afternoon. The studio mimics the work in Learning to distinguish levels. Distinguish- practice; in general a studio will follow the ing levels is the start of any project of as- same steps in the design process of per- signment. One of the elementary activities ception, analysis, synthesis. Note that these in teaching design in a Master’s studio is steps are sequential but do also include the distinction of levels. Levels are related feedback. So, during a design process to the specific project and comprise space from assignment to plan and realisation, & time. In defining the boundary of the this sequence is repeated many times project, the project area and the context resulting in cyclical design process. The become clear. The area within the bound-didactic principle of learning and teaching ary has an internal structure and elements. in the studio is learning in real life and 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES real time by means of learning by doing defining the problem, the content of the (Schön, 1985; Latz, 2008). Usually the Mas-levels can be defined. First the main level ter’s is built up in the three semesters and which then becomes the central issue, then comprises for instance; semester one (ur-there is a level of context and the level of ban park as part of the urban landscape), materialisation. semester two (new urban extension, with historical elements), semester three (land- Figure 4 scape plan for the regional scale) (Holden, Problem analysis and 2009; Vroom, 2014). In the BSc, the assign- defining levels for an ment — or the ‘brief’ — is described in the assignment of improv- ing an urban park form of a problem statement ready to start immediately with the design problem. In the MSc, the assignment is more gener- ally formulated for instance as a question on what landscape development. The students themselves have to define the assignment into a design problem and design approach. The assignment / program; problem analysis and defining levels; what is the 213 design problem? Problem analysis; what is the design prob- The scale of the landscape / site lem and at what level is the core of the Since in landscape architecture, the exist-problem located (Rowe, 1987)? Taking the ing landscape before intervention is always example of an assignment for the improve-a point of departure, the scale of the site is ment of an urban park because the park a first issue. Let’s take two different examis poorly used according to the munici- ples; an assignment for an urban plaza of pality, the problem analysis could result ±150x150 metres or one for a part of a rivin the creation of a new element — say a er valley of say 10 kilometres. The scale of children’s playground — but it could also working on the urban plaza is somewhere lead to a conclusion that the organisation around 1:500/1:1000. For the context of of different activities is poorly done or that the urban plaza, 1:5000/10.000 will do, the park is not easily accessible from the while for details the 1:50/1:100 scales will neighbourhoods around the park. All three do. For the river valley project, the scales problem definitions play a role on different are about ten times larger. Note that the levels and will result in a core level where smallest scale remains always the same the problem is located (fig. 4). In case of a because it represents the human scale. new playground, it is the level of element, for the organisation of different activities The scale of the project, related to the in the park the level of structure is needed design process; levels of intervention & and for the access, the level of process in basic activities/operations the context of the park is essential. After The basic activities/operations during the ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings design process are perception, analysis, Figure 5 and synthesis. They are applied at each At each level, the level. During the whole design process basic activities/op- feedback plays a key role, making the erations are applied. Repeating these basic whole process recursive. So, through the activities at each level distinction of levels, scale is part of the represent steps in the design process at large (fig. 5). design process while feedback makes the process recursive Perception is a general term for the distinc- tion between looking, seeing and obser- vation (Bijhouwer, 1954; Deffontaines et al., 2006; Ferguson, 1999; Vroom, 2014). In perception the landscape is seen as an object of planning and design in which the relations between landscape form, func- tioning and use are analysed. In one of the dealt with at different levels of perception. first steps during the problem analysis, the Working out will result in first strategic con-perception of the problem is a key issue cept for the landscape development in the (fig. 6). What is the viewpoint as basis for long run. This first strategic concept is the a design approach? Here questions of the basis for a first field visit in which form, relation between people & environment, function and use of the existing landscape 214 between nature & culture and between are analysis on site. Working out this first conservation & development have to be fieldwork, forms the basis for the second Figure 6 Garden, park, land- scape as basic prob- lem types in landscape architecture in relation to the scale of the landscape as problem space 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES concept on the level of structure. In this Figure 7 concept the relation between the structure In synthesis, program, of the existing landscape and the re-struc- site are brought turing on the basis of the program are together in a new organisation of the conceptualised; how does the designed landscape; the integra- structure relate to the existing structure? tion of site, program The structural concept is the basis for a and design interven- second field visit in which the material form tions by integrating the different levels of the landscape forms the focus. Design of intervention into materials ground, water, plantation and a meaningful order. different forms of hardening, pavement This bringing together are the main focus. Working out of the is based on a con- cept and conceptual fieldwork should result in a first concept thinking and is done for the materialisation of form of the land- in small steps; first a scape (Toorn & Have, 2012: Toorn, 2022). strategic concept is All together, the step of perception results developed that defines the landscape devel- in three first concepts, a first investigation opment in the long into the site in relation to the program and run, then a structural a number of research questions (fig. 7). concept is developed that defines how the new structure relates to Analysis; what are the forces behind the the existing landscape structure and finally 215 form? In the analysis, the functioning and use of the landscape as a system is inves- the material concept tigated. What are the forces behind the that comprises the ma- terialisation of form is form of the landscape; forces imposed work in landscape architecture is done in developed. Feedback on the existing landscape and how they projects, both in practice, research and makes the process cy-relate to the interventions proposed by in teaching. The project is defined on the clical; note that in the diagram, the feedback the plan? The landscape as a system com- basis of an assignment, a commission or is left out to make it prises different forces; natural, socio-eco-a question of a client. The project defines more readable nomic forces and cultural forces. At each the boundary and the time schedule. The level they work out differently that can be boundary of the project can be a physical represented in a matrix. Knowledge and in-boundary for instance a fence around a sight into the functioning of the landscape park but it can also be an administrative as a system is needed in all plan making boundary (property, municipality, province because in landscape architecture there or other) which is invisible in the field. The is always an existing landscape as point boundary defines the size and implies a of departure. basic problem type. In the synthesis, the integration between site & program, be- Synthesis; design interventions at each tween the different levels, between con-level. In synthesis the are distinguished ception & analysis, takes place (Toorn, as levels of intervention (fig. 7). How can 2008). While analysis is based on explicit program, site and design concept be in-analytical methods and techniques, for tegrated into a new meaningful order? All synthesis there are no explicit and defined ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings methods but is based on a conceptual ap-analysis. In landscape architecture there proach (Rowe, 1987). In the design pro- is no planning without design and no de- cess at large, site & program, research & sign without planning; the same goes for design, the different levels of intervention management. So, I see planning, design are integrated and transformed into a new and management not as ‘sub-disciplines’ meaningful order based on conceptual of landscape architecture but as part of thinking. any project, although with a different fo- cus. Any project has planning, design and Discussion management aspects that come together Scale in the design process. In science, four different types of scales are distinguished; nominal (just numbering), The time/space continuum ordinal (numbering in a ranking order), In geography, one of the problems in the interval scale (ordering and ranking based definition of scale and making it opera-on the same intervals) and ratio scales (ab- tional, is that even though the relations solute scales having a zero point as start- between time & space are always there, ing). In physics the term ‘order of magni- they are not always causal relations (Herod, tude’ is used to describe scales in nature 2003; Marston et al., 2005). In the network that range from nano to stellar systems in approach of human environments, scale astronomy and is based on mathematics is not a major issue but the processes, (Havel, 1995). It is an exponential change structures and relations are emphasised; 216 of plus or minus 1 in the value of a quan- the digital networks are also scaleless. Use tity or unit. The term is generally used in of the human scale is specific for use in conjunction with power-of-10 scientific design disciplines. Note that in geography notation. In architecture, scale is mostly the time/space continuum raises questions referring to human scale. In landscape in its causal relations. Harvey (1968) draws architecture the term ‘scale’ is usually re-attention for the scientific weakness of ferring to maps and cartographic scale, to the time-space concept in geographical human scale or to other elements in the research: The connection between the landscape and time. temporal and spatial (…) usually remains undefined, although there is no doubt that Planning and design several traditional methods of handling The distinction between planning and time-space transformations are intuitively design is not a matter of scale but is re-appealing. It would be helpful, however, lated to the ongoing development of the if temporal and spatial elements in any profession/discipline and the demands of geographical problem could be connected society. The work of landscape architec-in some more formal manner. It means that ture diversifies, is deepening and widening the time-space continuum often implies a also due to new demands of society. The causal relationship but that is not always distinction is not so much related to scale the case. This is also relevant for landscape — planning, design and management play architecture both in the analysis of the a role at all scales — but to assignment, landscape as a system and in plan making. type of design problem and problem 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Conclusion In daily practice but also in teaching, Scale in landscape architecture is multi-fac- scale is always related to size and level. etted phenomenon that plays a key role in This triplet of size, scale, level is used in teaching, practice and research. It is largely all phases of the design process. In teach-implicit and there are almost no publica- ing it should be built up in a sequence tions on ‘scale’ as such. that begins with the physical scale (map & legend). The second step should focus In the eight textbooks, in my own educa- on the human scale (space and daily use) tion and now in my research and teaching, and finally time/space (speed of move-scale was a key issue but not dealt with and ment and experience of the landscape). not taught as such. Teaching in landscape Scale is also related to the speed of move-architecture takes place in real life and real ment; at different speeds of movement, time, where scale is always at stake but is the experience is different. In our culture mostly implicit. Next to the studio, teaching of mobility, the design of spaces of flow of scale takes predominantly place in field-is part of most projects. Core of design work where learning to see the landscape at of spaces of flow is ‘design speed’ that different levels in time and space and how creates different experiences. Part of the scale influences form, functioning and use. design problem is to integrate these dif- ferent aspects. Scale in landscape architecture compris- es both time and space, that results in the The distinction between different levels 217 dynamics of landscape form, use and de- applies to the main types of thinking and sign. We use the term ‘level’ for the time/ working in the process of plan making; space continuum. Core of learning about perception, analysis, synthesis. They are scale in landscape architecture is that at part of a cyclical design process in which different scales there are different levels; feedback defines its iterative character. elements, structures and processes. Some- In landscape architecture education, three times they are related but often not. In the aspects of scale can be distinguished. First design process, the integration of levels is of all in building up the program, from a key issue in the synthesis. The distinction garden to landscape or from small scale between different levels is a helpful means to the regional scale. Secondly, scale is to analyse the form of the landscape in a fundamental in any project in the studio, systematic way. in fieldwork and research, we use the dis- tinction between levels. Finally, scale is also As in cartography and mapping, any map part of the personal development of the on a specific scale has a special legend. In student, a cognitive process learning to fieldwork, students learn to see how the see the different scales in one site/land-same site/landscape can be related to dif- scape and the embodied experience of ferent scales that result in different forms, the landscape in distance, elevation, ma-functioning, use and meaning. Scale is a terials and spaces. mental construct that helps students to come to grips with the (dynamics of) form and use of the landscape. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings References (eds.) 2009. De l’enseignement du paysage en ar- Batty, M. 2008. The size, scale and shape of cities. chitecture — Teaching landscape with architecture. Science 319(-), 769-771 Éd. de la Villette: Paris, 100-108 + p 434-439 Bell, S. 1999. Landscape — Pattern, perception and Holden, R. & J. Liversedge 2014. Landscape architec-process. Spon: London, 344 ture — An introduction. Laurence King Publishing: Bell, S. 2012. Landscape — Pattern, perception and London, 208 process. Routledge: London, 2nd ed., 348 Jellicoe, G.A. 1960. VII Scale, diversity, and space. in: Bijhouwer, J.T.P. 1954. Waarnemen en ontwerpen in Jel icoe, G.A. 1960. Studies in landscape design I. tuin en landschap. Argus: Amsterdam, 120 Oxford University Press: London, 88-109 Birli, B. 2016. From professional training to academic Knowles, R.L. 1981. Sun rhythm form. MIT Press: discipline — The role of international cooperation Cambridge MA, 289 in the development of Landscape architecture at Knowles, R. 1992. Rhythms of perception. Places higher education institutions in Europe. TUWien 8(2), 72-81 Fachbereich Landschaftsplanung und Gartenkunst: Latz, P. 2008. Design as experimental invention. in: Vienna, 248 Weilacher, U. 2008. Syntax of landscape — The Blumenfeld, H. 1953. Scale in civic design. Town landscape architecture of Peter Latz and Partners. Planning Review 24(1), 35-46 Birkhäuser: Basel, 167-187 Burt, T. 2003. Scale: upscaling and downscaling in Laurie, M. 1976. An introduction to landscape archi- physical geography. in: Holloway, S.L. & S.P. Rice tecture. American Elsevier: New York, 3rd pr., 214 & G. Valentine (eds.) 2003. Key concepts in geog- Lenzhölzer, S. 2010. A city is not a building — Archi-raphy. SAGE Publ.: London, 209-229 tectural concepts for public square design in Dutch Christory, J.-P. 1994. Infrastructures urbaines — réali-urban climate contexts. in: Lenzhölzer, S. 2010. sation, fonctionnement et maintenance au rythme Designing atmospheres — Research and design des saisons. Les annales de la recherche urbaine for thermal comfort in Dutch urban squares. WUR 61(1), 79-87 Landscape architecture: Wageningen, 31-53 Craig, M. 2001. Rhythms of the city — Temporalised Lynch, K. 1974. Site planning. MIT Press: Cambridge space and motion. in: May, J. & N. Thrift (eds.) MA, 2nd ed/4th pr., 383 218 2001. Timespace — Geographies of temporality. Marston, S.A. & J.P. Jones III & K. Woodward 2005. Hu-Routledge: London, 187-207 man geography without scale. Transactions Institute Deffontaines, J.-P. & J. Ritter & B. Deffontaines & D. of British Georgraphers New Series 30(4), 416-432 Michaud 2006. Petit guide de l’observation du pay- Motloch, J.L. 2001. Introduction to Landscape Design. sage. Éd. Quae: Paris, 31 John Wiley & Sons Inc.: New York, 2nd ed., 369 Fekete, A. & M. van den Toorn 2021. Teaching fieldParkes, D. & N. Thrift 1980. Times, spaces, and plac-work in landscape architecture in European context; es — A chronogeographic perspective. J. Wiley & some backgrounds and organisation. Land 10(3), Sons: Chichester, 527 237-270 Rowe, P.G. 1987. Design thinking. MIT Press: Cam- Ferguson, E.S. 1999. Engineering and the mind’s eye. bridge MA, 229 MIT Press: Cambridge MA, 5th pr., 241 Schön, D. 1985. The design studio — An exploration Haak, A.J.H. 2005. De menselijke maat — Een studie of its traditions and potentials. RIBA,: London, 99 over de relatie tussen gebruiksmaten en menselijke Selman, P. 2006. Planning at the landscape scale. afmetingen, bewegingen en handelingen. DUP: Routledge: London/New York, 213 Delft, gew. dr., 87 Simonds, J.O. 1961. Landscape architecture — The Hall, E.T. 1966. The hidden dimension. Anchor Books shaping of man’s natural environment. McGraw- Doubleday, New York, 217 Hill: New York, 244 Harvey, D.W. 1968. Pattern, process, and the scale Simonds, J.O. (1997). Landscape architecture — A problem in geographical research. Transactions of manual of site planning and design. McGraw-Hill: the Institute of British Geographers - (45), 71-78 New York, 3rd. ed., 405 Havel, I.M. 1995. Scale Dimensions in Nature. Inter- Spirn, A.W. 1988. The poetics of city and nature: to- national Journal of General Systems 23(2), 303-332 wards a new aesthetic for urban design. Landscape Herod, A. 2003. Scale: the local and the global. in: Journal 7(2), 108–126 Holloway, S.L. & S.P. Rice & G. Valentine (eds.) 2003. Swyngedouw, E. 2004. Scaled Geographies: Nature, Key concepts in geography. SAGE Publ.: London, Place, and the Politics of Scale. in: Sheppard, E. & 229-249 R.B. McMaster (eds.) 2004. Scale and geographic Holden, R. 2009. Landscape architecture education — inquiry — Nature, society, and method. Blackwell A European overview. in: Laffage, A. & Y. Nussaume Publ. Ltd.: Oxford, 129-154 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Toorn, M. van den 2008. Teaching in landscape archi- tecture; from practice-based to knowledge-based design. in: Gómez Chova, L. & D. Martí Belenguer & I. Candel Torres (eds.) 2008. International Technology and Education Development (INTED) 2008 Pro- ceedings. International Association of Technology, Education and Development (IATED): Valencia, 10 p Toorn, M. van den 2022. Landscape architecture at Wageningen (Netherlands) — The last 50 years of teaching and research — L’architecture de paysage à Wageningue (Pays-Bas) — Les 50 dernières années d’enseignement et de recherche. Projets de Paysage (2022) - Hors-série. 19/22 Toorn, M. van den & R. Have 2012. Notebooks as didactic tool in design education. in: Landatxe, J.B. (ed.) 2012. Proceedings of the 2012 International conference on engineering and mathematics — En- gineering & mathematics (ENMA). University of the Basque Country: Bilbao, 64-71 Vroom, M.J. 2014. Leren kijken — Het Wageningse onderwijs en onderzoek in de tuin- en landschap- sarchitectuur. Blauwdruk: Wageningen, 288 Zeisel, J. 2006. Inquiry by design — Environment / Behavior / Neuroscience in architecture, interiors, landscape and planning. New York, Norton & Co., rev. ed., 400 Zevenbergen, C. & W. Veerbeek & B. Gersonius & S. 219 van Herk 2008. Challenges in urban flood manage- ment: travelling across spatial and temporal scales. Journal of Flood Risk Management 1(-), 81-88 Scaling up, scaling deep: Negotiating scales for productive urban landscapes C. Chakrabarti1, M. Shah2 CEPT University, Ahmedabad, India 1 chandrani.chakrabarti@cept.ac.in 2 mansi.arch@gmail.com Abstract The teaching modules progressed from This paper disseminates pedagogy and large to small - XL, L, M, and S - and each detailed methodology for a scale-based contained a unique set of questions approach to landscape design towards pertaining to that scale. Each module productive and resilient solutions. The equipped students to engage with the site chosen is around the Sabarmati, a complexities of the site through larger seasonal and severely engineered river and smaller lenses. The authors argue that passes through Ahmedabad – Gan-that based on the results of the exercis- 221 dhinagar area in Western India. A stretch es, this approach has enabled weaving of the river edge was identified as a site sensitive connections across scales, and that can be developed as a public space, interventions have largely reflected on sorely needed in the growing cities. The both- ecological and social dimensions. site consists of remnants of the degrad- Students’ survey results and design out- ed ravine, acres of farmlands, pockets of comes will be highlighted in the paper, urban vil ages, and a river bed contested revealing the approach and module where with illegal sand mining - all of which are students need more time. in the face of change from urban pressure. Keywords To reflect on ecological processes and Productive landscape, public space, ped-environmental concerns related to the agogy, scales, landscape futures site, a framework was necessary to foster a comprehensive understanding of land- Introduction - Unit Context scape scales and operations connected The studio’s chosen site (Figure 1) lies outside the area. As a result, a methodolo-in the peri-urban area around the Ah- gy for module-based teaching was created medabad - Gandhinagar metropolitan to help students grasp the connections area along the edge of the seasonal river between the larger environment, the site, Sabarmati in Western India. The Sabarmati and other interactions on a human scale. River basin falls in the hot arid region in the mid-southern part of Rajasthan and Gujarat, with a total catchment area of ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings 21,674 sq.km., out of which 18,550 sq.km. lies in Gujarat state. It is primarily a rainfed river, and the soil type allows moderate to severe erosion on the edges to create ravine-landscapes with deep gorges. Over time, the catchment area has reduced due to rapid urbanisation, and the river stays dry most of the year. With the vision to create a permanent riverfront around Ahmedabad city, the landscape was engi- neered to borrow water from the Narmada irrigation canal. Today, the central part of Sabarmati, around Ahmedabad, 11.5 km in length, in the heart of the city, has been developed as Sabarmati Riverfront devel- opment (Figure 2: right). Further along, the stretch of Sabarmati towards the north, an extension is planned as a part of phase 2 development. Similarly, Gandhinagar often begins and ends at the site, disentan-Figure 1 has also developed stereotypical public gling several networks, flows, and oper-Growth of cities and 222 context of sites chosen projects along the river, like Sarita park ations vital to a resilient approach. And for studio units (Figure 2: left) and plans to implement an since the site development plans are in Ahmedabad-like riverfront project in the the works to create public space propos-near future. als, the studio units placed students on demonstrating a project that balances aes- Large swaths of vacant public parcels thetics, functionality, and ecological value. along the northern part of the Sabarmati river lie in waiting for the opportunity to be The question then was, as human and developed. Figure 3 shows images of the environmental phenomena occur at very terrain and the site’s patches along the riv-different scales, how to develop appropri- er’s unbuilt edges. Several anthropogenic ate solutions in the scale of perceptible activities and disturbances along the flood-landscape design, being mindful of larger plain include mining, sewage dumping, ecosystem health. It necessitated a meth-and significant Prosopis juliflora spread. odology that accomplishes two key goals: Without intervention, it poses a long-term 1. Move beyond stereotypical urban park threat to the land and the remaining native development with intensive lawns and species. pockets of ornamental species that have become a common approach to Observing the urban design projects con- development and bring a paradigm structed along the river reveals a meth- shift in design thinking of urban land- odological gap in reading the landscape scapes that acknowledges systems scales. The conventional design process and native ecology. 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Figure 2 Left: Sarita Park in Gan- dhinagar, on the edge of Sabarmati, shows flattened terrain and stereotypical urban park development with common urban trees. Right: Sabarmati riverfront development in Ahmedabad 2. Develop contemporary spatial solu- continued to evolve while maintaining its tions that can consider the systems fundamental premise of designing across at various scales, from minor details scales. of plantings to the larger context of the surrounding neighbourhood or Methodology- Scaling up, scaling deep city—and build from a holistic under-The methodology follows linking design standing of the relationships between thinking from macro to micro in three mod-different elements and systems at play. ules and then back to the macro scale within 16 weeks (Figure 4). Working around For this, we developed a pedagogy the same site, Eco-warrior focuses on a 223 demonstrated through two studio units- productive and performative landscape, Eco-Warrior and Water Plus at CEPT Uni-and Water Plus focuses on interventions versity. The unit Eco-Warrior was conduct- around water-holding areas. ed with Bachelor of Urban design students in 2020, 2021, and 2022. The Water Plus In the first module, students look at the unit was conducted in 2021 and 2022 with river as a system and understand its re-students of the Master of Landscape Archi- lationship to the built fabric. At the XL tecture. The sixteen-week-long semester scale, water flows, networks (ecological or for both units was programmed into three infrastructural), city systems, or patterns Figure 3 modules through a scale-based approach. (of usages or vegetation) become crucial. Images from one of The pedagogy developed in 2020 has Students often look at multiple parameters the sites along the Sabarmati. Left: Degraded embankments, scattered Prosopis and mining dominating the floodplain. Right: Historic ravines run through the site. Also seen is the dominance of Prosopis and the characteristic grain of vegetation. Site images documented during July- August 2022 at Gandhinagar riverside ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings 224 to build a vision plan at the XL scale in rela- In urban design, since students observe tion to the challenges observed at the site. landscapes for the first time, the XL mod-Figure 4 ule output varies widely. They could range Modules vs timeline of The second module, or the L/M scale, from conceptual strategies, such as con-Eco-Warrior and Water involves developing a detailed design necting disparate ecological ensembles, to Plus studios taught in 2020, 2021, and 2022 aligned with the vision plan. Seeing and water conservation approaches at various showing different reflecting on the scale at the city level en-scales. Projects also include more typo- adjustments over the ables a better understanding of challeng- logical approaches to bring ecosystem years es, vegetation patterns, and knowledge services from the site into the urban fabric. of comparable circumstances throughout For example (Figure 6) shows a project the riverbank. The design decisions made (Forms of Bio-architecture) that devel-at this scale should support and validate oped a series of visual and spatial cues the concept chosen by the student. And through specific architectural forms that it is at the S scale that site-specific design provide a range of ecosystem services - solutions are further resolved and tested in the site and beyond. The student’s first for their performance across scenarios evaluation of terrain, ravines, and missing (Figure 5). urban linkages catalysed further into the idea of bridging and making visible dis- persed places through architecture for ecological regeneration in module 1. 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Figure 5 Modules showing scales of interventions from vision plan at XL, site-specific design at L scale and details, vegetation, at S scale, all of which cohesively stitch together towards a concept of Water-full: Slow, Spread & Seep- strategies at varied scales for water re- charge (credit: Hariyali Gajera, 2021, Unit Eco Warrior 2021) The project concept is further detailed To develop the XL strategy in module 1, in the second module. The site’s zoning detailed mapping of sand mining sites contains areas for conservation, water was recorded along with their degree of storage, and forest patches, interspersed deterioration, disturbance in landform and with suitable infrastructures for ecological vegetation, and the emergence of avifau-and social purposes for the community nal species after the mining stops. 225 and upkeep of the land, following the XL strategy. Through a more comprehensive In the second module, the post- sand understanding of how the site relates to mining sites were chosen for the L scale its surroundings, the student was able to design, which already have signs of revival create a design that was inventive and with a strong presence of many avifaunal sensitive. species. The master plan developed at this scale had specific sets of landscape In the third module, or at the S scale, small habitats to further enhance the nesting, and specific design solutions with details feeding, and roosting habits of avifaunal of architectural form are developed along species spotted on site. with specificities on planting strategies, activities, and possible usages of the in- Since the ecotones are the most biodiverse frastructures (Figure 6). At every stage, among the avifaunal species, three differ-students are encouraged to be mindful ent edge conditions - aquatic, terrestrial, of the multiscalar consequences of the and riparian buffer, were designed in detail decisions and how XL, L, and S scales are at the S scale (Figure 7). The scale-based related when stitched together. reading helped in a clear understanding of the relationship between flora and avifau- Along the same line, in the Water Plus na in different transition zones that could unit, a student followed a systematic un-be applied to restore and revive similar derstanding of the context to revive the sites beyond the chosen site boundary. post-sand mining sites along the river bed. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 6 Shows a few drawings from the Project ‘Forms of Bio-architecture’ by Parth Patel. The Gan- dhinagar city vision and site-specific stud- ies are presented in the XL module. Design is demonstrated in the L-M module. And the third module includes planting techniques, architectural interven- tions, and detailed plans (Credit: Parth Patel, Eco-warrior unit 2020) 226 Observations and Changes a larger terrain, the students worked in In module 1 groups to record and collate the informa- It was observed that the XL scale required tion from the site. In the case of Eco-warri-a thorough understanding of the past and or, since the understanding of the system present physical layers of the site, like to-at the XL scale was mainly done through pography, geology, limnology, hydrolo- field observation by the urban design stu- gy, and vegetation grains. These investi- dents, a three-week duration was satisfac- gative studies were conducted through tory to define a vision and move on to the toposheets, GIS spatial analysis, and site following scale. Whereas in the Water Plus observations. Since the physical context at unit, detailed calculation of surface water this scale remains relatively similar across catchments and stream corridor analysis 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Figure 7 Shows a few draw- ings from the Project ‘Reversing a cataclysm’ by Janhavi Modh. It fo- cuses on the revival of post-sand mining sites - restoring the missing links between ecology, people, and the river demonstrated through different scales (Credit: Janhavi Modh, Unit Water Plus 2022) 227 at XL scale required the duration to be 5 five weeks to develop resolved designs. weeks (Figure 4). However, in Module 3, as students work on finer resolutions, the L scale is reviewed In module 2 and modified as more accurate informa- At the L-M scale, as each student devel- tion becomes available. In Waterplus, al- oped their area of interest, the master plan though the timeline of the L-M scale was projects became individual exploration. It reduced to 4 weeks, the transition to the was the most crucial stage of the design S scale took an additional 2 weeks. process, as it formed the bridge between XL and the S scale. The L scale module in In module 3 the Eco Warrior Unit is programmed for For the S scale, students were asked to ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings demonstrate a detailed design solution often recognising that the challenges may for a particular area most representative of not have their originations in the defined the master plan. For the Eco Warrior unit, area of intervention. this module is given a full eight weeks to work on finer details, such as architectural For example, within more urban sites, the resolutions, planting details, and season-proposed interventions were able to con- ality of the landscape. This module in the nect the site better in relation to the spatial following years was reduced to 7 weeks context, existing users, and future urban allowing time of one week to bring all dif-demands of open spaces. This further ferent scales together at the end. For the laid the ground to show that the defined Water Plus unit, four weeks of timeline in design approach will yield beneficial re-2021 only al owed making a virtual model sults for many similar urban sites. Thus, this and testing seasonality with changes in scale-based approach can demonstrate flora and fauna. Moving along the line of a site-specific detailed design and, at the resilient landscapes for the future, it was same time, can take the project beyond essential to test the design performance the site boundary by replicating it in other through extreme conditions of flood and similar parts of the city. drought. Hence, in 2022, the unit extended the time by one more week, which allowed The multi-scalar approach particularly al-the exploration of extreme scenarios and lowed the typology-based design strat-testing of an experience-based planting egies to go beyond the site and hence 228 strategy in response to ground moisture. widening the scale of the impact area. Therefore, the authors argue that the ty- Discussion and Conclusion pology-based solutions worked best in The Eco-Warriors and Water Plus unit achieving resolution at all scales, as their has run five times and generated a var-versatility allowed easy adaptation in dif- ied range of future public spaces. From ferent contexts. In contrast, the site-spe-these outcomes across the two urban de- cific or non-typology approaches often sign and landscape architecture programs, grapple with smooth transitions across the authors raise the discussions around the scales. Moreover, To capture how the two questions - module-based pedagogy fared with the 1. Did this scale-based structure of the students, a short survey was conducted unit help to best demonstrate a design to understand whether the continuity of solution? learning was consistent as the design tran- 2. Are all three XL, L, and S scales equally sitioned from large to small scale. It was important across all projects? overwhelmingly seen that everyone could reflect on the learning from one scale to To address the first question, the authors the next, irrespective of the type of project. argue that, in general, the methodology For the second question, the authors helped students to be more cognizant of conclude that not all projects need equal the multi-scalar consequences of their time in all three scales. This was further decisions. Through this methodology, stu-supported by the students’ survey, where dents were able to derive holistic solutions, subjects from the same unit voted for more 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES time, sufficient time, and less time in some Acknowledgements modules, depending on the nature of in-We would like to thank the Faculty of Planning and terventions. One way forward would be to the Faculty of Architecture at CEPT University. To all the students who have been a part of the units- Stu-keep the duration of modules in a dynam- dents of Bachelor of Urban Design (B.UD) in Eco ic equilibrium within a defined timeline, Warrior Unit 2020, 2021, 2022 and the Student in depending on the nature of the project. Master in Landscape Architecture (M.LA) in Water Another critical observation is that most plus unit 2021, 2022. To all the lecturers, reviewers and co-tutors for sharing constructive feedback and design decisions are taken at the L/M scale conversations over the years. And lastly, to all the as it bridges XL and S scales. Hence, for all people on-site- for offering essential lenses and mem-project types, the relative duration of the ories of the ever-changing river landscape. L/M scale module should be more than References the XL and the S scale. “Sarita Udhyan - Tourist Information Center.” Tourist Information Center, 2 Sept. 2021, touristinforma-Overall, the studio outcomes offered a tioncenter.net/sarita-udhyan. certain level of resolution and strategies “River Promenade – Sabarmati Riverfront.” River Promenade – Sabarmati Riverfront, sabarmatiriv-for scaling the project, linking better with erfront.com/river-promenade. Accessed 23 existing systems, and extending beyond Dec. 2022. the site. Because of this methodology, “Eco Adhocism_Forms of Bioarchitecture | students felt capable and excited about CEPT - Portfolio.” Eco-Adhocism_Forms of Bioarchitecture | CEPT -Portfolio,portfolio.cept. resolving spatial challenges apt to the ac.in/2020/M/fp/eco-warriors-edible-to-produc- scale, which may have worked poorly tive-landscapes-ur3005-monsoon-2020-2709/ eco-adhocism-forms-of-bioarchitecture-mon- 229 had the starting scale been the site itself. Further, the studio framework is based soon-2020-ud4916. Accessed 29 Dec. 2022. “Reversing a Cataclysm | CEPT - Portfolio.” Reversing on approaches towards active, produc-a Cataclysm | CEPT - Portfolio, portfolio.cept.ac.intive, and performative landscapes for /2021/M/fa/water-plus-creating-an-adaptive-ur- the future rather than ornamental and re- ban-edge-la4010-monsoon-2021/reversing-a-cat- aclysm-monsoon-2021-pla20145. Accessed 29 source-intensive designs. Hence, it is also Dec. 2022. in that light that scales matter as valuing Dempsey, N., Jayaraj, S. R., & Redmond, E. 2017. and acknowledging microsystems within There’s always the river: social and environmental the site not as a component but as a part equity in rapidly urbanising landscapes in India. Landscape Research, 43(3): 275-288. of a larger network. Kamdar, R. 2009. Observations along the Sabarmati. Landscape Environment Advancement Founda- However, this process is constantly shifting, tion India changing as it evolves. The most crucial Palmer, M., Bernhardt, E., Allan, J. D., Lake, P., Alexander, G. Brooks, S., et al. 2005. Standards for part of the scale-based process has been ecologically successful river restoration. Journal the ability to foster systemic thinking, give of Applied Ecology. 42(2):208-217 a befitting solution when sometimes the Palmer, M. A., Febria, C. M. 2012. Science, 336, 1393– problems may have their origin outside 1394. The heartbeat of ecosystems. the site and break the atomistic design constructions. 4x1: 4 km2 over 1 century G. Lobosco Architecture Department, University of Ferrara (Italy) lbsgnn@unife.it Abstract journey. In the long run, like an “hyper- “4x1” is a semester-long exercise devel- object”, the landscape we try to depict is oped by students at the University of Fer- always something that “withdraws” from rara. They were asked to select and frame our knowledge, perception or any attempt an area of 4 square kilometres from any-at fully describing it. But this is its fascina- where in Italy. Three plans were required, tion and why we keep probing it. representing the landscape context today, its ongoing transformative forces and its Keywords appearance in a century from now. The Object Oriented Ontology, hyperobjects, main request was to consider document-climate change, uncertainty, landscape ed forecasts on climate change effects, as representation 231 well as concurrent social trends (tourism, depopulation, etc.) or actual plans for ur- Introduction ban and infrastructure development. In Even in the face of the challenges im-contrast, they have been free to speculate posed by climate change and its effects, about future configurations according to landscape design in recent decades has different attitudes (policies) towards the been radically transformed from a prac-forces at play: ranging from strong an- tice oriented toward the perception and thropic responses to “do nothing” answers. visual composition of outdoor space to a One purpose of the assignment was to more ecologically oriented discipline for challenge students’ tendency at “over-which an understanding of the environ- mining” design or analysis tasks: that is ment, in its biotic and abiotic components, to take into account too general or generic is a key element. This trend, which has its topics, overestimating them, in the belief roots in the work of Ian McHrag (1969), has they can be transferred linearly from one naturally influenced the methods of land scale to another. Throughout the research, representation and investigation that have they had to, and learnt to, continuously themselves become an integral part of a change the scale of their investigation, design approach largely inspired by the even in order to decide how to frame the notion of landscape design as a herme-chosen context. The resulting illustrations neutic practice theorized by James Corner are a distilled outcome of a wider survey (1990a; 1990b) in his two essays published - on data and processes - which for the in Landscape Journal. Thirty years later, most part almost disappears during the the then-emerging dialectic between the ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings conception of landscape architecture as On the other hand, representing the scenography or infrastructure, although landscape «not as scenic but as complex from a purely theoretical point of view, now environmental processes» (Weller, 2020, seems to have been overcome in favour of p. 30) is instead the theme related to “hy-the latter (i.e., infrastructure), in practice, it perobject” representation that proactive-remains a perfectly valid opposition when ly includes the temporal dimension and analysing the forms of representation still identify the human as «one actor in larger used today. In this regard, as noticed by ecological and political networks wherein Richard Weller (2020), a main distinction all species and all forms of matter have can be done in the current types of rep-both rights and agency» (Weller, 2020, p. resentation assuming as reference both 34). According to Morton’s thought and the concept of “hyperreal” and the notion the philosophic assumptions of the Ob-of “hyperobject” as defined by the philos- ject Oriented Ontology (Harman, 2011) opher Timoty Morton (2013). that grounds it, such “flat ontology” im- plies that the access to reality is based on Hyperreal representations are structured as the interactions between objects with no “picturesque” images (in terms of perspec- preconceived hierarchy between human tive and points of view) and with a certain beings and things. As Graham Harman erotic tone. They contrast vividly with the (2018) argues, if we assume this flatness, context to enhance the ‘greenish’ sharp-we also should accept the fact that interac- ness of the proposed intervention. One of tions between things are just as deep, and 232 the characteristics of frequently used rep- just as limited, as the interaction between resentations is that of freezing the image in them and human thought. the future, showing a mature intervention (think of plants usually depicted as mature, Climate change is an example of this: it tall and lush, i.e. in a condition that takes does not exist as a function of our knowl-decades to reach) without focusing on edge or perception, it just exists. Like oth-what are instead the long, lived phases er objects, it retracts, it is irreducible to a of an environmental-landscape-type inter-univocal scale as well as it is inexhaustible vention. What the images associated with by our admittedly vast knowledge in the the hyperreal concept present is a sugges-same way it is by the, perhaps more lim- tion of “confidence and comfort” linked to ited but certainly different, knowledge of an idea of an “ecological paradise”. The a cetacean. Humankind can statistically focal point is that such images mask the study some of its manifestations, sensitive landscape and its processes, do not show or relational, at the local level, but no one the deeper, structural ecological and so-will ever be able to completely describe cial problems of contemporary cities by its contours or report it everywhere at the playing on a totally “passive” observation. same time scale. What Morton calls “hy-The deep-seated and widespread problem perobjects”, are something deeper than with the hyperreal is that «it is suspended processes since they occupy the multidi-between truth and fiction without exercis- mensional space of phases, which means ing and enjoying the full potential of both» they cannot be located at a single point (Weller, 2020, p. 32). in time or space. So, the climate change, 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES as other hyperobjects, exhibits its effects tion is a fundamental element for spatial only into an “interobjective” manner; that planning and that a dynamic multiplicity is, it can only be detected in a space that of urban processes cannot be contained consists of the reciprocal relationships be-within a singular, fixed spatial frame, James tween the aesthetic (sensible) properties Corner states that «projecting new urban of objects, whether human, artifact, animal and regional futures must derive less from or social constructs. a utopia of form and more from a utopia of process - how things work, interact and In this sense, the representation of land- interrelate in space and time. Thus, the em- scape as a device for aesthetic mediation phasis shifts from static object-space to the with reality can be extremely effective in space-time of relational systems. And, it is alluding to entities so complex and large in here, in this complex and shifty milieu, that space and time, even beyond the purpose maps, not plans, achieve a new instrumen-and intentions of those who produce them. tal significance» (Corner, 1999, p. 228). As While it is true that this excess of reality Weller noticed, since the subject at the nonetheless surpasses our perception, it centre of the hyperobject are the processis also true that today we are increasing- es of change, it is necessary to incorporate ly able, thanks to digital tools, to expand the dimension of time within landscape our awareness of the landscape beyond imagery. Engaging with the aesthetics of horizons and substances that were until time in itself is difficult enough, but the recently obscure. Analysing the ecologi-more “important challenge is not only to 233 cal component in its most technical and illustrate change, but to show how certain scientific part by distancing oneself from forms of human intervention (design) can purely picturesque positions reveals the affect, redirect, accelerate or slow down landscape as a system in which the bal-change” (Weller, 2020, 35). In other words, ance of forces is the only true impartial the challenge of working with hyperob-judge. Flows, forces, behaviours, relation- jects is not to indulge in what we might to- ships. These are the factors that, in their day call a contemporary sublime dictated becoming, continuously and irrepressibly by the aesthetics of the Anthropocene, but shape the landscapes around us. Begin-to insert ourselves with greater precision ning to perceive and represent invisible and critical sense into the environmental but extremely present factors is a funda-processes (and not only) that shape the mental prerequisite for a critical landscape landscape with the aim of understanding exploration. and redirecting them towards coherent and sustainable design practices. Describing both the dynamic nature of the landscape and the image we perceive of Methods it – i.e., its representation – the time-scale Focusing on these premises, we worked representation process can provide fertile with fifth-year students from the Depart-ground for the creation of new imaginary ment of Architecture in Ferrara as part of with the aim of shaping new landscapes. the Final Master Thesis Studio on a work-Reasoning on J. B. Harley (2009) position shop about the representation of land-regarding the fact that time-space rela- scape transformations over long-term time ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings horizons (Emanueli and Lobosco, 2018). Besides this assignment, few more con-The exercise we proposed is designed tains were given, concerning for example to develop an effective method of rep-the use of colours and the fact that each resenting the landscape by confronting phase had to be drawn in plan to a scale dimensional and temporal scales such of 1:5000, no matter what location they as to stimulate critical reasoning on the chose to investigate. Such relatively re-transformative processes that may affect a stricted viewport on the landscape should given environmental context. The work was have emphasized, or not, the correlation carried out in three phases corresponding between some transformative dynamics to as many plates they had to draw: and their field of influence. In other words, 1. Current scenario. Based on the availa- the aim of the work was to explore how ble information, an initial drawing de- the relationship between a given time span scribing the current condition of the and a given dimensional scale interfered chosen landscape had to be done. In with the representation of the landscape particular, notable and recurring land-and its understanding. Asking the students scape elements were depicted, such to limit the map to a certain framing has as topography, vegetation system, been a way to encourage them to think hydrogeology, anthropogenic com-outside the box (and the boundaries of ponents and so on. The location was representation) for finding larger phenom-left to the free choice of each student. ena that may affect the transition of the 2. Transformation processes. In relation physical space, which is, at the end, the 234 to the context described in phase 1, very challenge that any landscape project the possible effects that phenome-should address in our times. na, events or dynamics (water levels, drought, hydrogeological instability, Results abandonment of agricultural areas, The results extrapolated from the exercise development of infrastructure, de-were very heterogeneous, so that some forestation, etc.) could potentially areas examined seemed not to signifi-have on the landscape are identified cantly change while others showed ma-and represented in order to project jor variations. By way of example, we wil its possible transformation. briefly compare hereafter two works that 3. 100-year scenario. The third phase highlight, in slightly different geographic consisted in redesigning the land-contexts, the impacts of time (Figure 1). scape analysed, according to the same rules used for the current one but pro- The first case study focuses on the land- jected over a 100-year time horizon. scape between Lake Gioveretto and the The permanence or transformation of glacier of the same name that currently the anthropic and environmental sys-extends to just below Rabbi’s Peak in the tems is decided according to the pre- province of Bolzano (Italy) at an elevation viously hypothesized processes. This of about 3250 meters. The study of climate new landscape balance was matched trends related to rising average temper-by a coherent spatial articulation of atures has made it possible to estimate the elements described in phase 1. the actual retreat of the glacier within a 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES 235 century. This phenomenon is accompanied The effects of sea level rise within the Gra-Figure 1 by a whole series of impacts on the hydro- do Lagoon in Friuli-Venezia Giulia (Italy) Two examples of the logical and vegetation structure that will were addressed using the same method-maps produced by lead to a drastic change in the landscape. ology. This second case study examined the students. Above, the hypothetical These include the likely rise in the mean an eastern quadrant of this ecosystem cur-100-years evolution of lake level downstream of the glacier and rently characterized by the coexistence of the Gioveretto Glacier the consequent need to relocate part of different biotopes (salt marshes, mudflats, (elaborated by Gianlu-the road infrastructure bordering it. This etc.) whose variety is closely related to the ca Sartin); below, the analogous span of will be accompanied by a gradual expan- position of soils with respect to tidal levels. time investigated for sion of coniferous forests at higher eleva-In the elaboration of the 100-year projec- an area in the Grado tions and simultaneously the extension of tion, a heavy anthropogenic intervention Lagoon (elaborated by pioneer vegetation into areas that currently - consistent with the current directions of Yasmine Nouira) lack them. lagoon landscape conservation - was as- sumed to compensate for the rise of the mid-sea through backfilling operations of ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings the excavated material from the navigable en as much importance as the spatial one canals, guaranteeing as much as possible with the objective of clearly and specifi-the permanence of the wet, semi-wet are- cally identifying all the factors that could as and their related habitats. In this case, potentially affect the object and or be the the future scenario is nothing more than a subject of a project. sweetened, and equally artificial, version of the current one: visible only through a rep- In this sense, perhaps one of the greatest resentation that shows what is happening contributions of landscape architecture to below the surface of the water, but which the way contemporary design challenges otherwise would not be clearly perceptible are conceived and addressed lies precisely by a hypothetical observer on the field. in the acceptance of uncertainty (Lobosco, 2021). In relation to representation, this Discussion and conclusions translates into the concept of accuracy Looking at these examples, it is quite which recalls a strategic attitude to selec-clear that is only by the means of rep- tive precision: conscious or unconscious resentations that baulk at man’s intrinsic omissions and the coexistence of potential perception that we can grasp the already alternative paths become essential char-mentioned hyperobjects or, at least, re- acteristics of a resilient design process. alize what changes they might produce This does not imply a renunciation of the on a certain landscape. Only by taking a description and analysis of physical space critical-descriptive approach we can chan-but pushes the research deeper into those 236 nel this information and project it towards features of the landscape that simultane-concrete and coherent scenarios that go ously take up a plurality of meanings. The beyond a postcard image of reality. Far presented work carried out with students is from being a purely speculative exercise, an attempt to test this idea by constructing approaching the landscape through the potential paths of change to be addressed representation of its ongoing and future by the project. dynamics is essential for grounding design and planning practices much more aware In contemporary design culture, the pro-of the forces that, blending, shape the en- duction and reproduction of the landscape vironment in which we live. As Deleuze need to be increasingly configured as an and Guattari (1987, p. 12) said, «What imaginative act aimed at establishing a distinguishes the map from the tracing is field of comparison, a horizon of mean-that it is entirely oriented toward an exper- ing from which to develop multiple narra- imentation in contact with the real. […] The tives for the future. The landscape project map has to do with performance, where-should be thus identified as a field of pos- as the tracing always involves an “alleged sibilities related to interdependent – and competence”». To represent an object is in any case variable – environmental (veg-therefore to approach its understanding. etal, geological and morphological) patIn such perspective an especially in the terns, rather than as a univocal response case of landscape architecture, wishing to to specific needs. In this perspective, the be far removed from mere picturesque analogical function of representation must rhetoric, the temporal scale must be giv-replace the purely descriptive and analyti- 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES cal one in order to aesthetically penetrate theory of everything. Penguin Book: London, 304 pages. the reality of objects (like climate change) Lobosco G. 2021. Visualising Time and Uncertainty. that ontologically withdraw from us. Fortu- Harold Fisk’s Mississippi River Maps. Oase Journal. nately, although, some idealistic forms of 107, 114-116. representation (as the “hyperreal” ones) McHarg I. L. 1969. Design with nature. American Museum of Natural History: New York, 197 pages. still permeate the media, new approach- Morton T. 2013. Hyperobjects: Philosophy and Ecol- es are rising to question the “very large ogy after the End of the World. University of Min- finitude” of the hyperobjects featuring nesota Press: Minneapolis, 240 pages. the Anthropocene; and the experience Weller R. 2020. The hype of representation: some thoughts on the roles of the hyperreal and the hy-reported in this article follows precisely perobject in contemporary landscape architecture. this direction. Ri-Vista. 18(2), 30-39. Acknowledgements The results of the workshop are mainly due to stu- dents enrolled in the 2021-2022 academic year in the Final Master Thesis Studio in Landscape Ar- chitecture at the Architecture Department of the University of Ferrara. In addition to the author, the students were supported in their analysis and research by the other lecturers in the course to whom our thanks are extended: Prof. Luca Emanueli, Prof. Michele Bottarelli, Prof. Massimo Tondello, Prof. Car-237 melo Vaccaro and PhD(c) Lorenzo Tinti. References Corner J. 1990a. A Discourse on Theory I: Sounding the Depths - Origins, Theory, and Representation. Landscape Journal. 9, 61–78. Corner J. 1990b. A Discourse on Theory II: Three Tyr- annies of Contemporary Theory and the Alternative of Hermeneutics. Landscape Journal. 10, 115-133. Corner J. 1999. The Agency of Mapping: Speculation, Critique and Invention, in: Cosgrove D. (ed.), Map- pings. Reaktion Books: London, 213-252. Deleuze G., Guattari, F. 1987. A Thousand Plateaus: Capitalism and Schizophrenia. University of Min- nesota Press: Minneapolis, 629 pages. Emanueli L., Lobosco G. 2018. Scenarios’ Evaluation, in Emanueli L. (ed.), Riviera Reattiva. Quodlibet: Macerata, 107-113. Harley J. B. 2009. Maps, knowledge, and power, in Henderson G., Waterstone M. (eds.), Geographic thought: a praxis perspective. Routledge: New York, 129-148. Harman G. 2011. Guerrilla metaphysics: Phenome- nology and the carpentry of things. Open Court: Chicago, 280 pages. Harman G. 2018. Object-oriented ontology: A new Working across scales and contexts in the Aarhus River Valley R. C. Bach, S. D. Boris Aarhus School of Architecture, Denmark Abstract approach, introduced at a didactic level This paper uses two project-based semes- through the teaching design, can facilitate ter assignments from Studio 1A: Urban the ability to translate contextual findings Design|Landscape Architecture (UD|LA) from one scale into design proposals in and the Aarhus School of Architecture another, and vice versa. to argue for a cross-scalar approach that enables landscape architecture students This is important, as it teaches students to grasp the complexity and urgency in to reveal the rich complexity of sites and dealing with current challenges of urban-situations across scales and the context in 239 ization in the Anthropocene. which these are situated. Here the context is also to be understood through its active Through three different situations, one Latin root ‘contexere’ denoting an act of urban and two suburbans, the three-se-weaving rather than its more static ordinary mester assignments use the Aarhus River meaning. Valley as a common ground. In this con- text, the paper investigates how landscape Keywords contextual understandings can inform ur- Context, scale, didactics, landscape, ur- banization across scales in the river valley. ban design The explorations span from 1:1 hands-on Methods for scale experiments: Teaching experiments to spatial volume studies and design and matters of scale well-known, often-used tools and formats Teaching across scales and making the stu-like mappings, plans, sections, models, etc. dents capable of working across multiple scales is an area with a particular focus While the hands-on experiments include at Studio 1A Urban Design & Landscape implementing several small-scale, 1:1 Architecture at the Aarhus School of Ar-transformations of, i.e., forest landscapes chitecture (DK). based on the students’ (1) physical en- gagement, (2) careful site readings, and (3) The studio works with open semester as-considerations about future spatial condi- signments in which the students can pro- tions. Central for this is how a cross-scalar gram significant parts themselves and an ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings educational design that encourages them The didactic aim of introducing the jumps to investigate various topics through their between scales is to make the students focus. Working with relations between acknowledge that conditions in one scale scales are introduced through the teaching level can be related, inform and qualify designs, applying tools and knowledge, design choices made in other scales. The each student can utilize in their individu-approach has been tested in several as- al project. In the two described semester signment layouts, spanning from regional assignments, the focus was not on specific scale in 1:250.000 to 1:1 material investi-scales, but the relations between them, gations. The analysis required, spans from and how they can potentially inform each overall mappings of physical and struc-other. tural condition to investigations of urban life narratives and inventories of flora and In the professions of landscape architec- fauna. ture and urban design, it lies implicitly to work across scales, professional fields, and On several occasions, the scalar jumps boundaries. Insisting on working with both have been consecutively from one scale landscape architecture and urban design to another, often starting on the large scale simultaneously, the studio approach re-and moving downwards scalar-wise, with quires a significant degree of openness a sequence of trans-scalar iterations in and methodological adaptiveness and, the student’s process (see fig. 1, left). But thereby, a teaching design that reflects looking at the students’ results; they are a 240 those ambitions. It is our experience that product of a process with several prioriti-it requires a particular didactic focus to zations of found material and conclusions work and teach within the two fields for from different scales, brought forward in the students to learn from and process the the process to inform the work in the con-complexities that characterize them in or- secutively following scale. The informing der to develop qualified proposals. With and qualifying between scales are not special attention to scalar jumps, we seek necessarily based upon working through to establish a strong emphasis on scales as scales consecutively but rather interrela-dynamic relations rather than static, fixed, tions between various scales, depending and ordered. on the project and context. However, this teaching design spawns a productive and Throughout various approaches to scale often fruitful process and result. However, in recent teaching semesters, we have the “from top-to-bottom” scalar approach been working with teaching design and often leaves less attention from the student assignments that encourage the students to the scalar jump itself. In that regard, it to weave different findings together in seems fruitful to combine the conventional their projects, with a didactic agenda to approaches with assignments where the train them in informing and qualifying their teaching designs promote focus on the projects through contextual understand-scalar jumps in themselves. ings from multiple scales. We have tested several teaching designs in the studio to bring focus and awareness 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES to the scalar jumps, trans-scalar relations, Figure 1 and their qualifying potentials through- Left: The diagram out several semesters. On that behalf, resembles a conven- we state two hypotheses to be discussed tional and consecutive- ly movement through through three different didactic setups, scales from XL to small. resembling different approaches to the This sequence usually teaching design: contains iterations – By introducing forced jumps between between the scales throughout the pro- scales, also in a non-linear and non- explore their project sites, among others, cess; hierarchical order, in the teaching in Årslev, a smal vil age on the Northern middle: The spring design, the students will learn to work slopes of the river valley, as test sites for semester of 2018 with the relations between scales generating new knowledge on how to live related the scale of 1:1 adaptation to the rather than just scales as static, fixed, wisely in the urbanizing landscape outside larger scale of urban and ordered. Aarhus; processes of rewilding, landscape development, letting – By being aware of the contents of ecological principles and spatial landscape the formal language the various scales, the students will elements from the larger scale of the river of landscape space inform the design of heighten their attention to which valley (XL) were incorporated as critical urban plans. The au-contextual tools they use and how they parameters in the development of 1200 tumn semester of 2021 are applied in their design process. housing units in and around the village (L). was similar to the 2018 semester. It departed with 1:1 landscape ad- In the following, we will present three dif- Contrary to the larger-scale inquiries focus- aptation on the small 241 ferent cases of studio projects based on sing on the fringes of Aarhus and the town scale, relating it to three different teaching designs. The first scale of Årslev, both assignments began larger scales through-two projects depart from what is usual y with an experimental forest workshop in out the project; right: The teaching conceived as the small scale with 1:1 land- 1:1 exploring the potentials of afforesta- design of spring 2022 scape adaptation to what is usually con- tion from the position of the moving body pairs different scales ceived as the larger scales, and the third of the walker engaged in the breadth and (and their contexts) in works with various combinations of scales depth of the urbanizing territory. During odd couples to train the student to inform and their interrelations. The diagrams be- this initial workshop, the students made their project and their low illustrate the different approaches to visible and enhanced young afforesta-thinking in relation working across scales from the different tion projects’ recreational, spatial and semester’s teaching designs. ecological potentials by creating novel spatial and ambient experiences in 1:1 Case 1: Aarhus Surrounded by Forest (S). In the process, they developed and The two autumn assignments in 2018 and communicated a series of arboreal con-2021, “THE FOREST CITY – habitation and cepts, drawing on the formal language of rewilding,” with similar teaching design retrees; ‘Grove,’ ‘Clearing,’ and ‘Canopy’ as garding scalar jumps (see fig. 1, middle), they experienced it in the field during the explored if, and if so, how, sustainable workshops. habitation could be linked with affores- tation and the viridic transformation of In the following phases of the assign-an urban landscape in the Aarhus River ments, the formal language of trees and Valley. The students were encouraged to knowledge built up during the initial 1:1 ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings workshop informed the students and their continued work across scales, both in a series of conceptual visions for Aarhus as a city surrounded by forest (XL, 1:50.000), using abstract models exploring landscape ecological principles (M, 1:1.000), as well as in their final visions for the development of Årslev, as a new urban area woven into the lay of the land with a strong focus on afforestation (L, 1:10.000). Example 1: “Discovering the City through the Forest” by Robert Davies In the first example from 2018, Robert Davies worked in True Forest on a 150m. long passage through a dense planting of beech trees from where a series of Figure 2 different forest spaces and experiences Example 1: “Discover- revealed themselves as one walked along ing the City through the passage, becoming a gallery of dif- the Forest” by Robert Davies (Illustrations by ferent spatial experiences: Niches, clear- 242 Robert Davies) ings, perpendicular pathways, groves of yew were woven together by the passage. This concept, developed in 1:1, based on discoveries made on the ground and in the field, was expanded and translated by Robert into the scale of Aarhus later in the assignment. His final proposal used the concept of forest passages extensively, re- sulting in the urban forest not only working as a spatial boundary between city and countryside but also, maybe even more so, as a way to weave different scales of the city and its landscapes together, from the walker in motion, over the home, ur- ban quarter and district, to the city scale of Aarhus surrounded by forest. pathway based on discoveries done dur- Example 2: “Årslev Skovby” by Katrine ing the initial physical explorations of the Møllmann forest; plantings of cherry trees appeared In the second example from 2021, Ka- throughout the area and were brought for- trine Møllmann worked in Åbo forest on ward as guiding groves, a large, self-es-a series of spatial interventions and a new tablished clearing was enhanced and 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES cleared for new trees, and smaller clear- ings were placed along the pathway; all were drawing on the formal language of trees; ‘Grove,’ ‘Clearing’ and ‘Canopy.’ Katrina used this language to drive her proposal for Årslev forward and guide her forest-based vision for the town with ex- tended attention to edges and boundaries, which became another driving principle. Case 2: THE RAILWAY CITY IN AARHUS The assignment from spring 2022, “COMMONS – THE RAILWAY CITY IN AARHUS - new social structures in urban settlements,” dealt with a transformation of an industrial area in the city center ad- jacent to the Aarhus River valley. It had an overall focus on ‘commons.’ It investigat- ed large-scale (almost regional) entities, urban neighborhoods, infrastructures, lo- cal meeting places, and primed research 243 (study) questions like: How can the existing context be reinterpreted, understood, appreciated, and further developed on multiple scales? Furthermore, how can understandings and findings in landscapes, urban life, and urban forms qualify and inform a new neighborhood? The semester project aimed to investigate how landscape contextual understandings could inform urbanization across scales in the river valley, the urban setting, and the specific site. Explorations drove the as- signment in various scales to explore how this could qualify the design proposals for where the built volumes interacted with Figure 3 the given urban situations. The intent was its exterior spaces on multiple scales. Example 2: “Årslev that the designs should be informed by Skovby” by Katrine contextual relations and assets from mul- The final output should be an overall plan Møllmann (Illustrations by Katrine Møllmann) tiple scales, from the extra-urban, almost for the area, focusing on the design of a regional scale with the relation to the river specific urban setting (block, public spac-valley, to the small scale with a specific es) within the overall plan. design in a dense urban environment, ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings The educational design for the semes- ter had a sequence of phases where the students changing investigated different topics on different scales. The pairing of scales and the jumps in scales was choreo- graphed through the teaching design and did not follow the more conventional ap- proaches to working with scales, as contin- uously from top to bottom (see fig. 1, left) or as adjacent pairs (S+M (1:50+1:500), L+XL (1:1.000 + 1:20.000), etc.). The stu- dents were asked to relate their findings between more “odd scales” (e.g.) XL to M or S to L (see fig. 1, right). In that way, they were forced to be aware of trans-scalar relations, and they were encouraged to develop new design practices working in multiple scales throughout their studies. The learning design resulted in projects, where local entities in the projects were 244 informed and related to the city and its landscape as a whole. In the following two examples are described: Example 1: “Life on Track” by Ziqi Zhang In the first example, the student (Ziqi Zhang) founded her initial studies around the existing railway site and its infrastruc- tures. Concerning a large-scale study of the site’s connectivity and relations to ur- ban areas in a larger context, it became apparent that the site could play an essen- and identity-wise to the other urban dis- Figure 4 tial part in the large scale connecting the tricts in greater Aarhus (XL). Example 1: “Life on city center, the site, the hinterland and the Track” by Ziqi Zhang river valley with a bicycle-based network, Example 2: “Confluence of Commons” (Illustrations by Ziqi Zhang) using the existing railroad tracks. by Alex Weston In the second example, the student (Alex This feature informed parts of her urban Weston) studied the ecological entity of design project (M) in terms of structural the river valley in relation to the city to layout, accessibility, design of streetscapes create new landscape-based urban spaces (S), and housing typologies (S/M) in an ur-on the edge. ban area that was related infrastructurally 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES He used his large-scale urban analysis (L) to qualify the area’s market hall (M) as a new urban anchor connected to the land- scape (S, M) and the city’s main infrastruc- tures (L). His site analysis and his reading of neigh- borhoods in Aarhus (L) inspired and in- formed the urban life (S) and the streets- capes (S+M). Discussion Cross-scalar teaching in a non-linear and non-hierarchical approach to educational designed jumps in scales can contribute to a comprehensive understanding of re- lationships across scales. The pairing of non-consecutive scales challenges the stu- dent to a higher awareness of the inter-sca- lar relations in themselves and to be open to findings and relations on the different 245 scale levels. However – despite good in- tentions, the teaching design can also be too determining regarding the findings (on the determined scale levels) and in investigating potentially important content, when the sequence of studies on different scales is choreographed. In that regard, an assignment with a consecutive sequence can provide a more open approach to the findings for the student since the act of changing scales is more latent (and con- ventional) from the teaching design. It can help to establish a strong emphasis where various elements, lifeforms, etc., Figure 5 on scales as dynamic relations rather than from several scales, are interwoven. This Example 2: “Conflu-static, fixed, and ordered (Jensen 2021). is profoundly ecological because ecology ence of Commons” by equals knowing that things are happening Alex Weston (Illustrations by Alex Weston) Teaching and working across scales will, on more than one scale at once (Morton in turn, help in establishing a contextual 2020). It also focuses on context as dynam-understanding that can inform and qual- ic relations instead of static settings (Spirn ify a given project’s design, design pa-1998 ). The focus on dynamic relations is rameters, or strategies. It points towards crucial in understanding, navigating, and an expanded understanding of context, reacting in the complex fields of landscape ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings architecture and urban design in times of ing designs have primarily made the stu-climate change (Boris, 2022). Furthermore, dent aware of the scalar jump itself. How-it can help inform and strengthen a design ever, the more abrupt and choreographed study project through contextual tools that change in scales is not to be understood enable students to cope with the complex, as a permanent alternative to the more folded, bounded, and interwoven scales conventional and contiguous models (e.g., of the Anthropocene (Arènes A., Latour top (XL)-bottom(S)), but it can be used as a B., Gaillardet J. 2018). variant. Skilled students usually manage to discover the contextual potentials from the The benefits of focusing on contextual un- different scale levels themselves. However, derstandings from different scalar levels the more designed or controlled teaching are not only an academic discipline. It is design models can help a broader spec-an approach that is seen used in profita- trum of students discover the potential in ble ways in practice. Some recent projects scalar jumps and a broader approach to across landscape architecture and urban contextual understandings. design, such as the Aire River re-naturali- zation project by Georges Descombes and Superpositions, Paris-Saclay, Lisiéres Cam- Acknowledgments pus Sud by Michel Desvigne Paysagiste Students on Studio 1A 2018-2022: Robert Davies, or Superkilen by Topotok1 and BIG, are Katrina Møllmann, Alex Weston, and Ziqi Zhang. characterized by a broad and open (albeit 246 References controlled) approach to working with scale Arènes A., Latour B., Gaillardet J. 2018. Giving depth and context. This approach blurs the lines to the surface: An exercise in the Gaia-graphy of between the normative professional fields critical zones. The Anthropocene Review 2018, Vol. of urban design and landscape architec- 5(2) 120–135. Boris S. 2022. Composing the Rural as Common ture. However, it is necessary to address Ground. Conference paper for Alter-Rurality 2022: and react to the complexity that character- Re-Scaling the Rural. izes the fields where landscape- and urban Morton T. 2020. Ecology. In Connectedness. An Ency-processes are handled simultaneously. clopedia of the Anthropocene. 160-161. Strandberg Publishing. Jensen O. 2021. Re-thinking Scales – Rationality, Changes in scalar levels must be embed- Place, and Critical Zone. No 9 (2021): NORDES ded in the teaching designs when work- 2021: MATTERS OF SCALE. ing/studying across the fields of landscape Spirn A.W. 1998. Language of Landscape. New Haven: Yale University Press. architecture and urban design to establish a broader and dynamic contextual under- standing that can add new approaches and tools to process complexities. The scalar jumps mentioned in the teach- ing designs of the cases work with both abrupt and unconventional approaches to scalar jumps and an expanded approach to the conception of context. These teach- The Vertical Ecology Studio: Accelerating Learning towards Systems Thinking Competencies in Landscape Architecture Design Education S. Costa1*, D. Parke2* 1 Birmingham City University 2 Manchester Metropolitan University * Sandra.Costa@bcu.ac.uk, D.Parke@mmu.ac.uk Abstract Keywords In the Birmingham School of Architec- Vertical Studio, Landscape Architecture ture and Design, the concept of a verti- Education, Systems thinking, Landscape cal studio was applied to two core de- Systems Perspective, Education for Sus- sign modules within the undergraduate tainable Development 249 and postgraduate landscape architecture programmes to embed an accelerated Introduction learning process that supports learners to As the Climate and Biodiversity Emergency meet systems thinking competencies. The was declared and institutions such as the studio draws on pedagogical approach-Architect’s Climate Action Network (ACAN) es from a Landscape Systems Perspective, in the UK emerged, it became clear that Systems Thinking Theory, and the core an honest reflection on our practises competencies of Education for Sustaina-across the design of the built environ- ble Development, to develop a framework ment was overdue. The change needed of structured sequential tasks. The tasks must begin with transforming education, were carefully scaffolded and began with as Irina Bokova, former Director-General learners developing an understanding of of UNESCO, outlines: “…Now, more than ecological planning principles and pro-ever, education has a responsibility to be gressively developing design strategies to in gear with 21st century challenges and engage with the landscape as a multi-sca-aspirations and foster the right types of lar adaptive system. The approach is un- values and skills that will lead to sustainable derpinned by social constructivist theory, and inclusive growth…” (2016). where the individual’s learning is shaped by interaction with peers, tutors, and ex- Education for Sustainable Development perts. This is achieved through embedding (ESD) arose from the need to meet grow-collaboration and social interaction across ing global environmental challenges. the learning process. Advance HE (2021) defines ESD as ‘the ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings process of creating curriculum structures tive has been widely advocated since the and subject-relevant content to support 1960s and embedded in education by the and enact sustainable development’. In likes of McHarg (1969) and Steinitz (1990, contrast, UNESCO (2014) acknowledges 2002). Landscape is a dynamic, complex that for ESD to be more effective, the system, and many of the challenges of con-educational institution must undergo a temporary LA and the wicked problems of holistic transformation, including ‘rethinking the future are better resolved if support-the curriculum, campus operations, ed by systematic approaches and systems organizational culture, student participation, thinking, as reinforced by Murphy (2016). leadership and management, community According to Richmond (1994), a systems relationships, and research’ (Reickmann, thinker will ‘position themselves so they 2018, p. 46). can see both the forest and the trees and keep one eye on each' , illustrating firstly Systems thinking has been identified that systems thinking requires an under-by multiple authors, including UNESCO standing of how individual components (Leicht et al., 2022), Advance HE (2021), function both independently and as a and the European GreenComp (Bianchi et whole, and secondly how systems func-al., 2022), as a core competency towards tion across multiple scales. ESD and has been widely recognised as an essential aspect of any design discipline. This paper focuses on whether a vertical Within the field of landscape architecture studio experiment can support accelerated 250 (LA), it could be said that environmental learning towards achieving competencies awareness has been ahead of its time, as in education for sustainable development the McHargian Method ‘Design with Nature’ while simultaneously engaging learners (1969) was delivered over 50 years ago, with the landscape as a complex adaptive and our very mandate states LA’s purpose system of interactions between humans is to ‘protect, conserve and enhance the and nature. The vertical studio is collabora-natural and built environment’ (Landscape tive in nature and brings together students Institute, 2012). However, it seems that the on different learning levels to share the influence of LA has not transformed socie-same studio environment. It sits within a ty enough towards low-carbon living and broader series of cross-disciplinary initi-the minimal ecological footprint required atives within the Birmingham School of to meet the challenges ahead. The UK’s Architecture and Design that aim to ex-national strategic advisor for design, the plore how effective curriculum transfor-Design Council (2021), in their publication mation can support learners to deal with ‘Beyond Net Zero A Systemic Design Ap- the wicked problems and unpredictable proach’ highlights the critical importance challenges they will face because of cli-of design towards creating real change and mate change and the loss of biodiversity. states that ‘system thinker’ is one of the core characteristics of the change maker. Methods and Process Our pedagogical model for implement- Furthermore, engaging with the practise ing a 4-week long LA vertical studio in-of LA from a landscape systems perspec- volved two stages. The first stage began 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES BALA Module Learning Outcomes MALA Module Learning Outcomes Table 1 BA(Hons) Landscape 1. Analyse precedent and guidance notes, which 1. Apply design principles used by Landscape Archi- Architecture (BALA) debate issues in the enhancement and design of tects within the context of Designed Geographies and MA Landscape natural systems and apply this through the design of and their application to a process led narrative to Architecture (MALA) a strategic ecology framework improve the quality of our living landscape. Learning Outcomes, 2. Specify material palettes and produce design 2. Challenge current theory, concepts, principles, relating to table 2 which explores ways to integrate human and natural and techniques to generate appropriate policies, systems strategies, plans or practical interventions, at a range of spatial and temporal scales 3. Develop methods of communication, which clear- 3. Develop a versatile and sophisticated range of ly and engagingly convey strategic and detailed visual skills to communicate all stages of the design ecological proposals process to professional and lay audiences. No 4th learning Outcome 4. Develop transferable skills, work effectively as an individual, using initiative, self-management, time and task management and personal reflection Learning Learning Objective Theory supporting Learning Objective Table 2 Outcome Theories supporting MALA 1, 2 1.0 Build baseline knowledge of ‘It is about understanding whole-system approaches learning objectives BALA 1 ecological principles in order to: and ecosystems’ (Sue Morgan from Design Council, 2021, P.29) MALA 1, 2 1.1. Analyse and Interpret eco- ‘…the genius of the site be discerned as composed 251 BALA 1 logical principles from the site's of discrete elements, some derived from the natural spatial and physical context identity, other from artifacts. These must be evaluated by components of identity, as working processes and value and as containing implications for new formal adaptations’ (McHarg, 1969, P.175-176) MALA 1, 2 1.2. Understand how human ‘Successful landscape change depends on the BALA 1 activity impacts on ecological designers’ ability to integrate the environment’s systems and biodiversity physical, social, and ecological systems into a mutually sustaining whole’ (Murphy, 2016; p.246) MALA 1, 2, 3 1.3. Begin to apply ecological ‘to consider time, space and context in order to BALA 1, 2, 3 knowledge to enhance site's understand how elements interact within and ecological context between systems’ (Bianchi et al., 2022; p.14) MALA 1, 2, 3 2.0 Gain personal/collective ‘to consider time, space and context in order to BALA 1, 2, 3 emotional/physical experience understand how elements interact within and of the site between systems’ (Bianchi et al., 2022; p.14) MALA 1 3.0 Understand and experience ‘Systems thinking allows us to understand reality BALA 1 human influence on the site in relation to other contexts (local, nation, global) and fields (environment, social, economic, cultural)’ (Bianchi et al., 2022; p.20) MALA 1, 2 4.0 Experience the size/scale ‘It has been shown that learning progress is stronger BALA 1, 2 of the site and its placement in when students see problems themselves – either wider context(272hectares) by their own experience or when the problems are presented by ‘real people’…’(Lenzholzer and Brown, 2013; p.90) ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings MALA 1, 2, 3, 4 5.0 Reflect on the personal and ‘Landscape architects read and tell landscape BALA 1, 2, 3 collective landscape narrative to through their tunnel vision of perceptions, concerns, communicate the site character and values (Kaplan 2009; Selman 2006; Whiston and sense of place Spirn 1998)’ (cited in Van Damme, 2019) MALA 1, 2, 3, 4 6.0 Experiment with and spec- ‘education [that is] founded on systemic, holistic BALA 1, 2, 3 ulate on scenarios for habitat and complex thinking, that recognizes the interde- creation pendence between people and nature can facilitate the paradigm change required to achieve a more sustainable future’ (Holdsworth et al. 2008, p.132) with a comparison between the level 5 thinking requires higher-order thinking (2nd year undergraduate) and level 7 (1st (Fazey, 2019), in particular where the focus year postgraduate) modules learning outis a multi- or inter-scalar adaptive land- comes seen in table 1. This enabled us scape system. With that in mind, each task to set common learning objectives and was designed to engage with a particular competencies that would apply to both scale range, aimed at supporting learners groups. Following this, a review of spe-to develop interconnected thinking across cific pedagogical strands and theories on the scale of the landscape system. Landscape Systems Perspective, Systems Thinking, and the core competencies of Students were asked to engage with each Education for Sustainable Development task across the 4-week collaboration. The Figure 1 was carried out. Table 2 includes some ex- following is a description of the four tasks A scaffolded approach 252 tracts from these theories which support referenced in Figure 1 and Table 3. towards inter-scalar the rationale for each learning objective. landscape systems thinking This has been kept concise and limited to main sources for the purposes of this paper, but there is an acknowledgement that further research is available to support this alignment. The second stage involved testing the va- lidity of the pedagogy through its applica- tion in the vertical studio, carefully crafting a series of tasks against the learning ob- jectives to support learners in meeting the learning outcomes. The tasks were devel- oped using a scaffolded approach, where the complexity of the learning objective gradually increases along with the knowl- edge and skills required for each task. This was applied with the acknowledgement that the design process is non-linear, rein- forced by Steintiz’s framework of six mod- els in Gazvoda (2002), and that systems 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Vertical Studio Task Table 3 Mapping learning 1. 2. 3. 4. objectives and vertical Learning Objectives Developing Immersive Site The collective A future studio tasks. The Eco-literacy Experience site narrative Scenario greater the number 1.0 Build baseline knowledge of eco- of stars, the stronger logical principles in order to: *** the learning objective features in the task 1.1 Analyse and interpret ecological principles from the site's spatial and ** physical context 1.2 Understand how human activity impacts on ecological systems and ** * * biodiversity 1.3 Begin to apply ecological knowl- edge to enhance site's ecological ** ** context 2.0 Gain personal/collective emotion- al/physical experience of the site *** 3.0 Understand and experience hu- man influence on the site *** 4.0 Experience the size/scale of the 253 site and its placement in wider contex- * *** t(272hectares) 5.0 Reflect on the personal and collec- tive landscape narrative to communi- cate the site character and sense of * ** *** place 6.0 Experiment with and speculate on scenarios for habitat creation * * *** Task 1: Developing Eco-literacy In groups of 2-4 mixed between BA and Scale: Macro-Meso (1:50,000 — 1:25,000) MA, students were asked to focus on a Exploring principles for regional habitat particular landscape ecology principle and networks facilitating species movement carry out an in-depth exploration of the site and wider area using mapping, layering, Learning objectives: To build baseline and drawing. This supported students’ knowledge of ecological principles in order efforts to provide, in the first instance, an to: analyse and interpret ecological prin-ecological response to the problems of the ciples from the site’s spatial and physical site that related to their principles and, in context; Understand how human activity the second instance, a solution(s) to recon-impacts ecological systems and biodiversity, cile human activities with ecological pres-and begin to apply ecological knowledge ervation to both support the enhancement to enhance the site’s ecological context. of biodiversity and facilitate a connection ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 2 Task 1 output Figure 3 Task 2 output 254 between the community and landscape. experience human influence on the site; The task was supported by lectures that and to experience the size and scale of the introduced landscape ecology principles site and its placement in a wider context to the students. (272 hectares). Task 2: Immersive Site Experience The task focused on surveying the site. Scale: Macro-Meso/1:50,000 — 1:25,000 Following a guided visit by an ecologist, Understanding and experiencing habitat the students immersed themselves in the composition and localised networks landscape, using drawing to capture the sense of place and gain an understanding Learning objectives: To gain personal, of the intertwined processes and patterns collective emotional, and physical ex-of nature and humans. These activities also perience of the site; to understand and supported students in developing an un- 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Figure 4 Task 3 output Figure 5 Task 4 output 255 derstanding of the landscape’s character Learning objective: To Reflect on the per-and gaining a personal perspective on sonal and col ective landscape narrative to their experience of the place through col-communicate the site’s character and sense lecting objects, taking photos, and making of place. sketches. Back in the studio and again organised Task 3: The collective site narrative into small groups, we encouraged visual Scale: Macro-Meso-Micro (1:50,000 — experimentation and the exploration of 1:25,000 — 1.5000 — 1.1) site narratives. This supported students’ Encouraging fluidity between scales of ability to communicate their understand-landscape with no definitive inter-scalar ing of both the subjective and objective boundaries qualities of the site. They were asked to produce a visual reflection of the site ex- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings perience by reviewing their photographs, tunity to meet the objectives or advance sketches, and journey collections (objects, their knowledge and skills in each area. textures, and soil). Discussion Task 4: A future Scenario Systems thinking competency Scale: Macro-Meso-Micro (1:50,000 — Our discussion is underpinned by obser-1:25,000 — 1.5000 — 1.1) vation of student dynamics, engagement Encouraging fluidity between scales of in the learning process, review of student landscape with no definitive inter-scalar outputs, and our own reflections on the boundaries process. Learning objective: To experiment with As with McHarg’s (1969) ecological meth-and speculate on scenarios for habitat od and Carl Steinitz and Peter Rogers’s sys-creation. tems analysis model of urbanisation and change (cited in Carlsson, 2018), through Again, in groups, students were asked to this series of tasks, students are learning develop a habitat mosaic sketch strate-while working towards the creation of an gy that focused on improving habitats, environmental scenario. The scenario is specifically their structure, functionality, devised by building an understanding and connectivity, to enhance the life of of ecological principles and how human a single species. They were prompted to activity influences ecological processes 256 consider a suitable scale for the design in the overall landscape system before that would respond to the species’ mobility experimenting with a future for the land-and home range. This supported student’s scape. Through this process, learners are development of anticipatory competen-challenged to reconcile competing inter- cies through the development of a future ests between human and environmental speculative scenario. processes within the overall landscape sys- tem. This can only be effectively achieved Tasks were designed based on the learn- if problems and processes are analysed ing objectives. Once the tasks were de- and understood first by identifying them signed, they were in turn mapped against and then by understanding their inter-each learning objective to ensure all objec- connected relationships and how they tives would be successfully met. As a result, influence each other (Advance HE, 2021). the starred weighting system illustrated This requirement is reflected in the scaf-in Table 3 was integrated to identify how folding (attributed to Wood et al., 1976) strongly the learning objective featured in of the learning objectives, where there is each task. The mapping process highlight-clear progression in the learning process. ed that the learning objectives could be Learners are supported to engage with achieved through different means across the unknown and uncertain aspects of the multiple tasks. It was also acknowledged tasks and work towards greater control that by revisiting learning objectives across and autonomy in carrying them out. This tasks, learners would have a greater oppor-is aligned with the learners’ growing ability to engage with systems thinking in task 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES 1, as it develops from an understanding irreversible change in their learning and of the landscape system through identify-worldview and an ability to see how the ing its components and inter-relationships small actions impact the bigger picture. towards reflecting, speculating, and an- This expands its importance to another ticipating a new landscape future in task core aspect of ESD, which encourages a 4, which demonstrates complex systems shift in the learner’s worldview and sup-thinking and anticipatory competencies ports the approach that ‘the educator simultaneously. acts as a facilitator who empowers and challenges learners to change their world- On examination of the learning process views’ (Reickmann, 2018, p. 49). and task outputs, we found that this model supports a greater portion of students to Achieving other competencies for ESD develop interconnected thinking more Through observation of studio dynamics quickly across the scale of the landscape and analysis of student feedback, it was system, from macro to meso. Some learn-found that the vertical studio provided ers, however, predominately at level 5, re- students with a comprehensive set of main focused on interactions and interven- competencies and values in addition to tions across ‘smaller’ more tangible scales systems thinking. This was underpinned of the landscape system, while still engag-by a collaborative process and a range of ing with interactions between components transformative experiences, influenced by of the system. The findings also suggest a diversified cohort and a non-linear, scaf-257 that the approach supports learners to folded approach. Through peer interaction meet a wider range of ESD competencies, and experiential learning, which acknowl-supporting the hypothesis that the verti- edges a social constructivist approach (Vy- cal ecology studio transforms ‘curriculum gotsky, 1978), collaborative competencies structures and subject-relevant content to were achieved. Accelerated learning and support and enact sustainable develop-higher performance (Barnes, 1993) were ment’ (QAA & Advance HE, 2021, p. 8). evident. Simultaneously, by combining the cohorts and doubling student numbers, Sandri (2012) borrows from Meyer & Land students were exposed to a wider range of (2006) to argue that ‘a useful way to frame design solutions and perspectives, further the role of systems in ESD is as a ‘thresh-expanding their worldview. old concept’ which can be defined as the key ‘to understanding a particular discipli- The vertical studio model provided a suit- nary framework or theory’, placing systems able platform for peer learning and team-thinking central to sustainability education. based learning, negotiation, cross-polli-The attributes of the threshold concept nation of ideas, widening of skillsets, and can easily be bridged to systems thinking, expansion of knowledge. A symbiotic as both are troublesome and often pres-relationship between learners evolved, ent wicked problem(s); integrative, in the where undergraduates were challenged sense of transcending the boundaries of by the more evaluative thinking of those any one discipline or element; and trans-in the level above and were encouraged formative, as the learner experiences an to reflect on the norms and values that ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings underlie their actions, while postgraduates instigating change. UNESCO (2014, p. 89) had the opportunity to rehearse leadership acknowledges that for ESD to be more and empathy and experience the untaint-effective, the educational institution must ed and unconstrained perspective of the be transformed systemically and embed undergraduate cohort. The collaboration sustainability across the board (UNESCO has also allowed for breaking down barri- 2014 in Reickmann 2018). ers (Layden, 2014) between learning levels to create a greater sense of community, which felt particularly important following Acknowledgements the impact of COVID-19. This project sits within a broader framework of initiatives within Birmingham School of Architecture and In summary, in addition to accelerated design aimed at embedding ESD in the curriculum at course level through prioritising interdisciplinary col-learning of systems thinking, learners laboration as a curricular and extra-curricular activity. demonstrated advancement in normative, The experimental sustainability studios have been an collaborative, self-awareness, strategic, and additional extra-curricular conduit for raising climate interpersonal competencies, which are all literacy and encouraging normative competencies amongst students and staff. central to ESD theory (Wiek et al., 2011; Rieckmann, 2018). References Barnes, J. 1993. A case for the Vertical Studio. Inte-Conclusion rior Design Educators Council, Journal of Interior Design 19(1):34-38 The vertical studio challenges a potential Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U. and Cabrera Giraldez, M., 258 shift in approach from traditional ways 2022. GreenComp: The European sustainability of teaching towards engaging students competence framework, Punie, Y. and Bacigalupo, in group intellectual activities that aim M. editor(s), EUR 30955 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2022, ISBN 978- to integrate skills and provide them with 92-76-46485-3, doi:10.2760/13286, JRC128040. transformative experiences, resulting in Bokova, I. 2016. UNESCO: Education needs to funda-learners meeting a range of competen- mentally change if we are to reach our global devel- opment goals. https://www.unesco.org/gem-report/ cies in both LA and ESD. en/articles/unesco-education-needs-fundamen- tally-change-if-we-are-reach-our-global-develop- This project was a successful pilot that pro- ment-goals vides evidence to support the expansion Carlsson, M.K. 2018. Environmental Design, Systems Thinking, and Human Agency: McHarg’s Ecological of ESD-driven initiatives that encourage Method and Steinitz and Rogers’s Interdisciplinary us to move away from existing, often si- Education Experiment. Landscape Journal. 36(2), loed educational pathways. The vertical 37-52, doi: 10.3368/lj.36.2.37 studio has pushed both cohorts beyond Design Council. 2021. Beyond Net Zero - a Systemic Design Approach. Available at: https://www. the module learning outcomes to generate designcouncil.org.uk/our-work/skills-learning/ transformative learning experiences and tools-frameworks/beyond-net-zero-a-systemic-de- accelerated learning of systems thinking, sign-approach/ which are both central to ESD and pivotal Fazey, I. 2010. Resilience and higher order thinking. Ecology and Society. 15(3)9. http:// www.ecology- in landscape architectural education. Such andsociety.org/vol15/iss3/art9/ projects can serve as leverage when trying Gazvoda, D. 2002. Characteristics of modern land-to break down university modular systems, scape architecture and its education. Landscape which may be an institutional barrier to and Urban Planning 60, 117–133, doi: 10.1016/ S0169-2046(02)00064-6 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Holdsworth, S., Wyborn, C., Bekessy, S. and Thomas, tal Education Research, 19(6), 810-822, doi: I. (2008), Professional development for education 10.1080/13504622.2012.753413 for sustainability: How advanced are Australian Steinitz, C. 1990. A framework for theory applicable universities? International Journal of Sustaina- to the education of landscape architects (and other bility in Higher Education. 9(2), 131- 146 doi: environmental design professionals). Landscape org/10.1108/14676370810856288 Journal. 9(2). 136-143 Landscape Institute, 2012. Landscape Architec- Steinitz, C. 2002. Design is a verb; Design is a noun. ture: elements and areas of practice An educa- Landscape Journal 14(2). 188–200 tional framework. Landscape Institute. https:// UNESCO. 2014. Shaping the Future We Want. UN landscapewpstorage01.blob.core.windows.net/ Decade of Education for Sustainable Development www-landscapeinstitute-org/2016/09/A4_Ele- (2005-2014). Final Report. http:// unesdoc.unesco. ments_and_areas_of_practice_education_frame- org/images/0023/002301/230171e.pdf work_Board_final_2012-1.pdf (accessed 01. Van Damme, S. 2018. In Search of Landscape as a 06. 2022) Medium for Integration: The Potentials of Land- Layden, G. 2014.Vertical Studio Teaching and Assess- scape Narratives in the Practice of Landscape Ar- ment in Art and Design: an Evaluation of Learning chitecture. Landscape Journal 37(2), 101-122. doi: Systems. Advance HE.: https://documents.ad- 10.3368/lj.37.2.101 vance-he.ac.uk/download/file/document/2103?_ Vygotsky, L. S. 1978. Mind in society: the develop- ga=2.89211807.508106213.1670074339- ment of higher psychological processes. Harvard 639754817.1669480520 (accessed 02. 08. 2022) University Press: Cambridge, MA Lenzholzer, S., Brown, R.D. 2013. Climate-responsive Wiek, A.; Withycombe, L.; Redman, C.L. 2011. Key landscape architecture design education. Journal competencies in sustainability: A reference frame- of Cleaner Production. 61, 89-99. doi: 10.1016/j. work for academic program development. Sustain. jclepro.2012.12.038 Sci., 6, 203–218. McHarg, I. 1969. Design with nature. Doubleday/ Wood, D.; Bruner, J. S.; Ross, G 1976. The role of Natural History Press: New York. tutoring in problem solving. Journal of Child Psy- Meyer, J. H. F. & Land, R. 2006. Overcoming barriers chology and Psychiatry. 17(2), 89-100 259 to student understanding: Threshold Concepts and Troublesome Knowledge. Routledge: Oxon. Murphy, M. 2016. Landscape architecture theory: An ecological approach. Island Press: Washington Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education and Advance HE. 2021. Education for Sustainable De- velopment Guidance. Gloucester and York: QAA and Advance HE. https://qaa.ac.uk/docs/qaa/ guidance/education-for-sustainable-develop- ment-guidance-executive-summary.pdf?sfvrsn=b- 121d281_8#:~:text=Education%20for%20Sustain- able%20Development%20-%20the,’education%20 for%20sustainable%20development (accessed 01.04.2021) Richmond, B. 1994. Systems thinking/system dynamics: Let’s just get on with it. System Dy- namics Review, 10(2-3), 135-157. doi: 10.1002/ sdr.4260100204 Rieckmann, M. 2018. Chapter 2: Learning to trans- form the world: key competencies in Education for Sustainable Development. In: A. Leicht, J. Heiss and W. J. Byun, eds. Issues and trends in Education for Sustainable Development. UNESCO Publishing: Paris. http://www.unesco.org/open-access/terms- use-ccbysa-en Sandri, O. 2013. Threshold concepts, systems and learning for sustainability, Environmen- Research through Design for Health and Wellbeing: An Exploration of BSc theses A. Patuano Wageningen University, Spatial Planning and Landscape Architecture group Abstract Introduction There is now a large body of research Over the last fifty years, a considerable exploring the health benefits provided amount of evidence has been collected by green spaces. However, the evidence showing the wide ranging benefits of na-still needs to be translated into design ture exposure on human health. Spend-knowledge which can be of use to land- ing time in natural environments has been scape practitioners. Recently, Research shown to reduce the risk of cardiovascu-through design (RTD) has emerged as an lar diseases, obesity, diabetes and mental approach able to bridge the gap between health issues (WHO, 2016, 2021). Research theory and practice. This exploratory study has been carried out to explore the var-261 is based on an analysis of 17 Landscape ious pathways linking our time in nature Architecture BSc theses carried out as RTD to these benefits and this has been used projects between 2019 and 2021, on top-to support policies in favour of nature ics related to health and wellbeing and on conservation, green spaces development a site around a hospital. Looking through and nature prescriptions (EEA, 2020; EC, the different strategies used by the stu-2020; Fullam et al., 2021). Although we dents, some of the challenges of applying now know a lot about why or how green RTD to health and wel being issues can be spaces are good for us, we still have not highlighted. Primarily, although theoreti-been able to pinpoint particularly which cal frameworks such as Attention Resto- green spaces (Beute et al., 2020). Land- ration Theory can provide useful anchors scape architects interested in designing to guide and assess design products, the interventions which support the health testing of design solutions remain prob-of populations or encourage healthy be- lematic. Some recommendations for fur- haviours stil do not have clear guidelines ther research in this field are formulated. explaining how to proceed. This is a clear case of an application gap, where theory Keywords and practice need to be bridged. Research through Design, Health and Well- being, Student work Recently, new approaches have been de- veloped in order to do just that. Research through Design (or through Designing) is meant specifically to produce design ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings knowledge which can be of use to practi-as a series of test and experimentations tioners, based on theoretical or empirical carried out iteratively. They had to create knowledge (Lenzholzer, Duchhart & Koh, (and evaluate) design models to explore 2013). In order to produce this knowledge, alternative solutions. Each iteration had to design is used as a research method in be rigorous, justified and discussed scien-alternance with systematic iterative test- tifically, using clear criteria. ing (Nijhuis & Bobbink, 2012 ; Milburn & Brown, 2003). Although this approach Using their work, some preliminary consid-has produced some promising results in erations can be formulated for researchers specific fields such as climate adaptative interested in developing the potential of design (Cortesão et al., 2020), it is yet to RTD to provide valid and usable knowl-be applied to the topic of health-support- edge to guide practitioners looking to de- ing design. sign landscapes for health and wellbeing. In the BSc Landscape Architecture theses Methods carried out in Wageningen, students are Introduction to the site asked to use a Research through Design Hospitals are particularly important health (RTD) or RTD-like approach in order to pro-centres where a wide diversity of people duce designs and design knowledge. In 8 work, visit and rest. However, they are of-weeks, they have to investigate a specific ten confined to concrete islands and sur-issue related to a specific site and submit rounded by car parks, which reduce both 262 both a research report and design mate- patient and staff’s opportunities to improve rials solving the issue identified. their health using nearby environmental resources. In the last 3 years, I have supervised 17 BSc theses on the same site: the Gelder- The Gelderland Valley Hospital (Ziekenhuis land Vallei hospital in Ede, Netherlands. Gelderse Vallei or ZGV) is a general hospi-Students were invited to design and de- tal in Ede, The Netherlands. It was chosen velop a strategy for the transformation of for its proximity to Wageningen University the site into a sustainable working and and its potential for development. The ZGV resting place, actively contributing to has more than 400 beds, around 2600 em-the implementation and development of ployees and an annual turnover of more health-related concepts. They were free than € 226 million. They take care of pa-to focus in detail on parts of the park or tients in West and Central Gelderland and consider the whole area for the site scale East Utrecht, a catchment area of more proposals. Similarly, they could choose to than 260,000 inhabitants. Although it was focus on a particular health-related issue recently redesigned, the site of ZGV suffers (e.g.: accessibility, restoration, etc.), a par-from a high proportion of impermeable ticular population (e.g: staff or patients, surfaces (Fig. 1), increasing the likelihood particular disabilities, etc.) or consider of floods, noise and air pollution, low qual-health and wellbeing as a whole. The only ity open spaces, an isolated character and firm requirement was that their project an unsustainable energy system. had to be carried out as RTD, specifically 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Specifical y, it is surrounded by busy roads which create noise and keep the hospital separated from a large park in the North (Fig.2). Analysis of the students work The 17 BSc theses were analysed primarily for: the theories they used as conceptual framework, the populations they focused on, the types of assessment and criteria which they used to evaluate the design solutions they produced and the guide- lines which they resulted in for the design of the site. The analysis was conducted manually, Figure 1 (above) using qualitative and quantitative indica- Main entrance of the tors, such as the number of time a theory ZGV (from https:// was used. The assessment strategies were www.geldersevallei. nl/contact/locatie/ede highlighted manually based on the data [accessed: 05/07/19]) found in the theses. 263 Figure 2 (left) Results Study site (via open- Theories and topics streetmap) After a first field visit, students were asked to identify some issues on site and to find a theoretical framework to anchor their work. Although their main focus had to be health and wellbeing, they were also encouraged to consider issues related to climate change so that the proposed de- velopment would be resilient to changes in temperature/rainfall and energetically their work. When considering the nexus sustainable. Their design had to respect between two concepts, students either and support the biodiversity and ecology chose to combine both Attention Res-of the site as well as allowing for a multi- toration Theory (ART) and Accessibility, functional use of space. or combine either of these with others. Thermal comfort was mostly combined Fig. 3 shows the theories and concepts with Accessibility, and Acoustic comfort students decided to focus on. About half with ART. of the students chose to focus on a single concept/theory, and the other half pref- Overall, two main concepts or theories ered to consider two or more theories in emerged: Accessibility and ART. These two ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings concepts show some of the main issues in Figure 3 both the site and the field of Landscape Diagram showing Architecture for Health and Wellbeing. the concepts and theories used by the students. The size of Accessibility the cercles show the Accessibility is one of the primary environ- number of students mental characteristic linking green spaces using that framework. and the delivery of health benefits (WHO, The overlaps indicate the number of time the 2016). Although viewing green elements topics were researched through a window can have a small effect together on health, studies have shown that being able to access these green elements and engage with them only multiplies these health benefits (WHO, 2016). Indeed one tinues to be validated through empirical of the main reasons behind green spaces work to this day (Ohly et al., 2016). It also being good for our health is their provi-provides some spatial considerations for sion of opportunities for physical activity the creation of restorative environments (WHO, 2016). and as such, it is a theory well suited to the practice of Landscape Architecture. Furthermore, the ZGV site suffers from many accessibility issues, particularly as Table 1 shows the repartition of the pop-264 the green space outside the hospital is not ulations students chose to focus on. directly accessible to patients or visitors. Therefore, this concepts was particularly Research strategies relevant to the site. The practice of post-positivist RTD requires the formulation of two types of intermedi- Attention Restoration Theory ate design knowledge: design guidelines Attention Restoration Theory (ART) is one and design criteria (Cortesão et al., 2020). of the main theories in Environmental Psy- Design guidelines are recommendations chology which describes the health ben- based on theoretical or empirical knowl- efits of spending time in natural environ- edge, which can support the design to ments (Kaplan & Kaplan, 1989). Although ensure a desired effect. Design criteria it was formulated over 30 years ago, it con-are operationalized concepts which can Populations n Elderly people 4 Dementia patients 1 Hospital staff 4 Staff and patients or surrounding residents (General population) 3 Table 1 Patients and visitors 2 Populations students Wheelchair users 2 chose to focus on Inpatients 1 (N = 17) Overweight people 1 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES be used to assess that the design does then zoom in into their best large-scale indeed produce the desired effect. design in order to choose a location to develop at the site-scale. At this scale, they An important aspect of RTD is its iterative could produce two alternative detail plans, process, which alternates design (following including visualizations and cross-sections, guidelines) and assessment (using criteria) then use their “Small-scale criteria” to find (Cortesão et al., 2020). However, within out which alternative was best. The output that approach, many strategies can be fol-was then a wel -justified master- or concept lowed. During their BSc thesis, students plan accompanied by a well-justified detail were found to follow either one of two design (see Figure 4). main strategies. Strategy 2: Itinerary Strategy 1: Nested scales In the second strategy, students planned In this strategy, students planned their their iterations as an itinerary where both iterations as nested scales. In this case, designs were carried out at the same scale they had to produce two sets of criteria but in different locations. In this case, they which could each be applied at a cer-only had to produce a single set of criteria tain scale. In their first iteration, students which could be applied for both designs. would create two alternative masterplans, In their first iteration, students would usu-or conceptual or zoning plans, and then ally work on the connection between the Figure 4 use their “Large-scale criteria” to assess hospital and the park, and create several Strategy 1: Nested scales 265 which alternative was best. They would alternative interventions to link the two. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Using their criteria, they could choose hospital, etc. Alternatively, qualitative in-Figure 5 which intervention was more likely to be dicators could be used such as: the likeli-Strategy 2: Itinerary 266 effective. Once that connection was estab- hood of falling, sense of safety, aesthetics, lished, they could move on to designing etc. For these qualitative indicators, stu-the inside of the park, following a similar dents discussed the benefits of limitations process of producing several alternatives of each alternative in order to come to a and assessing which one was best. The decision. For the quantitative analysis, stu-output would then be a well-justified de- dents could simply score each alternative sign of the park including a connection to and sum up the points to determine which the hospital (see Figure 5). alternative was best. In several cases, the assessment also allowed the combination Preliminary criteria and design principles of both alternatives into a “best of both In order to test that their design achieved worlds” final design. Additionally, design its goal, students had to operationalize the-guidelines were formulated based on oretical or empirical concepts into applica- spatial interpretations of the literature and ble criteria. Most assessments were done then refined through the design process. through multicriteria analysis carried out For example, the four characteristics of re-by the students themselves. storative environments as defined within ART could be interpreted into different For example, the concept of “accessibility” guidelines: “extent” was translated into the could be operationalized into quantitative connection of the design to the identity of indicators such as: the number and size of the surrounding landscape, using typical paths, the number of connection between and recognizable landscape elements like paths, the distance to the entrance to the iconic trees or topography. It could also be 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Figure 6 Example of design guidelines formulated by the students 267 achieved through the repetition of materi- guidelines such as the ones produced als and patterns throughout the landscape through RTD. However, it is clear that to provide a sense of unity (Figure 6). implementing RTD can add a valuable creative and exploratory dimension to Discussion the process. In the RTD process such as Generally, students found the process of it was carried out here, students had to RTD both stimulating and chal enging be-validate their findings through rigorous cause of the strong tension between the discussions and systematic application creativity and the scientific rigueur which of their well-justified criteria. were required of them. Some of the challenges stemmed from This is particularly true when consider- the difficulty of operationalising important ing the health and wellbeing effects of concepts from the literature into design landscapes. Much of the literature on the knowledge. For example, ‘accessibility’ topic comes from disciplines adjacent to could be linked to safety and aesthetic the medical sciences, deeply rooted in (qualitative assessment), or to the num-post-positivism where quantitative ap- ber of paths connections, width of path, proaches are preferred and randomized number of barriers, etc (quantitative as-controlled trials are seen as the golden sessment). Although these criteria are not standard of evidence. As we move towards mutual y exclusive and could al be used, a more holistic understanding of health, their systematic application required time it is hard to formulate general practical and refined discussions which were often ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings outside of the scope of the BSc thesis level. Conclusion Without being able to test these constructs By looking at the exploratory work of in the real world, students had to argue these BSc students, different approaches their choices. could be sketched out and theories with the most potential to create scientifically They also discovered the importance of valid design knowledge to guide the de-aligning design product and criteria so sign process of landscape architects wil ing that they could test their designs in the to increase the health benefits offered by most effective way. Generally, they found the spaces they conceive were highlighted. that concepts such as accessibility and Research through design for health and visibility were best assessed at the large wellbeing is a particularly challenging task. scale, whereas experiential criteria could Health studies are deeply rooted in positiv-only be applied at the site scale. ism and post-positivism where quantitative approaches are preferred. Additionally, Generally, health effects are complex and the health benefits of green spaces are depend on a variety of factors, some be-wide-ranging, complex and interrelated, havioural, social or cultural. Predicting the which makes their translation into usable effect of design interventions is a difficult guidelines and criteria difficult. However, endeavour, which still remains to be car-this endeavor is critical, particularly as we ried out by experienced researchers and continue to deal with a global health crisis practitioners. Therefore, further research which highlights the importance of out-268 in the field should focus on exploring the door spaces. RTD approach further. Firstly, more Re- search On Design, exploring successful design interventions for the health and Acknowledgements wellbeing of populations and investigat-The author would like to thank the BLP students at ing their spatial characteristics could help Wageningen University who have contributed to the produce some basic design principles for contents of this paper by carrying out their BSc thesis on the topic “Landscape design for human health similar types of environments. Then, more and wellbeing” between 2019 and 2021. Thanks also assessment methods and design criteria to Sven Stremke, Homero Penteado and Gabrielle should be defined, potentially inspired Bartelse who acted as course coordinators during by participatory design or quantitative that time for their work as guidance and examiners. methods like the Perceived Restorative- References ness Scale (Korpela & Hartig, 1996) but Badland, H., White, M., MacAulay, G., Eagleson, S., applied to design scenarios rather than Mavoa, S., Pettit, C. and Giles-Corti, B., 2013. Us- real sites. Finally other innovative methods ing simple agent-based modeling to inform and enhance neighborhood walkability . International have produced promising results such as journal of health geographics, 12, pp.1-10. the use of VR combined with physiologi- Beute, F., Andreucci, M.B., Lammel, A., Davies, Z., cal measurements (Wang et al., 2019) or Glanvil e, J., Keune, 27 H., Marsel e, M., O’Brien, agent-based modelling (Badland et al., L.A., Olszewska-Guizzo, A., Remmen, R., Russo, A., & de Vries, S. 2020. Types and characteristics 2013), and deserve further investigation. of urban and peri-urban green spaces having an impact on human mental health and wellbeing. EKLIPSE report. 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Cortesão, J., Lenzholzer, S., Klok, L., Jacobs, C. and idence and Perspectives for Action. Available Kluck, J., 2020. Generating applicable urban de- online: https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/hand sign knowledge. Journal of Urban Design, 25(3), le/10665/342931/9789289055666-eng.pdf (ac-pp.293-307. cessed 22.11.2022). European Environment Agency, 2020 . Healthy WHO Regional Office for Europe. 2016. Urban green Environment, Healthy Lives: How the Environment spaces and health: a review of evidence. Available Influences Health and Well-Being in Europe. EEA online: https://www.euro.who.int/en/health-top-Report No 21/2019. ics/ environment-and-health/urban-health/pub- European Commission, 2020, Communication from lications/2016/urban-green-spaces-and-health- the Commission to the European Parliament, the Eu- areview-of-evidence-2016 (accessed 22.11.2022). ropean Council, the Council and the European Eco- nomic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions — EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 – Bringing nature back into our lives (COM(2020) 380 final). Fullam, J., Hunt, H., Lovell, R., Husk, K., Byng, R., Richards, D., Bloomfield, D., Warber, S., Tarrant, M., Lloyd, J., Orr, N., Burns, L., Garside, R., 2021. A handbook for Nature on Prescription to promote mental health. Version 1. University of Exeter. Kaplan, R., and S. Kaplan. 1989. The experience of nature: A psychological perspective. New York, NY: Cambridge University PressKorpela, K. and Hartig, T., 1996. Restorative qualities of favorite places. Journal of environmental psychology, 16(3), pp.221-233. Korpela, K.M., Hartig, T., Kaiser, F.G. and Fuhrer, U., 269 2001. Restorative experience and self-regulation in favorite places. Environment and behavior, 33(4), pp.572-589. Lenzholzer, S., Duchhart, I., & Koh, J. 2013. “Research through designing” in landscape architecture. Landscape and Urban Planning, 113, pp.120–127. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.landurbplan.2013.02.003 Milburn, L.A.S. and Brown, R.D., 2003. The relation- ship between research and design in landscape architecture. Landscape and urban planning, 64(1- 2), pp.47-66. Nijhuis, S. and Bobbink, I., 2012. Design-related re- search in landscape architecture. Journal of Design Research, 10(4), pp.239-257. Ohly, H., White, M.P., Wheeler, B.W., Bethel, A., Uk- oumunne, O.C., Nikolaou, V. and Garside, R., 2016. Attention Restoration Theory: A systematic review of the attention restoration potential of exposure to natural environments. Journal of Toxicology and Environmental Health, Part B, 19(7), pp.305-343. Wang, X., Shi, Y., Zhang, B., & Chiang, Y., 2019. The influence of forest resting environments on stress using virtual reality. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 16 (18), 3263 WHO Regional Office for Europe. 2021. Green and Blue Spaces and Mental Health. New Ev- Abjuring Scales A. Oldani Politecnico di Milano, DAStU andrea.oldani@polimi.it Abstract levels with varying degrees of detail, al- The contribution provocatively contem- lowing variable reading, from extensive plates substituting the term scale in land- considerations to samplings on otherness scape pedagogy for alternative concepts, and smallness. The result is dissecting the like resolution. Dealing with this goal im-characteristics of each situation, ascribing plies first thinking of the landscape as them to differentiated relational dimen-a complex system of relationships. This sions. To exemplify: the value of patterns point is decisive concerning re-directing and structures in the vast configuration can the articulated, dynamic, and profoundly be associated with their density, quality, unstable interactions between human-and aesthetic in any milieu part of a mo- kind, territory, and the environment. It, saic. Not less important, this perspective 271 therefore, becomes fundamental to clarify allows re-including some values some-the complexity beyond the relationship’s times forgotten in contemporary practice, identification and multidimensional value. like form-thinking and re-establishing the The process involves a plurality of factors human presence and perception as central beyond the correlation between subject in design. and object or object and object, extend- ing it to the organisations of objects to Keywords exceed the most immediate possibilities Landscape design, pedagogy, cross-scale of description. approach, relationships, resolution Focusing on relationships reduces scales’ Introduction significance because it forces us to recog-Dealing with the concept of scale concern- nise the variety, multidimensionality, inter- ing the complex universe of landscape ar- relation, and systematicity present in the chitecture is challenging. This difficulty is landscape, making these aspects operable compounded by the polysemy of the term through design. Consequently, it emerges landscape, its universality and its interdisci-to go beyond the scales, abjure this term, plinary nature. For this reason, even when and consider possible alternatives. approaching the landscape from the archi- tect’s point of view, the influences of other Living digitally, we can, for instance, speak disciplines, such as geography, ecology of ‘resolutions’. This concept well renders or geology, and the internal differences the idea of collecting data on several between design or planning outline a vast ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings field of choices and possibilities. Conse-of dealing with the relationship between quently, this world has become so wide infrastructure, territory and architecture is that one quickly misunderstands the sense well established, and thinking relationally and meaning of certain choices concern-and systemical y is a shared attitude. This ing the design and its cultural more than ability is the consequence of a pioneering practical significance, especially regarding approach in dealing with expertise and scale questions. disciplines that contribute to breaking the boundaries within scales. For this reason, This problem is familiar and has taken on it is well recognised how this country has greater weight as landscape architecture extraordinarily anticipated some direction has ceased to be a discipline linked to the comparable to the landscape urbanism design of limited objects – open spaces, approach, as recently described in the parks and gardens – in favour of the ‘tran-special issue of the magazine A+U titled sition towards public services’ (Newton, “landscape urbanism in France” (2022). 1971). Over the decades, this process has As illustrated, this analogy happened in led to an ever-increasing problematic ex-a completely autonomous and uncondi- tension towards the questions of the envi- tional manner representing the logical ronment, deepening the interaction and consequence of a consolidated ability to confrontation with ‘other’ disciplines. The deal with issues of scale that date back to result is a growing habit of dealing with the foundation of polytechnic culture and other forms of knowledge traditionally ac-the birth of modern engineering. 272 customed to working on different themes and scales. Consequently, landscape ar- In contrast, in Italy, the lack of an authen- chitecture progressively assimilated new tic tradition in landscape architecture has points of view and ways of thinking, not emphasised the differences and made the always in a clear and codified manner, in-genesis of the cross-scalar approach more cluding new scale paradigms. difficult. Thus, paradoxically, a very articu- lated field of debate emerges in which the However, these reciprocal contami- question of scale plays an essential role, nations and influences are numerous especially in relationship with the more and very difficult to portray in a unitary traditional competencies of architects framework. Their variety is deeply linked and planners (Durbiano et Robiglio, 2003; to the developments that, in different Sampietri, 2008). Therefore, the question ways, have accompanied the birth and of scale became a conflict between disci-development of landscape architecture plines and a problem in education. Moreo-in European nations and world countries ver, it introduced dangerous simplifications (Wolschke-Bulmahn and Clark, 2021; Treib, regarding the importance of relationships 2002). To be more transparent and objec-for the landscape and their cross-scalar tive is helpful providing some examples implications. related to intending the concept of scale, allowing us to compare the Italian case From these considerations, the following to another European situation, like that of contribution is organised into four main France. Here, for example, the tradition parts. The first refocuses on the theme of 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES the relationship concerning the theoretical It is helpful to situate the landscape in definition and the design of the landscape. a dialectical space oscillating between Reframing the relationship issue leads to aesthetics and science, understanding an insight into its implications concern-this concept more as the expression of a ing scale. The exposition clarifies how way of thinking of space as a set of re-the multiplicity of interrelations identify- lationships rather than as a physical site ing the landscape phenomenon finds an or a territorial or geographical area. This obstacle implicit in any attempt to limit its operation makes the landscape more than scope. The constraints associated with the a modification support, an ideal thematic notion of scale are thus highlighted and horizon and a field of confrontation for explored in landscape architecture educa-contemporary design (Gambi et Grego- tion. Through this process, the possibility ry, 2000). of identifying an alternative term to the concept of scale emerges. Therefore, the relationship issue represents a decisive aspect regarding implement- Then, a second part leads to the provoc- ing a theoretical and pedagogical theory ative hypothesis that abjuring the term that contemplates a notion of landscape scale in favour of an alternative concept, comprehensive of the dynamic, interre-like resolution, provides a more effective lated, evolving and profoundly unstable metaphor in contemporary landscape ed-interactions between man, territory and ucation. This section culminates in formu- environment. 273 lating an operating methodology based on the use of the concept of resolution. Deepening this concept leads to the Tractatus by Ludwig Wittgenstein (1954), It follows a third section explaining the where he provides a significant hypothesis practical experimentation of the theoret-on how to intend this system of interac- ical assumptions practised in the author’s tions, i.e. relationships. He observes that teaching activity at the Architecture School “an atomic fact is a combination of ob-of Politecnico di Milano. jects – entities, things” (prop. 2.01). For this reason, “just as we cannot think of spatial Lastly, a series of provisional conclusions objects at all apart from space, or tempo-draw a summary picture and propose a ral objects apart from time, so we cannot developing interpretation of this content. think of any object apart from the possibility of its connexion with other things”. Landscape as interlacing of relationships Therefore “if I can think of an object in the To trace the value of the concept of rela- context of an atomic fact, I cannot think of tionship about landscape requires a return it apart from the possibility of this context” to a definition. Indeed, it is necessary to (Wittgenstein, 1954: 2.01, 2.0121). These emphasise what guarantees a real pos-assumptions return consequentiality and sibility of distancing the landscape from logical structure capable of clarifying the relative terms, such as territory or envi-density and plurality characterising the ronment, and determine what produces notion of landscape. It also emerges the this distance. dynamics that support it, with obvious re- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings percussions in the relationship between meaning ‘to read the world’ and to ‘prefig-Figure 1 entities belonging to different spaces, i.e. ure’ all the ‘plans of action that we could The diagram on the left scales. undertake on it, combining constraints and provides an abstract 274 opportunities, a sense of reality and pos- representation of the landscape as a The Italian epistemologist Silvano Tagli- sibility, achieving a harmonious balance system of relationships agambe (2018) has explained the same between these two opposite poles’ - in between different en-assumptions less hermetically speaking short: design. tities. On the right, it is directly on the landscape. He focused on provided with a visual demonstration of how the importance of an ‘ontology of relations’ Many scholars return to this topic, explain-selecting particular regarding landscape design. With this ing how ‘landscape design’ is the ‘design scales implies missing definition, he refers to investigating how of relationships’ (Bocchi, 2009; 2012); some relationships entities are grouped into categories to indeed, this assumption cannot be over-from big to small objects or their organ- understand how the ‘places in the space’ turned. A distinction between design and isations assume an ‘objective positions’ concerning planning is also recurrent in the literature, an equally relevant position of ourselves with different repercussions on the ‘defi-in relationship to our surroundings. This nition’ of the scales employed. This fact attention is necessary because nothing can has little importance in our discussion be-be understood as an independent position cause, as has been observed, “planning in the landscape, having an autonomous and design are reciprocal processes; the meaning in its own right. Consequently, lack of understanding of the big picture reflecting on the relationships guarantees would lead to weak design. Such recipro-the possibility of ‘inscribing around us the cal processes have led to interdisciplinarity variable scope of our intentions or ges-approaches with interconnection scales, tures’. In this way, the activity of discover- from urban to regional and global dimen- ing the existing relationships assumes the sions-thinking globally and acting locally” 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES Figure 2 The diagram repre- sents from left to right: scale ‘Z’ - Selection missing the relation- ships object/object/ context. Scale ‘Y’ - Selection missing the intrinsic qualities inherent to one object. Scale’ Z’ - Choice limit- ing the recognizability (Samaneh Sadat, 2022). It can therefore be of relationships. reasonably argued that there is no ideal scale of design or planning. What is re- Figure 3 quired is a path that combines different Scale ‘K’ - Example scales, chosen according to the particular where a more detailed observatory from which the transformation observation allows to recognise new forms is framed. of the relationship somehow related to However, transcribing these concepts from the scale ‘Z’ previous- theory to practice is not easy and requires ly explored without enough critical atten- considerable effort. This fact represents tion 275 a significant obstacle in the education of When confronted with the proposal of a landscape architects, and the rigidity in cross-scalar process, the recurring ques-the question of scale furthermore limits it. tion from students is which is the project A sophisticated synthesis is required to site or that is necessary, clarifying on which clarify the necessity of relationships, over-scale the problem is being addressed - come the complexity that transcends their global, regional, or local scale. This fre-identification and explains their multidi- quent experience gives the impression that mensional value. This process involves a it is easier to conform to an established plurality of views and critical interpreta-way of looking rather than to challenge tions which are not necessarily related to oneself by defining a personal and original the size or location of the site, the nature way of looking that breaks the traditional of the theme or the project programme conventions within which the problem of but depend on the multiple relationships landscape architecture is assumed. the site entertains with the context. Those are not limited to the relationship between In short, the experience of teaching land-subject and object, nor between object scape design and the attempt to introduce and object, but extend to the organisations students to reflect articulately concerning of objects and the complex interconnec-these themes is challenging. Significant tions that transcend the most immediate difficulties lie in understanding the less ap-possibilities of description. parent forms of relationships and, in doing so, transcending the limitations imposed by site, theme and programme. Conse- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings quently, it is not easy breaking boundaries simultaneity of the work on a varying scale and switching between different scales, forces us to keep adjusting our gaze, so not to contextualise or frame, but to com-that each new point of view explains or prehend how acting on one part involves questions the previous and permits the altering the entire system. These brief con-evaluation of hypotheses formulated for siderations il ustrate how the landscape’s future development. So, adjusting the multidimensionality struggles to emerge gaze and evaluating the interventions are due to the difficulty of predicting how an indispensable in order to avoid the rock operation concerning small and limited on which the development of territories territorial portions may have effects that comes to grief today”. reverberate throughout broad and sophis- ticated geographical assets, nevertheless The citation, despite a classic recall of the the opposite. concept of scale, also considers the hy- pothesis of the need for constant adjust- The question, therefore, is whether it is ment, offering a more inspiring metaphor possible to abandon the term scale in fa-that introduces an optical process, which vour of an innovative terminology that can allows us to zoom in and out, focusing on make more explicit the nature of a multidi-the general and, at the same time, being mensional project in which the effect/ac- able to concentrate on the particular. tion chain has consequences and potential repercussions at all scales concerning the Thus, in a world dominated by the digital 276 problem involved. experience, it is possible to think using the term’ resolution’. The concept is well suited From scale to the resolution to describe the sense of an investigation Reading a text by Michel Desvigne (2012: that collects data at several scales and 25) helped to find a metaphor capable returns them in concise images, capable of explaining the need for a multi-scalar of fully orienting the project path. In this approach to landscape design and of con-way, it is possible to perceive something sidering a terminology analogous to the tangible, which allows moving within an concept of scale but free of a tradition that accumulation of data with a high density. limits its scope of application. He states: Consequently, it is possible to make all the “perceiving the scale and making the right considerations required by exceptionally response of the right dimension is, in my vast territories without sacrificing the op-view, the key to the success of a project for portunity to conduct specific research to the recomposition of a territory. In meth-explore the small dimension. This poten- odological terms, a permanent gauging tiality is enabled by the superabundance is needed, [this] obliges us to tackle all of data collected and their effective sys-scales at once: implementing a strategy of temisation. organisation over the long term, looking at things on smaller scales […] for places The metaphor of the resolution also be-in which pieces of city are actually going comes significant concerning the the-to be built, and carrying out concrete ex- oretical definition of design, offering a periments on even smaller scales […]. This metaphor that describes the possibility 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES of dissecting the specific features of each From theory to landscape studio practice situation by ascribing them to differentiat-This methodology describes how a ed relational dimensions. This potentiality teaching and design path was born and assumes great importance in a scenario experimented with in the last academical where it is more challenging, especially for years by the author within the Bachelor’s those involved in landscape design than and Master’s degree courses of the AUIC planning, to identify a correct way to as- School of the Politecnico di Milano. This sess the infrastructure endowments, eco- formulation is not a definitive point in logical features, and ecosystem services. In the process of experimentation but an fact, a high-resolution model would allow intermediate point in the course of trials better integration between what is pos-that continues to be refined and adapted sible to identify on a vast territorial asset based on student feedback and the results and what takes place in a local situation. of design experiments. Consequently, the merits of the individual facts can be associated with the whole, The studio experiences are ordinarily highlighting continuities/discontinuities, opened with a relatively free and experi-resources/criticalities, and emergencies/ mental investigation of the problem, which labilities that are only understandable ap- includes collecting information and formu- proaching the study of limited portions lating a personal critical position and point of space. of view. Of course, the studio provides a critical contextualisation, poses a central 277 The term ’resolution’ finds another rea- issue and provides a focal location for the son reflecting the transition from digital design experiment, but without imposing to material form. In digital photography, field limitations, defining selected sites or there is, in fact, a substantial difference imposing constraints of any kind. Accord-between the data we accumulate from the ing to this path, the first part of the studio potential of a sensor and the possibilities consists of collecting the elements that of restitution on the screen or in print with enable highly subjective interpretations. a discard of information that, in most cases, The result is a set of maps, cross sections, will be imperceptible. diagrams, infographics, and a collection of graphic, iconographic, photographic A mapping operation will therefore have to and physical evidence supporting a criti-work at high resolution in collecting data, cal position and allowing the formulation qualitative elements, references and obser-of a pre-visional hypothesis. These com- vation and then produce some synthetic posite materials provide descriptions at materials at differentiated resolutions. This different resolutions, allowing cross-scalar process results from selecting valuable readings bridging to a strategic hypothe-data to circumscribe a given theme and sis capable of multidimensional effects on provide comprehensible restitution. This the landscape. Specific, more canonical operation entails abundance, selection and design experiments typically follow this discarding, and in this sequence lies the first comprehensive and rich exploration. critical dimension underlying a mapping operation and a good design process. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Similar paths are applied to the master’s inserted. Moreover, this multi-resolution, final projects, with greater complexity and hence multi-dynamic and multi-spatial ex-detail. ploration, allows us to re-establish a link between ecological themes associated Some provisional conclusions with territorial structures to the places Judging the goodness of this design and where human presence and perception teaching process is complex. The validity become central. of the term’ resolution’ is also uncertain. Students always ask what project site or the working scale, demonstrating a recru- References descence into a methodology that requires Newton N.T. 1971. Design on the Land. The Develop-working on a specific vision rather than ment of Landscape Architecture. Harvard University enthusiastically accepting a path that in- Press: Cambridge, MA. Wolschke-Bulmahn J., Clark R. 2021 (eds.). From volves becoming aware of the situation Garden Art to Landscape Architecture: Traditions, and identifying a plausible direction to Re-Evaluations, and Future Perspectives. Akade- approach. mische Verlagsgemeinschaft: München. Treib M. 2002 (ed.). The Architecture of Landscape, 1940-1960. University of Pennsylvania Press: Phil- Despite this, what is excellent and notice- adelphia. able is an increasing curiosity induced by A+U 2022. Landscape Urbanism in France. Architec-the perception of a less constrained and ture and Urbanism, 622. less dogmatic procedure, which undoubt- Durbiano G., Robiglio M. 2003. Paesaggio e architet- 278 tura nell’Italia contemporanea. Donzelli: Roma. edly produces more engagement. Sampieri A. 2008. Nel paesaggio. Il progetto per la città negli ultimi venti anni. Donzelli: Roma. Samaneh Sadat N. 2022. Paradigm Shift of Scale in This feeling creates a compel ing perspec- Landscape Architecture - Towards a Planetary Ob- servation, Sustainability 14, no. 5: 2949. https://doi. tive for investigating a phenomenon such org/10.3390/su14052949 (accessed 23. 12. 2022) as the landscape, which must be unrestrict- Gambi L., Gregory P. 2000. Paesaggio, in: Enciclope- ed within too precise limits without risking dia Italiana - VI Appendice, XXV, p. 901-913. Wittgenstein L. 1975. Tractatus Logico-Philosophi- renouncing its true nature. cus: English Translation. Routledge: London. [ed. orig. 1954]. The hope is that this approach, less con- Tagliagambe S. 2018. Il paesaggio che siamo e che ventional and more experimental, can also viviamo. Castelvecchi: Roma. Bocchi R. 2009. Progettare lo spazio e il movimen- accompany students outside the acade- to. Scritti scelti di arte, architettura e paesaggio. my’s wal s, reinforcing the conviction that Gangemi: Roma. landscape design is first and foremost a Bocchi R. 2012. Luogo e paesaggio: a favore del cognitive process and only afterwards the progetto, in: Zanni F. (ed:). Urban Hybridization. Maggioli: Santarcangelo di Romagna. formulation and implementation of a mod- Desvigne M. 2012. The Landscape as Precondition. ifying proposal. It is, therefore, possible to Lotus International, 150, pp. 20-26. recover the meaning of many forgotten, exploited and marginalised landscapes, al owing us to link every single realisation to the system of meanings it assumes with the complexity of the territory in which it is Merging landscapes’ scales: A journey through pedagogical approaches in Landscape Architecture Studios in Indian Context S. Sahasrabudhe BNCA (Dr. B. N. College of Architecture of Women), MKSSS, SPPU (Savitribai Phule Pune University), Pune, India swatisahasrabudhe.bnca@gmail.com, swati.s@bnca.ac.in Abstract demia, internal and external contexts, and Landscape Architecture as a discipline in prevailing issues specific to the place. The India is over five decades old. The scope study employs interview method and con-of a landscape architect’s work is broad- tent analysis method to analyse the data ly limited to urban contexts and focuses from the past and present studio works. more on designed landscapes, and it The findings reveal the increasing signif-281 poses a great constraint in terms of avail- icance of merging the landscape scales, ability of opportunities in the practice to deriving simultaneous and context-specific work across scales of landscapes. These responses to various scales, and evolving landscape settings at design scale are lim-the pedagogical approaches to accommo- ited within a boundary of tangible things. date not only the scales of change but also Curating and conducting Landscape Ar-the changes in the landscape surrounding chitecture studios at post graduate lev- us. The dynamics of landscape architec- el in India is becoming an increasingly ture, the physio-cultural context of State challenging task in the times of political, of Maharashtra, India and the challenges social, ecological and economic flux. The of design pedagogy are highlighted in paper takes an overview of themes select-this paper through graphical and textual ed for the academic studios at Masters representation. level program at BNCA, Pune (State of Maharashtra, India). The paper demon- Keywords strates the methodological challenges Merging scales, design pedagogy, dynam-and opportunities occurring through the ics of landscape architecture, physio-cul-journey of 13 to 14 years. The study also tural context, digital tools reveals how the pedagogical approaches have undergone changes responding to Introduction the student-centric and program centric Landscape architecture as a discipline in-parameters such as the availability of dig- volves salient aspects of many allied dis- ital tools, exposure to international aca- ciplines such as ecology, art, engineering, ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings history and humanities, art and culture, law, the era of climate change relate closely digital science, etc. Landscape Architecto equity and justice that is threatened rap- ture encompasses not only the tangible idly and people witness the extremities aspects of physical planning but also in-of it as well. Human beings are one the volves the intangible aspects of spatial most significant stakeholders who could and social planning (Gazvoda, 2002). It is respond to the dynamics of the external an interdisciplinary and holistic discipline, landscape but have little control over the which responds to time, place, and peo-same. At times, leaving nature to heal on ple. Corner (1999) describes landscape its own too works without intervening into as an ongoing medium of exchange, as a the dynamics of nature. medium that is embedded and evolved within the imaginative material practices The Internal Context: of different societies at different time. The Landscape Architecture Education landscape pedagogies are derived with The internal context on the terrain of Land-the primary objective of designing and scape Architecture Education, involves planning of landscapes set within diverse students, faculty, and the program itself and dynamic settings. at the core of it. Landscape Architecture Education has a key role to play in incul- The External Context: cating the right values and ethics towards Landscape setting and its dynamics making Landscape Architecture profession The set of physical/ geomorphological set- move ahead in the right direction in De- 282 ting of a place with its location, climate, sign, Planning and Research (Sahasrabud-soil, vegetation, hydrology, and other he, 2016). socio-cultural, economic, and political parameters pose an external context for The fast pace of advancement in the tools landscape pedagogies to evolve in a cer-and methods of resolving and evolving tain direction. They represent and reflect spatial experiences at various scales and the external context that they belong to in diverse socio-cultural-natural contexts or respond to over the years. is making the field more challenging for novice and established practitioners, and Each city/town/village is set within its own for new and experience faculty both. At natural, historic, cultural, and political set-the same time, this phenomenon is of- ting (Gupta & Diddee, 2000), with an array fering the students and professionals of of landscapes and temporality of seasons. the field of landscape architecture, new The human-beings and other living beings ways of thinking, learning, and creating are an integral part of the landscape. They outdoor spaces. Frameworks are being witness dynamics of natural and cultural evolved by the educators and research-landscape, with assets, issues, and the val- ers based on the existing frameworks. A ues. People embody in these landscapes landmark framework was evolved by Carl their own values and experiences. Land-Steinitz (1990) in landscape architecture scapes pose challenges and offer oppor- which he kept on evolving and modifying tunities for people to evolve or transform further, with his experience in landscape with them. The changing landscapes in architecture education and practice. Stein- 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES itz’s framework (1990) emphasises on ap- a comparatively recent phenomenon. The plication of theory, integrative approach, education and profession of landscape diverse-valued perspectives in landscape architecture in India has come a long architecture education. Hollstein’s paper way with about six hundred Landscape (2019) investigates Steinitz’s framework as Architects. Eleven institutes recognized a valuable heuristic for emerging discipli-by ISOLA (Indian Institute of Landscape nary needs in landscape architecture. Architects (ISOLA), a professional body of Landscape Architects, established in Owing to the progressive, interdiscipli- May 2003) are presently offering a mas- nary and diverse nature of the discipline, ter’s course in Landscape Architecture and pedagogical frameworks in landscape ar-the numbers show a rising trend (Sahas- chitecture must respond to the dynamics rabudhe, et al., 2021). of scales and time, to keep the students informed about the current and future The present paper deliberates and elab-trends to become responsible designers orates on the pedagogical journey of the Figure 1 and ‘reflective practitioners’ as Milburn, et author (as a faculty and coordinator) since Chronological mapping of landscape al states it (2003). 2006, of curating and conducting Land- architecture studios scape Architecture Studios, mainly of the to understand the Landscape Architecture profession in in-third semester of a two year postgraduate attributes of landscape dependent India dates to 1970s, which is (master’s) program in Landscape Architec-scale and the external context 283 ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings ture at Dr. B. N. College of Architecture for Women, SPPU (Savitribai Phule University Pune) (SPPU, n.d.), India (BNCA, n.d.).The institute is in Pune and the master’s pro- gram in landscape architecture was started for the first time in Western India, in the state of Maharashtra in 2006. Methods and data The research inquiry aims to find out how scales of landscapes merge and how they are an inherent dynamic physical attribute of landscapes. The research variables viz. the internal and external contexts (as de- scribed in introduction of this paper) and their various attributes are investigated the two methods used for analysis of data. Figure 2 based on the chronology, spatial scales The method of collection and analysis of Concept of scale and and themes of the studios. dual data in the form of textual/ verbal datum as depicted in data and graphic data used in the pres-Indian mythology (Haribhakt, 2001-2023) The study primarily employs content ent research was significant as it involved analysis method to analyse the graphic inductive approach and mixed method 284 data compiled from the past and present approach. studio works done by students. The em- pirical data for the present study is col- Studio themes for Semester three since lected through telephonic and in-person the inception of the program in 2006 were interviews of present and past (alumni) mapped (Refer figure 1) chronologically to students (fifty students distributed across understand how they have responded to all batches) and faculty (ten faculty mem-local, regional, and global scenarios. The bers including full time and visiting facul- paper takes an overview of the themes ty appointed in present and past years) selected for the academic studios at mas-and open ended informal discussions with ter’s level program at BNCA, Pune (State them from time to time over last five years of Maharashtra, India). (2016-2021). The interviews were signifi- cant with respect to note the pedagogical The idea of scale and ‘nestedness’ experiences by the participating students Scales is also depicted symbolically as they (current and passed out batches/ alumina) appear in Vedic Hindu Mythology (Refer and the faculty. Both full time and visiting Figure 2). The concept pf ‘ lokas’ or worlds faculty were interviewed. The graphical also impart a temporal and three-dimen-data was collected in the form of draw- sional attribute of datum to the attribute of ings and graphic visualizations and the scale. Here, the Bhuloka/ Janaloka (Earth) data was analysed based on the studio stands as a datum. Above is Swargaloka project briefs evolved for all studios since (Heaven) and below is Patalaloka (Nether) 2006. Content analysis and coding were and earth is seen in between. 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES From the chronological and contextu- found that working with various scales al analysis of the data, the ‘Nestedness’ of landscapes helped significantly in ef-of various scales from macro to micro in fectively addressing these parameters. It Landscape Architecture Studios was un-was revealed that pedagogical approach- derstood (Refer Figure 3). Each level of- es essentially involved merging of Land- fered its own experiential association for scapes’ scales as part of the studios. The its stakeholders and users. relevant, multiple strategies were applied in the studios based on the context and Analysis the student-centric and program-centric The transitions and merging of scales. parameters. Whilst results of the present The present study analyzed the data gath- research align with some prior research ered from the Landscape Architecture stu- that identified the involvement of multiple dios since 2006. It was noted that natural educational strategies work in a multidi-landscape features offer continuity and cipinary nature of landcape architecture nestedness of scales into each other. The education (Joaquina Ramos, 2012). The content analysis of the qualitative graphic paper extends the past research by anlyz-data was carried out by creating matrices. ing the parameters and strateies in detail. The data gathered through the interviews and discussions was analysed through the The analysis brought forth ten pedagog-coding process. Both the analysis together ical strategies that the faculty practiced Table 1 Nestedness of scales brought forth that the teaching-learning while responding to various themes of of landscapes 285 process is more effective, when under- standing of a two-way relationship be- tween scales and merging them is em- bedded in the pedagogical approach (Refer Table 01). This was found to help students significantly in comprehending the tangible boundaries at site (micro) scale to intangible boundaries at bigger (macro) scale. A set of student-centric and program-cen- tric parameters emerged from the analysis of interviews of present and past (alumni) students and faculty (Refer Table 02). These parameters were referred to as ‘challenges’ while curating and conducting studios. Results The pedagogical strategies evolved over the last 15 years, in the wide spectrum of the external and internal contexts were mapped, listed, and analyzed. It was ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings studios and the challenges posed by the existing scenarios (Refer table 3 a, b and c). The findings revealed that the strate- gies also encouraged merging of multi- ple landscape scales. It was noted that the process of evolution and progression of strategies over a period resulted in over- coming the constraints and challenges as 286 listed in Table 2. The findings reveal the increasing signif- icance of merging the landscape scales, deriving simultaneous and context-specific design, and planning responses to various scales, and of evolving the pedagogical teraction, access to digital data, exposure Figure 3 (above) approaches to accommodate not only the to international academia, and prevailing The four nested scales of change but also the changes in issues specific to the place have also influ-levels: Micro, Meso, the landscape surrounding us. enced the changes happening in the strat- Macro, and Mega (Yahya & Hassanpour, egies for the teaching-learning process. 2022), Nestedness of Discussion The ten strategies revealed (Refer Tables landscape scales and The paper demonstrates the methodologi-3 a, b, and c) from the present study are tangible and intangible cal challenges and opportunities occurring discussed below: boundaries through the journey of fifteen years. The 1. Tactile way of working with draw-Table 2 (below) study also reveals that the pedagogical ing leads to a deeper involvement Parameters identified approaches have undergone changes and of students in thinking and asking and addressed while evolution responding to the student-cen-questions as a first step. Working on curating and conducting studios tric and program centric parameters, with studio themes such as ‘Children in the evolving external and internal context. Cityscapes’ demanded a sensitive Significant aspects such as availability of attitude towards society and offered digital tools, platforms offering virtual in- a comprehensive base for students to 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES create a responsible yet creative land- scape design response. 2. Participation, interaction with peers and users is a great strategy to understand the ground reality, various perspectives of the same situation. Inputs from stake- holders, government authorities play a significant role in evolving participatory pedagogical approach to create valu- able and realistic solutions. 3. It is not only the outcome but the pro- cess through which students learn is also very crucial to the pedagogical approach in Landscape Architecture studio. 4. Capacity building and skill develop- ment of students in terms of graphi- cal thinking and representation was emphasized as a significant strategy to improve the design expression by students. With time, the availability of 287 software came handy. However, hand done graphics and physical models were encouraged to overcome the standardization and monotony of soft- ware generated graphics. 5. Working on real time projects with real site, real client, etc. was made an inte- gral part of the pedagogical approach and such opportunities were very ef- fective to understand the tangible and intangible boundaries of landscape scales. 6. In Indian context, with its vast cultur- al, physiographic, ecological, and economic diversity, it was important to embed literacy with respect to the same in studio pedagogy to impart a holistic understanding of landscape 7. A paradigm shift in conventional ped-Table 3-a and 3-b scales and the lives they affect. It im- agogical approach based on Western/ Pedagogical strategies ported a strong sense of temporality European/ Colonial understanding of practiced in landscape and change as an integral part of the landscapes primarily as a visualscape architecture studios Indian Eco-cultural Landscapes. was necessary. This was achieved ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings through works on rural vernacular cultural landscape setting, exploring indigenous design and planning vo- cabularies rooted to its local context and are inspired by the traditional liv- ing wisdom. This also was connected to the stakeholders matrix and circular economy. Living non-humans such as birds, animals, fauna were expressed as significant stakeholders along with human beings and abiotic factors in the studio process. This pedagogical strategy leads to thinking about and re- sponding to a larger world which is not human centric and not consumeristic. 8. Going global was practiced as a key strategy in studios with themes which dealt with climate change, resource planning, urban mobility, livability, etc. The key was to use the nestedness at- tribute of landscape scales where in 288 the global issues were sought through Landscape Architecture design and planning strategies at the local level and the process driven pedagogical approach. 9. BNCA (BNCA, n.d.), being the ‘Only aged and joint studios, workshops, Table 3-c women’s institute’ poses a great chal- travel are practiced extensively to en- Pedagogical strategies lenge in this professional world of able them to interact with the outside practiced in landscape gender equity. In India, women/girls and global world and to know different architecture studios still go through their own context spe-perspectives. It surely widens up their cific cultural and financial constraints. critical and creative thinking capabili- Only women institutes like BNCA are ties. It also builds up their confidence preferred by students and their par- to communicate at various scales and ents for its safe-secure environment, contexts. women friendly infrastructure, finan- 10. Finally, the last strategy evolved so far is cial assistance, etc. and its long-term to engage in the online teaching-learn- commitment to women empowerment ing practice during Covid-19 pandem- and philanthropic background. But at ic. It was a constraint transformed into the same time, it poses its own gen- a valuable opportunity which is to der-based challenges. To enable the stay and continue now as a blended women students to sail in the profes- mode of teaching-learning strategy. sion, collaborative learning is encour- It was found to be a constructive and 3. TEACHING ACROSS SCALES effective way to work together beyond physical boundaries, in a cross cultur- al interdisciplinary virtual ambience. One such recent studio dealt with the question ‘Where do children play?’ (Fo- cusing on public playscapes for mar- ginalized communities in Urban India). It was conducted as a col aborative vir- tual exchange workshop. The new post covid era and the virtual world offers a lot of hope in terms of new ways of learning as the learning continues for The pedagogical journey is a continuous Figure 4 students and faculty beyond any tan- and evolving process. Teaching-learning Metaphor of the gible boundaries. process and its participants must take help ‘Russian traditional from the merging quality and capacity of Matryoshka Dolls” (Wikipedia, 2022)-Nur- In the context of the present paper (Refer landscapes’ scales. turing the nestedness Figure 04), it would be interesting to read of landscape scales the metaphor of the ‘Russian Traditional A way forward is to dovetail local into glob- (image: https://www. Matryoshka Dol s’; depicting mother na- al as “glocal” and explore opportunities google.com) ture nursing its small children and future of working on SDGs (Sustainable Devel-generations to live on earth (Wikipedia, opment Goals), ecological frameworks, 289 2022). The preset research gave a valuable ecological, cultural, and economic liter-insight that merging of scales of landscapes acy, gendered issues, community issues means merging the qualities of nestedness, through effective pedagogical strategies interlinking, interdependency, interaction, which are context-specific and merging and dynamism. of scales of landscape in Landscape Ar- chitecture Studio projects. Conclusion To summarize, the pedagogical journey in curating and conducting Landscape Acknowledgements Architecture studios since 2006, brought The graphic data for the study was extracted from the forth the significance of merging various landscape design studio works at semester three at scales of landscapes to engage with and master’s level at BNCA, Pune compiled since 2006. The author wishes to acknowledge the co-faculty to effectively deal with dynamics of land- members and the students for sharing their studio scape context that surrounds us. Natural work and participating in the present research. The landscape settings inherit qualities of con-author also wishes to thank BNCA, SPPU and Prof. tinuity and nestedness of scales into each Anurag Kashyap for their support. The author is thankful to Prof. Alpa Nawre, University of Florida other. These qualities are very significant and Prof. Caroline Lavoie, Utah State University for in evolving pedagogical approaches and the collaborative studios. strategies for making the teaching-learning process holistic. Such a process offers a rig- References BNCA, n.d. [Online] Available at: https://bnca.ac.in/ orous yet creative and empathetic learning academics/masters-of-landscape-architecture/ experience for students. [Accessed 01 September 2022]. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Bowring, J. & Swaffield, S., 2004. Think global, think local: Critical regionalism and landscape architecture. Landscape Review, 9(2), pp. 1-12. Corner, J., 1999. Recovering Landscape, Essays in Contemporary Landscape Architecture. New York: Princeton Architectural Press. Gazvoda, D., 2002. Characteristics of modern land- scape architecture and its education. Landscape and Urban Planning, 60(2), pp. 117-133. Gupta, S. & Diddee, J., 2000. Pune: Queen of the Deccan. Pune: Elephant Design Pvt. Limited. Haribhakt, 2001-2023. Vedic Hindu Science. [Online] Available at: https://haribhakt.com/shrimad-bhag- watam-vedic-hindu-science-on-universe-sun-moon- and-their-cosmic-arrangement [Accessed 01 Sep- tember 2022]. Hollstein, L. M., 2019. Retrospective and reconsider- ation: The first 25 years of the Steinitz framework for landscape architecture education and environ- mental design,. Landscape and Urban Planning, Volume 186, pp. 56-66. Joaquina Ramos, I., 2012. Towards a Different Approach in Teaching Landscape Design. A Cross- educational, Cultural and Disciplinary Strategy. s.l., WSEAS Press. Milburn, L.-A. S., Brown, R. D., Mulley, S. J. & Hilts, S. G., 2003. Assessing academic contributions in land- 290 scape architecture. Landscape and Urban Planning, Volume 24, pp. 119-129. Sahasrabudhe, S., 2016. Landscape Architecture - A Holistic Discipline towards Sustainable Global Future. Qulity Edge: Construction Quarterly, 11(3), pp. 4-7. Sahasrabudhe, S., Dhar, N. & Bhat, P., 2021. A vision toward strenghening landscape architecture education in India. Journal of Landscape Architecture, India, Issue 67, pp. 34-39. SPPU, (. P. P. U., n.d. [Online] Available at: http:// collegecirculars.unipune.ac.in/sites/documents/ Syllabus2020/Forms/AllItems.aspx [Accessed 01 September 2022]. Steinitz, C., 1990. A Framework for Theory Applicable to the Education of Landscape Architects (and Other Environmental Design Professionals). Landscape Journal, 9(2), pp. 136-143. Yahya, N. & Hassanpour, B., 2022. A Methodical Framework for Sustainable Architectural Design: Housing Practice in the Middle East. Land, 11(7). 0004 CONTEXT MATTERS ‘Invisible infrastructure’ – or why some professions are more equal than others R. Stiles1*, E. Mertens2, N. Karadeniz3 1 TU Vienna, Austria 2 Neubrandenburg University of Applied Sciences, Germany 3 Ankara University, Turkey * richard.stiles@tuwien.ac.at Abstract fects the discipline directly within its aca- Despite recent celebrations of the anni- demic environment, the Academic Comfort versaries of many university programmes, Zone, and the Local Neighbourhood with most landscape architects know that the the profession and related industries. To discipline and profession should be better be visible in critical societal contexts and placed than it is to address the impacts of current crises, it is also necessary to ad-many of the crises with which society is dress civil society and the media the Wider 295 currently faced. It is time for the discipline Society Zone, in order to reach the Power to turn its attention to understanding the and Influence Zone, and affect politics and sort of ‘invisible infrastructure’ which lies legislation. behind many other successful fields – and how to build up a similar visibility. The paper calls for the development of a Europe-wide strategy by discipline and All successful professions are embedded profession to address these awareness in a wider societal context upon which issues to enable them to assume a piv-their ultimate success depends. Estab- otal role in addressing today’s societal lished disciplines and the professions challenges. they serve sit at the centre of a network of interrelationships across many different Keywords domains, reaching far beyond the disci-Invisible infrastructure, professional eco- pline itself. Their supporting ecosystems systems, European cooperation, awareness ensure the continuing visibility of these raising, societal challenges disciplines, keeping them in the public consciousness, while the infrastructure A time for celebration, but also for supporting them remains largely invisible. reflection Recently European landscape architecture The hidden ecosystem behind landscape academia has been in celebratory mood. architecture, and indeed all other profes- Just over a century ago there were no sions, can be analysed into that which af- university landscape architecture pro- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings grammes, now there are some one hun-uates could thus hardly wish for a more dred. The centenary of the first programme fortuitous combination of circumstances at Ås in Norway was marked in 2019, and to help position themselves at the centre over this first century of landscape archi-of contemporary public discourse. tecture education much has indeed been achieved: doctoral programmes, regular Yet, while one might expect that these de-academic conferences, an increasing num- velopments would mean that politicians, ber of specialist publications together with the public and the media would now be a peer-reviewed journal, JoLA, while land-queueing up to call for the services of the scape architecture academics sit on faculty profession, the reality is a different one. boards and university senates alongside The queues of people beating a path to their peers from other disciplines. the door of landscape architecture are conspicuous only by their absence. This While the discipline has achieved much ought to be a reason to take a break for a over the last century, what of the profes-moment from celebrating within our aca- sion it serves? It was almost 50 years ago demic bubble and to reflect on why this is. that Geoffrey and Susan Jellicoe wrote their monumental work: ‘The Landscape Uncovering the ‘hidden ecosystem’ of Man’ (1975) in the introduction to which The paper is on a critical reflection on the they suggested that: gap between the discipline’s own percep- tion of its potential for addressing many 296 “The world is moving into a phase of today’s societal challenges and the ac- when landscape design may well be tual way in which landscape architecture recognised as the most comprehensive is viewed by society in general. of the arts.” The approach has been to focus on uncov- Half a century after the founding President ering the normally invisible societal struc-of IFLA’s prediction, one could expect that tures into which a professional discipline today the profession would be thriving and is embedded by constructing a simple that the many graduates of Europe’s land-model of these structures and their mu- scape architecture programmes would be tual interactions. This has the advantage in great demand. All the more so, as in the of being both straightforward enough to almost 50 years since the publication of al ow the complexity of the situation to be ‘The Landscape of Man’, the climate and easily grasped, while sufficiently flexible to biodiversity crises are surely demonstrat-be expanded so that the detailed structure ing the potential of landscape architecture of the various fields and their interlinkages to address these challenges. can also be taken into account. Furthermore, the coming into force of The model was then used as the basis for the European Landscape Convention in illuminating the position of what is perhaps 2004 highlighted the importance of the the most successful professional discipline landscape in the field of European policy. in terms of its societal acceptance: medi-The profession, the discipline and its grad- cine. This was compared with the situation 4. CONTEXT MATTERS with regard to landscape architecture in most frequent. Beyond this lie two ‘sub-sys-Germany, where the profession has been tems’ of great importance: civil society and long established and is relatively well de-the media, which occupy what might be veloped in institutional terms. described as the ‘wider society’ zone. This is complex and its interlinkages are ex- Professions in their societal context: tensive. These connect, to what has been illuminating their invisible infrastructure termed the ‘zone of power and influence’, All successful disciplines and the profes- which over the long term is exerted via sions they serve are embedded in a wid- institutions and legislation. er societal context. It is this supporting ecosystem, as much as their academic The resulting model of the ‘profession-credentials, that ensures their continuing al ecosystem’ within its societal context visibility and maintains their presence in (see figure 2) comprises seven domains, the public consciousness. Yet the infra-which are all interlinked and are loosely structure supporting these ecosystems arranged in four ‘zones’. Although highly itself remains largely invisible, partly be-simplified, the model has the advantage of cause with well-established professions, it making explicit the ‘invisible infrastructure’ hides in plain sight and is taken for grant- which otherwise usually remains hidden, ed; but also because it may be only weakly thereby making it possible to highlight and developed and is thus easily overlooked. investigate this in more detail. Its generalised nature also means it can be used 297 The starting point for this investigation of to compare the societal roles of different the ‘societal ecosystem’ is provided by professions with landscape architecture academia, in the form of the ‘academic in seeking reasons for its lack of political comfort zone’ of those involved in the re-influence. cent celebrations of landscape architecture programmes. All professions play a comparable role in society, yet some are far more equal Distant from this, in another largely than others self-contained area, are the politicians Although within academia, landscape ar-who, in the case of landscape architec- chitecture has achieved a degree of suc- ture, are resolutely failing to recognise its cess over recent years, as the recent anni-problem-solving potential. Between these versary celebrations illustrate, graduates two domains lies a seemingly unbridgea-entering the profession cannot expect to ble gap (figure 1). To understand how this achieve the same level of societal recog-can be crossed it is necessary to chart the nition as some of their fellow students in unseen infrastructural ecosystem which lies other disciplines. between. When using the ‘invisible infrastructure’ Academia’s closest neighbours, the profes- model to investigate why landscape ar- sion and its associated industry lie within chitecture is not enjoying the level of a ‘local neighbourhood’ zone, where con-professional success that IFLA’s founding nections are likely to be the strongest and president might reasonably have expected ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 1 Invisible infrastructure can bridge the gap Figure 2 The ‘professional ecosystem’ within its 298 societal context some half-century ago, it would appear To gain the maximum benefit from such sensible to compare it with the most suc-a comparison, it is advisable to compare cessful professions within the professional like with like by using the situation within ecosystem and draw lessons from them: one country as a case study, where other the obvious candidates are medicine or societal factors can be expected to law. both long established and widely re-be similar. Whereas the professions of spected. medicine and law have achieved an almost 4. CONTEXT MATTERS similar level of recognition throughout tion. Directly after the state examination, 1 https://www.gesund-Europe, the closest landscape architecture they are expected to become members of heitsforschung-bmbf. comes to a comparable situation is in the doctor’s chamber. By requiring every de/de/begleit-forschung-fur-den-er- north-western European countries, where graduate to join the chamber, Germany folg-von-kompetenz-the profession has arguably established currently has more than 400.000 regis-bezogenen-auswahl- the most stable institutional foundations. tered doctors, working in different fields verfahren-der-hoch-Germany was the second country in of medicine. These are represented by schulen-8228.php (accessed June 30, Europe to establish a university landscape the Association of the Scientific Medical 2022) architecture programme, and has since Societies (AWMF), which “combines 175 developed a regulated profession and a scientific member societies and 3 associ-2 https://www.awmf. reasonably well-established institutional ated societies from all medical specialties”. org/en/awmf.html (ac-structure and a significant number of study The AWMF is highly visible and influen-cessed June 30, 2022) programmes. tial as it “advises the government of the 3 »In the total of 16 Federal Republic of Germany as well as Chambers of Archi-In Germany more than 60,000 school the German federal states on all topics of tecture some 139.000 architects, interior leavers apply annually for 11,000 medical scientific medicine and medical research designers, landscape study places1. Applicants are often not able and classification2“. architects and city to study where they wish, indeed some planners are registered even move to another country. However, Landscape architecture in Germany is also (as of 1st January 2020). Of these almost this need not be a disadvantage as medi- a regulated profession organised by the 8.000 are landscape cine’s invisible infrastructure starts to be ef-chambers of architects, but to be able to architects« From: https://bak.de/kam-299 fective even within the domain of academ- apply for membership, graduates need at ia. The longevity of the discipline means least two years of professional experience, mer-und-beruf/berufs-bilder-der-fachrich- that the medical school curriculum, both and have to prove that they have worked tungen/ nationally and internationally has become in all necessary phases of landscape archi-landschaftsarchitek- very similar and has remained so over a tecture projects. As not all employees of tur/#:~:text=In%20 long period, albeit with special focus on offices become members of a chamber, den%20insgesamt%20 16%20Architekten- the diseases typical of the region. which are organised by the states, Ger- kammern,Davon%20 many has only about 8.000 registered sind%20fast%20 In landscape architecture, by comparison, landscape architects3. 8.000%20Landschafts- there are some 950 first-semester students architekten (accessed Feb. 10, 2023) in Bachelor programmes in Germany and So far this comparison only covers aca-about 420 in Master programmes (data demia and the professions, and this only from 2013 to 2018). Generally, applicants at a fairly superficial level, but the general are able to select their place of study and direction is clear (figure 3). There is not restrictions are rarely imposed. space to repeat this through all the do- mains of society’s professional ecosystem. Graduates from German medical schools In the case of landscape architecture, the have to pass a state examination after ‘industry’ includes landscape contractors completing their studies and are able to and nurseries, and, perhaps, manufacturers work as doctors, but need to get practical of street furniture and outdoor lighting. experience in their special field involving However, these all pale in comparison several further years of practical educa- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings beside the pharmaceutical and medical In the domain of legislation and institu-equipment industries. tions, there is much to highlight in the field of medicine, but perhaps reference to the Again, in the case of the media and civil statutory requirement for health insurance society simple anecdotes will have to suf-is sufficient to illustrate how closely inte- fice: thus to understand the relative roles grated medicine is into the ‘power and of medicine and landscape architecture in influence zone’ of the societal ecosystem. the popular imagination, one only needs Landscape architecture, by comparison, to mention the large numbers of medical has little to show with the exception of soap operas on television as compared to environmental impact legislation, and in the total absence of ‘landscape architec-Germany the statutory requirement to im- ture dramas’ (although there is a landscape plement compensation measures in the architect as a character in a Turkish soap case of such impacts. opera). Similarly, there are many NGOs representing patients’ interests as well as Wherever one looks into the various many auxiliary healthcare professions, from domains of the societal ecosystems of paramedics to first aid societies which form medicine and landscape architecture, it an integral part of the medical ecosystem, becomes clear that medicine is deeply while although there may be gardening embedded in the system, whereas land-clubs and allotment societies, such am- scape architecture is largely ‘on the outside ateur organisations are rarely associated looking in’. If this is true in Germany, then 300 with landscape architecture. it is still more true in many other European countries. The same applies not just to the structures within the various domains but Figure 3 In the ‘medicine ecosystem’ all links are strong and the influ- ence is pervasive 4. CONTEXT MATTERS also to the interlinkages between them, to sional ecosystem outlined above. This can the extent that in the case of medicine in help decide which parts of which domains Germany and indeed elsewhere, the var-need to be focussed on to better under- ious ‘zones’ previously identified – from stand how the operate, and which linkag- ‘academic comfort’ to ‘power and influ- es ought to be targeted to develop and ence’ – are only very weakly differentiated strengthen them. Having highlighted the in the case of medicine where they merge recent academic celebrations, suggests imperceptibly into one another. Here the that it would make sense to begin within links between all the domains are almost the ‘academic comfort zone’ and to reach equally strong. Were such comparisons out from there by strengthening the ‘local to be undertaken between landscape neighbourhood’ links. The German case architecture and other professions, it is also provides a model here: the so-cal ed to be expected that similar results would ‘Hochschulkonferenz Landschaft’ or HKL. emerge, if not perhaps as pronounced. This serves the role of improving links be-The question is, at a time when landscape tween academia, the profession and the architecture ought to be coming of age associated industry. Its origin in 1979 lay as a profession, what if anything can be in efforts to resolve a conflict about the done to render the invisible visible and nature of education which the universities to assist the discipline in escaping from were at the time providing. That an organ-its comfort zone? isation set up to address a specific issue has survived for over 40 years is perhaps 301 Bursting the bubble some indication of its significance, even As landscape architecture is a relatively if it has suffered somewhat from neglect young profession compared to medicine, over recent years. this could suggest that time alone might be a major factor in affecting the develop- What is needed is an equivalent Europe- ment of the sort of invisible infrastructure an organisation to bring together not just which medicine enjoys. If so, then simple European landscape schools but also prac-patience alone might solve the problem. tice and the industry in order to strength-It could also be argued that it is the very en the network starting with the ‘local existential nature of medicine that has al-neighbourhood’. This grouping then needs lowed it to become so deeply embedded to develop a strategy for reaching out into in contemporary society, yet the urgency the ‘wider society’ in order to build the of the crises facing society today and the missing invisible infrastructure and there-conviction that landscape architecture has by to render landscape architecture more something significant to contribute to ad-visible to politicians and decision-making dressing them ought also to be enough institutions. to suggest that waiting cannot suffice, but that decisive and concerted action at a Eu- Small steps towards raising awareness ropean level is called for. It cannot be the role of this paper to plot out exactly what ‘needs to be done’ but The blueprint for this action can be drawn rather to draw attention to the pressing up using the model of society’s profes-need to take action. To be successful such ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 4 Some small initial steps towards strengthening the ‘landscape archi- tecture ecosystem’ action needs to be taken by the profession, Educators are perhaps the best people the discipline and the industry working to rise to this challenge. While not wish-together at European level. Ambitious as ing to water down the call for concerted 302 this may sound there are already important action between academia, the profession precedents. The successes of ECLAS itself, and the industry at European level, one the celebration of which formed the start-can perhaps point to some examples ing point for this analysis, demonstrates where small steps are already being tak-the power of European collaboration. en to forge links from academia to both 2023 marks ten years since the end of civil society and the domain of legislation the LE:NOTRE project which provided a and institutions. These take the form of two further illustration of what can be achieved Erasmus+ projects. through considered and concerted action. 2024, marks the 20th anniversary of the ‘EduScape’ has the objective of using the coming into force of the European Land-topic of landscape to bring new approach- scape Convention, Article 6 of which calls es to school education. The vision is not on signatory states to raise awareness of just to introduce landscape as a subject the importance of landscape. in the curriculum through which to teach about issues such as climate change, but The occasion of these two anniversaries to use landscape as a medium through provides an opportunity to start working which much of the school curriculum could actively to promote awareness of the im-be taught. Targeting of school education portance of landscape architecture as a is a means of bringing the subject of land-key means of, not just implementing the scape into the homes of all families with Landscape Convention, but of addressing school-aged children – a large proportion the urgent crises which society is facing. of civil society. 4. CONTEXT MATTERS The domain of legislation and institu- tions is harder to penetrate, but the In- noLAND project has as one of its key goals the preparation of a Common Training Framework (CTF) for landscape architec- ture, which could lead to the automatic recognition of landscape architecture qualifications across the EU and the EEA. CTFs are a mechanism foreseen within the EU’s Professional Qualifications Directive (PQD) to enable the Europe-wide recog- nition of qualifications, other than those of the medical professions and architecture, which are already covered by the PDQ. This would provide a vital piece of invisible infrastructure for the landscape architec- ture profession. These two examples can be seen as small pieces of a jigsaw which may help to im- prove the situation (figure 4). However not 303 only should they be replicated across Eu- rope, they need also to be embedded in a wider long-term strategy involving aca- demia, the profession and the landscape industries. InnoLAND involves universities from five countries, but also IFLA Europe and ECLAS, through the LE:NOTRE Insti- tute, so this could be seen as a first step, but both have finite contract periods and building better invisible infrastructure for landscape architecture requires a long-term strategic commitment from all concerned. Transdisciplinary approach in higher education in landscape architecture: Case Study of master’s degree program from Bosnia and Herzegovina E. Hasanagić1*, A. Brajić2, S. Klarić3, M. Avdibegović2, E. Hukić2 1 Association of landscape architects of Bosnia and Herzegovina, BiH 2 University of Sarajevo Faculty of Forestry, Sarajevo, BiH 3 International Burch University Sarajevo, BiH * emir.hasanagic@outlook.com Abstract was designed for different professional At the core of landscape designing and field experts in BiH. planning is the involvement of various stakeholders’ visions and needs for space. Through legislation framework analysis, it That is why it is important that the study is noticed that transdisciplinary approach 305 programs of landscape architecture con- is only partially applied in spatial planning tain a transdisciplinary approach in its normative acts of BiH. It is recognized that content and learning method. In order to the approach is insufficiently implement-improve higher education in landscape ed in higher education curricula in land-architecture in Bosnia and Herzegovina scape architecture. Both are reflected on (BiH) this study a) identifies the level of the apprehended planning approaches transdisciplinarity in legislation, b) assesses of experts in broader field of designing the level of transdisciplinarity in landscape and planning. Findings of this research architecture academic study programs, are significant for the improvement of and c) evaluates how various experts in the profession and education in the field the field perceive the need for multidis-of landscape architecture engineering in ciplinarity and interdisciplinarity in BiH. BiH. Specifically, the results indicate a need To achieve these objectives, a mixed-meth- for a more transdisciplinary approach in od approach was used for collecting and academic programs and legislative frame-analysing of both qualitative and quantita- works, as well as greater multidisciplinary tive data, a) text analysis method to iden- and interdisciplinary cooperation in land- tify the presence of landscape planning scape planning. practice in urban space planning-related legislation, b) content analysis of the trans- Keywords disciplinarity aspect was used to evaluate Urban space planning, legislation, land-actual study programs in landscape archi- scape planning practice, landscape archi- tecture and c) open-ended questionnaire tecture curricula ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Introduction Three main legal norms are governing Understanding the transdisciplinarity ap- planning and land use, development, proach in landscape architecture is con- planning and implementation of planning venient to explain in relation to terms of documents in BiH: Law on Physical Plan-multidisciplinarity and interdisciplinarity. ning and Utilization of Land for Federation Multidisciplinary approach in landscape of BiH, Law on Spatial Planning and Con-architecture involves incorporating the struction of the Republic of Srpska and the knowledge of other professions with dis-Law on Spatial Planning and Construction tinct responsibilities, without interfering in of Brčko District. The unique strategy for the decision-making and problem-solving spatial development on the state level for processes of the landscape architecture BiH, as a consequence of insufficient in-profession. Multidisciplinarity is character- stitutional communication, does not exist. ized by the use of knowledge from spe- Systemic integration of transdisciplinarity cific disciplines, while interdisciplinarity approach in spatial planning procedures involves the analysis, synthesis, and inte-is connected to a maturity of institutions, gration of knowledge from multiple dis- level of interinstitutional communication ciplines into a coordinated and coherent and openness of institutions to citizens whole (Choi and Pak, 2006; Padurean and (Nowotny et al., 2001). The importance Cheveresan, 2010). An interdisciplinary ap-of involving different stakeholders in de- proach would involve joint work among signing and planning has been recognized various professional areas, in order to seek only partially in the legislation framework 306 common solutions and make decisions existing in the landscape planning practice together. Contrastingly, a transdiscipli-in BiH. Consequently, as not being rec- nary approach entails the integration of ognized on the higher governing levels knowledge and broader aspects of soci-this approach is insufficiently implement- ology, theory, and culture in the process of ed in higher education curricula in land-seeking solutions and making decisions, scape architecture. Thus, this study aims at transcending professional and disciplinary providing insights that will help improve boundaries. Transdisciplinarity integrates integration of transdisciplinary approach knowledge from various disciplines and in the education and profession in this transcends disciplinary boundaries to in-professional field. clude traditional, empirical, and cultural knowledge in decision-making and un- Bosnia and Herzegovina’s society is in derstanding (Nicolescu, 2012; Nicolescu, a transitional phase, from a socialist to 2014). Seeing landscape architecture as a democratic and capitalist society. It is such is important for sustainable landscape assumed, that integration of transdiscipli-designing and planning. Assessing to what nary approaches into academic education extent the transdisciplinary approach is systems and relevant legislation has been present and respected in landscape plan-insufficiently achieved so far. It seems that ning of Bosnia and Herzegovina (BiH) can although professionals recognize the ne-be beneficial for measuring the develop- cessity for comprehensive planning and ment of the profession at the national level. design methods, the transdisciplinary approach has not been systematically 4. CONTEXT MATTERS integrated into education and normative Figure 1 legal acts. In order to evaluate the level Transdisciplinarity in of transdisciplinarity in the field of land- landscape architecture scape architecture engineering in BiH, it is observed through three dimensions important to examine the extent to which multidisciplinarity and interdisciplinarity have been applied in professional prac- tice. This understanding can be acquired through the expertise and practical expe- rience of professionals in the field (Choi and Pak, 2006). Based on these insights, the better understanding of the presence or absence of transdisciplinarity in educa- tion and practice is achieved. Therefore, the study aims at a) identifying the level of transdisciplinarity in legislation, b) as- Legislation sessing the level of transdisciplinarity in The aim of the legislation analysis is to landscape architecture academic study evaluate the recognition and incorpora-programs, and c) evaluating how various tion of the concept of transdisciplinarity experts in the field perceive the need for in the pertinent spatial planning laws and multidisciplinarity and interdisciplinarity regulations in BiH concerning landscape 307 in BiH. architecture. Sector of spatial planning fol ows national administrative structure Methods and thus Legislative framework is consists Transdisciplinarity in landscape archi- of the following laws of the three adminis- tecture has been analysed through the trative units (except Federation of BiH that three-dimensional prism of intercon-have laws on the cantonal level) and their nected fields: education, legislation, and subsidiary laws: Law on Physical Planning professional practice (Figure 1). Each of and Utilization of Land (Official Gazette of the above-mentioned dimensions answer Federation of BiH, no. 2/06, 72/07, 32/08, questions that are the subject of this re-4/10, 13/10, 45/10, 85/21, 92/21), Law on search. Hence, this research attempts to Spatial Planning and Construction (Offi-answer three questions: a) how landscape cial Gazette of the Republic of Srpska, no. engineering is recognized in spatial leg- 40/13, 2/15, 106/15, and 3/16, 104/18, islation in BiH, b) what is the presence of 84/19) and the Law on Spatial Planning a transdisciplinary approach in landscape and Construction (Official Gazette of Brčko architecture education and to what extent District, 29/08, 18/17, 48/18, 54/18, 10/20, are landscape architecture curricula are 29/20 a 40/20). To fulfil objective, a corre-transdisciplinary and c) how landscape sponding text analysis of these legislation architecture professionals are perceived was conducted. Legislative content analy-by other professional in similar scientific sis was used to see whether and how often fields. following terms appear in the context of landscape and landscape architecture in ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings general: landscape, landscape architec-and nonexperts into teaching process, or ture, landscape values, urban landscape, courses organized as projects, excursions, historical urban landscape, landscaping, and practical exercises with a civil society landscape architecture facilities, graduate context, as well as the master’s thesis, were engineers of landscape architecture. An classified as transdisciplinary. exception was made in the analysis of the law in Brčko District, since the law does The evaluation of the transdisciplinarity of not recognize the terms landscape and the academic programs was based on the landscape architecture, instead uses term proportion of transdisciplinary courses and horticulture. events in the total number of study courses and events, both mandatory and elective, Education offered by the two universities. The content analysis was applied to com- pare the presence of transdisciplinarity ap- Professional practice proach in two master’s study programs in The questionnaire method was used to landscape architecture, one at the Universi-determine the level of multidisciplinarity ty of Sarajevo Faculty of Forestry (University and interdisciplinarity in the field of land-of Sarajevo Faculty of Forestry, 2022) and scape planning and design in BiH. Online other the University of Kassel in Germany questionnaire was sent to relevant profes- (University of Kassel, Germany, 2022), both sional groups as listed by the Chamber of evaluated with minimum 120 European Engineers in BiH (https://ikfbih.ba/). Spe-308 Credit Transfer System (ECTS). First pro- cifically, the questionnaire was addressed gram was chosen as currently the only and to two groups of companies in BiH, Group most affirmed landscape architecture proA: those that work in spatial planning and gram in BiH. Second study program was designing, including architectural, con-chosen as suitable for comparison because struction, traffic engineering; and Group of its comprehensive and well-established B: those that work in b) horticulture and spatial planning disciplines and strong em-landscape architecture engineering (Ta- phasis on practical experience. The Univer- ble 1). sity of Kassel enjoys a good reputation and is recognized nationally and internationally The questionnaire was designed to infor its academic achievements. Both of the vestigate the degree to which company universities are state-funded with educa-managers recognized the necessity for tion tradition of 60 to 70 years. Content cooperation across all phases of planning of the curriculars was analysed based on and design, as mandated by mentioned criteria determined in this study. Criterions relevant laws, as well as the extent to which for classifying a course as transdisciplinary a multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary included: a) presence of collaboration approach to planning and designing of with non-academic actors during course, open spaces had been developed. The b) treatment of real-world problems, c) or questionnaire was sent to a randomly usege of the transdisciplinary teaching selected sample of 18 companies in BiH, methods. For example all courses, whit nine mainly involving civil engineering and engagement of other teachers, experts architecture (Group A) and nine mainly 4. CONTEXT MATTERS Group A ( N=9) Group B ( N=9) Table 1 (Architectural, civil engineering companies) (Landscape architecture and horticulture Questions addressed engineering companies) to legal bodies in BiH in period of 2022 1. Select the professions from which you employ personnel in your company: a) landscape architecture; b) horticulture; c) architecture; d) civil engineering; e) urbanism; f) geography-spatial planning; g) mechanical engineering; h) archaeology; i) sociology; j) medicine; l) defectol-ogy; m) psychology; n) traffic engineering; o) hydrology; p) electrical engineering; r) art; s) forestry; t) agriculture. 2. Select the type and frequency of professional cooperaSelect the type and frequency of profes- tion when you engaged or hired landscape architecture sional cooperation when you were en-engineering companies. gaged by architectural, construction, traffic engineering firms. 3. Select the type and frequency of professional cooperaSelect the type and frequency of profes- tion when you were engaged by landscape architecture sional cooperation when you engaged engineering companies. architectural, construction, traffic engineer- ing companies. 4. If the answer to the previous question includes collaboration in some specific types of planning and design, select when collaboration is achieved in the stages (1) creation of the concept, (2) project development and content creation or (3) final design stage. 5. Please rate to what extent you agree with the statement: Cooperation of your profession with experts in the field of horticulture or landscape architecture is necessary in the country of your professional activities. 309 involving landscape architecture and In the Law on Spatial Planning and Con-horticulture (Group B). The table 1 shows struction in the Republic of Srpska, the the questions that were analysed for the term landscape is mentioned a total of 13 purposes of this paper. times, including the terms valuable land- scape, urban and historic urban landscape, Results conditions for landscape design, land- Legislation scape architecture institutions, landscape The results of the text analysis conducted architecture graduate engineer. Valuable as part of this research are presented in landscape was mentioned as an element Table 2. In the Law on Spatial Planning of definition of important zones and places and Land Use of the Federation of BiH, the and as a statement that its treatment is term landscape is mentioned four times in specified in spatial planning documents. total, including the words landscape val- Historic urban landscape was defined in ues and experts in landscape architecture. the law as an urban area with a historic Landscape values are mentioned in the layer of social, cultural and natural values context of the obligation to respect these and features. It is also mentioned in the values in planning at various planning lev-definition of land use plan elements for els, while experts in landscape architecture which the obligation to prepare a Reg-are mentioned in the context of the right ulatory Plan or urban project for zones, of taking a professional examination. areas or places within the historic urban landscape zones is determined. Law de- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings termines that Regulatory Plan defines Although analysed laws do not directly the zones of the historic urban land-address the issues of landscape and land- scape. Urban standards for construction scape architecture at the satisfactory level, and landscaping are determined by the this does not mean that these issues are zone, which are, among other conditions not included into sectoral policies at all. for landscaping. Term landscape architec- Explanation can be found in the subside ture facilities is mentioned four times. The laws; however, they are not the subject of law defines that green and recreational this analysis. areas include, in addition to landscape architecture facilities, public green areas, Education green zones having various recreational The results of the curricula content anal-and protective purposes, green areas of ysis are presented in Table 3. The master residential units, special purpose green program in Landscape Architecture at the areas, areas for outdoor recreation and University of Sarajevo Faculty of Forestry sports (playgrounds, picnic areas, prom-offers one study module - Landscape archi- enades, sports fields, swimming pools), tecture - with 32 different courses, which green areas on the banks of rivers and carry in total 145 ECTS points including lakes. In terms of this law, landscaped master thesis. This master program seems facilities are built or planned urban units to have a strong focus on natural aspects such as: park, square, garden, cemetery, of landscape architecture, particularly ecol-Table 2 boulevard, tree line, urban park, regional ogy and plants. It is also worth noting that Results of the content 310 park, forest park, beach, wharf, school yard, there is no requirement for an internship analysis of spatial plan-kindergarten yard, zoo, dendrological and during studies. ning related legislation in BiH botanical gardens, landscape areas within residential blocks, parterres, etc. According Law on Physical Law on Spatial Law on Spatial to the law, the details of landscape archi- Planning and Planning and Planning and tectural facilities are included in the urban Utilisation of Land Construction RS Construction BD projects, while parkways and other similar FBiH works on landscape architecture objects Landscape, landscape values valuable land- do not require a construction permit. The Landscape (3) experts in land- scape (2), urban law stipulates that the preparation of a spa- architecture scape architecture landscape (1), tial planning document may be entrusted (1) historical urban landscape (4), to a legal entity that, among other things, conditions for has at least one licensed landscape archi- landscaping (1), tecture graduate engineer. landscape archi- tecture facilities (4), graduate engi- Law on Spatial Planning and Construc- neer of landscape architecture (1) tion in Brčko District does not contain any terms related to landscape or landscape architecture. However, it does mention Horticulture horticulture plan- ning (1) horticulture planning as mandatory part of urban project. 4. CONTEXT MATTERS Uni Sarajevo Uni Kassel Table 3 Transdisciplinary Number ECTS Number ECTS courses in Landscape architecture study Courses 32 145 119 711 programs Transdisciplinary courses 9 55 52 381 Transdisciplinary obligate courses 5 43 0 0 Transdisciplinary elective courses 4 12 52 381 On the other hand, the Master program to University numerous offers of different in Landscape Architecture and Landscape specialisations and neighbouring study Planning at the University of Kassel offers fields, there are several focal points of four different modules for specializations. the courses such as: ecological and nat-These specializations cover a wide range ural aspects, technical aspects and exe-of topics, including: cution, urban development, design, and 1. Urban Planning / Urban Design with conception. focus: planning and design strategies oriented towards open space design, It is important to note that both master’s design methodology and technology programs require 120 ECTS credits to ob- (development and innovation). tain a master’s degree. 2. Landscape architecture and open 311 space planning with focus in free in- At the University of Sarajevo, 9 out of 32 or ductive or experimental approach to 28% of the courses, including the master’s promote corresponding innovative thesis, included collaboration with non-ac-design results. ademic actors, addressing real-world 3. Environmental planning and land- problems, or partial use of such teaching scape management with Concepts method in their curricula. The University and planning strategies for dealing of Kassel, on the other hand, offered 119 with environment-related protected or 44% of courses that included a trans-goods (air/climate, water, soil/rock, disciplinary approach in whole or partially. plants, animals, ecosystems, land- Based on ECTS credits, which represent scapes). learning based on defined learning out- 4. Landscaping and plant use, with focus comes and the associated workload, at the on planning and design strategies for University of Sarajevo the main burden of landscaping and vegetation technol-learning and workload is on non-transdis- ogy (development and innovation). ciplinary subjects, with 55 ECTS or 38% of the required credits. In contrast, at the One of this four programs can be chosen University of Kassel, the proportion of as master specialization during the mas-transdisciplinary subjects is larger, with ter program. With a total of 119 courses, 54% of the required ECTS credits being which carry in total 711 ECTS points, the fully or partially transdisciplinary (Figure 2). program at the University of Kassel ap- pears to be quite comprehensive. Due ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings This indicates that the two programs have different approaches to integrating trans- disciplinarity into their curricula. The Uni- versity of Sarajevo has a lower percentage of transdisciplinary courses, but still a sig- nificant number of courses with a transdis- ciplinary aspect. In contrast, the University of Kassel has a higher percentage of trans- disciplinary courses, indicating a greater focus on transdisciplinarity throughout the curriculum. It is important to note that ECTS credits do not necessarily correspond perfectly with the actual workload or learning outcomes of courses, as these may vary depending on the specific context and delivery of the (88.9%), followed by landscape architec-Figure 2 course. In addition, the share of transdis- ture, forestry, and agriculture (44.4%), less Comparison of abso-ciplinary subjects in the study program construction and spatial planning (22.2%), lute number and ECTS depends on the individual candidates and the least professions such as mechan-values of transdisci- plinary courses and their choice of subjects. Therefore, ical engineering, traffic, hydrology, elec-312 beside the quantitative analysis based on trical engineering (11.1%). ECTS credits, it may be useful to consider qualitative factors, such as the depth and Differences in collaboration needs be-quality of transdisciplinary collaboration. tween the professions arose in relation to the level of project documentation, as Practice observed through answers on question Similar answers of group A and group B two and three. Although the experiences indicate that both groups engage multi-of groups A and B differ, one of the main disciplinary and interdisciplinary approach results is that both achieve the highest lev-in landscape design and planning practice el of cooperation and mutual engagement (Figure 3). According to this answer both. in the phase of the main project develop-On the one hand, architectural and civil ment and during project implementation engineering companies mostly employ (Figure 4). Higher level project documen-construction engineers (77.8%), followed tation (urban project, regulatory plan, ur-by urban planning and traffic (55.6%), ar- ban plan, city plan and special purpose chitecture, spatial planning - geography area plan) in the largest number of cases and landscape architecture (44.4%), forest-over 54%, does not include cooperation ry and electrical engineering (22.2%) and with horticulture and landscape architec-hydrologists (11.1%). On the other hand, ture engineers. It is important to highlight companies dealing exclusively with horti-that only 20% of respondents in group A culture and landscape design employ the reported they were hired by companies largest number of horticulture engineers dealing with landscape design, while 100% 4. CONTEXT MATTERS Figure 3 Selected professions from group A (archi- tectural, construction, traffic engineering companies) and group B (landscape archi- tecture engineering companies) employ personnel 313 of respondents in group B were hired by achieved (<45%) and almost never in first civil engineering companies. phase of concept development (<35%). Answers to question four showed that at Finally, answers on question five show that least 30% of respondents had very rarely to there is a recognized need for the coop-never cooperated in either phase of pro- eration between group A and group B. ject development (Figure 5). Up to 20% The most of respondents from group A of respondents were cooperating in all (60%) strongly agreed that professional project phases and only 10% in concept collaboration is necessary, while other 40% creation. The main result is that the coop- disagree or they have no opinion. eration in second and third phase is rarely ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Discussion ing information and research on the ad- Figure 4 Legislation vantages of transdisciplinarity and the Achieved cooperation Barriers in transdisciplinary practice are disadvantages of its absence, expanding through engagement recognized in some literature (Guzman the network and trust among interested between legal entities. Graph on the left: Ruiz A., et al, 2017), which leads to un- parties and stakeholders. 314 Type and frequency of derstanding that different socio-institu- professional coopera- tional barriers can hinder transdisciplinary Education tion when architectural, in general. Leaning on defined barriers Based on the analysis of the master’s pro-construction, traffic engineering compa- and based on research results, this paper gram in Landscape Architecture at the Uninies engage landscape identified barriers that hinder transdiscipli- versity of Sarajevo and the University of architects (Question nary in legislation, education and practice Kassel, it was found that the University of 2). Graph on the right: related to landscape architecture in BiH. Kassel offers a higher percentage of cours-Type and frequency of professional coopera- Identified barriers are referred to: es that fully or partially include a trans- tion when landscape – Insufficient research into the poten- disciplinary approach. Although the Uni- architecture engineer- tials that such projects provide, lack versity of Sarajevo offers a relatively lower ing companies engage of knowledge and information. percentage of transdisciplinary courses, civil and architecture engineers (Question – Ignorance and little organizational it should be noted that the number of 3). Answers are com-commitment. courses and electives in the program is bined opinions of two – Insufficiently addressed in strategic smaller, which may limit the possibilities groups (N=18) and planning documents. for developing and implementing a trans- – Complexity of administrative structure, disciplinary approach. Additionally, strong unclear roles, and responsibilities. orientation of study program to ecology – Lack of political will and affirmative and natural sciences at the University of action. Sarajevo further restricts opportunities for students to engage with transdisciplinary The answers to recognized issues can be topics relevant to landscape architecture. seen through activities aimed at increas- 4. CONTEXT MATTERS The organization of the master’s program in Landscape Architecture at the University of Kassel, with its specialization-oriented study modules and a rich offer of courses and events, invites professional knowledge and experiences exchange. The program’s structure allows for a diverse range of pro- fessional backgrounds from the teaching staff, which provides new perspectives and solutions. By comparison of two programs it is ev- ident that there is a greater need for in- tegration of transdisciplinary approach in landscape architecture program in BiH. Re- ness of experts during their education. Figure 5 al-world projects and assignments that re- Most companies engage or hire experts’ Collaboration achieved quire students to deal with civil society and groups for implementing certain project in the different stages its impact on the planning process provide following a multidisciplinary approach. of project develop- ment. Answers are a solid foundation for students to critical y combined opinions of understand the role and significance of Conclusion two groups (N=18) their future profession. This approach in Based on the conducted research and the 315 spatial planning studies, linking academic obtained results, it can be concluded that knowledge and real cases, impacts stu-transdisciplinarity in landscape architec- dents’ awareness of the significance of civil ture, in the broadest sense of meaning, society and its influence on the planning is insufficiently covered with legislative process (Van der Knaap, 2022). framework related to spatial planning at entity/district level. This conclusion is pred- Practice icated on the observation that the field of In many cases landscape design, planning landscape architecture is not dealt subject and implementation solutions require new, in the legislation to a sufficient extent and highly complex, approach and often global in key provisions (e.g., referring to plan-context (climate change and sustainability, ning documents at different levels of plan-circular economy, inclusiveness, energy ning, and supervisions). efficiency). Planning involves integrating areas concerning science, technology, Tackling complex landscape planning social problems, policy, education, and problems requires creative solutions, re-aesthetics. However, based on the results liance on stakeholder involvement from attained through this study, excluding initial phase of planning and design, until phases of the main project development implementation of project. Results showed and realization, cooperation is rarely to in this paper do not show strong cooper-never achieved. The explanation for this ation in all phases of planning. situation is the absence of binding legal norms and insufficiently developed aware- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings The establishment of a diverse educational Reference environment and a comprehensive array Guzmán Ruiz, A., Dobbie, M., Brown, R. R. (2017). of courses is a fundamental prerequisite Toward multifunctional landscapes in Australian cities: What disciplinary dynamics and practitioner for the development of a transdisciplinary strategies inform transdisciplinary practice? Urban approach and the cultivation of students’ Forestry & Urban Greening. vol. 27. https://doi. awareness about the role of all stakehold- org/10.1016/j.ufug.2017.06.015 ers for landscape design and planning. In Bernstein, Jan (2015). Transdisciplinarity: A Review of Its Origins, Development, and Current Issues. this regard, a comparative analysis of the Journal of Research Practice, vol. 11(1). master’s programs in landscape architec- Choi BC, Pak AW. (2006). Multidisciplinarity, interdisture offered by the University of Kassel and ciplinarity and transdisciplinarity in health research, the University of Sarajevo reveals notable services, education, and policy: 1. Definitions, ob- jectives, and evidence of effectiveness. Clinical and distinctions. Specifical y, the University of Investigation Medicine. vol. 29(6):351-64. PMID: Kassel has demonstrated a more extensive 17330451. and transdisciplinary oriented structure Nicolescu, B. (2012). Transdisciplinarity: The hidden of the master’s program, while the mas-third, between the subject and the object. Human and Social Studies, 1(2), 13-28. ter’s program in landscape architecture Nicolescu, B. (2014). Methodology of Transdiscipli-at the University of Sarajevo lacks crucial narity, World Futures, vol. 70: (3-4), 186-199, doi: real-world projects and tasks and a strong 10.1080/02604027.2014.934631 bond with civil society. In addition, greater Nowotny, H., Scott, P.B., Gibbons, M.T. (2001). Re-Thinking Science: Knowledge and the Public degree of diversification in the course cur- in an Age of Uncertainty, 1st ed.; Polity: London, UK. riculum is necessary to facilitate an all-en- Official Gazette of Brčko District, no. 29/08, 18/17, 316 compassing and nuanced understanding 48/18, 54/18, 10/20, 29/20 i 40/20. Law on Spatial of the landscape architecture program and Planning and Construction. https://skupstinabd. ba/3-zakon/hr/Zakon%20o%20prostornom%20 to enable the implementation of a trans- planiranju%20i%20gradjenju/Nesluz--bena%20 disciplinary approach in higher education. proc--is--c-ena%20verzija%20Zakona%20o%20 The present study provides valuable in- prostornom%20planiranju%20i%20gradjenju%20H. pdf (accessed 27.12.2022) sights into the level of development of Official Gazette of Federation of BiH, no. 2/06, landscape architecture engineering as a 72/07, 32/08, 4/10, 13/10, 45/10, 85/21, 92/21. profession in BiH based on the content Law on Physical Planning and Utilisation of Land. of academic programs, legislation de- https://fmpu.gov.ba/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/ Zakon-o-prostornom-planiranju-i-koris%CC%8Cten- velopment in the field of special spatial ju-zemljis%CC%8Cta-na-nivou-Federacije- planning, and the type and intensity of Bosne-i-Hercegovine-SNFBiH-br-2-06-72-07-32- cooperation between experts in this field. 08-4-10-13-10-i-45-10.pdf (accessed 23.06.2022) The findings of this study suggest the need Official Gazette of the Republic of Srpska, no. 40/13, 2/15, 106/15, and 3/16, 104/18, 84/19. Law on for improvements in incorporating a trans- Spatial Planning and Construction. https://www. disciplinary approach in the curricula of narodnaskupstinars.net/?q=la/akti/usvojeni-zakoni/ landscape architecture, as well as in the zakon-o-ure%C4%91enju-prostora-i-gra%C4%91en- legislative framework. ju (accessed 23.06.2022) Padurean, A., Cheveresan, C. T. (2010). Transdisci- plinarity in education. Journal Plus Education, vol. 6(1), 127-133. University of Kassel, Germany (2022). Plan of the master programs, available at https://www.uni-kassel. de/fb06/studium-2/master/landschaftsarchitek- tur-u-landschaftsplanung, accessed 19.05.2022 4. CONTEXT MATTERS University of Sarajevo Faculty of Forestry (2022). Plan of the master program for 2022-2023, availa- ble at https://www.sfsa.unsa.ba/web/wp-content/ uploads/2022/10/silabusi-ii-ciklus-hortikultu- ra-2022-2023.pdf, access 03.06.2022 Van der Knaap, W. (2022). Embedding Transdiscipli- narity in a Spatial Planning Curriculum, Planning Practice & Research, vol. 37:(4), 489-496, doi: 10.1080/02697459.2022.2074114 https://ikfbih.ba/ (Approached, 19.07.2022) 317 0005 BEYOND THE FIELD Introduction to “Beyond the Field”: What this could be and what scale, time and Dr Robert Sapolsky might have to do with it? T. Dabović University of Belgrade – Faculty of Geography tijana.dabovic@gef.bg.ac.rs Abstract ing the question in the title by using the This paper addresses the need to shift Cambridge Dictionary (2023) definition of the focus in spatial planning and design the term “field” as an “area of activity or research, education and practice from the interest”. In general, performing an activ-boundaries of the research field to the re- ity or conducting an investigation require search questions. To this end, a literature the use of certain knowledge and tools/ review was conducted both within and be- methods (different knowledge and tools 321 yond the field. The question, ‘why do we are used to explore and generate chemical do the things we do?’, explored in Sapol-reactions than those used to explore and sky’s (2017) book Behave: The Biology of reduce inflation rates). Humans at Our Best and Worst, served as inspiration for crossing different fields of This short essay starts with a brief literature research in search of relevant knowledge review of the field of spatial planning and and action. What drives land use / land design: where it stands in relation to other cover change? Is the proposed question similar fields and where its scope ends and intended to help us navigate the neces-another area of expertise begins. It then sary collaboration and exploration within moves on to take a brief look at disciplines and beyond our field to identify and bring with relatively well-established fields posi-about the land uses needed for our com- tioned far beyond our own – neuroscience, mon future? psychology and biology – to find possible inspirational guidelines for navigating our Keywords blurry field in search of relevant interests Spatial planning and design, land use / and action. Finally, the essay suggests cover change, question, scale, time the use of questions on land use / cover changes as a means to address the com- Introduction plex challenges in reaching a more sus- As a spatial planning theorist and, more tainable human-nature interaction. recently, a geodesign researcher, educa- tor and practitioner, I will start by answer- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings What is the field of spatial planning and Many other attempts to define the field in design? the context of post-World War II welfare Delineating the field of “spatial planning state activities and their perceived failure and design” can be a difficult undertaking. (some identified by Alexander, 2016) en-Some approach it from the edges in order riched the discourse. However, these did to reach the core. For example, in 1959 not lead to a clear direction and conse-Edward C. Banfield stated that (1959, p. quently contributed to the accumulation 361): “The word ‘planning’ is given a be-of different understandings of what and wildering variety of meanings. To some it how we should research, understand and means socialism. To others, the layout and act in the area of spatial planning and de-design of cities. To still others, regional sign (Sandercock, 1998; Дабовић, 2017). development schemes like TVA, measures to control the business cycle, or ‘scientific What do we generally know about our field management’ in industry. It would be easy today, half a century after Wildavsky’s di-to overemphasize what these activities agnosis? In general, we refer to “spatial have in common; their differences are cer-planning and design” as a hodgepodge of tainly more striking than their similarities. professions, disciplines and related institu-Nevertheless, there may be a method of tional technologies concerned with various making decisions which is to some extent spatial aspects and scales of organizing common to all these fields and to others and managing future human/nature interas well ...”. Herbert Simon’s (1969) defi- actions for specific community goals (e.g. 322 nition of design: “Everyone designs who landscape architecture, transportation and devises courses of action aimed at existing mobility, housing, tourism, environmental, situations into preferred ones”, was high-regional, metropolitan, community, coastal, lighted by Steinitz (2012, p. 3) as the best rural and urban planning and design). So, definition of design, and seems to start what are our areas of activity and inter-from the core of the field but can expand est? We can research the causes of de-in different directions. Other scholars see forestation in a watershed, plan a rail line problems with this development. In 1973, between two regional centers through a Wildavsky writes (1973, p. 127): “The plan-mountain range, redesign a contaminated ner has become the victim of planning; parking lot, or push for the electrification his own creation has overwhelmed him. of personal transportation in the city to Planning has become so large that the combat air pollution. planner cannot encompass its dimensions. Planning has become so complex planners What does scale have to do with our field cannot keep up with it. Planning protrudes and “beyond” it? in so many directions, the planner can In spatial planning and design, we often no longer discern its shape. He may be look at scale (small and large) to say, this is economist, political scientist, sociologist, a job for a regional planner or for a land-architect or scientist. Yet the essence of his scape architect. calling – planning – escapes him. He finds it everywhere in general and nowhere in particular. Why is planning so elusive?” 5. BEYOND THE FIELD Why scale matters? in CO2 emissions from the fossil-fuelled Scale implies different planning and de- power plants used to generate the elec- sign tasks that require different knowl- tricity used by the cars. edge, research questions, goals and, consequently, different tools for propos- Who should be involved in identifying ing solutions. However, the contexts in and solving these “wicked” problems (Rit-which we can understand who created the tel and Weber, 1973)? Do we go beyond problems and how to solve them can be the field in trying to answer these ques-quite different. For example, the deforest- tions and solve these problems? Perhaps, ation process mentioned above may be instead of looking for the boundaries of caused by the construction of new hous-our field, we should be finding the ques- ing blocks, but the context of the designa- tions that will help us locate the meeting tion of that area can be very different. We points’ ? can designate an area very far from a city for the construction of houses for immi- What do time and Robert Sapolsky have grants from war zones or for a new luxury to do with “Beyond the Field”? housing and commercial area with all the Beyond our field of research, constructive necessary public services. While the insti-question(s) can be found, such as those tutional technologies for land acquisition posed by Robert Sapolsky (2017) in his and the technical knowledge to construct book Behave: The Biology of Humans at the buildings may be very similar, the con-Our Best and Worst. According to the Stan- 323 text is different and different aspects and ford University profile page, Robert Sapol-scales of spatial equity are explored. The sky is a professor in biology, neurology, rail line connecting the two regional cen-neurological sciences and neurosurgery. tres mentioned may pass through a moun- These fields concern our knowledge of tain where, according to the inhabitants of living beings, but Sapolsky is not explor-the nearby small rural settlements, lives ing their boundaries. He was curious to a deity who mustn’t be disturbed. What learn how humans can be so compassion-knowledge and which scales should be ate and altruistic, but also so brutal and employed to determine the route of this violent. Sapolsky explores the example rail line? Similarly, the opening of a mine of how a person holding a gun behaves for lithium extraction can be declared a in an ongoing crisis (e.g. rioting) when a “public good” because it increases the stranger runs excitedly towards them and national GDP, provided we ignore the there is no way of telling if the stranger’s environmental damage it causes in the expression is frightening, threatening or region. Similarly, subsidising the purchase angry. He believed that if we focused our of electric cars as a measure to reduce air interest on understanding how behaviour pollution in a particular city may ignore the occurs, we could learn how to deal with impact of this decision on the future devel-problems related to tribalism and xeno- opment of public transport, as well as the phobia, hierarchy and competition, mo-impact of lithium extraction, the problems rality and free will, war and peace. Hence surrounding the treatment of spent lithium Sapolsky’s question: why do we do the batteries, and a possible global increase things we do? In answering it, he started ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings from the study of various neurobiological case for radically reforming the United factors and the activity that takes place in States’ criminal justice system, which is the area of the brain called the amygdala, based (to his best knowledge) on mid-a couple of seconds before the behav- 19th century neuroscience. His message iour occurs. However, he knew that the is, “Those who do not study the history and sensory apparatus was stimulated earlier science of human change are destined not by something in the environment, so he to be able to repeat it.” To summarise, he asks what sight, sound or smell caused the traversed many different fields – neurobiol-nervous system to exhibit that behaviour a ogy, endocrinology, genetics, psychology, couple of minutes before. Even answering biology, anthropology, law and criminal these questions is not sufficiently explana-justice – without leaving his field of activity tory, because hormones can act hours to and interest, human behaviour. days earlier and change the individual’s response to the stimuli that trigger the Can we be inspired by this post-discipli-nervous system. Behaviour can even be nary guideline? What could be our ques-affected by structural changes in the nerv- tion, area of interest and subsequent ous system in preceding months, in ado- actions? What question would elicit en- lescence, in childhood, in the foetus and in counters with other fields to understand the person’s genetic makeup, but also by complex processes and propose beneficial the mother’s pregnancy, relationships and changes? Should we be interested in how events shaped by her past experiences. land use and land cover occur? Should we 324 study the long history of humanity and the Sapolsky’s area of interest thus expanded science of land change? We might try to to include factors beyond the individual to reconstruct what triggered the occurrence understand how culture shaped the indi-of a particular land cover/use over days vidual’s group, what millennia of ecolog- to millions of years. In the example giv- ical factors shaped that culture, and what en, we might explore whether there was evolutionary factors shaped our species’ an urgent private interest behind selling behaviour millions of years ago. In this the forest land to the planning authority way, the focus on the triggers of behaviour to build the new luxury housing block, or shifts along the timeline, spanning from an urgent response by the local parliament seconds to millions of years. His conclusion to meet demands to provide housing for is – there is no one brain region, hormone, immigrants, or whether it was a mid-term gene, childhood experience, or evolution-decision by part of the local government ary mechanism that explains everything. to allow housing to be built as a means Neurons, hormones, genes, environmental to launder money from organised crime? stimuli, culture, etc., are studied in different What triggers change in land cover/use, fields of human behaviour, but that doesn’t at what scale and time frame? Personal limit them to operating on multiple levels crises? Pursuit of beauty, justice, profit or of causality. Furthermore, knowing that the prestige? Floods? Forest fires? Diseases? triggers for the “inappropriate” behaviour The market? Law? Urbanisation? Urban which had already occurred are fixed but planning? Subsidies? Corruption? Climate can be changed, Sapolsky makes a strong adaptation? All of these factors operate 5. BEYOND THE FIELD at multiple levels of causality, on differ- Sandercock L. 1998. Toward Cosmopolis: Planning for Multicultural Cities. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons. ent scales, and over different time periods. Sapolsky R.M. 2017. Behave: The biology of humans Can the research driven by the question – at our best and worst. Penguin. what drives land use/cover change? – help Simon H.A. 1969. The Sciences of the Artificial. Cam-us navigate the necessary col aboration bridge, MA: MIT Press. Steinitz C. 2012. A framework for geodesign: Chang- with other similar fields of research, de- ing geography by design. Readlands, CA: Esri. cision-making and action towards identi- Wildavsky A. 1973. If planning is everything, may- fying and creating the land uses needed be it’s nothing. Policy sciences, 4(2), 127-153, doi: for our common future? What implications https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01405729 Дабовић Т. (2017) Теорија планирања. Београд: will this have for spatial planning and de- Универзитет у Београду – Географски факултет. sign research, education and practice? On an individual level, would we be able to present ourselves as, for example, person X, associate professor of geodesign and spatial planning theory, regional planner, environmental and social activist, expert in the Public Prosecutor’s Office, without feeling lost? Discussion and conclusions are open. All comments are welcome: 325 – tijana.dabovic@gef.bg.ac.rs – tijanadb@gmail.com Acknowledgements This essay is dedicated to all “rare birds” that cross fields. The study was supported by the Ministry of Education, Science and Technological Development of the Republic of Serbia under Grant 451-03-68/2022- 14/200091 awarded to the University of Belgrade – Faculty of Geography. References Alexander E.R. 2016. There is no planning—only plan- ning practices: Notes for spatial planning theories. Planning Theory, 15(1), 91-103, doi: https://doi. org/10.1177/1473095215594617 Banfield E.C. 1959. Ends and Means in Planning. In- ternational Social Science Journal, 11(3), 361-368, doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-2481-2_9 Cambridge Dictionary 2023. ‘Field’ in Cambridge Dic- tionary. Available at: https://dictionary.cambridge. org/dictionary/english/field (Accessed 15.1.2023.) Rittel H.W., Webber M.M. 1973. Dilemmas in a general theory of planning. Policy sciences, 4(2), 155-169, doi: https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01405730 The Biopark: a sequence of temporary landscapes active in progressive decontamination of polluted soil M. Manfredi Politecnico di Milano, Milano, Italy monica.manfredi@polimi.it Abstract The Biopark simulates soil decontami- A problem in contemporary cities is pol- nation in a real polluted context. It cor- luted soils due to the contamination of responds to a sequence of specific tem-formerly peripheral industrial areas, which porary landscapes built on the presence are often uninhabitable and hazardous to of differently contaminated soils to which health. the project associates various botanical es- sences capable of progressively decon- The idea of the Biopark was born by imag- taminating them. 327 ining a particular landscape that coincides with an environmental infrastructure for Plant species cannot eliminate all types the decontamination of soils, in which the of pollutants in the soil, so it is necessary aesthetic and poetic characteristics of the to add other decontamination techniques landscape are based together with tech-based on bacteria or fungi. nical reasons belonging to scientific dis- ciplines such as chemistry, biology, and The shape of the Biopark will be an evolv-botany. ing shape that changes according to a pro- gram of decontamination techniques that The Biopark idea thus enriches the legit- are applied for a specific time and mapped imacy of landscape design by adhering on differently contaminated areas. to objectives of rehabilitation and rede- velopment of places in an environmental Soil contaminated by the same pollutant and ecological sense. can be decontaminated by various botan- ical species, designing temporary land- The paper presents the work carried out scapes that work for the future and the together with a group of students during progressive return of places to habitability. the Architecture Design and Construction Laboratory at Politecnico di Milano in the Keywords academic year 2018/19. Environmental infrastructure, Soil remedi- ation, Temporary park, Biopark, Interdis- ciplinarity ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Introduction “Soil remediation” is a sequence of actions The Laboratory that proposed the Biopark to eliminate or reduce pollutants concen-project described in this paper joined tration in soil, subsoil, and groundwater. the AUIC School’s teaching project: “Ri- (Legislative Decree 152/06, Art. 240) for-mare Periferie. reforming the Milano “Contaminated site” indicates an area Metropolitana suburbs” which focused on where the concentration values of con-the Porto di Mare area, south of Milan, and taminants exceed the maximum allowa-its urban and agricultural countryside sur- ble concentration. The permissible values rounding, the disused Chiaravalle railway of pollution levels are according to the line and many abandoned farmhouses. possible activities at such sites, the bio- logical characteristics of the visitors, and The project themes proposed to the stu- the expected exposure time. dents were exercises in which architectural and landscape practices establish a close Bioparc is active in soil decontamination link with the territory, its potential, and its by introducing phytoremediation and bi-criticalities in the function of urban and odegradation technics. environmental redevelopment objectives. The phytoremediation techniques are The hypothesis was that public space different by combining appropriate plant could assume the role of environmental species with specific pollutants in specific and social infrastructure through an inter-areas. 328 disciplinary project. In particular, the pro- ject concerned the area known as Porto This gives rise to the Bioparc landscape di Mare, with its problems of polluted that changes over time and gradually re-soil and social due to the presence of the turns the park to collective use. The plants so-called Drug Forest. In this area, a land-remain for the time necessary for the de- scape active in soil reclamation, named contamination process, so with the time of Biopark was designed by the students with the seasons and the time of plant growth, the awareness that it would have been the time of the decontamination phases necessary to involve different and com-comes into play. plementary skills like agronomists, bota- nists, biologists, environmental engineers, Methods and chemists to improve and control the The design of a Biopark in Porto di Mare project choices. ‘Porto di Mare’ is a place located on the bounder between the urban fabric and The reclamation of these places becomes the Southern Agricultural Park. This area fundamental for their return to public life. owes its name to a project from 1917, The Biopark project adheres to this ob-never completed, which envisaged the jective by proposing a landscape that construction of a river port to connect coincides with an in-situ reclamation en-Milan first to the river Po and from there vironmental infrastructure. to the Adriatic Sea. Today it appears as a peripheral and fragmented edge, between the built areas and a vast system of green 5. BEYOND THE FIELD areas marked by the permanence of some lutants typically characteristic of these farmsteads and the existence of productive activities. Some students retrieved actual and artisan activities. data on the state of pollution collected through a characterization campaign of The fact that this area has been used as a a part of the area under study. This infor-quarry and as a landfill has led to major mation became the basis for planning the environmental problems. Many regener-in-situ remediation of the place through ation projects, which remained only on the construction of a Biopark. paper, have followed one another over the years. (http://www.riformaremilano. The design of the Biopark requires spe-polimi.it/?page_id=3828) cific knowledge, therefore, the students researched the processes that exploit The Porto di Mare site was proposed for the natural metabolic capacities of living the laboratory studio because of its en-organisms to restore a polluted environ- vironmental and social problems and its ment to the conditions permitted for its strategic position about the more general safe habitability for health. objective of redeveloping Milan’s periph- eral areas. The starting hypothesis was to Even at this stage of gathering the infor-consider the public space to build oppor- mation needed to carry out the project, the tunities for redevelopment of the suburbs. students became aware of the interdisci- plinary nature of the proposed landscape 329 The idea of Biopark was proposed as a project, as they had to acquire tools and sort of design guide so that the students knowledge not strictly belonging to our could verify its potential, defining it as the discipline. construction of an active landscape in the production of environmental quality and Hence the need to construct functional the reclamation of polluted soils. It is a knowledge tools to facilitate the correct-park whose landscape changes over time ness of the interconnected and complex through sequences of application of bo-choices that the design of a Biopark re- tanical decontamination techniques pro- quires. Therefore, a vegetable manual was ducing the return of the restored areas of produced in which the students listed the the park for public use. plant species that can act differently on different types of pollutants and described The Biopark is like an environmental infra- them according to the different phytore- structure of soil decontamination repre- mediations they can practice, the times sented by a sequence of temporary parks. of their development, and their botanical The study of the site and the state of soil characteristics. contamination is the basis for the design of the Biopark. The plant species were been contextually described according to height, bearing, The students visited the area and de- flowering, and leaf colors, so that the scribed the historic production activities, sequence of plant species in the same associating the areas with presumed pol-area, their composition, juxtaposition, ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings and permanence time turn out to be a In phytoextraction, heavy metals in the combined synthesis of technical choices subsoil or water are absorbed and ac-about decontamination effectiveness and cumulated in plant tissue, which can be of aesthetic objectives in landscape con-removed by removing the plants. In phy- struction to produce over time a sequence todegradation, organic contaminants and of temporary parks that follow one another pesticides in the subsoil are absorbed and until the final phase of returning the entire degraded within plant tissue. park to collective use. In designing the Bioparco, the selection The choice of in situ soil remediation of plants takes into account their growth techniques time and aesthetic value in the landscape Phytoremediation and biodegradation composition. All plant species are chosen techniques are accordingly evaluated, and planted according to their decontam-chosen, and sequenced to create a park ination effectiveness. Some plants will re-capable of producing environmental and main even after their decontamination task, aesthetic quality, progressively restoring while others will be replaced by plants ef-the possibility of living there. fective in decontaminating the soil from other types of pollutants. The question of the temporary and incre- mental use of the park in the function of By having different plants with similar its decontamination guides the design decontamination capacities, the compo-330 choices. sitional choices of plants can maintain some freedom in responding to decon- The Biopark design process, therefore, tamination efficiency and at the same time coincides with the construction of a in considering the aesthetic characteristics Chronoprogram describing a sequence of the plants as flowering, colors in the of decontamination techniques applied seasons, foliage, growth speed, size, and to each polluted area. posture. The Chronoprogram coincides with one The plant species acting on the same pol-of the possible sequences of temporary lutant may therefore be different. Further-landscapes associated with a specific soil more, it may be the case that pollutants pollution state. require the use of different plant species for different periods in the same area. For The phytoremediation techniques are di- these reasons, the landscape design can vided into phytostabilisation, phytoextrac- maintain compositional and aesthetic tion, phytodegradation, phytostabilization, freedom in establishing the sequence and rhizofiltration, and rhizodegradation. In choosing the association of the different phytostabilisation, for example, the pol-plants while remaining linked to their de- lutant is retained by the roots or in the soil contamination effectiveness. Landscape near them in a harmless form, preventing design is a function of soil decontam-possible dispersion. ination. 5. BEYOND THE FIELD Figure 1 Chronoprogram pre- sents the list of pollut- ants in each “Amoeba” with the sequence of plants associated with them for decontamina- tion over time 331 Given the objective limits of the effective- The Biopiles are therefore part of the ness of phytoremediation on certain types Biopark project, which establishes and of pollutants, for instance, the hydrocar-regulates their temporary presence in bons, a different technique is adopted, the specific areas by incorporating them into Biopiles, which use bacteria or fungi for the landscape design. decontamination processes. Results The Biopile technique involves removing The search for information about the area, the polluted soil layer, preparing it by the study of decontamination techniques, adding nutrients and microorganisms, en-and the idea of a Biopark led to the iden- riching it with oxygen through movement, tification of several tools necessary for the and storing it in tunnels where the right design of a prototype park conceived as conditions of humidity and temperature an environmental infrastructure capable can be achieved. Then the soil is placed of in situ soil decontamination over time. back in its original place. This approach is based on the ability of bacteria to degrade To find the figure that identifies the Bi-contaminants into components that can opark, the students identified the image be absorbed by other living organisms of the “Amoeba” whose sinuous and fluid, or transformed into less toxic substances. fluctuating and adaptable shape lends it- self to organizing the composition of areas characterized by different soil pollutants. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 2 The three scenarios with the coloring of the “Amoebae” in the four seasons 332 The most polluted areas are temporarily temporary parks that design the landscape isolated in circular enclosures. of a Biopark. (Figure 1) The Biopark is a sequence of decontam- The Chronoprogram shows the gradual ination actions organized over time, visi- return to public use of the fenced areas ble in the Chronoprogram that shows the during the decontamination of the park. progressive decontamination of individual “Amoebae” at the time of the three scenar- Another important drawing shows the list ios chosen to represent the Biopark that of plants for decontamination, each de-are at the first, sixth, and fourteenth year. scribed with the colors of their flowers and The Chronoprogram exhibits the pol uted foliage in the four seasons. The colors of “Amoebae” in an abacus describing them the plants used for decontamination within through their shape and the type, amount, the individual “Amoebae” are described in and location of pollutants present in the the three scenarios, at the first, sixth, and soil. In some cases, decontamination by Bi-fourteenth year during the four seasons. opiles is employed, so students designed (Figure 2) the tunnels housing the Biopiles. Polluted areas and their pollutants were associated Finally, the “Diary of an Amoeba” is a with specific decontamination techniques graphic account of the sequence of land-described in the Chronoprogram. It rep- scapes taking shape within one of the resents one of the possible sequences of “Amoebae” chosen as an example. It is a 5. BEYOND THE FIELD Figure 3 Diary of an “Amoeba” 333 sort of zoom-in of the general Chronopro- is lower than that required by traditional gram describing the location and type of decontamination processes, both in situ pollutants, the bioremediation techniques and ex-situ, but the time required is longer. adopted, and the colors in the four sea- For example, climatic factors may affect sons of the employed plants in the four its effectiveness, but phytoremediation seasons, in a more precise way, consider-preserves the environment in a natural ing five scenarios: in the first, second, fifth, state. Furthermore, it offers the possibil-sixth, and tenth year. (Figure 3) ity of reusing decontaminating plants as biomass by feeding them into a dedicated The result of the work is the definition of waste-to-energy plant. some tools to design a Biopark that can be considered a prototype to imagine other To properly assess the economic and en-Bioparks in places with similar charac- vironmental benefits of these different soil teristics. decontamination techniques, it would be necessary to select economic parameters Discussion and determine what importance to attach Phytoremediation and biodegradation to them in the comparison. A multi-criteria are in the process of evolution and study analysis could be used. having positive and negative aspects, so the Biopark project is also affected by its The complexity of the project of a Biopark, critical points and advantages. The cost which envisages a gradual reappropriation ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 4 The Biopark summary table with scenarios in the first, sixth, and fourteenth year 334 of the sites by people, also suggests im- ination, allowing park users to watch the proving the regulatory aspects concerning decontamination process; the design of the permanence of people on contaminat-the Biopiles’ tunnels; the design of the chil- ed sites based on the dangerousness of dren’s games that are placed in the park pollutants and exposure times assessed for once the remediation work is completed groups of people and activities carried out. being the children the most sensitive to pollution. (Figure 4) What has been exposed here does not claim to have exhausted the possibility The Biopark defines the tools and methods of defining a Biopark but has tried to defor transforming in situ soil reclamation scribe and investigate it, at least in part. into the construction of a landscape with productive-economic value, returning un- Conclusion inhabitable spaces to public life and pro- The Biopark summary table describes the ducing psychological and mental well-be-soil analysis with the identification of the ing as well as physical public health. “Amebae”; the scenarios with the applied bioremediation techniques showing the Transforming the technical requirements gradual return of the Biopark areas to pub-of environmental reclamation into the lic use at the first, sixth, and fourteenth founding form of the landscape design year; the design of the fences that isolate and project that correspond to defining the contaminated areas before decontam-the aesthetic character of the Biopark on 5. BEYOND THE FIELD its infrastructural capacity to improve en- microbiche in suoli contaminati: effetto di interven- ti di micorisanamento. Doctoral thesis in Evoluzi- vironmental quality. one Biologica e Biochimica XXI Ciclo. University of STUDI DELLA TUSCIA DI VITERBO. 266 pages The Biopark is presented as a good prac- https://dspace.unitus.it/bitstream/2067/1110/1/ tice that aims to bring aspects belonging magiubilei_tesid.pdf Baglivo F. 2007. Phytoremediation: Methodologies, to different disciplines into a new formal parameters and application protocol, in: COLLEC- unity and to become a legitimization of the TION OF THE THESES PERFORMED DURING THE aesthetic and functional form of a future SESSION I AND II OF INTERNAL STAGES 2005 AND landscape-infrastructure-environment. THE TRAINING INTERSHIP 2005. APAT: Roma, page 74. https://www.isprambiente.gov.it/files/pubblica- zioni/quaderni/educazione-e-formazione-ambien- tale/3940_Formazione_stages_VI.pdf References Balzarotii M., Beltrametti F., Gatto F., Varese G. C. 2020. Environmental Guideline for Contaminated Soil Bioremediation. The strategy to reclaim green lands for the community, Consorzio Italbiorec, Graphidea Srl, 29 pages. file:///C:/Users/manfredi/ Downloads/Report-ENVIRONMENTAL-GUIDELINE- 03-03-20-ENG-Web.pdf LIFE BIOREST. Bioremediation and Revegetation to restore the public use of contaminated land, Con- sorzio Italbiorec, Graphidea Srl, 22 pages. https:// s3.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com/giulia-storage/ websites/lifebiorest.com/blog/Layman-s-Report_fi- 335 nal-FS_compressed.pdf IRET CNR. REMEDIA. Le piante per le fitotecnolo- gie, ARPA CNR UNIVERSITA’ TUSCIA, Roma, 40 pages https://www.iret.cnr.it/phytoremediation/ fitorimedio.pdf Life Biorest. 2018. Verso una strategia europea per la protezione del suolo, Convegno internazionale, Torino, 13 luglio 2018. https://www.lifebiorest. com/verso-una-strategia-europea-per-la-protezi- one-del-suolo Milano Green Week. 2018. Phytoremediation. L’al- bero: una risorsa possibile per la bonifica dei suoli?, Palazzo dell’Arte, Milano, 28 settembre 2018. https://www.yumpu.com/it/document/ read/62125220/milano-green-week-18 AA.VV. 2017. Tecniche di fitorimedio nel a bonifica dei siti contaminati, CNR Edizioni, Roma, 218 pages. http://www.reconnet.net/Docs/Tecniche%20di%20 fitorimedio%20nella%20bonifica%20dei%20siti%20 contaminati_RECONnet_2017.pdf Austin G., Yu K. 2016. Constructed Wetlands and Sustainable Development, Routledge, London and New York Kennen K., Kirkwood N. 2015. Phyto: principles and resources for sight remediation and landscape de- sign, Rotledge, London Giubilei M. A. 2008. Strutture funzione delle comunità The influence of urbanisation processes of the City of Prague on the arrangement of surrounding settlements in the peri-urban landscape A. Chmelová Faculty of architecture CTU in Prague Corresponding author email: adela.chmelova@fa.cvut.cz Abstract what is meant by habitability (the quality The paper deals with the influence of of space characterizing it as habitable). urbanization processes on the arrange- ment of settlements in peri-urban areas, Keywords specifically around Prague, the capital Peri-urban area, landscape structures, land-337 city of the Czech Republic. The core of scape mapping, public space, permeability this research is a mapping of the changes that the peri-urban area has undergone, Introduction a description of the problems that have Peri-urban context arisen due to these changes, and a critical Conditions for the emergence of the evaluation of the consequences of those peri-urban landscape began to develop changes. Specifically, this involves an in-after the removal of Prague’s city walls tensification of use of the peri-urban area along with the associated fortress district. for various functions (e.g. transport, agri- The ownership of the individual plots was culture, etc.), by which other functions (e.g. reflected in the colourful mosaic of the ag-recreational, ecological) are limited. The ricultural landscape. The consequences of research focuses on several selected local-post-war changes within the collectivization ities. The article identifies and describes of agriculture are still visible today. Since the main changes based on preliminary 1948, the average size of land blocks has studies (in landscape cover, patterns of increased from 0.23 ha to 20 ha in 2014 public space), which serve as a basis for (Podhrázská 2014). Based on the land cov-further research. The further ambition of er map, most of the areas around the city the research is to document and critically are used as agricultural areas (see Figure evaluate these changes to serve as a plan-1). In the Czech Republic, almost 73% of ning basis to provide recommendations such land is leased or rented (Hofman et for regional policy instruments. The side al. 2021), as the continuity of farmers man-ambition is to contribute to the discussion aging the land has been interrupted. This ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings 338 fact is related to 2 important milestones Urbanisation is the process experienced by Figure 1 in Czech agriculture – col ectivisation after rural populations as they develop an urban Land cover map displayed with terain 1949 and transformation after 1989 (Majer- life, the expansion of urban built-up areas, model and river ová 2000). The soil is gradually degraded and the creation of an urban environment system, beige colour by use of industrial agriculture methods (Gu 2019). One of the processes of urban-indicates use for agri- carried out with heavy equipment, which ization that affects the peri-urban area is culture (source of the data: CORINE Land results in soil compaction and further reduc- suburbanization - “a process in which the Cover dataset) tion of its retention capacity (Walmsley et al. population and some of its activities move 2020). The land fund is a common wealth from the city core to the hinterland. This from which profit should flow, as from any process causes significant changes in the other fund. We must realize that we are de-social and physical environment of cities, pendent on the soil for our existence and especially in the target and source areas of act accordingly. However, the land fund is suburbanization” (Ouředníček 2003). This being irretrievably destroyed by the wanton process is influenced by possible modes of manner in which it is occupied. transport; its development is already relat- 5. BEYOND THE FIELD Figure 2 Examples of logistics centres clusters around Prague transport nodes (source of the map: mapy.cz) 339 ed to the implementation of railways into Access to the European Union in 2004 cities, because it enables commuting to resulted in the relocation of economic workplaces from greater distances. Around activities from old member states to new Prague, residential construction is being ones (Valkanova 2019). The spatial con-developed along the southeast corridor, in sequence was the creation of logistics the direction of Říčany. The first examples centres, mainly in infrastructure-secured of radical changes caused by suburban-areas (Figure 2: along the D8 corridor, the ization can be found in North America, area around the airport, the area along the where the affordable passenger car and D5, D1 corridor, and the area between the the spread of the dream of homeowner-D11 and D10 corridors). As a result of dif- ship gave rise to residential construction ferent concepts, a vague terrain, a chaotic (Muller 1977). In the Czech environment, space spontaneously filling the territory, the development of suburbanization is re-a place without a function, and/or a place lated to the political and economic trans- intentionally deprived of function can arise formation at the beginning of the 1990s (Haluzík 2020). We often come across this (Ouředníček 2003). The market environ-vague terrain in areas where further con- ment enabled the development of com- struction is planned, including transport mercial construction and the availability infrastructure. Currently, building plots on of mortgages enabled the development the outskirts of Prague are still more availa-of residential construction. ble and cheaper than in its centre; see the price map (Institut plánování a rozvoje hl. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings 340 m. Prahy 2023). The processing of the price refers to a key quality of the surrounding Figure 3 map was based on an analysis of plots in landscape, but its meaning is not entire-Determination of the terms of their characteristics and agreed ly certain. Therefore, the ambition of this area of study for the prices (Hlavní město Praha 2022). Location work is to contribute to its understanding. research purposes us- ing GIS (author: Adéla in the area and transport accessibility also Chmelová) play a role. For this reason, construction There are a number of other definitions and the process of suburbanization are that define the landscape from different taking place in these places. points of view, an ecologist, geographer or artist will define the landscape differently Literature review (Antrop 2018). However, the definition of The research works in the framework of the Landscape Convention is key, it rec-habitability. This term was popularized by ognizes that the landscape is the result of the architect Ladislav Žák – “habitability is human action. Landscapes are primarily a the result of conscious, protective or cre-cultural phenomenon, not a natural one ative human care.” (Žák 1947). This term (Schama 2007). 5. BEYOND THE FIELD As a result of dynamic expansion pro- area (ČNR 1992b) as well as that of the cesses, we can still find remnants of earli- open landscape. Some older landscape er landscape structures in the peri-urban structures wil no longer survived but gave area. Therefore, the research understands way to new ones. This change needs to be the concept of the peri-urban area as an understood. area at the edges of settlements with features of both urban and rural environ- Research gap ments (Adell 1999). This work understands The strategic goal of this work is to sup-the peri-urban area as an ecotone – an plement knowledge in the field of descrip-interface between the urban and rural tion and explanation of phenomena that landscape. Richard Forman and Michael affects the arrangement of settlements in Godron (Forman and Godron 1993) state the landscape structure in the peri-urban that the ecotone exhibits features of both area. The specific goal is to clarify what environments as well as features complete-factors most influence the change of the ly specific to this ecotone. The definitions peri-urban area. used for peri-urban area are: – The transition between the city and Methods the open landscape formed by a het- 1. As a first methodological step, the re- erogeneous mixture of settlements, search reviews literature in the field business centres, cultivated fields of peri-urban areas, which was intro- and natural vegetation. (Forman a duced in the previous section. 341 Godron 1993) 2. The next key step is a determination – The transition between the city and of the area of interest (Figure 3). The the rural area formed by a highly het- peri-urban area does not logically end erogeneous mosaic of settlements, at the borders of the cadastre, but can cultivated areas and isolated en- go beyond the cadastral borders. In claves of original vegetation (Lipský the case of the city of Prague, it is a Romportl 2007) found within the territory of the Cen- tral Bohemian Region. The research The PLUREL project was devoted to re- for planning documents did not focus search of the peri-urban areas, there is only on spatial planning documents of a comprehensive publication from this the city of Prague, but also on spatial programme devoted to the process of planning documents of the Central landscape transformation, i.e. peri-urbani- Bohemian Region (IPR Praha 2021; zation. They define the peri-urban area as: AURS, spol. s r. o. 2018). This spatial – The transition zone between urban data is used for determining the area and rural areas (Piorr et al. 2011) of study, and is processed using geo- graphic information systems (GIS sys- Problem statement tems). Data is most often accessible Scientific significance and actuality lie as a WMS service (Czech Geological in the fact that the landscape changes Survey, Czech Office for Surveying, dynamically in the interface zone of the Mapping and Cadastre, etc.). A rela- settlement, in the sense of the built-up tively homogeneous area is defined ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings – mainly flat areas with agricultural Figure 4 land use, including settlements. The Narrow entrance to the individual layers overlap each other valley in contrast with and determine the type of landscape the fact that is leads to the most popular that differs from others in its individual place for recreation. characteristics. Praha-Lochkov 3. A large-scale field survey aimed at collecting sign characteristics of the peri-urban landscape was carried out (Figure 4 and Figure 5). Subsequent- ly, several locations were selected for Figure 5 further analysis. The natural need for 4. The core of this research is to docu- connection is not ment changes in the physical struc- respected. Praha-Řeporyje ture of the peri-urban area of Prague. This change is demonstrated in sev- eral case studies (currently focused on the areas of Hostivice, Třebon- ice, Vysoký Újezd, Ořech, Lochkov, Modletice-Doubravice, Kolovraty, Běchovice, Horní Počernice-Zeleneč, 342 Líbeznice, Ďáblice-Březiněves, Zdiby). 6. We build on the realization that the Maps and aerial maps from the 20th newly emerging physical structures in century (key year 1953, but also the the peri-urban area are a direct con- 1990s) and 21st century (primarily sequence of changes in society, some 2000, 2010, and the present) will be of which do not arise with an initial analysed and compared with GIS to intention of increasing the quality of illustrate the change. Various themat- public space but as a reaction to dis- ically focused maps will be produced ruptive uses of the landscape (noise (for example, land cover change and barriers, insulating greenery). Today change of public space patterns). there are different approaches to how 5. Based on partial analytical map out- municipalities strengthen their recre- puts, conclusions are formulated con- ational facilities (for example, green cerning what changes have occurred belts around individual municipalities, in the physical structure of the peri-ur- walking circuits, forest parks, etc.). ban area of Prague. This is going to be These approaches are critically eval- further used as an information base to uated (are they beneficial or not and answer other questions - which factors in what way?). most influenced this change and in 7. The conclusions are used to help for-which areas did the most significant mulate recommendations (e.g. as- changes occur, and how did they af- sessing the potential of an area so as fect habitability. to expediate target investments and implement interventions). The recom- 5. BEYOND THE FIELD mendations can serve as examples of 3. The road network is sometimes dis-good practice for solving similar situa- continuous, which causes problems tions in future. Ultimately, the work will when moving through the peri-ur- help practically to better understand ban area. For example, during the the concept of habitability. construction of the D0 motorway - the Prague ring road - a large num- Results ber of vegetation structures were cut The field survey revealed that: through, as was the previous road 1. The remains of the historical land- network. Some municipalities in the scape structure are still visible. For Prague hinterland (e.g. Třebonice, example, former main roads can be Doubravice near Modletice) lost their recognized by the old surviving fruit connection with neighbouring munic- trees that had been planted alongside ipalities and thus found themselves them during the period of Maria The- isolated. In the Modletice transport resa. The fine pedestrian road network hub, warehouses and production facil- that has disappeared can be guessed ities completely surround the original from the paths that people still take in historic residences. Users solve such the field, or from historical maps as will discontinuities by creating their own be elaborated later. Important routes paths, especially through large agricul- that once served pilgrimages are still tural areas. It is surprising that the ba- recognizable by the accompaniment sic connection directly from the house 343 of chapels. These routes are degraded to the nearest road leading towards by their current way of use, as they are the open landscape is often missing. interrupted by new roads for motor 4. The established archetype of the set-vehicles. Some of the chapels on the tlement, which is anchored by path pilgrimage routes either disappeared connections within the system of or had to be moved due to heavy traf- landscape structure, is transformed. fic on the roads. The public space of the newly built 2. Some municipalities have used up peri-urban areas does not connect the historical structure, and further to the road system and often ends as strengthened it through landscaping dead-end streets without any possi- (e.g. creating walking circuits supple- bility to enter the open landscape. mented by alleys with compositions of In some cases, it is surprising that different tree species in the landscape any pedestrian connection between around Kolovraty). In recent years, it neighbouring settlements has been has become possible to record sev- preserved. Green belts created around eral attempts to revitalize the original settlements also contain paths used for paths. However, questions remain as recreation (Líbeznice, Zeleneč). to whether the original roads, as they 5. Isolated enclaves of residential dis-were recorded on maps of the Stable tricts, commercial or storage areas are Cadastre from the first half of the 19th located in the peri-urban area. Logistic century, will stand up in the current centres, warehouses and transhipment context? centres have been created near impor- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings tant transport hubs - areas that, due Figure 6 to their size, disrupted the natural Different users of the permeability of the landscape; their peri-urban area togeth- character can rightly be described as er. Hostivice (author: Adéla Chmelová) the result of “black box urbanism” (Val- kanova 2019). One of the side effects of their operations is light smog in the night hours (Česká televize 2018). Mu- nicipalities located near such centres (such as Zeleneč, for example) reacted in their own way, surrounding them- selves with an insulating vegetation 7. A significant area is occupied by ag-belt. Other cases of municipalities cre- ricultural land. Any abnormality in the ating forest parks to strengthen their cover of agricultural plots becomes system of public spaces can also be a target of attention. For example, a found (such as the forest park called field of poppies near the road leading “v Panenkách” near Běchovice, and a to Březiněves caused a stir as people forest park in Satalice). stopped to admire it. 6. The operation of motor vehicles on 8. The most frequent users are residents high-speed roads is also noticeable, of adjacent residential areas engaged not only by their physical presence in sports (running, skating or cycling) 344 and noise, but also by the conse- or recreation (walking, often with a quences related with their construc- dog). Other groups consist of vehicle tion. The construction of transport drivers and farmers (Figure 6). infrastructure entails large volumes of earthworks; the excavated soil is The map sources research revealed that: then deposited on the nearest free – Paths that have physically disappeared land (hills in the surroundings of the are still visible in the cadastre and are municipalities Hostivice, Ořech or often in the possession of local mu- Zlatníky-Hodkovice). This changes the nicipalities. natural geomorphology and creates – The land cover change is primarily new mountains in the landscape. Al- connected with newly built-up are- though these mounds have been cre- as. An important milestone was the ated randomly from residual material, construction of the Prague ring road, they have a unique role in connection which resulted in an interruption of the to neighbouring settlements. In the road network. The earlier logical struc- flat landscape around Prague, they ture of roads that connected neigh- are visually significant, they serve as bouring villages often disappeared. recreational areas with vantage points. – Research in this field can be problem- Finally, villages close to transport infra- atic because the capital city of Prague structure are surrounded by anti-noise and the Central Bohemian region are barriers (Průhonice) which are the cur- two different regions according to the rent type of fortification. territorial definition, and this causes 5. BEYOND THE FIELD incompleteness or in some cases the between neighbouring settlements. complete absence of data. One of the means of integrating this necessary infrastructure through areas The absence of coordination and concep- around settlements that also expresses tual thinking at the landscape scale causes respect for this infrastructure as part problems in the peri-urban area (Frejlacho- of the peri-urban area is to create par- vá a Špičák 2019), the consequences of al el routes to accompany this circuit. which include land acquisition, reduction Sections of the road network around of land retention, light pollution, discon- the Prague ring road could potentially tinuities in the road network, and the loss be connected into a continuous route. of ecological functions of the landscape. 4. Isolated enclaves are demanding on civic amenities and technical in-Discussion frastructure. Thus, the context of the 1. The results show that the historical original settlement is significantly layers are vulnerable. Historical layers transformed and the connection with (old roads, small sacral monuments) the landscape context is significantly often appear like a bag of bones disrupted. Thus, utilitarian buildings dropped in the landscape instead of collide with the vibrancy of small vil- being integrated within the area. lages. When such a settlement is in 2. Differences in the peri-urban area are such close proximity to commercial caused by different approaches by the centres, should not the newer public 345 management of the individual munic- space be humanized to become part ipalities. Some perceive the strength- of the original settlement? There are ening of landscape infrastructure as a examples of residential areas that are priority, while others are passive. We completely isolated from public amen- need to accept the development of ities. In the case of Vysoký Újezd, the the area, its transformation for the cur- municipality has exceeded its original rent use while building back respect size several times while the core public for the landscape context. space remains the same size. 3. Connecting the road network into a 5. Commercial activities such as shop-continuous system has great potential. ping centres, warehouses and pro- The importance of entrances to the duction facilities have a significant open landscape, which often serves as influence on the formation of the set- the closest recreational facility for res- tlement. Two cases (Zeleneč, Líbez- idents, is essential for a city of the size nice) show us that the archetype of of Prague. There is also great potential the settlement is changing - from an to restore old roads whose routes are urban structure around the core grad- preserved in the cadastre. But it always ually transitioning into gardens and depends on the given territorial con- agricultural areas to a clear demarca- text. It is paradoxical that even though tion of settlements set hard against the transport infrastructures connect a disturbing elements (commercial ar- wider region, they have a great impact eas, high-speed roads). and limit the immediate connection ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings 6. High-speed roads have a great impact These stretch from requirements rather on the permeability and arrangement typical for the city environment (com-of the territory as well as the image mercial and storage use), to requirements of the landscape and its ecological for recreation and spending free time, to functions. Indirect consequences in requirements for high-speed roads, to the form of dump hills can become requirements for agricultural use and crucial to new planning and ecologi-landscape ecological functions. Together, cally valuable sites. they create a uniquely rich mixture with 7. There is potential for adapting agricul- characteristics specific only to it. tural areas to recreational use. At the same time, it is necessary to respect Conclusion the requirements of moving agricul- The peri-urban area is an expression of tural machinery. One possibility is to contemporary society. The function and create a colourful mosaic of cultivated operation of our society has a fundamen-crops within a system of pedestrian tal influence on the arrangement of the paths. To accomplish this it is neces-physical structure of the area. The subur- sary, for example, to modify the sub- ban area has undergone many changes, sidy system, which would motivate the most obvious of which is the loss of farmers to create it. continuity of landscape structures. The 8. Several types of users are evident in development of transport infrastructures the area. Their presence proves to us is responsible for a large portion of these 346 that this land is significantly impor- changes. Its networks break the older con- tant. The challenge is to balance the nections between individual settlements requirements of all who use it. while enabling transport over greater distances and creating easily accessible Based on the field survey, there are areas transport hubs, where further construction that are currently problematic in terms of is strategically located. This situation condi-road network connectivity and accessi- tions the emergence of other development bility (Třebonice near D0 highway). One activities. possible solution is to use existing traffic infrastructure to lead other landscape For example, the presence of vegetation infrastructures (such as green infrastruc-is crucial for large-scale constructions ture, pedestrian and cycling road system). such as logistics centres. Planting plays a Some sections along the D0, the Prague major role in integrating structures into ring road, are already accompanied by the environment by reducing their visual pedestrian connections but these con-intrusiveness and repairing damage to nections have the character of “desired ecosystems (Robinson and Wu 2016). paths” (Richards a Ingold 2022) rather than Vegetation areas must be considered regular routes (Hostivice-Sobín). early in the planning process. Vegetative elements require time to achieve their spa- It is correct to understand the territory as tial and functional effect, therefore, their an interface, because different, often con-establishment should have priority in the tradictory, requirements are meet therein. entire construction process. An interesting 5. BEYOND THE FIELD example of this can be found in the UK, Acknowledgements where Japan’s Toyota teamed up with the The study of the broad topic such as the peri-urban Derbyshire Wildlife Trust to create a nature area would not be possible without the support of reserve and biodiversity action plan within the Student Grant SGS21/127/OHK1/2T/15 from an almost 23.5 hectare car plant site. The the Faculty of Architecture of the Czech Technical University in Prague. site has become part of a wider wetland management plan along the Trent Valley References to promote biodiversity. As an example, ADELL, Germán, 1999. Theories and models of one goal is to establish breeding pairs of the peri-urban interface: a changing conceptual landscape [online]. Available at: https://discovery. eagles, for which nesting platforms were ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/43/1/DPU_PUI_Adel _THEO- built with the help of Toyota employees. RIES_MODELS.pdf So too the Burnaston factory seeks to pro- ANTROP, Marc, 2018. A brief history of landscape tect and improve the local environment research. In: Peter HOWARD, Ian THOMPSON, Emma WATERTON a Mick ATHA, ed. The Routledge through the use of renewable energy, for Companion to Landscape Studies [online]. 2. ed. which innovative and energy-efficient tech- Oxon: Routledge. p. 1–15. ISBN 978-1-315-19506-3. nologies have been introduced (Thomson Available at: doi:10.4324/9781315195063-1 a Bates 2022). AURS, SPOL. S R. O., 2018. Zásady územního rozvoje Středočeského kraje, úplné znění po 2. aktualizaci, textová část [online]. Praha: Krajský úřad StřeFor sustainable industry, the term “fac- dočeského kraje. Available at: http://zur.webmap. tory as forest” was introduced, which is cz/stredocesky/z02/zur/texty/ke-stazeni associated with the statement of Janine ČESKÁ TELEVIZE, 2018. Plechová kavalérie Po-labí. Nedej se [online]. Available at: https:// 347 Benyus – “When the forest and the city www.ceskatelevize.cz/porady/1095913550-ned- are functionally indistinguishable, then ej-se/218562248410011/ we know we’ve reached sustainability.” FORMAN, Richard T. T. a Michel GODRON, 1993. Unfortunately, current practise in the Krajinná ekologie. 1. ed. Praha: Academia. ISBN 978-80-200-0464-2. Czech environment is that near industri- FREJLACHOVÁ, Kateřina a Martin ŠPIČÁK, 2019. al developments, vegetation is scattered Corridor D8: Civic engagement along the high- about only as a desperate attempt to block way. In: Steel cities: The architecture of logistics in the view or as an attempt to camouflage Central and Eastern Europe. p. 196–201. ISBN 9783-03860-189-0. warehouses with climbing plants. Neither GU, Chaolin, 2019. Urbanization: Processes and driv-of these methods fulfils sufficient aesthetic ing forces. Science China Earth Sciences [online]. or ecological functions. 62(9), 1351–1360. ISSN 1674-7313, 1869-1897. Available at: doi:10.1007/s11430-018-9359-y HALUZÍK, Radan, ed., 2020. Město naruby: vágní The planning goal should be to eliminate terén: vnitřní periferie a místa mezi místy = City subsequent solutions in the landscape inside out: terrain vague, inner periphery and places (see Zeleneč), but rather to strive for con-in-between. 1. ed. Praha: Academia. ISBN 978-80-200-3041-2. struction solutions (especially for larger in- HLAVNÍ MĚSTO PRAHA, 2022. Obecně závazná vestments with a significant impact on the vyhláška hlavního města Prahy, kterou se mění vy- surroundings) that wil not have a negative hláška č. 32/1998 Sb. hl. m. Prahy, o cenové mapě effect, but will, on the contrary, enrich its stavebních pozemků, ve znění pozdějších předpisů [online]. 22/2022. Available at: https://www.praha. surroundings. eu/file/3541202/vyhlaska_c._22_2022.pdf HOFMAN, Václav, Václav KOHLÍČEK a Ivan NOVOT- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings NÝ, 2021. Situační a výhledová zpráva Půda. Praha: WALMSLEY, Alena, Hossein AZADI, Katerina Ministerstvo zemědělství. ISBN 978-80-7434-598-2. TOMECKOVA a Petr SKLENICKA, 2020. Contrasting INSTITUT PLÁNOVÁNÍ A ROZVOJE HL. M. PRAHY, effects of land tenure on degradation of Cambisols 2023. Cenová mapa stavebních pozemků Hlavního and Luvisols: The case of Central Bohemia Region města Prahy [online]. 2023. Available at: https://app. in the Czech Republic. Land Use Policy [online]. iprpraha.cz/apl/app/cenova-mapa/ 99. ISSN: 02648377. Available at: doi:10.1016/j. IPR PRAHA, 2021. Pražská metropolitní oblast [online]. landusepol.2020.104956 2021. Available at: https://rsk-sk.cz/pix/ITI_PMO_vy- ŽÁK, Ladislav, 1947. Obytná krajina. 1. vyd. Praha: mezeni_uzemi.pdf S.V.U. Mánes: Svoboda. LIPSKÝ, Zdeněk a Dušan ROMPORTL, 2007. Typolo- gie krajiny v Česku a zahraničí: stav problematiky, metody a teoretická východiska. Geografie-Sborník ČGS [online]. 112(1), 66–84. ISSN 2571-421X. p. 61-83. Available at: doi.org/10.37040/geo- grafie2007112010061 MAJEROVÁ, Věra, 2000. Four Milestones in the Social and Economic Development of Czech Agriculture. Czech Sociological Review [online]. 8(2), p. 157–176. Available at: http://www.jstor.org/stable/41133161 MULLER, Peter O., 1977. The Evolution of American Suburbs: A Geographical Interpretation. Urbanism Past & Present. 4, p. 1–10. OUŘEDNÍČEK, Martin, 2003. Suburbanizace Prahy. Sociologický časopis [online]. 39(2), p. 235–253. Available at: https://sreview.soc.cas.cz/pdfs/ csr/2003/02/06.pdf PIORR, Annette, Joe RAVETZ a Ivan TOSICS, ed., 348 2011. Peri-urbanisation in Europe: towards European policies to sustain urban-rural futures: synthesis report. Frederiksberg: Forest & Landscape, University of Copenhagen. ISBN 978-87-7903-534-8. PODHRÁZSKÁ, Jana, 2014. Systém analýzy území a návrhu opatření k ochraně půdy a vody v krajině: podklad pro územní plánování a pozemkové úpravy: [metodický návod]. 1. vyd. Praha: Výzkumný ústav meliorací a ochrany půdy, oddělení pozemkové úpravy a využití krajiny. ISBN 978-80-87361-27-6. RICHARDS, Benjamin a Tim INGOLD, 2022. FORMING PATHS WITHIN POST-INDUSTRIAL LANDSCAPES. In: Daniel SVENSSON, Katarina SALTZMAN a Sver- ker SÖRLIN, ed. Pathways: Exploring the Routes of a Movement Heritage. Winwick: White Horse Press, p. 316–331. ISBN 978-1912186556. SCHAMA, Simon, 2007. Krajina a paměť. Zip. Praha: Argo / Dokořán. ISBN 978-80-7203-803-9. THOMSON, Ian a Dominic BATES, 2022. The meg- afactory that became a nature reserve: Toyota UK. In: Urgent business: five myths business needs to overcome to save itself and the planet. Bristol, UK: Bristol University Press. ISBN 978-1-5292-1759-9. VALKANOVA, Ina, 2019. Who builds the steel cit- ies? On the relationship between finance, law, and industrial zones in CEE. In: Steel cities: The architecture of logistics in Central and Eastern Europe. p. 202–212. ISBN 978-3-03860-189-0. A new understanding of being physically and virtually en route I. Prehn, C. Jutz, J. Schoppengerd, H. Schultz, K.-M. Griese Osnabrück University of Applied Sciences i.prehn@hs-osnabrueck.de Abstract Keywords Digitalisation transformed educational Space en route, spatial typology, percep-landscapes into complex hybrid spaces tion, educational landscapes that are extending beyond the campus. Therefore, a comprehensive understanding Introduction: The space en route in of these spaces is needed, which in this educational landscapes paper is referred to as perceptions and In times of digitalisation, the university practices en route. Based on a qualitative extends beyond the campus: Due to the study with students at Osnabrück Univer-widespread dissemination and use of in- 351 sity of Applied Sciences (HSOS), five dif- formation and communication technolo- ferent types of perception and practices gies (ICT) a virtual layer has been added en route could be identified. Students of to the physical world that can be entered HSOS perceive it either as an “exhausting anywhere anytime, allowing new hybrid obstacle”, a “monofunctional tunnel”, a learning spaces to emerge (Lamb et al., “spare room”, a “public park” or a “mindful 2022, Schwanen et al., 2006). Thus, uni-movement”. These perceptions and practic- versities are no longer distinct places, but es en route are not necessarily determined part of multi-faceted networks of spaces by the mode of transport, the amount of and pathways that can be described as travel time or the quality of the built envi-educational landscapes (Holloway and ronment, but rather by the individual pro- Jöns, 2012). duction and utilisation of spaces en route. Students have different strategies to make Being physically on the move in these use of the time and space en route that landscapes means travelling in hybrid are not necessarily bound to ‘productive’ spaces. This offers the possibility to make activities but can still contribute to better travelling more multifunctional by engag-learning and studying experiences. There- ing in new activities and practices while be- fore, spaces and practices en route are an ing on the move (Tully and Alfaraz, 2017). integral part of educational landscapes. For Therefore, the nature of commuting might the profession of landscape architecture change fundamentally. these findings allow understanding and designing commuter landscapes. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Simultaneously, universities are increas- (HSOS). In a transdisciplinary process, re- ingly obliged to contribute to sustainable searchers from various disciplines use the development. The commute of students HSOS as a case study to develop concepts and staff accounts for a large share of and strategies on how students can be on universities’ CO2-emissions (Pérez-Neira the move in physical and virtual learning et al. 2020). To meet sustainability goals, spaces and thus make educational land-universities need to change unsustainable scapes more sustainable and resilient. mobility patterns. Methods In light of these challenges, not only edu- In order to gain meaningful insights and cational landscapes will change but also to comprehensively understand the use the way university members move and and perception of the space en route commute within these landscapes. Spain the case study of HSOS, the research tial planning, in particular the discipline team chose a qualitative research design of landscape architecture, has tools to (Creswell & Poth, 2018) and used a shape this process and identify potentials three-step mixed-method approach: for more sustainable, multifunctional ways Participating HSOS students kept a of moving. However, the authors of this mobility diary, that provided the basis paper suggest that in order to actively use for in-depth interviews that followed. these potentials, a comprehensive under- Building upon these steps, a typology of standing of commuter spaces that includes spatial perception and practice en route 352 not only qualities and characteristics of the was developed within a design research physical space, but also individual practic-process. es and perceptions is essential. We refer to this integrated understanding as the Mobility Diaries spaces and practices en route. Based on action space research (e.g. Hägerstrand 1970), the participants kept While there is rich literature on commut- record of their mobility behaviour for one ing spaces and practices in other scientific week during the semester. A digital mobil-disciplines (e.g. Stein et al., 2022, Keseru ity diary was provided that focused on the et al., 2018 or Pawlak 2020), research from question: Who does what, when, where, landscape architecture remains scarce. To how often, how long and why? In addition contribute to this field and provide insights to information on time use, means of trans-into the individual production and utilisa- port or relevant locations, the students tion of spaces en route, the key question were also asked to provide background of this paper is: information on their activities, the neces- sary equipment, other people involved How can the spaces and practices en route and the motivations for their behaviour. be understood and described and what are implications for landscape design? Semi-structured Interviews The results of this paper were generated as Subsequent to the mobility diaries, a total part of the research project EN ROUTE at of 26 semi-structured interviews were con-Osnabrück University of Applied Sciences ducted. The interview guideline covered 5. BEYOND THE FIELD questions regarding online and offline strategies. The types were designed based studies, place(s) of residence, relevant on the knowledge of the first interviews learning spaces, and commuting. The (rational), expressed in drawings (intuitive) aim of the interviews was to understand and described by characteristic names. the behaviour and to learn more about The typology was then checked with the the individual backgrounds. The format data from the second cohort of interviews provided an appropriate balance between (rational). consistency and flexibility (Patton, 2015). All interviews were recorded and tran- Results: Typology of spatial perception scribed verbatim. and practice en route Based on an initial literature review, the Sampling & Analysis research team assumed that the per- Data collection was conducted in two co- ception of the time and space en route horts in May/June 2022 and November would strongly depend on factors such 2022. Various sampling methods (e.g. pub-as the means of transport (e.g. Ettema et lic invitation, snowballing) ensured that the al., 2016), distances and travel time (e.g. research group was as heterogeneous as Lyons & Chatterjee 2008), the possibility possible in terms of gender, age, faculty to use the transport time, often facilitated etc. to reflect the different behaviours and by ICT (e.g. Pawlak et al. 2021, Malokin attitudes towards commuting. Thematic et al. 2021) or the qualities of the sur-analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) was used to rounding environment (e.g. Chan et al. 353 analyse the qualitative data collected. This 2021). However, the mobility diaries and method summarises the most important interviews revealed that the way students features of large data sets and highlights use and perceive the time and space en similarities and differences within the data route is not necessarily determined by set (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2013). MAX-mere “objective”, external conditions nor QDA — a qualitative data analysis, man- by sociodemographic factors. Individual agement, and modelling software — was dispositions, motivations and valuations used to systematically code, thematise and must equally be taken into account. The analyse the data. During the analysis, data research team identified five types, which was constantly cross-checked among the differ from one another in terms of the research team to increase validity of the evaluation of being on the move, use of codes and categories in use. the time en route, function of ICT use, per- ception of the space en route and motiva- Design Research tion for choice of transport mode. Tab. 1 Based on the mobility diaries and the in- provides an overview over the categories terviews the research team designed a that were used for coding as well as the typology that groups patterns of spatial characterstics of the five types. practice and perception. Inventing this typology is based on an iterative process In the first conception the time and space as known from design research (Promin- en route is perceived as an exhausting ski, Seggern 2019). This process benefits obstacle. Physical mobility is a chore that from the interplay of rational and intuitive involves planning, concentration, physical ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Use of the time Function of ICT Perception of Motivation for Table 1 Type Evaluation of being on the move en route use the space en choice of trans- route port mode Typology of spatial Statements about: Statements about: Statements Statements Statements perception and prac- Description of the categories - students’ perceptions - the use of the time about: about: about: tice en route and evaluations of daily and space en route. - the use of ICT - the subjectively - reasons and commuting. - purposes of use. while commut- perceived space backgrounds - the background of the - criteria of use. ing. en route. of the choice of evaluations. - purposes of - the conditions transport mode. use. of it. - criteria of use. en route as an Rejection & Reluctance - Fail to make use - At best, safety - Daily obstacle - Pragmatic: Time exhausting - A chore involving of the time because aspects only and burden (savings), safety, obstacle planning, concentration, commuting requires passive use of that needs to reliability physical or mental exhaus- their full attention, ICT, e.g. learning be overcome as tion, often connected to the consuming mental audios or music quickly and safely sentiment of unsafety. capacities as possible - If possible, commuting - Commuting feels would be avoided – some- like a waste of time times it prevents students from getting to campus. en route as a Indifference & Acceptance - The time en route - The use of ICT - The space en - Pragmatic: sav- monofunc- - One goal: Getting from is perceived as dead further reinforces route is hardly ing time/money tional tunnel A to B time. Often ICT is the isolating noticed. These - Habits: use of - It is not appreciated, but used to “kill the effect of the students are in familiar means of accepted as necessary time” by listening tunnel. their own world, transport, even part of their study life, even to music, watching while travelling if unsatisfied though it can consume videos or browsing physically from with it. Instead of several hours a day the internet A to B without changing it, they enjoying it. retreat into their tunnel 354 en route as a Opportunism & Multi- - As efficiently as - ICT is usually an - Varying: If used - Needs-based: If spare room function possible: deliber- integral part or as office, it is they need exer- - Appreciated opportunity ately placing some even a require- hardly noticed. cise, they choose to deliberately combine of these activities ment for the If used as a gym, active means of commuting with one or into the space en space en route to aspects of the transport. If they more function(s) or need(s): route, opens up fulfil its function, environment gain need to organise (daily exercise, „office“ to the opportunity to for example to relevance (traffic, something, they organise the study day, …) organise the time serve as“office”. topology, street rather choose - Integral but rather (multi-) on and off campus condition...) local transport functional part of their more freely. everyday study life en route as a Socialness & Sentiment - Interacting with or The use of ICT - Linked - Health aspects public park - The feeling of being part perceiving the sur- (e.g. music) can together: The (fresh air, physical of the (social) world roundings In doing further enhance perception of the exercise) - Interactions (either active, so, students relax or the effect of spa- space en route - Social: The op- by getting in touch with mentally recapitu- tial perception often contributes tion of interacting other people, or passive, by late the study day to a positive val- with the world observing the surrounding uation of being landscape) on the move en route as a Selfcare & Motion - Mentally preparing ICT is used (e.g., - Setting of - (Mental) health mindful - A total, overall experi- themselves for or listening to movement: The aspects movement ence, a routine and a pleas- reflecting the (study) podcasts, music) space en route is - Selfcare: The ant ritual of mindfulness day if it increases the perceived posi- wish to connect - Flow state. - Time for and with flow state and tively, although with oneself - Importtant act of selfcare themselves with the moment of no specific through move- great importance for selfcare. reason is men- ment their mental health - Some even de- tioned. Rather, it liberately decide is an inseparable not to use ICT in part of the overall order to focus on experience. themselves. 5. BEYOND THE FIELD or mental activity and leads to exhaustion. The fourth type perceives the space en These students try their best to make use route as a public park where different of the time, often by using ICT, but usual-practices can be performed. Being on ly they do not succeed. Hence, they feel the move is equated with being part of that being on the move is a complete the social world. Interactions can be ei-waste of time. Given the option, these ther active, by getting in touch with other students would avoid the commute at people, or passive, by observing the sur-al . The commute to university becomes rounding landscape. Often the perception an obstacle that needs to be overcome in of the landscape contributes to a positive order to attend campus events – in some valuation of being on the move, while ICT cases it even prevents them from getting (e.g. streaming music) can further enhance to campus. the effect of spatial perception. The second type sees the space en route The last conception, mindful movement, as a monofunctional tunnel, serving only differs from the previous types: The space one purpose: Getting from A to B. The time en route recedes into the background as a and space en route is not appreciated, but setting of movement. Being on the move unlike the previous example, they do not is perceived as a total, overall experience, oppose being on the move. It is a neces-a routine and a pleasant ritual of mindful- sity that they simply accept as part of their ness. The movement itself is routined and everyday life. Listening to music, watching puts the student in a kind of flow state. 355 videos or browsing the internet are some Students use the space en route to men-of the practices to “kill time”. The use of tally prepare themselves for or to reflect ICT further reinforces the isolating effect the (study) day. Some participants even of the tunnel. reported the importance of the space en route for their mental health balance. Similar to a spare room in a flat, the third type makes use of the space en route in This typology shows that the space en different ways, serving at least one specif-route is perceived and used by students in ic function: Some students use it as gym many different ways. Todayś perceptions to get their daily exercise, some use it as and practices while being on the move are office to organise their study day. Placing not necessarily determined by the ability to some of these activities deliberately into pursue apparently “productive” activities the space en route, it is an integral but such as studying or organising the day. rather functional part of their everyday Other activities are equally important and study life. The demands on the space en can positively contribute to studentsévery-route can vary from day to day, thus it has day study experience. to be potentially multifunctional. The mode of transport is often chosen accordingly. Another finding was that, even if the exter-ICT is usually an integral part or even a nal conditions are similar, the exact same requirement for the space en route to ful-route can be perceived very differently: fil its function, for example to serve as an For some students it served as their daily “office”. fitness routine, while for others it was an ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 1 »It’s a waste of time, because I try to use it as well as I can, but The space en route as it’s simply not possible for me to an exhausting obstacle read any books or write text mes- sages, [...] while I’m driving. And of course it also steals energy, which isn´t then available for the rest of the day.« TN10, 52 y.o. »[...] then I´ve already been four Figure 2 or five hours on the move, with- The space en route out being anywhere I wanted to as a monofunctional be. Sometimes it’s quite exhaust- ing, but otherwise I’ve really got tunnel used to it. So that’s nothing, that bothers me so much.« TN8, 22 y.o. »I am actually super satisfied: I Figure 3 can combine my sport, my exer- The space en route as cise, with my way to university. a spare room Thatś awesome. These ten, elev- en kilometres are simply a way 356 for me to wake up, to be fit when I arrive in the morning. Even if it’s -3 degrees and really disgusting outside, it’s somehow nice.« TN3, 24 y.o. Figure 4 »Movement is simply something I like. Also somehow perceiving a The space en route as little bit of nature, breathing fresh a public park air. Then also using the whole thing to spend time with friends. And also to cover a distance together.« TN7, 31 y.o. »The way to the university is just Figure 5 for myself: to think, to structure The space en route as myself a bit, what am I going to mindful movement do now. So for me moving also has a psychological aspect.« TN5, 20 y.o. 5. BEYOND THE FIELD unconquerable obstacle, keeping them off campus (Fig. 6). This underlines that this typology is not only based on spatial features or means of trans- port, but on the use, perception and valu- ation of being en route. Therefore space, practice and perception cannot be consid- ered separately – neither from each other, nor from the perceiving student. Rather, these factors interact and are closely inter- woven. An adequate term for this situative, performative spatial interaction within the space en route is Raumgeschehen (Seggern 2019). Geschehen is an old German word that is still widely used for ‚something that is just happening‘. The concept of space (German: Raum) as Geschehen allows to discover and comprehensively understand a whole system consisting of virtual and Figure 6 the space en route in its manifold, dynam- physical spaces. Here, it is important to find Raumgeschehen en ic and performative — both physical and bold visions that show how people can route 357 virtual — dimensions of spatial interaction flexibly use, experience and, in the best (Seggern 2019; Seggern et al. 2015; 2009). case, help to sustainably shape landscapes Consequently the term Raumgeschehen along the way. These visions must combine is adequate to encompass the entangle-ideas for structural optimisation such as a ment and the complexity of the use and system of cycle paths with those for com-perception of the space en route. What municative support of the transformation implications derive from this typology process towards sustainable travel. based on Raumgeschehen is discussed in the following. Furthermore the typology shows how closely path use and landscape percep- Discussion tion are linked to personal mobility habits The different types of spatial perception and preferences in the flexible use of infra-and practice en route show that students structure. It helps to understand that the have different strategies of being en route provision of suitable transport infrastruc-that are not necessarily bound to ‚produc- ture is not sufficient to promote sustainable tive‘ activities but can still contribute to travel. Rather, it is about understanding the better learning and studying experiences. Raumgeschehen en route (Seggern 2019) Therefore spaces and practices en route are and designing a multifunctional commuter an integral part of educational landscapes. landscape that enables different types to From the results it can be concluded that travel according to their needs. routes to and from campuses need to be understood and designed as part of ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings With this in mind, the development of sus-Using en route typology as an analysis, tainable educational landscapes should design and testing tool also address spaces and practices en Working with the typology in a case study route. Furthermore, this perspective can (Hagemann 2022) shows that it can inform provide new approaches in landscape and inspire design processes. The types architecture and spatial planning. What were translated into personas, which al-are these new approaches for landscape lowed to anticipate how these prototypes architecture and spatial planning? would behave in, perceive, use and even shape the space en route within a devel- Recognising spaces en route as a design oped vision for a more sustainable edu-task for landscape architecture cational landscape. The typology showed Transit spaces have so far been dis- the wide spectrum of different commuter cussed in planning mainly as problem- interests and needs as well as the antici- atic non-places (Auge 2009). In times of pated spatial interaction. In addition to the linking virtual and physical travel and dif-function of verifying the developed vision, ferentiating en route practices, the routes the typology was used as a storytelling between places can come to the forefront tool to communicate the vision to different of planning attention. They are an occa-stakeholders. sion to review linkages and reweave plac- es. Landscape architecture can provide Conclusion ideas on how to make these routes more Asking “How can the spaces and practices 358 resilient, for example by considering links en route be understood and described with landscape elements and designing and what are implications for landscape multifunctional interchanges. design?” this paper could identify five different types of spatial perception Identifying the design scope of and practices en route among HSOS landscape architecture students. The research shows that for the In this transdisciplinary field of action, it sustainable development of educational is important for landscape architecture to landscapes, it is necessary to deal with contribute its competences and also to the spatial perception and practice en recognise the limits of its design scope. route and that this can also inform and It must work closely with other planning inspire landscape architecture. The disciplines, especially transport planning. findings suggest that campuses have to The great opportunity lies in introducing be understood and developed as hubs in the holistic design of flexibly developing a regional network of mobility and that the systems into processes that are otherwise spaces and practices en route are agents often determined by sectoral and static linking both physical and virtual spaces ways of thinking. The way landscape ar-as well as spatial design and individual chitecture creatively integrates physical appropriation. Even though the study space, the use of space and the individ-only referred to the HSOS, it is assumed ual understanding of space can play a that similar patterns can be found in other special role. educational landscapes. This would have to be verified within further research and, 5. BEYOND THE FIELD if necessary, the identified types should Lamb J., Carvalho L., Gallagher M., Knox J. 2022. The Postdigital Learning Spaces of Higher Educa- be supplemented. tion. Postdigit Sci Educ. 4(1), 1–12, doi: 10.1007/ s42438-021-00279-9. Lyons G., Chatterjee K. 2008. A human perspec- tive on the daily commute: Costs, benefits and Acknowledgements trade-offs. Transport Reviews. 28(2), 181-198, doi: EN ROUTE is a transdisciplinary research project 10.1080/01441640701559484. with an interdisciplinary research team. As such, we Malokin A., Circella G., Mokhtarian P. L., 2021. Do benefit from a wide variety of perspectives on being millennials value travel time differently because of on the move. We would like to thank our colleagues productive multitasking? A revealed-preference Prof. Dr. Sandra Rosenberger and Prof. Dr. Karsten study of Northern California commuters. Transpor- Morisse who enriched our discussions with valuable tation 48 (5), 2787–2823. advice and critical questions. Furthermore, we thank Patton M. Q. (2015). Qualitative research & evaluation Frederik Stähling (B.Eng.) who visualised the typology methods. SAGE: Thousand Oaks, 598 Pages. https:// and brought it to life, which was an important step lccn.loc.gov/2001005181 (accessed 22.12.2022) within the design research process. Pawlak J., 2020. Travel-based multitasking: re- view of the role of digital activities and connec- References tivity. Transport Reviews. 40(4), 429–456, doi: Auge, M. (2009). Non-Places: An Introduction to An- 10.1080/01441647.2020.1728418. thropology of Supermodernity. Verso: London; New Pawlak J., Circella G. 2021. ICT, Virtual and In-Person York, 99 Pages. Activity Participation, and Travel Choice Analysis. Braun V., Clarke V. 2006. Using thematic analysis in In: Vickerman, R. (ed), International Encyclopedia psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology. of Transportation. 452-458. 10.1016/B978-0-08- 3(2), 77-101, doi: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa. 102671-7.10366-5. Chan E. T. H., Schwanen T., Banister D., 2021. The Pérez-Neira D., Rodríguez-Fernández M. P., Hidal- role of perceived environment, neighbourhood go-González C. 2020. The greenhouse gas miti- characteristics, and attitudes in walking behaviour: 359 gation potential of university commuting: A case evidence from a rapidly developing city in China. study of the University of León (Spain). Journal of Transportation 48 (1), 431–454. Transport Geography. 82, 102550, doi: 10.1016/j. Creswell J. W., Poth C. N. 2018. Qualitative inquiry & jtrangeo.2019.102550. research design: Choosing among five approaches. Prominski M., Seggern H.v. 2019. Design Research SAGE: Los Angeles, 488 Pages. for Urban Landscapes. Theories and Methods. Rou- Ettema D., Friman M., Gärling T., & Olsson L. E. 2016. tledge: Oxon; New York, 228 Pages. Travel Mode Use, Travel Mode Shift and Subjective Schwanen T., Dijst M., Kwan M.-P. 2006. Introduc- Well-Being: Overview of Theories, Empirical Find- tion—The Internet, Changing Mobilities, and Urban ings and Policy Implications. In: Wang, D., He, S. Dynamics. Urban Geography. 27(7), 585–589, doi: (ed.) Mobility, Sociability and Well-being of Urban 10.2747/0272-3638.27.7.585. Living. Springer: Berlin, Heidelberg, 129-150. Seggern H.v. 2019. Crossing Fields. Designing and Hagemann D. 2022. Landschaftsarchitektonische Researching Raumgeschehen. In: Prominski M., Beiträge zur Mobilitätswende - Vision für ein Seggern H.v. (ed.). Design Research for Urban landschaftsbezogenes Pendlernetz für den Hoch- Landscapes. Theories and Methods. Routledge: schul-Campus Lingen. Bachelor Thesis. Hochschule Oxon; New York, 8-32 Osnabrück. Seggern H.v., Werner J., Grosse-Bächle L. 2015. The Hägerstrand T. 1970. What about people in Regional Power of Creating Knowledge. A Transformative Science? Papers of the Regional Science Associa- Design Approach. In: Seggern H.v., Werner J., tion. 24, 6-21, doi: 10.1007/BF01936872. Grosse-Bächle L. (ed.). Creating Knowledge. Innova- Holloway SL, Jöns H. 2012. Geographies of education tionsstrategien im Entwerfen urbaner Landschaften. and learning. Transactions of the Institute of British Jovis: Berlin, 6-40 Geographers. 37, 482–488, doi: 10.1111/j.1475- Seggern H.v., Schmidt A., Detten B.v., Heinzelmann 5661.2012.00542.x C., Schultz H., Werner J. 2009. Stadtsurfer, Quar- Keseru I., Macharis C. 2018. Travel-based mul- tierfans & Co: Stadtkonstruktionen Jugendlicher titasking: review of the empirical evidence. und das Netz urbaner öffentlicher Räume. Jovis: Transport Reviews. 38(2), 162–183, doi: Berlin, 207 Pages. 10.1080/01441647.2017.1317048. ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Stein M., Nitschke L., Trost L., Dirschauer A., Deffner J. 2022. Impacts of Commuting Practices on Social Sustainability and Sustainable Mobility. Sustainabil- ity. 14(8), 4469, doi: 10.3390/su14084469. Tully C., Alfaraz C. 2017. Youth and mobility: The lifestyle of the new generation as an indicator of a multi-local everyday life. Applied Mobilities. 2(2), 182–198, doi: 10.1080/23800127.2017.1322778. 360 The Centre for Landscape Democracy and Transdisciplinarity: Transdisciplinary challenges, research and education in landscape democracy M. Di Marino*, M. G. Trovato, L. Gao Norwegian University of Life Sciences, Centre for Landscape Democracy (CLaD), Faculty of Landscape and Society, Ås, Norway * mina.di.marino@nmbu.no Abstract philosophy, civil engineering, urban plan- Transdisciplinary approaches are being ning and cultural heritage), involving local increasingly recognised as an important communities, universities, policymakers way to examine complex societal prob-and others. Similar teaching and learning lems. This paper explores the transdiscipli- approaches can help to train future pro- nary challenges in landscape research and fessionals beyond their own disciplinary 363 education by taking the summer school silos. A similar method may be considered ‘Living with earthquakes’ in Falerone (It- for investigating other contemporary land- aly, 2022) – co-organised by the Centre scape and societal issues. for Landscape Democracy, Norwegian University of Life Studies (CLaD) – as a Keywords case study. First, the study introduces the Transdisciplinarity, summer school, earth-impact of the earthquakes in 2016 and quake, landscape democracy, CLaD (Cen-2017 that affected central Italy, including tre for Landscape Democracy) the local context of Falerone. Second, the paper provides an overview of the summer Introduction school (aims, main topics, transdisciplinary Today, there are calls for transdisciplinary teaching and learning methods, expect-research and learning activities to exam- ed learning outcomes, and participants’ ine contemporary societal problems and backgrounds). Third, the paper presents uncertainties. Collaborations between sci-the achieved learning outcomes of the entists and several social actors – such as students and their proposals for revital-practitioners, policymakers, civil servants, ising Falerone. Some of the findings are companies, and citizens – are fundamental discussed through the lens of landscape for preparing new generations of students democracy. The summer school provided (Opdam et al., 2015). The ambition of ac-an inspiring transdisciplinary learning ex- ademics is to offer intertwined research perience across several disciplines (such and learning environments to students, as landscape architecture, architecture, in which several researchers and profes- ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings sionals from a variety of disciplines (e.g. frame and respond to landscape/societal landscape architecture, urban and regional challenges? To answer these questions, we planning, social sciences, urban ecology, use the case study of the summer school geography, and architecture), as well as ‘Living with the earthquakes’ in Falerone other actors, should establish dialogue and (Marche, Italy, 16–25 July 2022), that was collaboration. However, it remains difficult promoted by the Department of Civil and to construct transdisciplinary platforms and Construction Engineering and Architec-arenas, considering existing disciplinary ture (DICEA), Università Politecnica delle silos and the challenges of transferring Marche, and co-organised by CLaD and learning and research outcomes between other universities (see Methods section). different disciplines and into practice (van The outcomes from the summer school are der Knaap, 2022). discussed within the framework of land- scape democracy (see Results section). In this context, the core group members CLaD embraces the ideal of landscape of CLaD (the Centre for Landscape De-democracy in which the landscape is rec- mocracy) present this paper that aims to ognised as a common living space where explore the transdisciplinary challenges health and protection are considered to be in landscape research and education, and significant universal values embedded in related fields. CLaD is a cross-departmen-human rights (Egoz et al., 2011). In Central tal, interdisciplinary centre at the Faculty Italy, the 2016–2017 earthquakes resulted of Landscape and Society, Norwegian in a landscape of urban resources depri-364 University of Life Sciences. The centre vation. Communities lost their material as-aims to create and disseminate scientific sets, hope in the future, and their voice in knowledge, creative interpretations, and public reconstruction debates. Moreover, innovative solutions within the themes of the earthquakes disrupted the historical landscape, development, and democracy – connection between locals and place, cre-both nationally and internationally. In addi- ating a decline in recognition of the cultur- tion, CLaD intends to explore and support al identity of the affected territories. The the societal missions of universities and the earthquakes initiated a process of de-ter-education of future professionals, through ritorialisation (García Canclini, 1990) that transdisciplinary approaches. The centre’s continues to characterise the contempo-current topics embrace landscape in emer- rary rural landscape in Central Italy. In this gencies (such as within wars, climate crises context, the ‘right to landscape’ enfolds and earthquakes), conflicts between nature tangible resources and intangible values, and city (e.g., green infrastructure, ecosys-thus supporting human existence and dig- tem services and nature-based solutions), nity (Egoz et al., 2011). Further, the ‘right and welfare landscapes in the context of to landscape’ embeds the ethical values of urban densification. equality and shared social responsibility, allowing all to have a voice and access to This study addresses the following natural, social and cultural resources. At questions: i) How might we frame and the same time, democratic values are often develop the transdisciplinary research threatened through various tangible spa-and learning approach? ii) How might we tial manifestations (Egoz et al., 2011). CLaD 5. BEYOND THE FIELD is particularly concerned with landscapes Figure 1 in crisis. According to our knowledge of View of the historic the literature, studies which have discussed hilltop municipality the impacts of earthquakes through the of Falerone (Photo by Mina Di) lens of landscape democracy have not yet been conducted. The earthquakes of 2016–2017 and the case of Falerone The major geographical foci of the reg- ular summer schools are the small and medium-sized hilltop municipalities in the province of Fermo, in the Marche Region. The 2022 summer school chose the mu- nicipality of Falerone as the site of study, which is 25 km from the city of Fermo and surrounded by the municipalities of Mon- tappone, Monte Vidon Corrado and Vara- no. Falerone was chosen as a case study and venue for the summer school in the light of ongoing collaborations between 365 the Department of Civil and Construction Engineering and Architecture (DICEA), the Università Politecnica delle Marche and the municipality of Falerone, as wel as the wil - ingness of the city council to revitalise the area. The earthquakes of 2016–2017 affect- ed 140 municipalities (a total of 8,000 km2) in four regions in Central Italy (Marche, Umbria, Lazio and Abruzzo). Of the total surface area of the four regions, 17,4 % was impacted, but half of the earthquakes’ epicentre was in the Marche Region, cov- ering 40% of the territory (Banca d’Italia, 2019). The sequence of earthquakes se- verely damaged dwellings, schools, hos- pitals, transport infrastructure and cultural heritage, as well as local production (man- ufacturing, agriculture, tourism, and crafts- manship, as well as the food industry) (Di of the towns, and if prolonged over time, Figure 2 Bucci et al., 2020). The landscape could this would in turn cause several socio-spa-View to Piane di Faler- be significantly affected in the long term, tial and environmental impacts (Di Bucci one (Photo by Mina Di considering the temporary abandonment et al., 2020). Even before the 2016–2017 Marino) ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Figure 3 earthquakes, some of these areas were al towns. Today only about 10 people live View of the historic characterised by several issues such as in the historic centre of Falerone. centre of Falerone population ageing and depopulation, and the low provision of public services Seven years after the earthquakes, most of (hospitals and schools). The earthquakes the residential and public buildings in the revealed on the one hand, the vulnerability historic centre (such as schools, the muse-of the local communities, and on the other um and the archives) cannot be used since hand, the resilience of citizens, authorities they have not yet been refurbished – due and industries that reacted to the disaster to the lack of public financial resources, 366 (Di Bucci et al. 2020; Di Marino, 2023). The delays and the length of time required for municipality of Falerone is populated by structural interventions (Figure 3). In con-3,140 inhabitants (official number of resi- trast, some workplaces and institutional dents according to Istat, 2021). Prior to the buildings have been replaced with tem-2016–2017 earthquakes, the historic cen- porary structures. tre of Falerone was already partially aban- doned, due to the lack of socio-economic Consequently, the town streets are not as and structural programmes specifically ad-vibrant as they used to be, due to the ab- dressing livelihoods in rural areas in Italy. sence of facilities and services in the centre Elongated on the ridge of a low hill, the (such as a public library and cafés). The compact urban form of the historic centre forced living in Piane di Falerone or other of Falerone was heavily damaged by the coastal towns has also affected the status earthquakes but is still standing (Figure and perception of this small townscape. 1). Although most of the buildings did not Indeed, the historic centre is no longer collapse (as happened in other municipal-attractive, since locals have changed their ities), they are not safe and remain unin- habits and travel behaviours (for example, habitable. Therefore, locals were forced to due to the displacement of several public migrate to Piane di Falerone (a hamlet of services such as schools), and above all, Falerone, approximately 2.5 km from the they continue to perceive that the town is town, located in the valley, and inhabited an unsafe place in which to live. by 1,503 people) (Figure 2), or other coast- 5. BEYOND THE FIELD Methods ii) an innovative approach to post-earth- Figure 4 367 The summer school and its quake reconstruction and regeneration. The expertise of the transdisciplinary learning environment The approaches and methods that we three groups within the The summer school ‘Living with earth-experimented with in the municipality of transdisciplinary learning environment quakes’ held in Falerone, Marche, 16–25 Falerone have generated new knowledge July 2022, was promoted by the Depart- (see Results section) that can be applied in ment of Civil and Construction Engineer- other real-life cases. The transdisciplinarity ing and Architecture (DICEA) and the of the summer school is based on the in-Università Politecnica delle Marche, in tegration of knowledge from several disci-collaboration with the University of Cam- plines and the engagement of a variety of bridge, University of Liverpool, Norwegian stakeholders (Figure 4). Collaboration and University of Life Sciences (CLaD), the Po-mutual understanding among the partic- litecnico di Torino, the University of Macer- ipants were used to address highly com- ata, the University of Las Palmas de Gran plex problems (Lekies and Moore, 2020). Canaria, the Silpakorn University Bangkok, and the British School at Rome, Ministro The summer school included large della Cultura as well as the municipality of teams of faculty staff, masters and PhD Falerone. The complexity of the case study students (in total 24) from different dis-required a transdisciplinary approach. ciplines, who were grouped in a way that all groups were interdisciplinary (Figure The summer school aimed to generate 4). Two of the three co-authors of this i) a transdisciplinary dialogue (practice/ paper were the coordinators for groups research and learning environment); and B and C. Among the learning outcomes, ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings the students were required to identify the teachers, and stakeholders who provided large spectrum of issues in Falerone, ex-several further inputs. amining some of them in-depth through qualitative and quantitative analyses, and In addition, the students applied sever-proposing solutions, possible scenarios al qualitative and quantitative methods, and/or strategies for the recovery and re-such as observations (of buildings and the construction of the Falerone townscape. surrounding landscape), interviews (with Some issues were preliminarily identified citizens, local politicians, official practition-by the teaching staff, such as i) evaluat- ers and other stakeholders), visual docu- ing the level of seismic damage to public mentation (pictures, sketches and videos), and private buildings; ii) re-functionalisas well as landscape analyses and design ing the urban fabric and public spaces; approaches. They also used secondary iii) studying the tangible and intangible data (e.g., official statistics and reports) heritage and landscape; and iv) thinking and reviewed historical cartographies of ways to retain people and attract new and planning documents (before and after residents. This helped to identify the main the earthquake of 2016), as well as reports objectives of each group. Group A, titled on housing damage (after the earthquake ‘Urban and architectural rehabilitation’, was of 2016). Finally, they produced design coordinated by a professor with expertise proposals and developed strategies for in architecture. Group B, called ‘Culture, revitalising Falerone. landscape and memory’, was supervised 368 by two professors in philosophy and land- Results scape architecture, respectively. Group C Through the on-site visits, interviews, focused on ‘Strategies and practices for observations, and secondary data, the promoting the future’, and was coordinat-students were able to identify the main ed by a professor with a background in landscape, socio-spatial and economic urban and regional planning. Furthermore, challenges in Falerone. There was a com-students in the groups were supported by mon understanding among the three tutors and PhD candidates in architecture groups that the most relevant issues are: and cultural heritage. i) depopulation and an ageing popula- tion, as a result of the youth moving to Figure 4 shows how we framed the trans- coastal towns; ii) a sense of uncertainty, disciplinary research and learning ap- depression and frustration, since most of proach. In the ten days of the summer the buildings have not yet been restruc-school, several teaching and learning tured and seismically improved (seven methods were adopted and mixed: such years after the earthquake); iii) a lack of as work groups, lectures, workshops, services and infrastructure (e.g., WiFi and group discussions, informal talks, and site other forms of digitalisation); and iv) the visits (namely, hat factories in the neigh-impact of climate change, intensified by a bouring municipality of Montappone lack of urban greening. As an example of and an archaeological site in Falerone). climate change, during the summer school, Presentations were made to other groups, Falerone was hit by an unexpected heat wave and recorded one of the highest 5. BEYOND THE FIELD ever temperatures of 42 degrees. Group narios focus on a network of the entire Figure 5 369 A focused on analysing the typologies and municipality with its surroundings, through Proposal Group B. morphologies of existing public buildings linear green parks encompassing the riv- (Source report by Ta- and squares, as well as the provision and er system and supported by a system of mia Guevara Pettersen and Lovisa Emilia concentration of green areas. Among paths, and infrastructural and recreational Mokrosinski-Hoel -spe-their proposals, the students proposed a networks (Figure 5). A connection between cial syllabus “LIVING physical network among the urban spaces the historic centre and the overall munici-with EARTHQUAKES A of Falerone to attract people and enable pality was proposed through the revitalisa-strategic plan for earth- quakes prone region” them to enjoy a walk in the small town, tion of old paths and historical viewpoints. NMBU, August, 2022; with access to green spaces and views of To this end, the use of the streets and pub-copyright group B) the surrounding landscape. New urban lic spaces in Falerone was rethought, con-functions and services such as cafés, res- sidering new multi-functional spaces and taurants, and schools, were also thought people’s habits. The students illustrated to reopen, in order to revitalise the his-the transformation of the town through toric centre and nearby streets. Group B videos and postcards which show the past used landscape analyses to understand and future of Falerone (Figure 5). the character of the overall municipality and its relation to the neighbouring terri- The main objective of Group C was how to tories. In particular, using the historic town attract young and highly specialised peo-of Falerone as base, students recognised ple with digital skills to re-invent the art of the visual and perceptual relationships making hats, along with offering public between the hilly part and the valley part spaces and new services for visitors and of the municipality. Their proposed sce-locals. The students were able to compare ECLAS 2022 Scales of Change: Conference Proceedings Falerone with other international rural con-future (such as transforming Falerone into texts (e.g., in Switzerland and Norway) and a university campus and restoring public were inspired by similar strategies adopt-buildings to support future activities of ed for revitalising small towns. Group C the summer school). These suggestions emphasised the relevance and need for were embedded within the strategies of digitalisation and IT infrastructure, which Group C. In addition, de-territorialization they shared with the local authorities and and the resulting progressive loss of place state commissioners for the reconstruc-attachment and sense of place define the tion of the town. The students in Group C feelings of the few residents who still dwell developed three strategies for revitalising in Falerone. These feelings were also expe-Falerone as follows: i) strategy 1: Creating rienced by the participants of the ten-day an artisan hotspot – a vocational school for summer school during their observations hat makers since Falerone is part of the hat and interviews with locals. The transdis-making trade, along with Montappone and ciplinary summer school ‘Living with the other municipalities; ii) strategy 2: Provid-earthquakes’ in Falerone provided an ing an innovation centre for Falerone; and inspiring transdisciplinary learning ex-iii) strategy 3: Strengthening tourism in the perience for both students and teachers. town and the region as a whole. On the one hand, it established bridges between academics and students from Discussion and conclusion multiple disciplines (including landscape The outcomes of the students’ analyses architecture, architecture, philosophy, civil 370 and personal interactions with the coor- engineering, urban planning and cultural dinators, stakeholders and citizens reveal heritage), local communities, policymakers, several challenges related to the demo-and other stakeholders (Figure 4). On the cratic values and perceptions of Falerone other hand, the transdisciplinary summer as a common living space. Due to the school helped to explore several land-prolonged abandonment of the urban scape and societal challenges in the local landscape and dwellings, there are tan-context (see Results section). Design sce- gible spatial manifestations of threats to narios offered by the three groups clearly the landscape and people’s right to live in reflected the contributions of navigating Falerone (Egoz et al., 2011). The municipal-between disciplines and the culturally ity of Falerone (and other state authorities) diverse expertise of the partners partici-are focusing on the physical effects of the pating. Concurrently, one of the obstacles earthquakes, which are still visible after was the inherent value of cross-disciplinary seven years – such as inhabitable houses work. Both educators and students had due to structural damage, economic im-to negotiate and accommodate divergent pacts, and displacement of the population. perspectives on the town’s sociocultural Thus, people do not yet have the right to character and the nature of the difficulties return and access their own houses. At the they faced there. More investigation into same time, the municipality is aware of the methods of training future professionals important role of the cultural landscape and researchers that go beyond narrow and local heritage. Several projects and specialisations is warranted. Moreover, in initiatives are being planned in the near transdisciplinary learning environment, it 5. BEYOND THE FIELD is important to invest in capacity building References for effective stakeholder engagement (e.g. Banca d’Italia. 2019. Questioni di economia e finanza through discussions, interviews, fieldtrips – Il terremoto del centro Italia e il primo impatto sulle imprese ( Questions of economics and finance as experimented in the summer school). – The earthquake in central Italy and the first impact The stakeholders’ inputs helped to reason on businesses). (Occasional Papers). https://www. with relevant factors that were acknowl- bancaditalia.it/pubblicazioni/qef/2019-0507/ edged within the group proposals (see Re- QEF_507_19.pdf (accessed 10.01. 2023) Di Bucci D., Dolce M., Bournas D., Combescure D., sults section). Nonetheless, a more active De Gregorio D., Galbusera L., Leone M., Papa F., participation of citizens in all workshops Romão X., Sargolini M., Theocharidou M., Zuccaro and presentations would have further sup- G. 2020. Earthquakes in central Italy in 2016-2017, ported the development of the groups’ in: Casajus Valles A., Marin Ferrer M., Poljanšek K., Clark I. (eds.), Science for disaster risk management proposals. This aspect should be consid-2020: Acting today, protecting tomorrow. https:// ered in the next editions of the summer drmkc.jrc.ec.europa.eu/portals/0/Knowledge/ school by arranging feedback sessions ScienceforDRM2020/Files/supercasestudy_01. with local communities. A similar method- pdf (accessed 10.01. 2023) Di Marino, M. 2023. Key challenges for rural areas: ology and format could be used to inves- New planning strategies, in: Alici A. (ed.) Living with tigate other contemporary landscape and earthquakes. A strategic plan for the earthquake societal issues, having in mind that cultural prone regions. Maggioli Publishers: Milano, n. 04 participation and civic engagement can Series Elzéard, forthcoming. Egoz S., Makhzoumi J., Pungetti G. 2011. The right to vary from place to place. landscape: An introduction, in: Egoz S., Makhzoumi J., Pungetti G. (eds.), The right to landscape: Con- testing landscape and human rights. Aldershot: 371 Ashgate, 39-50. Acknowledgements Esposti R., Baldoni E., Coderoni S. 2019. Attività pro-We thank the students in groups A, B and C, the duttive ed economia del cratere, in: Pierantoni I., tutors and coordinators of the three groups. We Salvi D., Sargolini, M. (eds.). Nuovi sentieri di svi-also thank the local and international organisers: luppo per l’Appennino Marchigiano dopo il sisma Professor Antonello Alici at the Department of Civil del 2016. Quaderni del Consiglio Regionale delle and Construction Engineering and Architecture (DI- Marche, Regione Marche (Italy). CEA) and the Università Politecnica delle Marche, García Canclini, N. 1990. Culturas híbridas: estrate- which has promoted the summer school ‘Living with gias para entrar y salir de la modernidad. Grijalbo the earthquakes’ since 2015. The 2022 event was Publisher, S.A. de C.V., Mexico, ISBN970-05-0562-6. in collaboration with the University of Cambridge, Istat. 2021. Populations and households. https://www. University of Liverpool, Norwegian University of Life istat.it/en/population-and-households Sciences (CLaD), the Politecnico di Torino, the Uni- Lekies K.S., Moore R.H. 2020. Promoting transdiscipli-versity of Macerata, the University of Las Palmas de nary learning through a summer course on climate, Gran Canaria, the Silpakorn University Bangkok, and water, and agriculture. Natural Science Education, the British School at Rome, Ministro della Cultura as 1-12, doi: https://doi.org/10.1002/nse2.20023 well as the municipality of Falerone https://living- Opdam P., Westerink J., Vos C., de Vries B. 2015. The wearthquakes.wixsite.com/my-site-3/info. We are role and evolution of boundary concepts in trans- also grateful to the local population who provided disciplinary landscape planning. Planning Theory & their insights during the interviews. The Centre for Practice, 16(1), 63-78. van der Knaap W. 2022. Em- Landscape Democracy (CLaD) was established by bedding transdisciplinarity in a spatial planning cur-Professor Shelley Egoz in 2014 and she directed the riculum. Planning Practice & Research, 37(4), 489-centre until her retirement in 2019. Today the centre 496, doi: https://doi.org/10.1080/02697459.202 is coordinated by the new core group members: 2.2074114 Mina Di Marino, Maria Gabriella Trovato and Lei Gao. (https://www.nmbu.no/en/faculty/landsam/research/ centers/CLaD) The question of scale is not new to landscape architects but is one that does not have a definite answer; it needs to be asked again and again. The issue addresses the very identity of the profession and the nature of the context in which landscape architects operate and teach. The theme of the 2022 conference in Ljubljana was inspired by the 50th anniversary of the landscape architecture program at the University of Ljubljana as well as the fact that 50 years have passed from the pioneering conference on landscape planning held in Ljubljana which was organized by professor emeritus Dušan Ogrin, one of the founders of landscape architecture and the first recipient of the ECLAS Lifetime achievement award. Prof. dr. Mojca Golobič Conference committee chair